& 


38?  V 


■ai«»5?*e3»* 


£S£sS!33«?. 


*«w**SJ 


MiWSI! 


i  im. 


LIU  f  SHI 


EMBRACING 


A 


^-"tlmw-irt"-*! 3  i  * !  »"»t*-:  !  *~3t*- h :  »-■  foryfif-f "*t*-H s-afs-a  |-i-j| 

DA"?  AITX)  HE/iI/L!  HEW  MUSICA*.  NOT  <VZ»XO?f  AN2J 

SlfilT-S'i-ICIir  IITI-SB. 

,.v    • 

CLASSES,    SCHOOLS    AJI)    CHOIRS, 

In  a  few  lessons  become  better  *]  nailers  ef  Music  than  Gftmum  Si  .  tlic  Old  waj  during  Kfe : 


E,<tf>,     V    LA.P 


'.A 


§  AC  HUP'  HI  IT  SI  ft, 

Up  Cerninn,  Er-'i   !,   n-U  American  Compi^. 

COMPRISING  TU39ES  IN  1  HE  USUAL  MdTm&'i  AND  KEY§ 


rOOET)ti'.n     WITH 


SENTFNCES,   mTHEMS  AND  ."'HANTS, 


S4-?  Pa 


I 

Presii 


v'-     AM)     DEAL' 
sill  nil  1        (   I'rotessor  in  thp   Dcuon   Fr>nm  >In«ienl   institution. 


rrni.isi: 


BOSTOU. 

.)!  l'-'-MlUAtlF.   •     WD    SUNT    l'E>    OfcD] 


.lET.S 


ffe 


-■<*•-»»  ■    , 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2010  with  funding  from 

Ontario  Council  of  University  Libraries 


http://www.archive.org/details/onelinepsalmisteOOdayh 


[BE 

PSALMIST; 

EMBRACING 


DAT  AND  SEAL'S  HSW  MUSICAL  NOTATION  AND 

:(IT-SIItIH  METHOD, 


BV    V, 


CLASSES,    SCHOOLS    AND    CHOIRS, 

b  lessons  become  better  Readers  of  Music  lhan  ('ommou  Siugcrsdo  the  Old  way  during  life : 

ALSO,    .V    LaUBE    VARIETY    OF 


In  a  f 

SilCRED    MUSIC, 


C03IPR 


USING 


^mw  &sris)  c_^j 

Tty  German,  English,  anil  American  Composers, 


TUNES  IN  THE  USUAL  METRES  AND  KEYS; 


rOG  ETHER     WITH 


SENTENCES,  ANTHEMS  AND  CHANTS, 

BY  H.  W.   DAY,  A.  M., 

EDITOR     OF     niv     AND     BEAL's     SIGHT -SINGING      BOOKS   J 

ALSO, 

President  and   First  Professor  in   the   Boston   Phonographic   Mnilcnl  Institution. 


30STC 

'UBLISHED    AT    NO.    8    COURT-SQUARE   ;     AND    SENT    PER    ORDER    TO    BOOKSELLERS    AND    TEACHERS 
OF    MUSIC    TO    ALL    TARTS    OF    TUP.    UNITED    -T.VI  I   - 


PREFACE 


about  music,  except  to  learn  it  second  hand,  by  roe, from  the  leader  or  an  in- 
strument? 

We  commend  these  remarks  to  the  common  sfcnse  and  experience  of  the 
public,  and  the  present  work  and  system  as  a  rem  d\  for  the  evils  referred  to, 
and  as  furnishing  a  pretty  good  supply  of  music  lor  ait  the  uses  of  public  woi- 
ship.     A  large  portion  is  entirely  new,  and  has  been  rrranged  and  harmonized 


It  is  now  just  three  years  since  the  inventors  and  proprietors  of  this  Sight- 
Singing  Method  brought  it  to  its  present  state  of  perfection;  after  very  many 
experiments  and  improvements  in  manuscript,  on  large  diagrams,  as  published 
in  the  '"Vocal  School,"  and  in  private  lessons  and  exercises,  during  about  fif- 
teen years.  Friends  at  that  time,  induced  them  to  publish  the  Numeral  Har- 
mony, and  friends  now,    whose  numbers    have  increased,    have    encouraged 

them  to  publish  a  still  larger  work.  The  ease  and  rapidity  with  which  persons  with  unwearied  pains,  to  say  nothing  of  Us  meriis  In  regard  to  that  and  the 
of  all  ages  can  learn  to  read  music  at  sight,  and  sing  in  all  keys  in  this  method,  |  system,  we  are  truly  glad  that  the  people  will  judpafo'  themselves.  We  tender 
is  wonderful,  and  entirely  bevond  the  belief  of  singers  in  the  old  method,  until 
they  see  a  school  in  a  few  evenings  made  better  readers  of  music  than  choir 
members,  who  have  been  to  school  and  sung  in  church  or  otherwise  lor  twenty 
years.  This  remark  is  positively  true — does  not  except  more  than  one  in  fifty 
of  all  the  singers  in  the  country,  and  is  abundantly  sustained  by  teachers  and 
leaders  of  choirs  who  have  used  the  Numeral  Harmony.  All  this,  after  all, 
is  nut  mure  wonderful  than  travelling  by  steam  sixty  miles  per  hour,  or  than 
writing  by  lightning  200,000  miles  per  second;  but  it  is  surprising  that  any 
who  profess  to  be  the  friends  and  promoters  of  church  music,  should  oppose 
this  method,  probably  because  they  had  no  hand  in  its  invention  or  promulga- 
tion; or,  because  its  success  must  diminish  the  sales  of  music  in  the  old  nota- 
tion But  they  are  the  few — while  the  great  mass  of  mankind  is  open  to  the 
convictions  of  common  sense;  especially,  when  the  difference  between  two  sys- 
tems draws  in  the  one  case  heavily  on  their  time  and  pockets,  and  rewards 
them  with  disappointed  hopes;  while  in  the  other,  for  the  slightest  demands, 
it  rewards  them  with  a  most  practical  and  satisfactory  knowledge  of  music. 

Without  argument,  this  is  the  system  for  the  people.  By  it  all  can  be  taught 
to  sing  in  a  short  time,  and  practical  music  will  become  the  common  property 
of  all  men.  Every  church  may  be  tilled  with  singers,  with  praise  to  the  Most 
High;  every  family  may  have  at  hand  a  fund  of  the  sweeiest  enjoyment;  in 
every  school  room,  all  who  have  learned  their  A,  B,  C,  may  read  music  in  all 
keys.  In  this  country,  these  things  can  never  be  done  by  the  old  method:  for 
after  all  that,  has  been  done  and  said,  the  number  of  singers  in  our  congregations 
is  small,  and  by  satisfactory  inquiry,  it  is  found  that  not  more  than  one  in 
fventy  of  the  members  of  choirs  can  read  the  plainest  music  at  sight;  so  that 
the  true  definition  of  the  phrase  "Old  Singers"  is — those  who  do  not  know  how 
to  read  music.  By  the  New  Method,  choirs  will  immediately  become  perfect 
readers  in  all  keys,  and  large  numbers  of  persons  in  our  congregations,  who 
have  irood  voices,  good  ears,  and  a  taste  for  music,  but  who  have  not  had  time 
or  patience  to  learn  the  old  way,  will  at  once  learn  to  sing  understandingly. 
These  have  been  the  first  fruits  where  the  system  has  been  introduced.  Who 
does  not  know  that  the  great  reason  why  so  few  learn  to  sing  is,  because  the 
old  method  is  so  difficult  to  master  and  comprehend?  And  who  does  not  know 
that  the  principal  reason  why  our  church  music  throughout  the  country  is  so 
poorly  performed,  is,   because  nearly  all  the  singers,  after  all,  know  but  little 

Bostok,  December  20,  1848, 


in  gentlemen  in  different  parts  of  the  country,  whdhenames  we  have  not  room 
to  enumerate,  our  sincere  thanks,  and  the  thanks  of  future  generations,  for  the 
interest  they  have  taken,  and  are  still  manifesting, in  some  cases  at  a  sacrifice, 
to  promote  the  One  Line  Sight  Singing  Method.  Teachers  write  us  that  "it 
must  prevail."  None  need  trouble  themselves  abffllt  the  old  system;  let  that 
take  care  of  itself.  We  enjoin  it  on  all  who  wistato  learn,  or  who  desire  to 
improve  music  and  singing,  to  try  this  svstem,  and  wall  who  are  convinced 
thai  it  is  the  best,  to  use  all  reasonable  efforts  to  promote  its  introduction  every 
where.  This  they  can  efficiently  do,  by  comparingl  publicly  and  .privately,  the 
old  and  the  new  systems  together.  Of  those  w  hu  have  arrived  at  the  honorable 
distinction  of  "old  singers,"  and  of  the  thousands  wio  have  tried  to  learn  to 
sing  the  old  way  and  have  given  up  in  despair,  scarcely  one  would  ever  have 
attempted,  had  they  been  told  at  the  outset  what  must  be  accomplished,  and 
how  much  time,  money,  and  patience,  would  hi  necessary.  In  a  single  eve- 
iiiiil',  beginners  have  learned  losing  at  sight,  by  ihfe  method,  tunes  which  they 
never  saw  before.  Teachers  in  different  parts  of  (lit  country,  would  nut  say 
tins  if  it  were  not  true.  The  contrast  between  tbejtwo  systems  is  very  great; 
and  he  who  can  skillfully  show  it,  will  not  fail  meoivince  all  candid  minds. 
Would  that  we  could  feel  such  gratitude  as  we  ought  to  a  kind  Providence, 
which  has  to  some  extent  given  us  favor  with  the  people,  and  blessed  our 
efforts  in  promoting  tins  method  thus  far,  though  we  have  had  to  meet  the  most 
u::i easonable  opposition. 

Gentlemen  whose  names  stand  over  some  of  the  tunes,  will  see  that  we  have 
exercised  our  prerogative  of  making  such  alteratioasor  corrections  as  seemed 
desirable  for  the  present  work.  We  are  sorry  if  we  iave  rendered  their  com- 
positions less  meritorious.  Perhaps  we  may  also  irvive  the  use  of  some  of 
the  old  turns  which  have  their  excellencies  beyond  all  controversy.  This  work, 
not  having  any  of  the  same  tunes,  will  in  no  respats  interfere  with  or  super- 
cede the  use  of  the  Numeral  Harmony;  though  it  Ins  the  same  Rudiments, 
which  will  he  an  advanlaje  to  those  who  have  used  that  book.  The  one  or  the 
other  may  be  inlroduced  first  with  the  greatest  propriety.  Persons  having 
lunes  in  this  book  will  he  entitled  to  a  copy  grans:  and  those  who  may  furnish 
one  or  more  good  tunes  hereafter,  shall  be  entitled  lo  a  copy  of  the  book  in 
which  they  appear.       The  Invcntoks  ami  ^  H.   W.  DAY, 

Proprietors  of  the  Method,    (  R.   F.  BEAL. 


Entered  according  to  ActftfCon^ress,  in  the  rear  eighteen  Siundred  and  forty-nine 
BY  H.  W.  DAS'  AKD  It.  F.  BEAL, 
In  tEie  Clerk's  Office  of  the  District  Court  of  the  District  of  Massachusetts. 


ELEMENTARY 

RITEES    AID    EXERCISES 


FOR 


HEADING   MUSIC   AT   SIGHT, 

WITH  QUESTIONS  TO  AID  BOTH  THE  TEACHER  AND  PUPIL 


Chapter  1. 


Departments  or  General  Divisions. 

A.RTICLE  1.  The  rules,  instructions  and  ex- 
ercises for  sic  ,»e  have  arranged  under  four 
departments,  as  follows  : 

First,  MELODY,  which  relates  to  a  succession 
of  sounds  differing  in  pitch. 

Secoxd,  RHYTHM,  which  relates  to  sounds  dif- 
fering in  length. 

Third,  DYNAMICS,  which  relates  to  sounds 
differing  in  force. 

Fourth,  MUSICAL  ELOCUTION,  which  re- 
lates to  a  correct  intonation  of  voice,  and  pronun- 
ciation of  words. 

£.,  Such  is  the  nature  of  music,  that  the* differ- 
ent departments  will  he  intermingled  in  theory  and 
practice,  though  in  the  main,  considered  separately. 
Questions. 

1.  How  many  departments  1   What  is  the  first  7    The  sec- 


ond ?   The  third  ?   The  fourth 7   To  what  do  they  severally 
relate  7    2.  How  will  they  be  taken  op  1 


<£!)aptcr  2. 

MELODY.    On  the  scale,  production  of  sonnds,  posturo  of 
the  body,  aud  comparative  distances  oi  the  scale. 

X  •   At  the  foundation  of  is  a  series  of 

sounds,  i  DIATONIC  SCALE  '      I 

ounds  of  the  scale  are  indicated  by  nun 
which  represent  both  the  pitch  and  the  order  of  the 
sounds. 

The  Scale1  Ascendintr. 

Numerals.  133  4      5678 

Musical  names  )  ,  .  r  ,      ,  .  , 

tables.   ,do      re       mlfa      so1      la        Slli" 
Pronounced  do   ray     mee  fah  sola     lab.    see  do 


The   Scale   Descending. 

8  7       6      ii       !  3       3 


bles. 

Pronounced 


do  si 
do  see 


lah  sole 


i       re 
fah  mee  ray 


3 

do 
do 


JL.   Practise  the  scale  by  syllables  and  numerals 
until  the  numerals  and  their  musical  najrii 
other.    In 
to  always  use  the  musical  syllables  in  calling 
singing  the  sounds  the  numerals  represent. 

*>•  The  1  k'dn)  of  the  scale  beine  the  most  im- 
portant i  ■  .  FUNDAMEN- 
TAL or  KEY  NOTE. 

4»   ?ing  DO   (1)  with  the  mouth  elongated  per- 

ilarly . 
Sing  it:-:    (3)  "'it'1  l'ie  mouth  a  little  opened. 

mi    (JJ)  with  the  mouth  the  same  as  for   RE 
(3)>  hut  with  the  sides  of  the  tongue  pressed  against 
I  i  i  the  mouth,  leaving  a  small  aperture  for 
the  sound  to  escape. 

fa  (1)  with  the  mouth  elongated  horizontal- 
though  about  to  ! 

'  sol   (;"»)  with  the  mouth  the  same  as  singing 
do(1.1 

•To  distinguish  it  Irom  the  chromatic  scale  ;  vide  chap.  10. 
leather  can  accompany  with  a  piano,  violin,  or  the 
school  con  practise  without,  in  long  sounds. 


RULES  AND   EXERCISES   FOR  SIGHT  SINGING. 


Sinir  la  (6)  with  tlie  mouth  about  the  same  as  for 
pa  (4). 

Sing  si  (7)  like  mi  (3) 

«5o  Do  not  change  the  vocal  organs  in  the  least 
degree,  when  producing  any  particular  sound. 

O*  Never  make  a  drawling,  nasal  or  unpleasant 
tone.  Let.  the  voice  flow  out  clear  and  smooth  as  a 
river  : — sweet,  round  and  ringing  like  silver,  and  as 
I  ure  as  the  mountain  air  ; — in  other  words,  sing  in 
ti  e  orotund  voice.* 

4  •  Let  the  position  of  the  body  be  erect — straight. 
Sui  ply  the  lungs  frequently  with  fresh  air,  and  as 
often  expel  the  bad  air  from  the  lungs. f 

0«  The  scale  presents  a  series  of  steps  and  half 
steps,  or  as  some  prefer,  major  seconds  and  minor 
seconds.  The  half  steps  occur  between  3  and  4, 
and  7  and  8- 


Steps  find  Half  Steps  of  the  Scale. 
1  step  •$  step  8  4  step   o  step  6  step  7  8 

halfsicp  half  step 

do  re  mi  fa  sol  la  si   do 

C7»  The  relations  of  steps  and  half  steps  in  the 
scale,  it  is  very  important  to  remember  and  practical- 
ly understand,  as  the  scale  is  both  the  alphabet  and 
grammar  of  music. 

liJ,  The  exact  comparative  distances  of  the 
sounds  of  the  scale. are  represented  below. 


Comparative  Distances. 

20  12         22  20  22 


2 

re 


34 

mi  fa 


i» 


6 

la 


7  8 

si  do 


*See  Vocal  School,  part  IV  on  Musical  Elocution. 
IThe  teacher  will  explain  such  other  things  as  he  may  deem 
»mr>oria.iu     A    living   example  is  quite  important  for  many 
things  in  relation  to  the  voice 


11,  Pianos,  organs  and  all  similar  instru- 
ments are  tuned  in  exact  steps  and  half  steps,  or  near- 
ly so,  not  regarding  the  philosophical  exactness  as 
above  given,  though  the  voice  with  a  good  ear  al- 
wavs  strikes  these  distances.  They  will  aid  the  pu- 
pil in  learning  the  scale. 

1  j£t  From  1  (do)  to  2  (re)  is  the  distance  or 
difference  of  22.  From  «2  (re)  to  3  (mi)  the  dis- 
tances or  difference  of  20,  and  so  on  ascending  and 
vice  versa  descending. 

Questions. 

1.  What  lies  at  the  foundation  of  melody?  What  called? 
How  indicated  1  How  sung  ?  2.  How  are  the  syllables  pro- 
nouncod  1  3.  What  is  )  (do)  called  ?  4.  What  lie  positions 
and  vocal  organs  ?  ti.  what  sounds  must  not  be  made  ? 
With  what  voice  ^iould  we  sing  I  7.  The  position  of  the 
bodv,  what?  About  the  lungs?  8.  The  order  of  the  sounds 
of  the  scale  7  Where  the  lion  steps  1  0.  What  is  the  scale  .' 
10.  Comparative  distances,  what  1  11.  How  are  instruments 
tuned  .' 


Chapter  3. 

MELODY  Continued.     On  the  intervals  of  the  scale  Major 
and  Minor. 

1  •  Differences  or  distances  between  sounds  of 
the  scale  are  called  intervals  ;  i.  e.,  from  one  sound 
to  any  other  is  termed  an  interval.  An  interval  in- 
cluding onlv  two  sounds,  is  called  a  second.  One  in- 
cluding three  sounds  is  called  a  tlard,  &c. 

Ji!   Counting  from  different  sounds  of  the  scale,  we 

have   Major  (ureater)   and  Minor  (lesser)   intervals 
of  seconds,  thirds,  &c. 


Major  and  Minor  Seconds. 

ABBREVIATIONS. 

Ma.  S.  Major  Second.     Mi.  S.  Minor  Second. 
Ma.S.     Ma.S.  Mi.S.  Ma.S.  Ma.S.  Ma.S.  Mi.S. 


3   4 


6 


7  8 


Major   and   Minor  Thirds. 


Mi.  Third. 


3    4^ 


Ma.  Third.      Mi   Third 
5      ~~6         78 


Ma.  Third.       Mi.  Third.        Ma.  Third. 

0.  Major  and  minor  fourths,  fifths,  sixths  and 
sevenths  are  reckoned  in  the  same  way  from  any 
sound  in  the  scale.  When  we  reckon  from  1  (do) 
in  one  scale  to  S  (re)  in  the  scale  above,  &c,  we 
call  the  intervals  ninths,  tenths,  &c. 

Note.  See  Hamilton's  Catechism  of  Thorough  Base  r 
Burrow's  Base  Primer :  Harmony  Made  Easy,  by  Charles 
Czerney. 

Questions. 

1.  What  are  distances  between  sounds  called  ?  2.  How  do 
we  reckon  intervals  ?  3.  How  reckon  Major  and  Minor 
fourths,  Ate?  From  ]  (do)  to  2  (re)  in  the  next  scale  is  what  ? 
To3? 


Cljaptcr   &. 


MELODY  and  RHYTHM.  Bars;  Measures;  Strains  J  Beats; 
the  Dash  ;  Accent ;  Common  and  Compound  Time  and 
Measures  ;  Whole  and  Half  Notes  and  Rests. 

OX  TIME. 

a.  •  The  marks  drawn  between  the  sounds  in  mu- 
sic are  called  Bars,  of  which  there  are  two  kinds, 
single  (thin)  and  douele  (thick)  bars.  From  one 
single  bar  to  another  is  a  measure  ; — bars  divide 
the  time  inlo  equal  measures. 

j£a .  Double  bars  show  the  end  of  a  strain  or 
line  ot  poetry.  Sometimes  they  are  used  in  the  place 
of  a  single  bar,  as  below.  Sometimes  thev  divide 
measures.  They  have  nothing  to  do  with  the  time. 
A  strain  may  embrace  a  scale,  more  or  less  ;  a  line 
in  poetry,  or  a  sentence  in  prose,  set  to  music. 

O.  Now  sing  the  scale  slowly,  first  counting 
one,  then  two,  then  three,  then  four  to  each 
sound  (numeral) 


RULES  AND  EXERCISES  FOR  SIGHT  SINKING. 


Bars,  Measures  and  Strains. 
First  Strain. 

1    |    3    I    S    I    -1    I    .1    I    6    |    7    |    8  1 

Ascending. 

Second  Strain. 


8|7|6 


S  |  4  |   3  I  2 

:         iding. 


4-»  As  we  cannot  count  and  sing,  the  hand  is 
moved  to  keep  ami  beat  the  tune, — down — up, — or, 
down, — left, — ur,  describing  a  triangle  ;  or,  Down, 
left,  right,  up,  accordingas  we  have  two,  three,  or 
four  countings  in  each  measure. 

Different  kinds  of  Time. 

»3«  Different  kinds  of  vocal  and  instrumental  mu- 
sic give  rise  to  two  kinds  of  time,  Common  and 
Compound. 

Common  time  has  one  primitive  part  to  a  beat  in  a 
measure.  Compound  time  has  three  primitive  parts 
to  a  beat. 


On  the  use  of  the  Dash. 


6. 


i.  The  short  dash-  indicates  that  the  numeral 

or  sound  after  which  it  is  placed   is  to  be  prolonged  to 

twice   its  usual  length.     The   medium    dash  —  in- 

that  the  sound  aftei  which  it  is  placed  should 

be  prolonged  to  three  times  its  usual  length.     The 

long  dash prolongs  the  sound  indefinitely,  to 

make  out  the  lime. 


COMMON  TIME   AND  MEASURES. 

S  •  Common  time  is  used  for  church  and  instru- 
mental music-,  and  has  three  forms  or  kinds  of  meas- 
ure, viz: —  I1  i   two  heats  and   two  parts ; 
Tkiple,  of  three  beats  and  three  parts;  and  Quad- 
ruple, of  four  beats  and    four   parts.     The   move- 


ment of  the  hand  is  indicated  by  the  abbreviations,  d. 
down  ;   u.  up  ;  L.  left  ;  r.  right. 


Double  Measure  hns  two  Tarts  ;    Accent  ou 
the  First. 


Example. 

1 

do 

3 

re 

1           3 

do          re 

1 

,1, 

D 

u 

D              u 

D 

Triple  Measure;  three  Parts  and  three  Beats; 
Acceut  on  the  First. 


1     2     3 

do      re      mi 
D        l         u 


Example. 

1      3     31  1- 

do      re     mi  |  do 

D  L  U     I  D         ] 


Quadrnple    Mcnsnre;    four   Parts    and    four 
Beats;  Accent  on  the  First  and  Fourth. 


1    2 

do     re 
D        I. 


3 

4 

Illl 

la 

K 

i 

Example. 
3 


1    3 

do    re 
D      L 


mi 

K 


1 

do 
D      L 


o.  Any  number  of  sounds  may  occur  to  a  sin- 
i   in  any  kind  of  measure,  if  they  are  short 
enough  to  keep  the  time  correct. 


COMPOUND  TIME   AND  MEASURES. 


9. 


Compound  time  is  derived  from  two  or  more 
triple  measures,  and  ismostly  used  for  instrumental 

■ •-       It    has  three  forms  or   kinds  of  measure, 

viz  : — compound  Double,  compound  Triple  and 
compound  Quadruple.  Each  kind  of  measure  has 
three  primitive  parts  to  a  beat. 


Compound  Double  Measure;— has  two  Beats 
and  mx  Parts; — accent  on  tho  1st  und   !;'•. 


12  3  12  3 

do  re  mi  do  re  mi 

D  U 


Example. 

12  3  8 2 3 

do  te  mi  do  re  mi 


1-  1- 

do    do 

D        U 


Compound  Triple  Measure;— has  three 

mid  nine  Parts;  accent  on  the  1st,  4th  and 
7th. 

Example. 


133123123  12—2- 

do  re  mi,  &  c.  I  re       re 

D  L  U  D  L 


l- 

do 


Compound  Quadruple  Measure;— has  twelve 
Parts  and  four  Beats;  accent  on  the  lnt,  4lh, 
7th  und  10th. 

Example. 
123123133133  i  3-1-3-31  1 fl 

do  re  mi,  &c  1 

D  L  R  U  DLRUDLRUr 


On  Beating  Time. 

1  0»   The  movement  of  the  hand  should  be  im- 
mediate from  one  point  to  the  other,  where  il 
rest  the  remaining  part  of  the  beat.     It  should  not 
move  in  a. slow,  indolent  manner. 


Whole  and  half  Note*;— whole  und  hnlfRests. 

4  3.    Numerals    are    regarded    as    skins    of 
sounds,  or  Notes.     So  any   numeral  of  the 
is  a  note.     A  numeral  without  any  thing  attached, 
sustains  the  relation  of  a  half  note  : — i.  e.,  it  indi- 
cates a  sound  one  half  as   long  as  one  with  a 
dash  after  it,  which  is  called  a  whole  note. 

Rest  ,  cs     The  whom 


RULES  AND  EXERCISES  FOR  SIGHT  SINGING. 


equal  in  time  to  a  whole  note,  is  made  below  a  line, 
thus  :  — ■■ 

The  half  rest,  equal  in  time  to  a  half  note,  is 
made  above  the  line,  thus:  — m — . 


Whole    ( 

Notes  &  < 

Rests.    ( 


Example. 
1-     2- 

do  re 


Example. 


3- 

mi 


4 

fa 


&c 


Half     {  1         2        3        4  &c. 

Notes  &■!         do         re         mi        la 
Rests.    (        -"-      -" -       -™-    ~m~ 
The  whole  rest,  by  an  arbitrary  rule,  fills  any  kind 
of  a  measure. 

Questions. 
What  arc  ihe  marks  drawn  through  music  called  7    How 
many  kinds  1    What  do  they  divide?    2.   What  is  the  use  of 
.;,     ■  A  strain  embraces  what?  4.  How  is  the  han.i 

moved  in  singing  1  o.  Different  kinds  ol  time  arise  how? 
How  many  kinds  of  lime?  How  many  parts  to  a  ■  ,"at  in 
common  nme?  In  compound  time?  6.  The  dash  is  tv.J  how 
many  ways  ?  7.  What  kind  of  music  is  principally  written  in 
common  time  ?  How  does  tVe  hand  move  in  double  measure  ? 
'  How  in  triple  measure  1  Accent?  How  in  quad- 
ruple? Accent'  9.  How  many  forms  in  compound  measure  7 
Parts  to  a  heat  ?  What  the  heats,  parts  and  accent  in  each  7 
in.  How  should  the  hand  move  in  beating  time?  11.  Howare 
numerals  regarded  ?  What  is  a  whole  note  ?  A  half  note  7 
What  is  a  whole  rest  ?  A  half  rest  ?  In  what  arbitrary  way  is 
the  whole  rest  used  ? 


€i)aptcr 


5. 


mav  oe  tatten  on  any  pilcn  to  suit  convenience,  sometimes 
higher,  sometimes  lower.  The  judicious  teacher  will  know 
whether  it  will  be  proper  to  omit  any  of  the  exercises. 


EXERCISES    IN  COMMON  TIME. 

Beat  down,  up,  Double  Measure.       1  (do)  2  (re) 

(1) 
1     1  I  fl     1  I  2-    II  2    2  |  2    2  |  1-    || 

1    211     1  I  2-  (||  2    111    2|1-    || 

(3) 
1    212    112-    II  1     112    2 1  1-    || 

1    112    1|2-    II  1     111    2|1-    II 

(5) 

1     111    2|2-    II  2    2|  1    2|  1-    || 

(6) 

1    2|1    2|2-    II  2    112    2|1-    II 

(?) 
1    2|2    2|2-    II  1    211    2|  1-    II 

(8) 

1     111    1  1 2-    II  2    1  |  1    211-    II 

Rests. 


Esfircises  in  Singing  and  Beating  Time  ;   in  the  lower,  mid- 
dle, and  upper  parts  of  the  Scale. 

A  •  If  in  point  of  comparison,  to  learn  to  sing 
were  a  hundred  things,  to  sing  the  scale  correctly 
would  be  ninety-nine.  Hence  the  great  importance 
of  inductive  singinj  exercises  in  the  scale  indifferent 
skips  and  forms  of  measures. 

Note.  Siug  all  the  following  exercises,  calling  the  syllabic 
tiaines  of  the  numerals  do,  re,  and  not  one,  two,  &c.     1  (do) 


1      "  1   1   "■ 

1-  12- 

1-  1    ^- 

1-  I     -- 


(9) 

2-     II  2  -' 

(10) 

-m _  <T2>    II    *►>_ 


2  --  |  1 
---  2  I  1- 
---     I  1- 
1- 


(ii) 
-.-   |   2-    II    22  |   --- 

(12) 

|     -_-    1   2-    ||   ---     |    -.- 

^2.    The    tie  <  s,   made  longer  or  shorter, 

shows  how  many  sounds  are  united  in  one ;  and, 
where  words  are  used,  how  many  sounds  are  sung  to 
one  syllable. 

Triple  Measnre. 

1  (do)  2  (re).  Beat  down,  left,  up. 

(1) 

111122212-11222122211-  I 


(2) 

122121212-  II  211  |  122|  1 11|| 

(3) 

112112112—  II  11212  121  11111 

W 

1121  1  12|2-||  22112221  111! 

Rests. 

1---1122--12-  ||  12--- |      ---    1  1-  | 

(6) 

1-11    ---     I  2-  II  2  ---  ]     -*-    I  1-  | 


Quadruple  Measure. 

(1) 

1 1  I  1 1 1 1  |  2 1|  2222  |  2222  |  1- 

(2) 
11  1  2222  |  2 1|  2222  |  1111  |  1- 

(3) 
1211223  12 1|  12<21  1111  |  1- 

(4) 
11  I  1121  |2 1|  2121  I  212  2  |  1- 

(5) 

11  12-2212 1|  1-221  1-221  1- 

(6) 

11  |22-1  12 II  31-2  1  11-21  1- 

(?) 
1-   |2-2-|2 112-2-1  1-2- |  1- 


Rests. 

(8) 

1  --- 1  2  ---  2  ---  |2 ||  ---  1---  1  |  2  -  || 

(9) 

1-  I  1111  I  -.-  ]  2 ||  2222  |  ---  |  1-  || 

*5»  Every  new  sound  practised  should  be  prop- 
erly understood  and  correctly  produced,  both  in  relic- 
tion to  its  quality  and  the  relation,  or  comparative 
distance  it  sustains  to  the  tonic  (do). 


4-,  'When  the  first  measure  of  a  piece  of  music 
is  not  full,  the  d>  ..  made  up  in  the  last,  so 

that  the  first  and  last  measures  in  such  cases  always 
equal  one  whole  measure. 


Double  Pleasure. 

1  (do)  2  (re)  3  (mi).    Beat  two  beats. 
(1) 

1 1  I  22 | 33  I  2-  ,;  S3  I  22  |  32  I  1- 

11  I  13  I  33  I  3- Y 13  I  33  I  33  I  1- 

(3) 

13  I  33  |  33  |  3-  il  33  1  33  |  32  |  1- 

(4) 

13  |  33  |  13  |  3-  li  33  I  1 1  I  23  |  1- 
3|23| US | 2-  «  S3 | 23 | I2| 1 
1 | 33 | 22 1 2-  I  31 | 22 | 32  I  1 

(T) 

1112-1  33  |  2-  II  33  I  3-  |  33  |  1- 

1313-1  12  13-  II  31|3-|  12|  1- 

(9) 

S3  |  1-  13112-  i  33  I  2-  I  13  |  1- 

(10) 

31  131  |3G  |3-    li  31  [31  |  33  |  1- 

(ii) 
3112-  -       321  1-  II 38  li- 

nes   . 

(12) 

3  -I3---I  11  |2-I13--|3-|33|  I 

11  |  --2  I  33  I  3-1133   |  -3|  12|1- 

12  I    --    I  32  1  1-1133  I    ~   |  12|3- 

(15) 

1  -|2-  13-  |  2-11 3--  12-12-11- 


RULES  AND  EXERCISES  FOR  SIGHT  SINGING, 

Triple  Measure. 


1  (do)  2  (re)  3  (mi).     Beat  three  beats. 
(1) 

1111  222  1  333  ||  333  I  222  |  Til  II 

(2) 

1 12  |  5  52  |  333    II  332  |  322  |  lllll 
(3) 

3:12  1  322  1  1—  I! 

(■i) 
||  321  |332|  1—11 


122  |  233  1 2— 
1231  123  12  — 
1 |212|3- 
3 | 222 | 1  - 
11-  |22-|3- 
33-122-13— 
1-1  12-213- 
13 


(•->) 

3  I  212  I  1- 

(0) 

3123213- 

(7) 


(8 


33-122- | 1— 
32-1 12- 1 1— 


(9) 

9 


».  -il  I  •»  _  o 


2-21  1- 


(10) 

23-12-      I  32-1  12-  |  1-  || 

(ID 
1-213-312-     |l  3-2  12-3  1  1-  II 

1-311-3  12-  if 3-1  |3-2|  1-  II 

1 12  |  33-  I  2-  ||  321  1  22-  |  1-  II 

3121312  13—  I;  312  1  313  I  1—  II 

133  1  233  |  3-  1*313  I  332  1  1-  II 

Rests. 

1  -  1  |  2  -  2  |  3-1  3  -  2  I  1  -  2  I  3-1 

333  |  -  211  2-||  113   I  '  33  I  3-1 


CI 


(18) 


|  22  -"-  |  2—  i  13  -  I  23  -  1  1-11 
321  |      ---     12-  ||  232   1     -.      |  1-H 


Quadruple  Mensure. 

1  (do)  2  (re)  3  (mi).     Beat  four  heals. 
(I) 

lllll  2233  1 3—  113333 1 2232 1 1—  0 

(2) 

1 123  1 1 123 1 2 —  U  3323 1  3322 1 1 — II 
11121 3321  2—1  2233  2232 1 1—  U 

(4) 

3223 ,113-1,3322. 323  - « 

(5) 

3333 1 133-11  2212 \ 321-  II 

13131131312  —  1131311313211—11 

(7) 

11I2312I3-H  11  233211-    fl 
1-11323 1 132- 1,  13231133-1  1-    | 
111-1222-13— Ji  333- 1333-11— || 

(10) 

333-1331-13— I' 223- 1312-11—  II 

1-1112-3313-  3  3211—  II 

i  - 
3-  22  11-23 1 2  —  i;  £  -  23  I  1-23 1 1 —  II 

(13) 

11-1111-113 — 133-3  33-311 — li 

Rests. 
(14) 
1-111 2-22 13—  II 32  -  1 1 32  ---3 1 1—  II 

33331     —   12—01122     --■       '3  —  U 


RULES  Ai\D  EXERCISES  FOR  SIGHT  SINULMJ. 


Double  Measare. 


1  (do)  2  (re)  3  (mi)  4  (fa).     Beat  two  beats. 

(1) 
1 1  1  S2  |  33  |  34    II    33  |  S3  |  13  1  1- 

(2) 

13  |  33  |  43  |  3-    II    43  I  34  |  33  li- 
es) 

3  314  3  144  |  3-  II  43  |  331  3211- 

(4) 

1|  33 1 3311-13- 13  ||3i33i43i3 -13-11 

(5) 

2212314-  II  3311313-  ||  4312211- 

(6) 

SSI  221  33  I  4-  ||  43  I  241  33  1  3- 

(7) 

13  |23|  44  I  3-  II  34!  34  I  22  II- 
3  3  |44|  3314-  ||  4  3  14  31  4413- 

(9) 

IS  I  33  1 4- ||  32  143 1  3-  ||  311 24 1 3- 

(10) 

13  I  3  4  I  3  1  1  2-  II    4  3  |  2  1  |  24  |S- 

(ii) 
S3  I  3-  II  43  I  3  -  ||  34  |  3-  ||   32   1 1- 

£314-  II  3313-  |f4  4|3-  ||  2211- 

V  3  I  34  |  IS  13-  |  1  3  I  3  4  I  3  3  I  3- 

34  |  24  1 13  I  3-*||  34  |  34  1321  S- 
1-14-1  1-  14-  if  4-  |  1-  |  4-  I  1- 
1411411413-11  4  1141  I  321  1- 


Rests. 

33  I  4  ---  |  33  I  2-  ||  33  |  4  -"-  32  I  1- 
1  3 1  ---  I  ---3  13-1  43j  -  I  •"  3  i  S  - 


Triple  SJeasme. 

1  (do)  2  (re)  3  (mi)  4  (fa).     Beat  three  beats. 
(1) 

111IS22I3S3I2—  1  3331444133211—11 

(2) 

1231133113314—  II  S31|432|21S|3— II 

(3) 

83412831 11£|8  —  II  443|224|313|1— II 

(4) 

1111333144418  —  II  833|443|284|3— li 

(5) 

333|323I444|3—  ||  1 131334  313|  1— II 

(6) 

1331433133314—  II  3441344134413-1! 

(7) 

343i224|S32|l—  II  1S3|334|433|3— II 

(8) 

13314-11  144-13-11  43311-  II  34S;3-|| 


Rests. 

(9) 

33  --I31--- 132313-  ||  1111 


132311-11 


Quadruple  Measure. 

1  (do)  2  (re)  3  (mi)  4  (fa).     Beat  lour  beats. 

•»* 

«),  At  the  end  of  a  tune,  d.  c.  means  that  we  must 
finish  with  the  first  strain. 

(1)  D  C. 

1313  |  321-  I!    2323  I  432-  || 

(2)  D.   C. 

12121323211 —    II   23231434312 —  II 

(3) 

1 1221332- 1|  3343  1 443  -|| 4434133 1-|| 

(4) 

12341321-  1121231432-11  3434!321-|| 

(5) 

1234  !  3231  II  1234  !  321-  11 


(«) 
123-1  1-  3-  1  234-1  2-4-  | 
4-  2-  II  321-  |  3-  1- || 

(7) 

1-  1 S  I  3-33 !  2-23  I  2432  II  1-11 
2-24  |  3432  |  1 —  II 

(8) 

3-  33  |  2-  42  |  3-  S3  1  3432  1!  1-  22  I 
3-43  121221  1 —  II 

(9) 

1  -  22  |  3-  44  1  3-  23  |  4S24  II  3-  33  H 
2-341  3142  1  3 —  || 

11-1  122-2  133-3  14342  ||  22-21 
33-3  1  1234  13—11 

33-  2  |  1 1 12  |  33-  2  |  S —  II  44-  3  ! 
22-.  1  14332  13 —  | 

1333  1  24-  4  |  3432  IS—    ||    13-  3  1 
24-  4  |  3212  |  1 —  II 

Rests. 

(13) 

334412 2!  1 —  II  8312|3~  ---4)3 — II 

(14) 

12--- 31    -    1234 --13 — |  32--— I    ---    I 
432  -  1  1—  II 

Miscellaneous. 

1  (do)  2  (re)  3  (mi)  4  (fa)  5  (so!).  D.  M.  Beat  two 

beats. 

(1) 

35  |  14  |  32  |  1-  ||   25  |  S3  1  54  I  3-  B 

13153  1  S3|  5- |i    5313115511-    11 

T.  M.     Three  beats. 
(3) 

3  35  I  531  j  2— ii  13515321  1—    j 


RULES  AND  EXERCISES  FOR  SIGHT  SINGING. 


9 


111  |.1-4|3- 
443  I  433 | 3- 


(■») 

ii 

(5) 


s-si  lisi  l-l 

234  I  554  I  3- 


Uests. 
(6) 

355-1123  2-  I!  43---I32-M544IS 

Q.  M.     Four  beat3. 
(7) 


1155  1432 


2211  |543 


(8) 


3543  1251-      U    4325 | 4 13 


55-5  53-3  2 
1111!    --     13- 


Itests. 
(9) 


11-3125-43- 


(10) 


w»«*»5»i 


T.  M.     Three  beats. 
(ID 

113|334|543|3-||  432|345[  11211—  | 

(12) 

33311-31334  3-5  ||  1 12I3531354I3  —  I 
3432-314321  i-5  ||  4441331 123413-  I 

(14) 

313153112.5515-  ||  434|313|433| 1—1 


Middle  or  the  Scale. 

2  (re)  3  (mi)  4  (fa)   5  (sol)  G  (la).     D.  M.     Beat 
two  beats. 

(I) 

33  [  44  |  r»-t  |  G-  ||  55  |  66  |  54  I  3-  II 

(2) 

55  !  6  6  |  J  .2  |  3  -  II  33  |  1 5  |  6  6  !  5-  II 


(3) 

34  I  56  |  34  |  3- It  55  |  43  I  22|3- 

(4) 
35|65|  44  |  3-  I!  32  |  35  |  65  |  5- 

(5) 

34  I  55  |  66  I  5- II  66  |  54  |  32|3- 
32  I  34  |  56  I  5-  ||  65  |  43  I  22  I  3- 

T.   M.     Threi 

(T) 

3331234  56513-  II  164 : 353125413 — 

554143312-11  234565  3-  U 

Q.  M.     Four  beats. 
(9) 


555516666; 


(10) 


44  8  1333213  — 


55441332 -i;3341|565-||55C5;443-   1 

(ii) 
5435655  H4323I432 116543  223 -  I 

(12) 

33341565  -123451432 -1(223-1  543  -  I! 

Rests. 

543*133-  II  3—1 ---II 4--- ---41333-  II 

332-13  ---  ---  4  3—1543  -- 13  *  -■  2|3 — 1| 

tTl>pcr  part  of  the  Scale. 

8  (do)  7  (si)  C  (la)  5  (sol).     Q.  M.    Four  beats. 

(1) 
SH88|7777|6«66|  7— IIG666I 

77771  8  8871  8 —    I! 
(2) 

88S7IGG67IS876I5  —  II   66671 

88871667718—    II 


(3) 


*767|  8-5-1  8767  1  8- 
7-5-|5677|  8-|| 

(4) 

8867  1 887- I KS7-I67S-I 
665-  |778^|77!s-    || 


567< 
6655 


D.  M.    Two 

(."-) 
871871  88|7-  II  S7|  87|67|8-| 

S7  |  66  |  78  |  7-6|l  66  I  7.8  I  87  I  8-1 
85|75|85|7-||  751  85  |  67  |  8    I 

(S) 

88|7-  |66|7-  II  8817-  |  87|  8-1 


Fxerciscs  in  the  Scale. 

Q.   M.      Heat   four 
(1) 

18341  5-   1456718—11  87651  4—  I 
5432  I  1—  11 

T.  M.     Beat  three  beats. 
(2) 

123  |  123  I  4-    ||    334  1  23  !  I  5-     fl 
■156  I  456  |  7 —  H  567  |  567  |  8- 

Q.  M.     Beat  four  ! 
(3) 

123  -11-3-  II 234  - 1 2  -  4  -  II  315-1 3  -5  -|| 

456-14- 6||567-'5- 7- 

(4) 

56511343211 —  ||  4345 1 6567 1 8 —  1 

1231 1876514—  f  4343154331 1—  U 

1-3-13-4-13-5-  ||  4- 6- I  5-  71 
678-  I 


(?) 


RULES  AND  EXERCISES  FOR  SIGHT  SINGING. 

Rounds. 


R-6-f    -5-16-4- II  5-3-14-3-    I 
SSI- I 

(8) 

I331|5555|5— II  85531222213 — II 

(9) 

1331155871ft—  II    13351555311 — 1 
Cio) 

13511853115 — |l   85311135511 — II 

(ll) 
123415675     ||     876514321  II 

1878! 6878 1587S | 4878    0    2878 
1S11I5654I3—    I 

(13) 

1213 | 14151 1617| 181-  J  S786 I 
85841  83821  811-  ll 

(14) 

123415678     11    876514321     II 


Harmonics  of  the  Scale. 

Q,  The  more  perfect  sounding  bodies,  like,  for  in- 
stance, a  church  bell,  give  out  1,  3,  5  and  8  of  the 
scale.  These  sounds  are  strongly  related  to  each 
othei  Mr  a  simple  ratio,  which  exists  between  the  vi- 
brations of  each  in  consequence  of  which  they  are, 
when  produced  together,  agreeable  to  the  ear — or 
more  harmonious.  They  occur  more  frequently  in 
:  than  any  other  sounds,  and  constitute, the  frame- 
of  harmony.  They  are  to  me  icale,  what  the 
vowels  or  tonic  elements  are  to  language. 

Exercises. 
D.  M.    Two  Beats. 

(I) 
II  |  S3  155  I  8-  ||  88  I  55  133  I  1-  I! 

(2) 
5513-15511-  ||  8815-15513-  K 

(3) 

18  I  S3  I  55  I  S-  II  13  1  58  |  55  1  5-  11 


4  a  Rounds  and  catches  are  a  species  of  mu- 
sic, where  the  parts  commence  successively  and  fol- 
low each  other,  so  that  the  tune  can  be  sung  any 
length  of  time. 


1st  part. 

13151 


Round.  Two  Beats. 
(1) 


2d  part. 

85|3- 


3d  part. 
55  |  5- 


4lh  part. 

33  1  1- 


Round.     Four  Beats. 

(2) 

2d  part. 

33351111-  ||  It  13155 

T.  M 


1st  part. 


3d  part. 


Three  Beats. 
'    (3^ 
123  |  553  |  575  I  3-115-  I  S35  |  S35| 

535  |  1-    || 

W 
853IS33I535I1-  II  1351135113518— II 

(5) 

55513-|]  55511-  ||  813|5-]535|8—  || 
Q.  M.     Four  Beats. 
») 


55331  115- 
131315  31 


;:«si5j 


(D 


(8) 


31331551- 
31311351- 
553  1  I  553- 


lst  part. 

135- 


Rodnd.     Four  Beats. 

(9) 
2d  part.  3d  part. 

358-    11    S5S- 


4th  part. 

531- 


Round.     Three  Beats. 
(10) 

55513-11  3331  1-    II  88815- 


COHPOBND  TIME. 


0«  Previous  exercises  have  been  in  different 
parts  of  the  scale  in  common  time.  A  few  exercises 
now  follow,  sufficient  to  enable  the  learner  to  get 
a  right  idea  of  the  forms  of  measure,  and  peculiar 
movement  of  compound  time. 


Compound  Double  Measure. 

(1) 

111111 12222221 3333331 2  —  2  —  I! 
3333331 1111111 11122211 II 

(2) 
12312812  —  2—  |  23423413—3—  B 

32132112—2—11—232  11 I 

(3) 

1111111 222222 1 333343  - 1 2  —  2  — 1| 

333333 1 222232 1 1 1 1232 1 1 il 

(4) 

11112312— 2— 122223413— 3—    II 
33354312- 2-144443213 | 

(5) 

1—33211—232  II  1—23413 II 

8  —  432  I  3—432  I  1-222  I  1 II 

3-2-  I  1-2-  I  1 II 

(6) 
3-123  14-3—13-12312 1 


3-123  14-3-1  2-232  1  1 H 

(T) 

3-43213—1—13-43211 1|2—  2341 

3—2-12-234-13 I! 

The  dots  denote  a  repeat. 
(8) 

5-  34516-  5-111=4-  23413-  9— ill 
3-  45615-  8—111  44433312321-1 
3-23211-2-  II  3-  23211 1 


RULES  AND   EXERCISES    FOR  SIGHT  SINGING. 


] : 


.«— i 


Compound   Triple  Measure. 
(1) 

111111111  2-  2.22-  3-3 

3 3  r-     s  M  ill    3-3333- 

2-9-2-  1  1 II 

(2) 

1112  — 2  — !  1112 -2  — 13— 3  —  2- 
3 I  3131-1-  I  3334-4- 

3-  3-  2-  I   1 li 

(3) 

3-333  333    I    2-222  222 
12  3  12  3  12  3  1   4-    3-    2- 

1-  111111    |  3— 33  3  333 
3-543-132    !    1 II 

(4) 

3—2—1-  I  2- 
•1—  3 

(•■•) 
1-1  1111  II1-2-3-I2- 

2—  222222  !  2—  3—  4  —  I  3- 

1111-2—    8333—4—13- 
5335-  -1—    3333-  2-|l- 


1111111 31 


Componnd  Quadruple  Measure. 
(1) 

111  11111111112  —  2—2-2—  i 

.1 J   I   I   4  4  4  444  4  44  I 

3-3-3-  2-    I  1 

Ill  111  1-1-222  222  2-2-11 
3333334—  3-  I  2222221-1-    || 

(3) 

3-3331-3-       2-2223-1-    II 

3-3334-3-     2-2  321 I 


Questions. 
1    \\  .  nporlant  in  i 

<'o  we  ap] 

ery  new  sound  be  learni  VVI 

of  a  in.  I 

cs  give  out  what  ? 
.  I 

cises  in  Coi 

Time  ' 


Cliaptcv   G. 


MUSICAL  ELOCUTION. »   Elements  of  Language  t  Pronun- 
ciation of  Words  and  Elementary  Practice. 


J  .  The    foundation  of  Musical    Elocution    is  a 

•    of    t|iiri  nentary 

.  out  of  which  all  the  word  anguage 

\\  a    practical    under- 

,  it  is  impossible  to  sing 
must   be   learned 
from  an  licr. 

Ji,  These  sounds  an  to  three  classes;! 

viz.  :       1  5l  BT0N1C    ELEMENTS    and 

Atoxic  ei 

In  words    or  s\]laldcs    each    element  should   be 
sounded  with  i  n  anelemenl 

from   the  syllable  of  which  it  forms  a  part. 

«5.  The  Atonics  are  in  ihe  following 

!  .rations   or  vocal  whis- 

pers : — 


By   p 

as 

in 

p  —  in, 

U  P. 

F 

" 

" 

F  — an, 

1  F. 

WH 

.  ( 

wu  —  en. 

11 

(t 

(< 

H  —  1111. 

e  i 

■ . 

(t 

sn  —  all. 

a  —  sh 

a 

i . 

it 

s  —  1- 

ye  —  s. 

t     as    111        T  —  op,  oil T. 

Til       "      "       Til  ill. 

K    "    "       K —  ar  —  k 

•  are  nine  Atonic  elements  as  above  illustra- 
ted. 

•4-«  tonics  have  more  vocality  and  are. 

follows  : — 


-  Sec  Vocal  School. 

t  See  Rush  on  tho  Voice 


• 

r     c. 

as 

in 

r,  —  one. 

lo G. 

V 

v  —  ane, 

gi  —  ve 

V 

" 

Y  —  e. 

T'i 

" 

" 

th  —  en. 

1. 

it 

"' 

L  —  oud, 

a  —  ll. 

N 

" 

■■ 

N  0, 

pe  —  .s . 

IS 

" 

V  Is  — 

-ion 

C 

" 

B  OW, 

a  —  ii. 

<; 

&   J 

u 

■  < 

J  —  ay. 

a  —  ce. 

z 

&  s 
w 

HO 

i . 
it 

1 1 

z  —  one, 
w  —  e. 

h  —  is. 
so  —  sr 

U 

;. 

H  —  an. 

hi  —  M. 

D 

<. 

1 . 

i)  —  are, 

ha  —  D. 

R 

1 1 

(1 

R  —  oa  - 

—  n 

There  are  fifteen  Subtonics  as  above  illustrated 

t3  »  Neither  these  nor  the  Atonies  arc  \ 
in   singing; — rather   forcibly    articulated.      i! 
tho  voice  on  each,  as  they  occur  in  difli 
until  they  are  perfectly  uttered  bv  ihe  voice. 

0«  Exception.    One 
rule    occurs  in  the  L,  which  is  sometimes 

prolonged,  as  in  tabLe  and  similar  words. 

i  ,  The  Tonic  elements  have  the  mot 
are  prolonged  in  singing  and  a 

in  two  classes  oi  d  pure  : — 

The  Mixrn  tonics  are 


Indicated  by 

0 

as 

in 

g  —  0  —  no 

A 

it 

it 

in  —  a  —  n. 

I 

cc 

ii 

l  —  sle. 

A 

if 

it 

A  —  rt 

RULES  AND  EXERCISES  FOR  SIGHT  SINGING. 


o 

OCT 


O  — Id. 

ou  —  r. 


There  are  seven  mixed  elements  above 


The  Pure  tonics  are 
Indicated  by     ee     as     ii 


in         hEEd. 
e     "      "         Err. 
u     "      "         full. 

B       "        "  pED. 

i     "      "        pm. 
oo     "      "        ooze. 

There  are  six  pure  elements  as  above. 

O*  The  Mixed  elements  are  so  called,  oecause 
they  terminate  in  another  called  the  vanish  of  the  el- 
ement. For  instance,  o  in  old,  if  slowly  pronoun- 
ced, would  be  o  oo  -  1  -  d.  The  sound  of  the  dou- 
ble oo,  through  which  the  voice  passes,  is  termed  the 
vanish  of  the  element  indicated  by  o.  The  sound  of 
o  befni  passes  to  oo,  is  termed  the  Radi- 

cal ii!   I  ;t,  and  is  the   part  of  this  element 

which  should  be  prolonged  in  singing.  It  would  be 
improper  to  let  the  voice  dwell  on  the  vanish  (sound 
of  oo). 

Radical  and  Vanish  of  the  Mixed  Tonics. 

vanishes  into 


a  — 11 
i  —  sle 
a  —  n 
a  —  rt 
a  —  id 
o  — Id 
ou  —  r 


Err. 

EE. 
ERR 

Err. 
ee. 
oo. 
oo 


«y»  Practical  exercises  in  the  tonic  elements, 
though  simple,  are  exceedingly  important  in  aiding 
the  singer  to  pronounce  words  with  distinctness.  In 
singing  a  mixed  tonic  element,  the  radical  must  al- 
ways be  prolonged.  The  word  old,  for  instance, 
should  be  sung  o-ld,  letting  the  voice  vanish 
through  the  sound  of  oo,  giving  it  light  and  quick. 


The  same  is  true  of  the  vanish  of  every  mixed  cle- 
ment. 

J.  %J*  The  vocal  organs  must  be  held  on  the 
radical  perfectly  firm,  and  without  the  least  chan°e 
of  the  mouth,  tongue  or  any  muscle,  until  the  time 
requires  an  articulation  or  finish  of  the  syllable  or 
word.  The  voice  should  then  slide  rapidly  through 
the  vanish  ami  articulate  (i.  e.  make  a  joint)  forcibly 
on  the  subtonic  or  atonic  that  follows. 

Exercises  on  the  Mixed  Tonics. 

Count  Two,  Three,  or  Four. 

In  long  sounds  practise  a  as  in  a11.     Any  consonant 
may  be  prefixed,  thus  : — 1a  (law)  or  nA  (naw.) 


12       3    4 

A  - 11      a  a      a 


Example. 

<T5 


6       7    8 

a  a       a 

8765433       1 

aaaa  aa  a  a 

Count  Two,  Three  or  Four. 
In  long  sounds  practise  a  as  in  Art,  1a  (lah). 

EXAMFLE. 

1234567S 
A-rt        a  aa  a  a  aa 

8765432       1 

aa  aaaaa  a 

In  long  sounds  practise  a  as  in  idaii,  1a,  (or  iha.) 
Example. 


12       3    4 

An        a         a      a 


a 


6       7    8 
a  a      a 


8    7       6 

a      a  a 


5 

a 


4    3       2 

a      a  a 


I 

a 


In  long  sounds  practise  I  as  in  isle,  li  (lye). 
Example. 


12         3     4 


6 


7     8 
i       i 


8    7 


6 


i 


4    3 

i     i 


2 
i 


Note.  There  is  a  strong  tendency  Cor  ilie  voice  in  singing 
this  element  in  many  words,  to  prolong  the  vanish  altogether 
which  is  i  In  consequence  of  closing  up  the  ap- 
erture to  make  ee,  the  element  becomes  insignificant,  and  liia 
sound  of  tin  word  suffers  ; — thus, — liee — t.  tor  li grit. 

In  long  sounds  practise  A  as  in  fiAil,  1a  (lay). 
Example. 


12      3   4 

5 

6       7    8 

ail      a           a      a 

a 

a          a      a 

8    7       6      5 

4 

3      2       1 

a      a          a          a 

a 

a          a         a 

In  long  sounds  practise  o  as  in  old,  lo  (lo  !). 
Example. 


1       2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

* 

Old            0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

» 

8    7 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

a 

0         0 

<i 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

In  long  sounds  practise  ou  as  in  our,  nou  (now 
Example. 


1 

2 

3   4 

5 

6 

7    8 

ou 

ou 

ou    ou 

ou 

ou 

ou    ou 

8 

7 

6       5 

4 

3 

2       1 

ou 

ou 

ou        ou 

ou 

ou 

ou        oa 

Note.  There  is  danger  m  singing  this  element,  of  letting 
the  voice  draw]  through  something  like  a-ou-oo-err.  It  wil 
require  particular  attention. 

1  !•  The  Pure  elements  are  all  radical,  hay- 
ing no  vanish,  unless  the  singer  is  careless  and  al 
lows  the  voice  to  chancre. 


RULES  AND   EXERCISES   FOR  SIGHT  SJ 


Wnnls  containing  the  element  indicated  by  ee  are 
often    badly   sung,    thus:    Tear — r,   hear — r,  near — r, 

dear  —  r,   and    many   such,    instead   of    fea r, 

hea r,   &c,  prolonging  the   sound  of  i:,  i 1 1  Err, 

rather  than  the  right  Bound  of  Eiu  inc. 


Practising  the  Elements. 

B.  ^i«    Articulate   si  each    m       of  the 

Atonics,  in  connection  with  words  in  which  they 
occur,  and  always  let  them  be  heard,  or  do  their  part, 
in  the  formation  of  every  word. 

3  *S  •  The  Subtonics  practise  in  the  same  way, 
only  with  more  force  and  energy. 

Nnrr.    The  precise  F the  mouth  and  tone 

■    :     .        m  le  different  < 

1 1  ,u  instruction.    See 
the  " Vo<  Rush  "On  the  Voice,"  and  Russell  and 

■k's  work  on  Elocution. 

\  4B-.  The  Atonies  and  Subtonics  are  only  artic- 
ulated, but  the  Tonics  are  prolonged.  These  should 
be  sung;  in  exercises  in  long  sounds,  from  the  low  est 
to  the  highest  pitch. 


Sins 


Tunes  by  Word. 


A  »5.  First  analyze  every  syllable  and  read 
slowly  by  tonic  elements  ; — then  sing,  prolonging  the 
tonics  and  articulate  the  Subtonics  and  Atonies  ac- 
cording to  the  foregoing  instructions. 

Pronunciation  of  Particular  Words. 

A  \J«  Amen,   The,    &c.      Analytical    practice 
it  once   and  forever  the  pronunciation  of  all 
words  •  iine  in  singing  as  in  ci 

\nd  it  is  us  ik  "I  bi  ing  a  good  sing- 

er without  being  a  good  r<  ader. 

er  sing  the,  thah,  or  ther,  or  thih,  or  t 
thur.     Sing  this  word  one ai  lewayalways, 

as  all  words  should  be  sung.      Sing  it  as  pronounced 
»y   the  he6t  speakers,  T1IF..     The    tome    - 


(vowel  sound)  is  alway  i  the  i  in  tins  word  —  is 

heard  mere  distinctly  before  vov     ' 
sonants,  becau  e    it  smoothly  joins  in  with  tonic    el- 
ements;   but  before  consonant  '■   cut 
short  by  the  shutting  of  the   mouth,  which  dues  not 
occur  in  the  i 

,    has   but  01  non   and 

I  .      ■..  \ . .       can  and 

mi.     It 

should  always  so  b        ..    .  ■  0      a       .  I  'ho- 

ruses  of  i  order  and  •  ■  Glees,  w  her". 

Mi  sic.vl  efi  i       cl   aimed   al . 

:1ns  otherwise  solemn  i 
made  a  play  thing  by  license,  it  may  be    pronoun- 
ced AHmen. 

tion  of  c  nunciation,  and  sboul 

vail  in  s  tools  or  in  the  « 

High,  »  here  th    choii  -  hould  :.  ke  up  ll 
rea.i   by   the  minister  and  pronounce    in    the 
manner.     .Surely  the  ho  c  to  ex- 

hibit the  fantasia  of  the  theal  I  i. 

B_   it  Toward,  Towards,   Lioved,   Moved  and 
imilar  words  should  be     tincr  a 
ithei 
[n  the  en  Is  of  not  pronounce  ness  niss  ; 

or  cut  1st  ;  or  ing  in;   or  en  ing.     A  little  thouj  lit- 
fulness  :  vledge  v.  ill  coi  rect  ma- 

ny common  ei 

fl  r$.  Enunciation.  Words  should  be  enunci- 
ated as  distinctly  and  understood  by  the  audience  as 
well  as  in  reading.  All  this  may  !"■  done  and  the 
lull  effect  given  to  the  rat 

When  n  is  difficult  (in  church  music)  to  give  the 
true  nu  !  I   and    music    mi 

tually  \ield.     The  music  must  not  bespo 

i  distinct  utterance  to  the  «  ni  i   Bhould 

vi  ul-:  be    metamoi ,  to  I  to  the 

It  should  never  be  forgotten,  that,  i 

d  in  singing,  the   thii  tried   al   is  to 

the  sentimi  nl  more  forcible.     If  therefon     n 
music  well  adapted,  the  w  nrds  are 
it  were  better  to   hear  them  simply  read,     if  to  ex 
luhit  the  beauties  of  music  be  the  nbjey  of  thi 


poser  and  singer,  the  words  are  treated  as  mere  play 

(as  w  uli  A  ur  n.  in  some   ca  i    | .  the 
might  as  well  listen  to  a  performance  of  solf 

Questions. 
1.  Wh  t  lies  at :  VI ti  How 

1 
rlov  J.  How  an  \\ 

re  the  'I  Hi  es  ?— 

\  :  \  ,  , 

How  long 

M  I  I  J       '  I      '  I  ' 

\  men  I  Whai 
'Miii  con  Ic  between  words  and  musiel 


€l)aptcr  7. 

MUSICAL  CHARACTERS. 

S,  •  The  Hold,  made  thus  <"*>  is  an  arbitrary 
sign,  and  signifies  a  prolongation  of  sound  or  silence 
as  it  may  he  used.  Over  •  liar,  over  a  space,  and 
OVi      a  rest,  It  means  sn.l  \VK  PROLONGED. 

Wri  rl  ev. 

3S1|2*3|432|1—1 

Performed. 

.■»    t3    1    |    2  n      3  I     1    3    2    |  3— »■ 

\  \   RI TT  F  N . 


4    S 


»I>      -      cB 


4    3        2  |  1-| 


I'm  i   i  ■  i, 
J   4   5   |   O  -   5   I   U'     2  11- 


14 

j£d»  As  performed,  the  exactness  of  the  Rhythm 
is  entirely  suspended.  The  exact  lime  of  prolonga- 
tion is  left  entirely  with  the  performer. 

*>•  A  repeat,  several  dots,  thus: —  indicates  a 
lion  of  some  part  of  the  music.     The  first,  the 
middle,  the  last  part,  or  all  of  a  tune,  may  he  re- 
peated. 


Example  (1).     T.  M.  Three  Beats. 
Repeat  the  first  part  as  indicated. 

1  93  |  438  13—111  888  |  333  |[  8— 1| 
1831439  1  1  —  || 

Example  (2).     T.  M.  Four  Beats. 

3  5  3  3  |  3  3  8  5  |  6  6  5  5  |  4  4  3-  ;!| 
6655|6G5-|4433|33I-    II 

Example  (3).     T.  to.  Three  Beats. 
Repeat  the  middle  part. 

1  1  J  |  233  |  333  19-111  438  |  1  —  ill 
54^14321  112  1  1  -II 

Example   (4). 

3»5|424|3  13|8—!|f  536  15— SB 
4841313  1919  1  1  — || 

4.  Douele  ending.  Some  tunes,  the  last  part 
of  which  is  repeated,  have  what  is  called  a  double 
ending,  indicated  by  two  figures,  a  1  and  a  2.  Tho 
note  or  notes  under  figure  1  should  be  sung  the  first 
time,  and  under  figure  2  the  second  time,  omitting 
under  figure  1. 


RULES  AND  EXERCISES  FOR  SIGHT  SINGING. 


ExAMPLI    (I.) 


1  13  3  18  3  4-||    3  3  6  6  |  5  4  3-  I 

2 

3  4  5  6  1  5  7  8 -if 

Example    (2.) 


1324I3  6S-U    3  o  4  3|  8  S3-! 
3543  |  1181 -!| 

Questions. 

1,   What  i*  the  general  use  of  tlie  hold  ?   What  are  lis  par- 
ticular uses  ?  3.  What  pans  of  the  tune  are  repeated?  4   What 

is  said  of  the  double  ending  ? 


<&l)Cintcr  $. 

ESERCISES  WITH  WORDS. 
Q.   M.     (1) 

1     3   2  4  13    6   5  ||  3    5     4    91 

Youth-lul  days  are      hap-py  days,  when  they're  spent  in 

S     8    l-IH 

wis-dom's  waj  s. 

Q.  M.  (2) 
5   6  5  817    6   5    3D4    4361 

Save  to-day  and  spend   to-mor-row,    That's   the  way  to 

5     3    3    S  ill 

keep  from  sor    row. 

Q.  M.  (3) 

112   3|4   5|6   7|8|| 

Now      we      sing  through  the       up     ward     scale; 


8   |   7       G   |   3      413      9   111 

Now      we      sing  through  tlie     down-ward     scale. 

Vespers  (4)  T.  M. 
Smooth  and  Flowing. 

5     3     3|  ~S—  3  |  G      §     G  |  5 || 

Row,  brothers,     row,  as     on  ward    we      go; 

4     6     4|35     318431  1— ill 

Low  breathe  tlie  vespers,  heave  hearties,  heave  O  ! 

Neaiung  Port  (5)  T.  M. 
Lively. 

5-5  |  5     4     3  |   2    1    8 1  1  -    I 

Shout,  hur    raJi     lor      our     old   na  live  shore, 

1-113     2     2133312-    | 

There's  the   light   we     have    oft  seen  be   fore 

19  314     5     6156    718-11 

Dashing  the   sur     ges    and   loud  the  winds  roar; 

87615     4     312    1211—    U 

Bearing  us     safe     to     our       old    na-tive  shore. 


Way  to  get  Rich.  (6)  T.  M. 
1     1      113-213     3     3|4I 

Ear-ly      to        bed,     and      ear      ly      to         rise, 

5  «  I  5  6  7  |  8  5  3  |  8  3  8  |  1  -    | 

Is  the  wav  to  be  healthy,  and  wealthy  and  wise. 
Surf.  Hope.   (T)  Q.  M. 

515  3  3  5  14334  13  1  48  12  —  8 

Unshaken  as  the  sacred  lull,  and  firm  as  mountains  be, 

5|5  3  3  5|6786|5343|1 1 

Firm  as  a  rock  the  soul  shall  rest,  That  leans,  O  Lord,  oa  thee 


RULES  AND  EXERCISES  FOR  SIGHT  SINGING. 


Not  walls  or  hills  could  guard  so  well 
Old  Salem's  happy  ground, 

As  those  eternal  arms  of  love, 
That  every  saint  surround. 

Deal  gently,  Lord,  with  souls  sincere, 

And  lead  them  safely  on, 
Within  the  gates  of  Paradise, 

Where  Christ,  their  Lord,  is  gone. 


Morning   Shi.veth.   (8)  Q.  M. 

5    |     5      13      1|4-      3 

Go       when  tho  morn  ing         shin  eth, 

And       in     thy      clos     i  t        kneel       ing, 

End. 

5     I     5        1         3        3'    |      1- 

Go      when       the     moon       is         bright, 


Do        thou       in 


.s<; 


cret 


pray. 


5     |     5      1      3      1     1     4     -      3 

Go      when  the    eve     de         clin  eth, 


3      |      G         7         8         6|      5 — 
Go  in         the       hush        of  night; 

3|8      7      6      5      |     5   -     3 

Go         with  pure  mind  and       feel         ing, 

D.  C. 

3     II     4    3    3     1     |     3 1 

earthly  thought  a         way, 

2   Remember  all  who  love  thee, 

All  wiio  are  loved  by  thee; 
Pray,  too,  for  those  who  hate  thee, 

If  any  such  th  re  be; 
Then  for  thyself,  m  meekness, 

A  blessing  humbly  claim, 
And  blend  with  each  petition 

Thy  gr  a  ier'«  name. 


3.  Or,  if  'lis  e'er  denied  thee 

In  solitude  to  pray, 
Should  holy  thoughts  come  o'er  thee 

When  friends  are  round  thy  way, 
E'en  thi  n  the  sib  nt  bn  atlfing, 

Thy  spirit  raised    alio  .  e, 
Will  reach  bis  throne  of  glory, 
Where  dwells  eternal  love. 

4.  O,  not  a  joy  or  blessing 

With  tins    can   we  compare  — 
The  grace  our  Fa! her  gave  us 

't  .  pour  our  souls   in  j 
Whene'er  thou  pin'st  in  sadness, 

Before  his  foot. tool  fall ; 
Remember,  in  thy  gladness, 

His  love  who  Lra\o  thee  all. 


€l)aj)tcv   0. 


SCALE  EXTENDED.     Staff;  Scales  on  one  slaff;  Exercisos 
in  different  Scali   . 

JL  •  When  we  have  occasion  to  sing  higher  than 
one  scale,  we  repeat  llie  samo  syllables  of  the  | 
scale,  and  observe  the  same  order  of  steps  and  half 
steps.     Thus  one  scale  is  precisely  like  another,  ex- 
cept the  differences  of  pitch. 

*a.  Staff. — On  a  single  line,  which  is  called 
a  Staff,  three  successive  scales  are  represented. 
One  Scale,  i.  e.  all  the  sounds  of  one  scale,  are 
written  below  the  line.  All  the  sounds  of  another 
scale  are  written  on  the  line,  and  all  the  sounds  of 
another  scale  are  written  above  the  line. 


Three  Scales  on  one  Staff. 
Scale  below  the  Line. 


3  4" 


« 


7    § 


on   a  ii  r   Line. 

2 3-4 5 «- 


15 


-7-8 


Scale   a  im\  e    the   Like. 


3   4 


JL 


7     8 


*3»    It  will  of  course  be  understood,  that  the  W  of 
really  thi      urn    sound  as  the   1   of  the 
scale  above.     TheShelow  the  staff  is  the 
tho   1  on  the  8  on  the  line  is  the  same 

sound  as  \  above  the  line.     The  one  or  the  other  is 
used  in  writing  music,  to  accommodate  circumstances. 

Exercises    in    two  Scales. 
T.  M.  (I)  Tine,   beats. 

5-5-3|3  3-3i«-3-5li=    -l^~~l 
1  1   113  3  311- 


II 


I).  M.  (2)  Two  beats. 

5_5JJ  Ij3  313^44_3j3_l|7.6|5.-I. 

3    Si*   1|3  3|3- J  3.1]  3  113^3.11 
.  in  three   Parts.    f3)  D.  M. 

-55|il|5  511A+  2313_343J5|334 

.1  515513  •"»!."» ."a j ! 

1).  M.  (11  Two  beats. 

3  3|,j_g13  3|  1  -  1 4  31^14.313^ 
34|3.3|l_3[3,45.3|6_y|l_3|I^j 

D    M    (5)  Two  beats. 

-~)1   l|3y|lJ43_l.|7.6]5.^5^ 


1 


RULES  AND  EXERCISES  FOR  SIGHT  SINGING. 


Exercises  with  Words. 

Rodxd — "  Love  your  Neighbor." 
Q.  M.   (1)  Four  beats. 

First  part.  Second  part.         Third  part.         Fourth  part. 

i-»tffH*alia1*5!aitffsl.Mt 

JJvehy  lib  or,  love  your  neigbhoi ')  Would  you  prosper,  that's  the  way. 

Time  Flies,  (2)  D.  M.  Two  beats. 

s-^tcr^-rl^t4--3!2-1* 

Swift  ly  Hies  our  time  a  way,    'Vouth     im  prove    it 

D.  C. 
4— 3|St:[| 

while  you  may. 

Patience  and  Prcdence.    (3)  Round,  T.M.  Three 
beats. 

&_j_*_3_^.|^l_a_B|ir_r_ytl_|. 

Your  patience  and  prudence  will  not  be   in     vain; 

S-j-1-1-2  |  y-y-a|4-4-4-|-8r-f 

They'll  help  vou  to  con  quer    a  gain  and     a-gain. 

"1  i-»-i-ftrjrarhnmt1:it 

do      do    do    do     sol  sol    mi       fa    sol  sol      do 

Round— "Let  us    endeavor." 
T.  M.   (4).  Throe  beats. 

Fir^t  j/art.  Second  part. 

Br-5-irt-1-1-1ts-a^ls-a-?t 

Let  us  en     dea     vor   to    see  that, whenever    We 

Third  part.  Fourth  part. 

5-5-5-|-5-4-3-|-2-l-2-|  1-S-ljf 

Join  in     a     song,  we  can  keep  time  to  geth  er;  And 

Questions. 

1.  How  is  the  scale  extended  ?  Are  successive  scales  alike? 
-  V\  hat  is  the  line  called  on  which  scales  are  written  ?  How 
manv  scales  are  written  on  one  staff  ?  3.  What  is  said  of  1 
and  81 


Cljciptcv  10. 


STAFF,   CLEFFS,   AND  ADDED  SCALES. 

I  •  To  accommodate  high  and  low  voices,  to  get  a 
sufficient  compass  for  instrumental  music,  and  to 
make  due  allowance  for  the  change  of  key  or  pitch 
of  tunes,  Two  Staffs  are  used  ;  one  for  high  and 
the  other  for  low  voices  or  sounds.  One  is  called  the 
Treble  Staff;  the  one  for  low  voices  is  called  the 
Bass  Staff. 

«  o  The  Treble  Staff  is  a  single  horizontal  line, 

thus  ; ,  and  is  indicated  by  this  character,  JP 

which  is  called  the  Treble  Cleff.     The  Bass  staff 

is  a  single  horizontal  line,  thus; ,  and  is 

indicated  by  this  character,  thus,  f5?,  with  two  dots 
succeeding.     It  is  called  the  Bass  Cleff. 

tS»  On  the  treble  and  Base  Staffs  five  scales  are 
represented,  which  furnish  sufficient  compass  for  all 
vocal  purposes. 


4. 


•  Common  Scale. — The  scale  between  the  two 
staffs  is  common  to  both  ;  i.  e.  it  is  the  scale  below 
the  Treble  staff  and  scale  above  the  Base  staff,  and  it 
is  therefore  called  the  Common  Scale. 


Treble  and  Bass  Staffs,  Common  Scale. 

q  Ascending.  Descending. 


~&J 


*3,  Several  lines  of  words  may  come  between 
the  two  staffs,  so  as  to  separate  them  more  or  less, 
which,  however,  does  not  alter  the  arrangement  of 
this  scale. 


Scales  on  the  Treble  and  Bass  Staffs. 

Common  scale  between  the  staffs. 

^-8-7-6-5-4  3-8-1-g-anrt— -a>r«T 

Descending.  .  87()^4rfai 


The    same     reversed. 

Descending. 

<g87_OS_43  9_l.g.7_c_ff_4.3_a_1 

Common  Scale. 

@r^lT4  5  « -7  8a-S-S4-5-6-78 

Ascending. 

0«  When  it  becomes  necessary  to  extend  the 
notation  beyond  the  ordinary  compass  of  two  staffs, 
added  scales  on  a  staff  above  and  a  staff  below  are 
used. 


Added  Scales  to  the  Treble  StaiT. 

Staff  and  Scales  above. 


<g 


in  ana  ocaies  aoove.  „    n  n  *    rffi  »B 

l-S-3  4-5-©-7S-1^?5-4^-^-2 


8-7-©-5-4-3-2-l-?5-»-}5-«jr-j-«-s^ 

Staff  and  Scales  below.  SJOOIrf^l 

4  •  The  Staff  added  below  is  substantially  the 
Base  Staff,  which  is  used  in  this  way  in  cases  of 
convenience. 


Added  Scales  to  the  Bass  Staff. 


Staff  and  Scales  above. 

1-2-3  4-5-0-7-8 


I  2  34  5  6  78 


8  7-6-«-43-9-l1?T«-|rs-2r3-grT 

Staff  and  Scales  below.  S7«>«S<i.S~Jl 

8.  The  added  Staff  above  is  substantially  the 
Treble  Staff,  and  is  only  used  in  this  way  as  a  mat- 
ter of  convenience.  By  means  of  the  added  staffs,  a 
compass  of  nine  scales  is  obtained,  as  follows 


RULES  AND   EXERCISES    FOR  SIGHT  SINGING. 


17 


Nine   Scale9. 


1-*  — 


a. 


8th-' 


9th 


T1"   TFt2J 


-8- 


-8- 


8 


8 


s 


8 


Questions, 

1  to  5.  Why  are  two  St.nl-  used  I  What' are  the*j  called  ! 
What  is  said  of  the  Common  Scale  J  How  do  we  distinguish 
the  different  Staffs?  How  many  scales  are  written  on  one 
Staff?  How  many  on  two  Staffs?  G.  How  is  thft  compass 
•f  sound  extended  still  further  ? 


(Hhaptcr  11. 

LENGTH  OF  NOTES  AND  RESTS. 

J.  •  Notes. — We   have   already  learned   wholo 
and  half  notes  and  rests    (chap.  4).     Such  is  the 


comparative  length  of  sounds  in  music,  that  it  be- 
comes necessary  to  have  notes  sustaining  shorter  re- 
lations 


2.  N 


umerals  with  stems  attached  thus — 


13  3,    Sic,  sustain   the   relation   of  Quarter 

Notes. 

Numerals  with  a  hook  ami  a  stem  attached,  thus — 
1  2  3.  &c,   sustain    the    relation   of    Eighth 

JNoTES. 

Numerals  with  a  stem  and  two  hooks  attached 
thus — 

9  2  3,  &c,  sustain  the  relation  of  Sixteenth 

t*  p*  * 

A  -   "      "      " 

JNOTKS. 

Three  hooks  and  a  stem  attached,  thus — 

12  3i  &c,  represent  Thirty-seconc  Notes. 

it  i 

A  stem  and  four  hooks  attached,  thus — 

12  3,  &c.,   represent    Sixty-fourth   Notes. 


II 


All  the  above,  in  addition  to  the  whole  and  half 
notes,  make  seven  different  kinds  of  notes. 

»>.  Rests. — Corresponding  to  il itc»  are  signs 

of  silence,  called  Rests.    Wholeand  hall  n 

villained  (chap.  4).     The  rests  have  the  same 
relations  as  the  notes. 


Whole.     Half. 


Rests. 

Quarter.   Eighth. 


16th.      32d.      64th. 


Observe  how  they  are  made — the  whole  below  the 
line  ;  the  half  rest  above  ;  the  quarter,  with  a  hook, 
to  the  right,  &c. 

4»  Notes  have  a  relative  but  no  particular  length. 
A  tune  in  64th  notes  might  with  propriety  bi 
as  slow  as  the  same  tune  in  whole  notes. 

Sing  the  following  lessons  in  the  relations  of  notes, 
from  left  to  right ;  first  the  whole  relations,  then  the 
half,  &c;  sing  the  quarter,  sixteenth,  and  other  re- 
lations in  a  similar  manner. 


Relations  of  Notes  and  Exercises. 


LESSON    (1)   DO  RE  MI. 

Whole,  Hall;  Quarter  and  Eighth  Relatione 

[Play  a  Major  Accompaniment.] 
Count   Four. 


One  Whole. 
1- 


equal 

1 

oqual 

1       1 

i 
equal 

1111 


■> 
1 

to 

1    1 

I        I 

to 

1111 


One  Whole. 
to 


equal 

2 
equal 

2     2 


to 

•» 


equal  to 

22222222 


One  Whole. 

3- 

equal  to 

3  3 

3     3     3     3 

i       i      i     n 

equal  to 

3  3  3  3  3  3  3  3 


LESSON    (2)    DO  RE  MI. 
Eighth,  Sixteenth,  Thirty-Second    and    Sixty-fourth  Relations. 


[Play  a  Major  Accompaniment.    Count  Four.] 


One  Eighth. 
1 

equal    to 


equal 
1 


1 

equal 
1111 

tr*- 


to 

1 

I 

to 

1  1  1 


2 
5 


~ 


^= 


2 


One  Eighth. 

2 

■» 

equal    to 


lllh. 


2 

I 
2  2 


equal 
»> 

f 
equal 


to 

a 

I 

to 


2 


2  2  2  2 


2 

I 

2  2 
5    5 


One  Ei 

3 

equal    to 

3  3 

!     to 

3     3     3 

5    e   s 


::!      tO 

3  3  3  3  3  3 


i ..-  ..  -  i 


3  3 

3 


18 


RULES  AND  EXERCISES  FOR  SIGHT  SINGING 


LESSON   (3).    MI  FA  SOL. 
Whole,    Half,  Quarter   and  Eighth  Relations. 

[Play  a  Major  Accompaniment.    Count  Four.]. 


One  Whole. 

3- 

equal    to 

3  3 

equal    to 

3      3     3      3 

i        i        i         i 

equal     to 
«£   eS     •>    •>     9%    ti    *> 

«»    *•     *     *•     «<    ■»    * 


One  Whole. 

4- 

equal    to 

4  4 

equal     to 

4     4     4     4 
i        i       i       i 

equal    to 

4  4  4  4  4  4  4  4 

*■    ■>    +  -  •*  *    *  t> 


One  Whole. 

5  - 

equal     to 

5  5 

equal    to 

5     5      5     5 

i       i        i        i 

equal     to 

a  a  5  a  5  5  a  .i 


LESSON  (4).  MI,  FA,  SOL. 
Eighth,  Sixteenth,  Thirty-second  and  Sixty-fourth  Relations. 

[Play  a  Major  Accompaniment.] 

One  Eighth. 

5 

» 

equal    to 

5  5 

equal    to 

5  5     5    5 

«•  #■      ««     »» 

^  ^      «•     ^ 

+  +*><* 

equal     to 

55  5  5  5  5  55 

e>      *       *»       *>     *     ■*•     * 


LESSON  (5).  LA,  SI,  DO. 
Whole,  Half,  Quarter  and  eighth  Relations. 

[Play  a  Minor  Accompaniment.      Count  Four.] 
One  Whole.  One  Whole. 

7- 

equal    to 

7  7 

equal  to 

7 


One  Eighth. 

One  Eight]]. 

3 

4 

1* 

» 

equal    to 

equal    to 

3          3 

4          4 

»•           «» 

»•           i* 

-■           •» 

#•           •> 

equal    to 

equal    to 

3     3      3     3 

4 

4     4     4 

p            |*              **            I* 

*■ 

>»      •»      ■» 

*»            «*              ^            * 

*■ 

*      ««      ,» 

B*                 I*                   #»                 «* 

.» 

*      +      * 

equal    to 

equal    to 

3  3  »s  •§  «$  «»  «* 
^j    &    ^  &   &  &   ** 

4  4-1 

■*»    .*•    *   ^   *"  ** 

C        »*       *      *•      •*     c* 

r" 

!T^"*^*^iP^T^^ri^S 

6- 

7- 

equal    to 

equal    to 

6           6 

7           7 

equal    to 

equal  to 

6     6     6 

6 

7 

7      7 

equal    to 

1 

equal   to 

«  6  6  6  6  6 

6 

6 

7 

7 

J'777 

•»    i*    *   »<  *  * 

» 

•> 

:■> 

* 

■»    ■*  ^   * 

One  Whole. 

8- 
equal   to 

S  8 

equal    to 
8        8 


I 


8   8 


equal   to 

8  8  8  8  8  8 
*>    *  +  *  ■+  * 


LESSON  (G).  LA,  SI,  DO. 
Sth,  10th  33d  and  64th  Relations. 

[Play  a  Minor  Accompaniment.     Count  Four.] 
One  Eighth. 


6 

equal 


6 


6 
6  6 


equal 
6 


to 

6 

I* 

to 

6 


6 


x       .»  i* 
equal  to 

6  6  6  6  6  6 

■o        «•        *■        *"  ■» 

^     «»     *«     ■*  <» 

y*         ^"         ^         ^  e» 


One  Eighth. 

7 


One  Eighth. 


8 

<* 

equal   to 

8           8 

>*           *• 

»>            »« 

equal   to 

s 

8       8 

p 

■*        •» 

.• 

«•        »» 

+ 

equal  to 

7 

8 

8 

8  8  8  8 

*J 

? 

^ 

•*       «*       *»      <*■ 

.-• 

^ 

***•*"(* 

.* 

.' 

t*           t*           **          0> 

8 


Questions. 

2.  How  do  vou  distinguish  whole  notes?  Half  notes  ?  Quarter  notes?  Eighthnotes? 
lb"th  notes?  3u2d  notes  ?  (Uth  notes?  How  do  vou  distinguish  die  different  rests?  Describe 
tbera  .     Have  notes  any  particular  length  ? 


tfljciptcr  12. 

VARIETIES  OF  MEASURE  J    USE  OF  THE  DOT. 

Varieties    of   Measure. 

4  o  There  can  be  as  many  varieties  in  each  kind  or  form  of  measure  as  there 
are  different  kinds  of  notes  (seven).  And  as  there  are  six  primitive  forms  or 
kinds  of  measure,  three  common  and  three  of  compound,  we  could  have  forty- 
two  varieties. 

£ .  The  fractions  at  the  bejrinning  of  music  indicate  a  particular  variety  of 
measure.  The  numerator  indicates  the  kind  of  measure — Double,  Triple, 
Quadruple,  &c.  The  lower  figure,  or  denominator,  indicates  the  relation  of 
notes  taken  as  primitives. 

tfe«  These  fractions  are  called  the  Signs  of  tho  varieties  of  measure.     A  9 


RULES  AND   EXERCISES    FOR  SIGHT  SINGING. 


aver  a  2   signifies  that  two  half  notes  fill  a  measure     A  2  over  a  four  signifies 
that  two  quarter  notes  fill  a  measure. 


Doublo  Measure. 

MM!    t 


Compound  D.  M. 
t        t  1  t 


Varieties   in   Common  I'sc. 
Common  Time. 
Triple  Measure.  Quadruple  Measure. 


M  M  i    t    M  M  St 


CoMPOCND     TllTE. 

Compound  T.  M. 
I  9  0 

4  8 


Compound  Q.  M. 

?    IM 


Uses  of  the  Dot. 

4r»  A  single  dot,  immediately  succeeding  a  note,  increases  its  length  one 

half;  a  dotted  half  note  is  equal  to  three  quarters,  thus;  2  ,  =  5>  *}  ^>  ;  a 

dotted  quarter  is  equal  to  three  eighths,  thus  ;  3  .  =  3  3  3 

I  •>    *■    * 

O  •  A  second  dot  increases,  the  length  of  the  first  one  half,  thus ;  4  . .  is 

f j  y -\ 

equal   to  4  4  4  4    Adouble  dotted  quarter,  thus  ;  3  ..  is  equal  to  3  3  33 

i    *  l  p  p  p  g 

O*   A  third  dot  adds  one  half  to  the  second  dot. 

Questions. 

1.  How  many  varieties  can  we  have  7    2.  What  do  the  figures  denote  at  the  beginning  of 
tnnes ?    3.  We  ailed  1  4.  What  is  the  use  of  the  doll      5  and 6.  What  is  ihe  use 

of  the  second  and  third  dot?,  .' 


Chapter  13. 

LESSONS  IN  DIFFERENT  RELATIONS. 

Exercises  aud  Tunes. 

Halves    (I)    and    Quarters. 

i-l-l-2|3-3-t    j    .7    6    .1    |3_-|-*-4-3-j-2_— f 

-4-M|-l— :t:-ff- 1-  *    a^p-S-S-^tJ 


Wholes  (2)  and  Halves. 
-4 S-f-9-       1  -J-flt — |— 3 4-J-3 2-|-l-|f 

Wholes  (3)  and  Halves. 

Is— s-f-B — 7-\l=-i-s — ^hr-iri-jFt 

|-4 3-J-2 l-|-2z \-S 1|S 2-f-l:  \\ 

Halves.    (4).     Old  Hundred. 

l-i-l -i-rhnrl  *  2t3-t-3+3-3-f-2-ij4-3|2-|- 

Praise  God  from  whom  all  blessings  flow;  Praise  him  all  croatures  here  below; 

-I-l-a-S-J-a-l-l-B-rl-lHj  ff-|-S-l-|  2-4|3  2|l,|f 

Praise   him     a    bove,  ye  heavenly  host ;  Praise  Father,  Son,  and  Holy  Ghost. 


T.  M.   (5) 

'-3-2-1  [2-2-5^  6T|  l=+4  4  5|3  3  4|2  2  1 \T_\\ 

rtf-o-rl*-*-1!3  :t  2I^H 

Balerma.     (6).     ('.   M. 
A  dot  before  a  half  note  makes  it  equal  to  three  quarters. 

,_1.|.3_Jt.|.1_|r|iF_irj_1_.fr9  |-3^2-|  3-«-3j*r| 

-2-j  3-2  t-i^rhP «  1 5-  I  gia-g-a^i-at1^ 

I.1     1RTERS   (7)    AND    Minimis. 

End.  D-  C. 

:5    3    211-513-3-2+1— F4-4    3|2-5f4-4-3i21« 

I        **l,  I  *       *    I  I  »■      *  I  ill        *      <>  I        H 


2   :c 

t 


20 


RULES  AND  EXERCISES  FOR  SIGHT  SINGING. 


■-1-1  1-1  |V15- 


(8) 

A  dotted  quarter  note  is  equal  to  three  eighths. 

End. 


D.  C. 


111  *  * 


&    o 


Poetry  of  the  Loom. 

Words  hy  B.Cornwall.     (9).     Count  Three. 

Kepeat  the  first    with  the  last. 

— 1—1— 2-3-4+-5-5-6-6-I -5.-1-3-2!  1+ 


Labor's  strong  and  iner    ry     children,  Comrades  of  the  rising  sun; 

l>.  C. 


n  rr[ 


■1—1-1-2-3-44-5- 


5—5—5- 

I  o       a> 


<i 


-5-2! 


7\\ 


Let  us  sing  some  songs  to  gether;  Now  our  daily  toil  is  done. 
No  desponding,  no  repining  ;       Even  God's  all  holy  labor 

Leisure  must  by  toil  be  bought;  Framed  the  air,  the  stars,  the  sun; 
Never  yet  was  good  accomplished  Built  our  earth  on  deep  foundations; 

Without  labor,  without  thought.      And  the  spacious  world  was  won. 

HAPrT  Voices. 
(10) 
2-5-5-4[3-3|4-3-4-5[3-l  f  S-©|5-3[2-3-2(  l-ljj- 
Kaise     a  loud  your  hap      py   voices;  Every  thing  around  rejoices. 

(ID 
Do,  Re,  Mi.     Catch,  By  Haydn. 

4 J- J H- J— 3- -3-|-4 4— j- 

.     do  re  mi  mi  fa  fa 

-5-5-45-5  [-4-4-5-4-+ -3-3 4-3-12-2 3-241 

11      1  .    1    1    1  .  1      1      1.     1   1      1         1      1     1 

I     am   sick  of      this  sol    fa-  ing;     And  I     know  not  what  you're  saying. 

Fkom  Trouble  Free. 
(12) 


2-5— 5— 4- !-3-3-l  4-5 

*         —    f  1  1      iii      1 

If  you  would  be  from  trouble 


free,  Come  and  learn  to  sing,  to  sing  with  me. 

-1-1-1-4-2-2+3-3  1-4+6-5  |  5-1-2-1  -3-2-f-l- 
T     »    f  I  1      1I1      1    I      1 1      1I1      __    I 

If  you  would  be  from  trouble  free.  Come  and  learn   10    sins-   with      me. 


Base, 
~3   I 


Second.  Soprano.        All. 

l-2-l-3-*4-| -5  |-5-|-5-4-3-4|5-l-2|3-2|-!-ff 


•»     «•     <■     f  \ 


With  me,  with  me,  with  mfi      Come  and  learn  to  sing — to  sing  with  me. 
Sentence.     (13)     Pro  v.  22 :    9. 

-5-4- [-3 -2  1 1-1-1 |2-2-2|3— +3-2fl— 1— 112-21 


He  that  hath  a  boun-ti-ful  eye  shall  be  ble.--.sed 


+3-2 

,  For  he 


giveth  his  bread,  his 


-2-3^4  j  5— +6-6-©  j  5  — 


1 4-3-2  H 


\*=ft 


bread,  to  the  poor  ;  He  shall  be  blessed;  he      he  shall  be  blessed 

Round,  (14)  in  Eight  Parts. 
First  part.  Second  part. 

lTrB-h1-11-y^t-1-1i*H»-t-8|-81-a-*t-3-:it 

Third  part.  Fourth  part. 

Fifth  part.  Sixth  part. 


1    1    1    1 

Seventh  part 


I        I        I        1 


Seventh  part.  i  lu'htn  part. 

5-5-  J  - 1  - 1  -  j  -5-5]  1  - 1  j  5  -5-}  3-3-  [-5-5-  [-3-Sjj 


Exercises  with  Rests. 
(16) 

r5-f-5-5-j-l-l-^lt21-Vr-2-|3^5-3-r-5-| 


RULES  AND   EXERCISES    FOR  SIGHT  SINGING. 


«1 


Varied  Measures  mid   Relations. 

Without  (10)  Rbsts. 


I 


(20) 


l-^l-l-l\9-?-Hr-l-7^\5-s-s-\r-l-l-l\ 

-3-2-115—4-3-21 1  If 

i  i  i,       —     »-     »—  i     ■  ■ 


1-1- 


Arlini 

(20) 


(an 


|-3-3-3-3|2-2    2    2|4      I    11J3    t3     s-jpy] 

-1—1- 1-21 3—3-3-9}  l^-H 

i       «»    «•    «  i        ««     «<    ^  i 


»•    3-3-2M—1-1-2  I  3-5-4-3-[-3-2— |- 

When    I     can  read  my    ti   tie  clear        To  mansions  in  the  skies, 
-4  |  "3^3-3-6 -j-5,-5-5-1  j  2   4    3    2  | -4-  -Jf 

I'll      bid   farewell   to   every   fear,       And  wipe  my  weeping  eyes. 

Words  With  Iti  M>. 

Just  and  Pi 


(22) 


3 -3—4-3-413-1-3  1 2-2    3   2  111-5—4-3-4- 

4        I  +       »•        «  I  I  I  +-    *       +     I  II  k«»       i»>       ta>        1 

-3-1-3 1 4- -  55-4-5 1 3--ff 

i      i      iii      .     -■     «•  i        li 

(23) 

1—1-1-113-  -3-3  -3 1 2  +T-V---7---  I 


4      .» 


.*      •>      i> 

+      +       + 

-1 3 — 5  [4-    -3-2|3-fl 


Exercises  with  Words. 
Blest  (24)  Morn. 


End. 


a  3-3-  \  12 

•t       .»    i*  1 1 

H         iou  blest 


2-2-311-1-312 — -13 -3-112-3- 21 1-4  211  I 

l        poll        *      *\  «l  .«      »•  I  *"      ••  i  ,        "    **  '  ,     ■ 

t  mom  !  sec  the  great  Mediatorl    Down  from  the  regions  ol  glory  descend; 

Srrtf-T-JI2  ?  Jlf  -4l*-*-fl^-J-?t?-|:*l"2H 

Shepherds  go  worship  ihc  babe  in  the    man-ger:      Lo  for  liis  guard  the  bright  angels  attend. 

[    WOULD  NOT     (25)     LIVE  ALWAY. 

Mm*?!,1  "alrt'cLilal"  ,««!,■  -f5!-5^^! 

I  would  not  live  al way,   I  ask  nut  lo  stay,  Wl  tiler  storm  rises  o'er  the  darl 

Sll-l-S^fl-l-sfcl  ti|s| -3|a-l -2|3  5-5fs-5  y|lj| 

I  111  t 

The  few  iucid  mornings  that  dawn  on  us  here,  Are  enough  for  life's  woes,  full  enough  for  its  cheer. 


4-l-l-2|-3---3|2    I  T*    |  2-  -|»  |3-3-2-2t 
Be  just  and  pure,  of  what  thousay'st  be  sure,  Ot  what  thou  say  at  he 

-1—1—2—2-1-3—1—2    2    1-1-  It 
b»      ».      ,»      *     I     *      *      *      «»     I  " 

sure  be  sure;   Of  what  thou  say  st  he  sure. 

K  INDNESS. 

(28) 


I  *ni 

3-3-.l|5-3|l-2  |  l.t2--2-3|-^-2|2_3--<.l|5-|t 


How  to  the  poorman's  wants  thine  ear,  And  wipe  away  the  orphan  s  tear; 

-314  -3-4-5-6-7  I-8-1J  I-  21 1  I! 

A„j         wipe  a-way  the  orphan's  uar. 

Pity. 

■  ►., 

•-'  3-3  211  2  313  54  3I2+V4I3  2  3413  112  I  2  31 B  || 

4    i      *    »  I  _    I    _        w-     1 1     I    i    <•  I    —        k—    I  i      i    I   —       «    '        ■ 

who  with  generous  pity  glows  ;  Who  learns    to   feel  for  others'  woes. 

\NCE. 

J-rl||jt^4lf^ltiHSl?115ltrT-i^ltr*^ 

A    thou-sand   chains    keep  man  in  thrall,      Bui  per         se       ve      ranee 

-3-*4  |  M«|l    2-?-f|3        -    4|3    f    ||-^-f-tt 
breaks  them   all.    Bui  pel    e  ve  ram  them  all,  all. 

i9     II 

Perseverance  breaks  them  all,  breaks  them  all. 


1-2— 3-415— 413   •"    511 


2^ 


RULES  AND  EXERCISES  FOR  SIGHT  SINGING. 


Cljctjitcr  Vx. 


MUSICAL   CHARACTERS  ;  Triplets,  Syncopation,  Staccato 
Marks,  Leaning  and  after  Notes. 

X  .  A  figure  3  placed  over  any  three  notes, 
indicates  that  they  are  to  be  sung  in  the  time  of  two 
of  the  same  kind.     Such  notes  are  called  Triplets. 

D  Example  of  Triplets. 

o  ;j  O  equal  to  3  3  or  to  5  5  same  relations. 


5  n  5 

cried 


5  5     "     5  5  same  relations. 

Kd         CSS 

Syncopated  Notes. 

£,  A  long  note  in  the  middle  of  a  measure, 
■which  receives  the  accent  (instead  of  the  first  note  in 
the  same  measure)  is  said  to  be  syncopated.  In  the 
following  example,  the  syncopated  note  is  marked 
thus  :  > 


Example. 

3    3    3|82   8|3l   8|i 

i  ii  ii  i 


Syncopated   Measures. 

*>•  By  writing  two  measures  in  such  a  manner 
as  id  suspend  or  destroy  the  regular  accent,  Synco- 
pated Measures  are  formed. 

Example. 


1  1   1   1  1  I  1   S   1  113—  II  33  3  3  1 3  3 

do  do  do do  re      mi  mi  re 

3  3|  1 — II 

re  re     do 

•4«  All  the  sounds  indicated   under  the  slur,  or 
tie,  should  be  sung  at  one  syllable,  as  above  marked. 


Staccato  Marks. 

*3  m  When  certain  notes  in  a  piece  of  music  are 
to  be  sung  short  and  distinct,  Staccato  Marks  ire 
used,  thus  ;    ' ' '   or  simple  dots,   tints  ;    „, 

Example. 

23    3    5|4    3    4|3    3   2|a-:|| 
Illustrated. 

5  3  3  r  5  r  i  4  s  r  4  r  1 3  s  3 1 1— :u 

*  I  I  II 

Staccato  Marks  and  Double  Ending. 


|-t=t-- 11 1354313  3-3  l-f*T-s:  + 

*«>0|||iiiii      I       I      i     I  #  t»  o  .    | 

ii  ii 

Sing  staccato  marks  distinctly,  Now  prepare  for  a  repeat 
2 

And  the  double  end  complete. 

O.  Leaning  Notes  take  their  time  from  the 
notes  before  which  they  are  placed,  and  should  be 
gently  touched  in  passing. 

Example. 

2-5 4  313 3  oil 2-3f4— 54|3Hh 

*    I  1*1     ll  "       I  .  k»l    ll  fl     II    II 


Illustrated. 

■-»— A^pfa— ar^|i— o^«[4i— «^4j3^- 

i  ,   After  Notes  take  their  time  from  the  notes 
after  which  they  are  placed. 


Example. 

}-^\^\wr-y*\?--?i*\rm 


I     K> 

Illustrated. 


i-}-^\^<Frm*r'l$\?Wtt 


Questions. 


1.  What  effect  has  a  figure  3  over  any  three  notes! 
What  are  they  called?  2.  A  syncopated  note  is  what  ? 
3.  By  syncopated  measure  you  understand  what  ?  5.  What  is 
the  use  of  staccato  marks?  6.  Of  leaning  notes  what  is  saidT 
7.  Alter  notes — what  about  them? 


Chapter  15. 

CHROMATIC  SCALE  ;  Uses  of  Sharps,  Flats,  and  the  Na- 
tural ;  Singing  Exercises. 

1  .  The  Diatonic  Scale,  as  we  have  learned,  has 
five  Major  Seconds  (steps)  and  two  Minor  Seconds, 
(half  steps,)  as  follows: — 

Diatonic  Scale. 


1 

3 

3    4 

5 

6 

7    8 

Do 

re 

mi     fa 

sol 

la 

si   do 

£,  This  scale  answers  for  ordinary  purposes; 
but  refined  music,  and  occasional  instances  in  com- 
mon tunes,  give  rise  to  Chromatic  Sounds,  whicli 
divide  the  whole  steps  of  the  Diatonic  Scale. 

O.  Chromatic  Sounds  are  indicated  in  ascending 
by  sharps,  made  thus;  $  and  in  descending  by 
flats,  made  thus  ;  b  Thus  we  get  a  scale  of  minor 
seconds,  which  is  called  the  Chromatic  Scale. 


Chromatic  Scale   ascending  by  Sharps. 

Sharped  sounds  end  in  i  (ee). 
1  81    3  «3    3  4  »4    5  $5    6  «6    7  8 

Syllables. 

Do     di    re     ri      mi  fa      fi     sol    si     la     li     si  do 

Pronounced. 

Do  dee  ray  ree  mee  fall  fee  sol   see  lah  lee  see  da 


RULES  AND  EXERCISES  FOR  SIGHT  SINGING. 


2:1 


Chromatic  Scule   descending  by  Flats. 

8  7b7    6    6    .>  r'5    4   »  "3    2  b9   I 

iles. 
Do  si     so    la     le   sol  se      fa    mi  mo   re    ra  do 

Pronounced. 
Do  see  say  lali   lay  sol    say  fah  mee  may  ray  rah  do 

The  Natural* 

9  are  restored   to  their  original  sound  by  a 
Natural,  made  thus  ;  3 

Examples  for  Practice.! 

(1) 
Sinfj  and  count  Two  to  each  note,  slowly. 

1-  |  *1-  |  2-  |  *9-  I 3-  1  -1-  I  #4-  I  &-  II 

Do         di        re  n       mi         la  li         sol 

.7-   |  .»  -  |  6-  |  SG-  |  7-  |  8-  |  7-    |S-!1 

Sol       si         la  It        si         do         si  do 

(2) 

Sing  and  count  Two,  as  above. 

S-   |  7-   |  b7-  I  6-   I  Hi-  |  .1-   |  «4-  |  5-  II 

]).i        si  te       la  le      sol  li         sol 

5-  i  r,.v  1 4-  1 3-  I  "3-  |  2-  I  *3-  I  m— li 

So1      se  mi  me      re  r:t         do 

4r.  The  i  sounds  ^2  and  D3  ;  ^  S  ami 

,;i5  :  '«"»  -•  ■■!     6:   --  •  '! '  ■■     7;  though   tli' i 

on  harmony  notice 
and  explain,  are  practically  the  same. 

Examples  for  Practice. 

Flat  (1)  Sharp  2d. 

I:  2  2  b3  2  1  1 ill:  3  13^1  3 :1 

(2)  Sharp  3d. 

I:  9  *1  3  3  I  3— ill!  5  6  5  **4  I  5— ill 

Sharp  5th.  (3) 

liG«8  6  716 II!  6 "76*516 — -li 

t  Teachers  will  make  such  use  of  instruments  as  they  may 
deem  proper  j  accom|  ic  separate  soumls,  or 

without. 


»J.  The  chromatic  sounds  in  more  common  use, 
are  the  *3,  #4,  #5  and  l>7. 

Examples  for  Practick. 

(1) 

III  5  «ff  5  5  |  6 III;  4=14  41  5 1| 

(2) 


II:  6  6  b7  7  I  G- 


•1  *4  .»  54  |  3 : 


(3) 


III  8*76^718-5-1  I  S  "76^7  I  8 —  || 

(4) 

||:5  *4  ."5  6|543-!||:  1  9*3  9|b391-:ll 

t>.    Accidentals. — When   a   sharp,  flat,  or  a 
natural  appears  in  any  part  til  music,  it  is 

called  an  Accidental. 


Questions. 

1.  Ahnnt  thf  Diatonic  Scale  wc  have  learned  whot  f   5.  To 
what  does  1  do  chromatin 

occur  I  3.  How  are  they  indicated  I  \\ 

id?     How  d 

soiui  Is  end  '     What  is  the  I   the    natural  '    4.  What 

chromatic  sounds  an-  die   -  •  sounds 

hi  common  use  are  what  7    6.  What  is  said  ol  ace,.!. 


(Hljnptcr  1G. 

MINOS  SOALE  AND  ErEF.CISES, 

B  •   Any  sound  of  the   I1  le   mi!»ht  be 

as  a  tonic  :   and  thus  v  many 

And 

in  con-  1    the  half 

different!}  1   the  tonic,  music 

written  in  either  would  bo  readily  dislinguiti 


*m .     The   scale   which   makes  G  (la)   its   ; 
menial  is   1..  eculiar ;  and  because  its  lirst 

fir la  in  do,  (,,  to  S>)  is  minor,  it  is  calli  d 

or  Scali  . 
Mosl  h  .li. 
is  made   more  pathetic  b  ;  1  ol  ;  but 

in  descending  ihey  are  •  natural. 

*S.     In    1 1  1  '        ils    of    the    .Minor 

.  7  (si)  the 
I  (do)  the  third,  &c 


Elinor  Scale    Iscend 

ins  1 
•» 

nil 

Decend 

in-'. 

6       7  *         ~ 

La       si   do           re 

tx                1                   11       *l 

mc 

0 

1 

si      la 

La       sol          fa  mi 

re 

do    si 

<> 

la 

Notk. — Good  Minor  Music  is  exquisitely  touching,  mvi  13 

ed.    It  is  a 
mistake  1  suited  to  utuumiul  suhjucts. 

Old  W  ladbam  is  a  gouti  specimen. 

Exercises. 

Ascending-.     (1)     Count  Three. 

do         re         mi  li         si        la 

Descendin?.     (2)    Count  Three. 

5=rf4— t3=H9=-Tl-  \v_  \q_\ 


B=|7= 

La    si 


6 

La 


fa        mi         re         do 

ExERCisr,  CM.  Count  Four. 

-mnrcl  7  7-7  7 1 il  -3-9+3=rt 

3  3  a*|l-I-|-y|iriri5-y|ff=f|- 

Exercise  (1).  Count  Four. 

jhstttI*  -» -7-|»-»-"-7|«Pwipfl- 

Exercise  (5).     Count  Four. 
3-3-3-3 1 2-3-9-2 1 1  ■  1  - 1  - 1 1  yz=\ 

«   6   «~6|7"  7~"7  7|1"1^7Ti«=lt 


24 


RULES  AND  EXERCISES  FOR  SIGHT  SINGING. 


Sing  and  (6)  Count  Three. 

M-ip-l-7J^l-l-lt»**t*=if 

Sing  and    (7)   Count  Two. 

siikT|1-2M3-sl1-y|«-%--t 

1-112-811-31344-313-117-^11- 

Sing  and    (8)   Count  Three 

-3-3-2-j  !-l-ri©-«-*5 

11—1—1—12-2 — 2 


End. 


"3~o~3 


6- 

i).  c. 

3— 


II 


Sing  and    (9)    Count  Four. 


1-3-9-y  [l-y1ptl-y-|r3-l-rra--|- 

^  oiret1  2  3 13  2  »  r  1  *TT5 it 

We  Wept.     (10)     Count  Four. 
We  hanged  our  harps  upon  the  wil-lows,     in   the 

—2-2- 1 3;r-f-3 1 3—3 1 2—2- 1 1  -y — 

midst  thereof.  We  wept,  we  wept  when  we  remem- 


E-l 


If-yf^t 


"»- 


\wm\rt— W 


bered  Zion.    We  wept,  we  wept  for  Zion  wept. 

4r«  Minor  tunes  are  distinguished  by  the  last 
note  in  the  base,  or  by  the  melodic  feeling  of  the 
leading  part,  which  is  more  or  less  pathetic  or  mourn- 
ful. Minor  tunes  have  ©  (la)  for  the  last  note  in 
the  Base.     The  last  note  of  Major  tunes  is  1  (do.) 

Baldwin.     C.  M.,Miaor. 

Alas  and  did  my  Saviour  bleed, And  did  my  Sovereign 
-3t3j2-2|l-y||f-l|rj-s|g-?fl-| 
die;  Would  he  dsvote  that  sacred  head, tor  such  a  worm 

-7\W\\ 

asl» 


Questions. 

1.  How  many  different  scales  could  we  obtain?  2.  What 
is  tin-  most  peculiar?  What  called — and  why?  What  is 
the  difference  between  the  Minor  Ascending  and  Descending 
Scales.  3,  How  are  intervals  reckoned  ?  4.  How  are  Minor 
and  Major  tune*  distinguished  ? 


€l}nntcr  17. 


DEFINITE  PITCH  OF  SOUNDS  ;  Scales  by  Letters  ;  differ- 
ent Farts  in  Music  ;  Compass  of  Voices ;  Transpositions 
of  the  Scale;  seating  a  school. 

1  *  Every  piece   of  music  is  understood  to  have 
its  tonic  on  some  particular  sound,  of  a  definite  pitch, 


which  is  called  Key.  The  Key  indicates  the  pitch 
of  the  tonic  or  do  (1)  of  major  tunes,  and  the  tonic, 
la,  (C)  of  minor  tunes. 

JL»  By  the  use  of  the  first  seven  letters  of  the 
alphabet,  which  are  repeated  to  suit  convenience,  a 
series  of  Fixed  Scales  are  indicated,  winch  are  use- 
ful for  vocal  and  instrumental  purposes.  Different 
scales  are  represented  by  large  and  small  letters,  and 
by  placing  over  them  one,  two,  and  three  marks,  &c. 
These  scales  are  reckoned  upward  and  downward 
from  middle  C. 

«•>•  The  natural  order  of  these  scales  has  a  half 
step  between  E  and  F  and  B  and  C  ;  so  that  when 
we  take  1  (do)  on  any  C  of  the  fixed  scales,  the 
steps  and  half  steps  of  the  diatonic  and  fixed  scales 
exactly  correspond;  and  this  is  called  the  Natural 
Position  of  the  scale. 


Natural  Order  of  the  Scale  by  Letters,  or  Fixed  Scales. 


ASCENDING,  WE  HAVE: 


Vocal. 


Thrice  marked  Octave.     — 


Twice  marked  Octave. 


e 


Once  marked  Octave. 


d  e   7 

2       3  4 


p       a 

5     6     78 


^c      "3"        e    T 
bl     2      3  4 


—      —        —  c        3"eTg         a    ~E     : 

7    T      "51     2345     678 
5 


6      7  8 

Instrumental  Treble. 


_^ 


DESCENDING  FROM  MIDDLE",  WE  HAVE: 


Small  Octave. 


Great  Octave. 


c     b         a 

8  7     6 


f    e        d     c, 

4  3      2    1  B 

87 
Vocal. 


A 
6 


F  E      D 


Instrumental  Basb. 
~^  Double  Octave. 


5     43      2        1  Bli  AA  GG  FFEE!  DD    OC 
87654331 


RULES  AND   EXERCISES    FOR  SIGHT  SINGING. 


25 


4«  According  to  the  sounds  of  the  fixed  scales  by 
etters,  the  sounds  on  all  musical  instruments  are 
earned,  known  and  |>!ayed. 

rj.  Human  Voice. — The  compass  of  the  human 
voice  required  in  music,  extends  from  great  G  to  the 

wice  marked  g,  including  the  highest  and  lowest 
voices  of  both  sexes,  being  as  above  laid  down,  a 
part  of  four  octaves,  or  about  three  octaves  complete. 
Extraordinary  voices  go  higher  and  lower. 


Parts  in   Vocal  Music. 


6. 


>.  The  ordinary  extent  of  a  single  voice  is  about 
an  octave  and  a  half;  and  to  accommodate  m 
different  voices,  four  parts  are  usually  written.  Thus 
arises  the  Bass.  <>r  Lowest  part  in  music,  adapted 
to  male  voices  only.  Next  above  the  Base  is  the 
Tenor,  designed  for  male  voices  only.  Next  above 
the  Tenor  is  the  Alto.  Second,  or  Counter,  adapt- 
ed to  high,  thin  voices  of  men — to  boys  to  the  age  of 
fourteen,  and  to  thi  md  firmest  voici  a  of  fe- 

males. The  next,  and  the  highest  part  is  the  SO- 
PRANO, First  Treble  or  Air,  adapted  to  the  high- 
est and  purest  female  voices.  The  idea  of  changing 
parts  and  singing  correctly,  is  entirely  out  of  the 
question. 

Instruments  adapted  to    the  different  Parts. 

i  .  For  the  First  Treble  violins  and  flutes;  the 
clarinet  played  soft  will  do  well. 

For  the  second  Treble,  violins  and  clarionet. 
For  the  Tenor,  Tenor  viols  and  clarionet. 

For  the  J!  :'  viols;  various  other  instru- 
ments are  useful.     The  Organ  is  superior  to  all. 

Compass  of  different    Voiced. 

0»  According  to  the  following  compass  of  voices, 
persons  or  the  teacher  can  judge  what  part  they  can 
best  sinjr. 

The  Bass  extends  from  large  G  to  the  once  marked 

c,  a  compas3  of  twelve  diatonic  degrees 


G        A         Bed        ef        g         a         be 
The   Tenor   extends   from   small   c   to  the  once 

marked    g* 

c        d        ef        g        a        be       3"       eTg 

The  Second  extends  from  small  g  to  the  twice 

marked   c 

g  a         be         7T         eT        g         "a        TT  c 

The  Soprano  extends  from  the  onca  marked  c 

to  the  twice  marked  g* 

cTeT       g         a       Tj  c         d         ef        ~g 
Seating  a  School. 

»*,  A  School    may    be   seated   as  follows — the 
same  arrangement  answers  well  for  a  choir. 

First  Treble.  Second  Treble. 

dm*vo»»44  *  c   ,   „   .   a   c  e   c 


Tenor. 
,  ,  c  .  .  .  .  0  . 


444444444 
All  on  a  certain  part  should  sit  together.     Lei 
each  one  esteem  others  better  than  themselves.    The 

ngers  are  usually  willing  to  sit  any  where. 
The  more  persons  know,  the  less  they  think  of  them- 
selves. 

Questions. 

1.  Wiiat  doi  e  ofmusic  It '"'  '    The  K- 

cates  what  7  -   How  are  the  sound 

(■■1  '  [low  are  they  represented  and  «iarki  11    3.  VVhalislhe 
natural  order  ol  V  the  fixed  Rnd  diatonic 

scales  agree  ?   rlowaredifli  ntcd?    k  How 

are  the  sounds  on  instruments  Known  7    5  How 
pass  embraces  the  extent  of  rocality  in  both  sexes?      G.The 
1   Mow  many  parts  in  vocal  music  ? 
Di  7.  What  instruments  arc  suited  to  i 

parts?  8.  What  is  the  compass  of  different  voii 
9,  How  should  the  parts  be  houidthe 

members  of  a  school  or  rh*iir  have   ofcachothci  1    \ 

particular  about  stats?  What  is  a  sign  of  increasing 
knowki 


Cljaptcv  18. 

TRANSPOSITIONS   OF   THB  SCALE. 

1  .  Different  tunes  require  that  1  (d< 
taken  on  ditferent  letters  or  pilclu  s,  that  all 

the  sounds  in  the  several  pa-ts  may  comu  within  tho 
propel  compass  of  voice. 

j£.  Changing  the  place   of  1  (do)   to  A 
letters  and  thus  altering  the  pitch,  is   called 
posing  the  scate.     If  I   (do)  be  taken  on 
letter  than   C,  more  or  less  i  rTERsf 

must  be  introduced,  to  make  thi  arc. 

O,   By  sharps    the   Key  is  transposed  from   its 
natural  position  into  the  fifth  above,  or,  which  is  tho 
same  thins,  into  the  fourth  below   for   c\ 
sive  new  Key ;  because  in  this  way,  i 
chromatic  letter  is  necessary  in  each 
sinon,  to  make  the:   fixed  and  diato 
pond,     G  is  a  fifth  from  t'J,  and  will   be   the  first 
transposition. 

4-»  The  following  table  will  now  be  understood. 
To  persons  playing  instruments   the    ti 
arc  substantially  the  scales  of  different  Keys.      Hero 
the  scale  of  each  Key   may   easily    bo  learned,  so  us 
to  play  any  tune  in  any  Key,  at  sight. 


5. 


Tabic   of   Transpositions.    ' 
Natural   Kf.y  01    I 
C  D  E  F  G  A 

t         3       :t  i      r»       g 

Firt»T  Transposition  bv  Sharps. 

Key  of  G  ;   F  made  sharp  introduced. 


1!  C 

78 


(•■ 

\ 

B  C 

D 

E 

I 

I 

2 

:t  i 

•> 

« 

7S 

f  Chromatic  Icntor*  indicate  sounds  whioh  divide  the  who'o 
stcpn  ofiho  6xi   : 

I  For  practical  purposes,  no  notice  is  tjikmi  of  large,  small, 
once  marked  letters,  fee,  since  ihf  relations  and  ehangea  In 

*io  are  necessarily  the  samo  vi  ill  octa 


26 


RULES  AND  EXERCISES  FOR  SIGHT  SINGING. 


D 

% 


E 
J 


B 
I 


Second    Transposition. 

Key  of  D  ;  C  made  sharp. 

E  8F  G  A  B 

2  34  5  6 

Third  Transposition. 
Key  of  A  ;    G  made  sharp. 
B  iC  D  E         #F 

"i  3-1  .1  (| 

Fourth  Transposition 
Key  of  G  ;    D  made  sharp 
IF  tGA  B  «C 

3  3-15  4$ 

Fifth  Transposition. 
Key  of  B  ;    A  made  sharp. 
8C  *D  E  IF  ?G 

•2  3  4  ."5  «; 


§}•  Six  and  seven  sharps  are  little  used. 
therefore  omit  those  scales. 

The  transpositions  of  the  scale  by  flats  : 
the  fourth  above  and  fifth  below. 


Table  of  Transpositions    by  Flats. 

First  Transposition  py  Flats. 

Key  of  F  ;  B  fiat  introduced 
G  A   Bb  C  D 

3  3  4  5  G 


*C  D 

7  8 


£G  A 

78 


*D  E 

78 


?A  B 
7  8 

and  we 


A* 


G   Ab 


Db 
1 


Fourth  Transposition. 
Key  of  A*1 ;   D  fiat   added. 
rjtJ  C   Db  Eb  F 

Fifth  Transposition. 

Key    of  D^ ;  G  flat  added. 

E*1  F   Gt>  Ab  Bb         C   D*5 

2  3  4  5  6         7  8 

Six  and  seven  flats  are  little  used,  and  those  scales 
are  therefore  omitted. 

Questions. 

1.  Different  lunesrequirewhat?  2.  Changing  the  place  of  1 
(do)  is  called  what ?  What  happens  in  changing  the  place 
of  1  (do)  to  different  letters?  3.  Why  is  the  Key  transposed 
into  the  fifth  above  or  fourth  below  ?  5.  What  letter  is 
sharped  in  the  tirst  transposition  by  sharps?  On  what  letter 
is  do  ?  What  letters  are  sharped  in  the  second  transposition  ? 
On  what  letter  do  7  Inthethird?  Where  do  ?  In  the  fourth 
and  Hih1  [Where  do?  6.  How  is  the  scale  transposed  by  Hals/ 
Wh  ii  chromatic  sound  appears  in  the  first  transposition  ?  On 
what  letter  is  do  ?  In  the  second  transposition  what  chro- 
matic letters  are  used  ?  Where  do  ?  Describe  the  third,  fourth 
aLd  fifth  transpositions. 


r 

1 


1 


a 


t-    f 
7  8 


Second  Transposition. 
Key  of  Bb  ;   E  flat,  added 
C  B  Eb         F  G 

'-3  3  4  5  6 

Third  Transposition. 
Key  of  Eh  ;  A  flat  introduced. 
P  G  A b  B:>        G 

2         3  4  5        <fi 


A   Jib 
7  8 


7  8 


<£i)aptcr   19. 


THE  CHROMATIC  SCALE  BY  LETTERS;  Pitch  of  Tunes; 
Tabi<?  of  Tonics. 

i.  •  Transposing  the  scUe,  as  we  have  seen,  into 
different  letters,  renders  it  necessary  to  divide  all  the 
whole  steps  ;  thus  we  have  by  the  natural  and  chro- 
matic sounds,  a  scale  of  twelve  half  steps,  which  is 
called  the  Chromatic  Scale.  On  either  of  these 
fixed  sounds  we  can  take  1  (do)  as  a  key  ;  hence 
iheYe  are  really  twelve  different  keys  in  music,  one 
of  which  is  when  3  (do)  is  on  C,  or  in  the  Natural 
position. 


Chromatic  Scale  by  Letter*. 

Let  this  character  H  indicate  the  sounds. 
Ascending  from  left  to  right. 

A.codinj  C  *C    D  »£>    E F  8F   G  «G  AttABO 

sound,.   ricjrjarjoirjeiuaarJd 

Descending.fj     Db  D     Eb  E  F     Gh  G     Ab  A    Bb  B  C 
Descending  from  right  to  left. 

£m  It  will  he  seen  that  SC  and  Db  are  one  and 
the  same  sound  ;  so  of  iD  and  Eb,  which  are  the 
same  ;  8F  and  Gb,  &c,  i.  e.  we  express  the  same 
chromatic  scale  by  sharps  and  flats.  Ascending,  we 
read  <5,  C  sharp  ;  D,  D  sharp,  &c.  Descending,  we 
read  C,  B  ;  B  flat  ;  A,  A  flat,  &c. 


On  the  Pitch  of  Tones. 

«$•  Tunes  alwavs  have  a  tonic,  1  (do)  on  some 
natural  or  chromatic  letter,  which  is  indicated  at  the 
beginning  of  the  tune.  Thus  we  say  that  the  Key, 
tonic,  1,  or  do,  is  on  G,  or  A,  or  B",  natural, 
&c. 

Without  a  knowledge  of  the  transpositions  of  the 
scale,  a  common  singer,  with  a  pitch  pipe,  or  any  in- 
strument upon  which  he  can  get  the  proper  sounds 
of  the  letters,  can  easily  get  the  sound  of  A,  Bb,  YP, 
&c,  which,  according  as  the  tune  is  marked,  will  he 
the  sound  of  1  (do)  and  from  this,  the  pitch  of  the 
other  parts  will  be  readily  obtained. 

Tuning  forks  give  but  one  sound,  usually  A  or  C; 
from  either  kind  the  voice  can  easily  run  up  or  down 
to  the  pitch  or  sound  of  the  tonic  (do). 

The  more  common  Keys  are  C,  D,  E",  E,  F,  G, 
A'\  A,  13 Is. 

■Si-9  Temperament. — All  Instruments  are  tuned 
in  exact  steps  and  half  steps,  or  nearly  so  ;  which  is 
a  slight  variation  from  strict  correctness.  This  slight- 
ly altering  the  scale  is  called  Temperament,  and 
enables  performers  to  play  from  any  pitch.  The  ear 
and  vocal  organs  would  become  weary  by  singing  al- 
ways from  the  same  key.  Experienced  players  on 
stringed  instruments  can  produce  correct  sea  es  from 
any  key 


RULES  AM)   EXERCISES   FOR  SIGHT  SINGING. 
TABLE.  Illnstrating  the  relative  Pitch  of  all  the  different  Tonics. 


£7 


♦3,   Any  person  who  may  wish  to  write  music,  will  derive  from    the  following   table  all  the  nor 
information  in  relation  to  different  Keys.     The  letters  on  the  common  stall'  represent  the  pitch  of   8  (i!u) 
when  taken  on  letters  with  which  it  corresponds. 


Pitch  of  Tonics  Illustrated  by  the  use  of  the  Common  Staff. 


-~°- 


-_-«_P- 


:s=z?zr'z=^-  ■    • 


-^r-&-*- 


@-l  1  1  1-1  1 -1-1-1-1 -1-1 

E»        U»    A"    B*       D"    E&,  &c 


-e-e? 


a — K-=- 


E  F     G     A      11C      D      E  F   G  A  BC      D 

0.  Tlie  sharped  and  flatted  tonics  are  not  all  laid  down,  though,  from  the  foregoing  instruction 
positions  will  he  at  once  recognized. 

It  will  be  seen  that   Q — j — corresponds  to  middle  c~ below  the  old  Treble  Staff.     One  (1)  JP  —  1  — 

key  of  E!\  would  be  the  same  sound  as  V,''  on  theold  Treble  Staff,  lower  tine,  &c. 

n  arbitrary  and  necessary  rule,  we  represent  the  difference  bi  tweert  D  and  E,  when  regarded  as  to- 
rn common  notation,  thus  ;  £:  -1—  in  the   key  of  1)   is  really   but  one  degree  below 

—  in  the  key  of  E  he  next  D  above  all  the  tonics  come  above  the  base  staff.     The 

next  E  comes  on  the  treble  stall",  thus  ;    Q  -E  or-J —     It  is  by  no  means  necessary  that  this  table  be  un- 
derstood, except  by  those  who  compo 

(|uestions. 

1.  How  is.  the  wale  derived  7  How  many  keys  arc  there  in  music  ?  2.  What  sound  is  the  same  a?  gClgDi 
Howdoweread  the  chroma  '  How  dot  In  I  ofthepiirhof  tunc?  How  can  a  person 
pet  ttie  pitch  oi  a  I  from  a  tuning  fork  ?  4  and  b.  What  is  said  about  Temperament?  5.6.  Do  you  understand 
tf*e  table  of  to 


£  I) ap  lev  (20. 


DYNAMICS,  TERMS,  TONES,  EXAMPLES. 

1  .   Dynam  i  nilely  ic  tl  •• 

■  s  the  terms  peculiar  ic 
this  department,  and  the  different  musical  tonoo. 

Dynamical    Terms. 

^b.  There  are  :t  few  dynamic  i  sad  to 

«  various  •  force,  as  follows  :  — 

-  MO,  \.';\   soft. 

I'l  ISO,    soft. 

,  or  a  common  degree  of  louilue-  s 

.  loud. 
I  loud. 

Dynamical    Abbreviations. 

#5«  These  terms  are  usually  abbreviated 
lows  : — 
Fokte,  F,  or  /. 
P,  or  p. 

i,  M,  or  m. 

Fortissimo,  F  F,  or  ff. 

}':  INISS1MO,  P  1',   or  pp. 

Dynamical  Tones. 

4.   A  sound  beginning  p.  continuing  and  i 
ly  the  same  on  p,  is  called  an  Organ  '1 


Example. 


la 


We  may  have  a  soft,  medium  or  loud  organ    t 
.  quire,  which  won 
p,in,  or/.     We   now   speak  of  a  singlet 

A    tone  commencing  very  soft    and  eading  very 
loud,  or  any  musical  sound  which   inerei- 
it  is  product  d,  is  called  an   incri 
and  is  usually  marked  cres.  or  crescendo,  or  _==^ 

'  la?:--      .  _/■ 


28 


RULES  AND  EXERCISES  FOR  SIGHT  SINGING. 


A  sound  which diminisliesas  it  is  produced  is  called 
a  diminishing  tone,  diminuendo,  or  is  marked 
thus  ;  ;^=_ 

Ex-  a * 

e5«  A  60und  or  tone  which  diminishes  from  loud 
to  soft  immediately  is  called  an  explosive  tone,  or 
Forzando,/*.,  marked  thus  > 

Ex. 


la 


/. 


V- 


A  sound  commencing  soft  and  gradually  increasing 
to  loud,  then  gradually  diminishing  to  soft  again,  is 
called  a  Swelled  Tone,  marked  -«c^^=- 

Ex.      ]a_^ ff. p. 

O.  The  inverted  swell  is  indicated  by  this  char- 
acter, but  not  often  used,  ->< 

The  pressure  tone  is  indicated  thus, 


<> 


Exercises. 


/•      ?■       f 

1113     2|  2-1439111   2|  m —  II 

i    i    i   i 

i  ,  Dynamical  abbreviations  govern  until  contra- 
dicted by  some  other. 

V-  /■  (2) 


ii-i-itir^ 

-2=3-4-|-5-6-7-f-g=l-l-|-l=  \[ 


-rtH-tfi 


f- 

5- 


I  3  3  1 


(3) 
\Pi       < 


1  2|  34|56|  76  |  76|54|  33|  1- 1| 

(5) 
Crts.  Dim. 

12  3  415678 1|  876514321  III 


Questions. 

1.  What  do  dynamics  teach?  2,3.  State  the  different 
terms  and  abbreviations.  4.  Describe  an  organ  tone  Des- 
cribe the  crescendo  tone.    The  diminuendo.    5.  What  is  an 

explosive  tone  V     Describe  ihe  swell.     6.  The  inverted  swell. 
7.  How  Tar  do  dynamical  abbreviations  govern  ? 


Cljctptcr  21. 


ON  OHANTS  AND  CHANTING. 

I  ,  Chanting,  as  an  occasional  exercise  for  a 
school,  is  important;  and  for  Church  service,  is  a 
most  delightful  and  devotional  exercise,  though  it  is 
less  effective  to  kindle  the  feelings  and  rouse  the  soul, 
than  spirited  melody.  It  deserves  an  honorable  place 
in  church  music. 

£,  Perhaps  the  fewer  the  rules  the  better.  The 
music  of  chants  is  generally  very  easy.  Common 
chants  confine  the  music  to  two  strains,  of  three 
measures. 

(1) 
Gregorian   Form. 

•- —     s 

(■hanlinsr  note. 

1 |2 

I  will  run  the    way  of   thy 


213-  II 

com-mandments, 


Chanting  note. 

3 14       3|2      3 1  1-     || 

When  thou  shalt  en-large  my    heart. 

(2) 
Gregorian   Form. 
5 1     1  2   |      3-11 

O      how      Jove  I  thy  law  ! 

3 1|3      1|3       3     |     1-|| 

It    is    my  medit-ation         all       the  day. 

t>.  Chanting  is  reading  in  musical  tones,  all 
together.  The  first  object  of  a  school  or  choir  is  to 
distinctly  pronounce  all  the  syllables,  as  though  there 
was  but  one  voice  reading  or  singing. 


There  is  one  important  difference  between  singing 
prose  and  poetry.  In  chanting,  each  one  should 
try  to  keep  with  the  others.  In  singing  metrical 
music,  each  one  should  sing  as  independent  as  though 
he  were  alone  ;  i.  e.  should  keep  correct  time. 
In  chanting,  the  last  two  measures  of  the  first 
strain,  or  all  but  the  chanting  note,  may  be  sung  in 
time,  also  the  last  three  measures  of  the  second 
strain,  or  all  but  the  chanting  note. 

Questions. 

1,2.  How  many  strains  in  common  chants?  3.  What  is 
the  first  ot'jert  ?  What  is  the  difference  between  singing  the 
chant  and  other  music  ? 


t£l)aptcr  22. 


ARTICULATION. 

J.  ,  Good  articulation  is  a  great  beauty  in  singing. 
Bad  articulation  results  from  bad  teaching,  or  a  care- 
less enunciation — drawling  words  together — mum- 
bling over  syllables,  and  leaving  many  words  unfin- 
ished. 

Jda  We  copy  a  few  examples  from  the  Vocal 
School,  which,  if  studied  with  a  view  to  correct  ar- 
ticulation, will  afford  some  aid. 

eS«  Ex.  I.  "  Fix  tin  ane  ternal  state." 
For  "  Fix'd  irr'an  eternal  state." 
Ex.  II.  "  Will  I  for  hell  prepair." 

For  "  Will  I  for  help  repair.'.' 

The  last  example  is  of  a  shocking  character;  and 
shows  how  a  slight  departure  from  correct  pronun- 
ciation, is  productive  of  bad  sentiment. 

Another  quite  exceptionable  case  is  where  shep- 
herds are  made  to  swash  their  flocks,  instead  of 
watching  them  by  night. 

Ex.     "  While  shephardz-swash  their  flocks,"  &c 
For  "  While  shepherds  watch  their  flocks,"  &» 


RULES  AND  EXERCISES  FOB  SIGHT  SINGING 


29 


4«  The  <i  in  the  emls  of  words  is  often  omitted  : 

Ex.  I. 

Thus,  "  His  guardian  ban  by  day." 
Fur,  "  His  {juardian  hand  by  day." 
Kx.  II. 
Thus,  •'  Ho  !  yc  that  pan  for  living  stream, 
Zan  pine  away — an — die'" 
For.  "  Ho  !   vi   that  pant  for  living  streams, 
And  pine  away  and — die." 
Such,  to  say  the  least,  is  a  very  careless,  indolent 
manner  o 

The  error  of  separating  it  from  the  word  to  whirl) 
it  properly  belongs,  and  of  joining  it  to  another,  is 
most  common  and  most  confusing. 

Ex. 

Thus,  "  He  by  hi  zown  almighty  wor, 
Dwil  lall  your  love  ; 

Fo  revrv  worm  dis  precious  blough 
Da  sovereign  halm  shall  prove-" 

For,  "  He,  by  his  own  almighty  word, 
Will  all  your  fears  remove  ! 
For  every    wound,  his  precious  blood 
A  sovereign  balm  shall  prove." 

•  J.  Many,  otherwise  excellent  singers,  render 
their  services  of  little  worth  -by  thus  jumbling  toge- 
ther the  words  of  a  hymn.  Cases  are  not  rare,  for 
rs  of  a  congregation  to  have  their  hymn  books 
open,  (and  if  not  sufficiently  acquainted  with  music 
p  the  lime  of  the  tune,)  yet  he  none  the  «  isi  r 
as  to  what  line  or  word  the  choir  are  singing.  By 
the  interludes,  they  will  perhaps  distinguish  the  ver- 
ses. Such  music,  it  is  true,  may  be  pretty  noise, 
hut  quite  unsuitable  to  he  substituted  for  the  praises 
of  a  christian  church. 

O.  The  v  is  torn  from  the  word  to  which  it  be- 
'oii2s  : — 
Thus,  "  1  m  for  ter  come  down, 

And  lie  van  rnoo  vin  me." 
For,  "  Bless'd  comforter  come  down, 
And  live  and  move  in  me." 

T  •  Error  on  the  y. — The  principal  error  in 
singing  this  element,  is,  that  of  not  beginnin 


arately,  rather  permitting  the  voice  wilhont  an  artio- 
ulation  of  a  previous  element,  to  slide  into  it  from 
another  word. 

Thus,  "  O  turnye,  0  tnrnye." 
For,   "  0,  turn,  ye,  0,  turn,  ye  !" 

It  is  a  kind  of  tempter  to  misprom :e  other  words, 

because  the  voice  easil '.  0  It. 

Thus,  "  And  bidz-our  In  ppetites," 

Fur,  "  Aiid  hi, is  our   loi  pi  tiles." 

!*< .    The  error  on  w  i  in   letting  ']  e  vi 

slide  into  it.  as  in     omi  .  from  a  previo 

inent. 

Thus,  "  In  oownrlz  above,  an  ooworlz  below." 


I' 


In  worlds  above  and  worlds  beli 


»/.    Ng. — This  is  purely  a  nasal  sound.     Son,;, 

SING,  riv;,  WroNG,  throNR,  luNO.  writi.No,  proloNG. 
The  same  element  is  indicated  by  N,  as  in  thiNk, 
iNk,  suNk.  Upon  this  elemenl  there  is  a  ven  fre- 
quenl  and  a  very  disagreeable  mistake  ;  viz.,  that  of 
ring  it  instead  of  the  tonic  element  which  i3  as 
follows  : 

Thus,  song ,  kin? ,  in k. 

For,  so ng,  ki tig.  i nk. 

This  error  is  exceedingly  unpleasant. 

The  man  who  "  talks  through  his  nose,"  is  a  kind 
of  an  anomaly,  affording  a  tin  l  to  all  ;  hit 

wlnn  tins  nasal  sound  i  d  in  the  sanctuary, 

or  on  any  occasion  of  entertainment  in   vocal  music, 
the  offensive  impropriety  produces  a  worthy  di 
There  is  little  danger  of  its  being   articulated  with 
too  much  force  ;   hut   it   should   ho   given  quick,  and 
not  prolonged. 

1  \9 o  Errors  on  T. — Two    general   errors  oc- 
cur in   singing  tins  element,  at  almost  every  line  of 
a  hymn.     The  first,  that  of  not  articulating  it  with 
sufficient  force,  is  almost  universal  :  the  second,  that 
.    ration;  it  from  the  word  to  v.  lungs,  is 

VERY  common. 
Ex.  I 
Thus,  "  His  paths,  I  cannaw  trace  " 
or,  "  I  cannot  rac 

For,  "  I  cannot  1 1 


Ex.  II. 

i  \Vhen  w:ll  thy  love  the  res  tree  veal." 

For, tiic  i' 

Ex.  III. 

Thus,   "  ntmos  ky." 

For,  "     "         on 

Ja     1  r,   Ci  I  ON  s,  (with  corrections, 

&c.) — The    nature    of 
render    it    c  Hem 

"  when  an)  thing  nature. 

ft  is  w  ell  know  n.  i 

consecutive  octaves  above  tin    pari    il  accom] 
is  always  productive  of  a  had   efll  there 

am  other  instruments  suffic  the  mixture 

i      :    ■  elftll  in  lie 

which  is  tuned  twi  Ive  notes  above  the  principal,  and 
the  fifteenth,  w  hicb  is  turn  d  still  liigln  r,  v.  oul 
intolerable   accom  without    the  diapasons 

and  prim 

\\  in  ii  violins  a;;  are  used   in  a 

common  church  choir,  il  ive  the  pal 

company,  a  very  little  philosophy  will  show, 
-  it  al»  ays  is.  bad.f     1 
instrument  played  on  an  key,  and  at 

ne   tune  quite  di  i     . 

would  only  render  lie  effect  still    i  cable. 

i  i  i  the  elemi  d  by  the  let- 

ter s.     It  is  produced  principally  by  the  vibrations  of 

ih — is  of  a  pilch  ci  ily  higher  til 

vocal  musical  sound,  ami  probably  never   in  i 
of  any  thing  which  is  sun«       1 '    nc   ,  tin       ioi  ter  the 
Hon  of  this  ,  |i  nieiii.  the  better. 

When    the  elm.  : 

rather  he  held  hack,  and  not  let  h  tic  teeth 

like  steam   from  a  safety   valve,  nor  prolonged  like 
the  hollow  whistle  of  the  wind,  through  the  shattered 
lie.      No  less  dissonant  with 
ile    feel  Ii    it   is   to  he  i 

i 
untasteful  prolongation  of  tin 

It  is  often  badly  given    in   the   middle  and  at  tho 
i  words,  and   aim        i  illy  wrong,  whon 

it  ends  and  eomru 


I  no  general  rule  without  some  exception, 


30 


RULES  AND  EXERCISES  FOR  SIGHT  SINGING. 


Ex.  I.  "In  Is rael's — God  we  -  trus- 
tor, "  In  Israel's  God  we  trust. " 
Ex.    II. 

"  S alvash tin  0  the  joyful  s- 

For,  "  Salvation  !  U  the  joyful  sound." 
Ex.  111. 

"  And  plentious-iz-iz  gras." 
For,  "  And  plenteous  is  liis  grace." 
Ex.  IV. 


-ound. 


For, 


Kv'n  crosses  fro  miz  zovereign  lian." 
Ev'n  crosses  from  Ins  soverei'*   hand. 


i  .is  o  Eruor  on  Sh. — Many  of  the  remarks  on 
the  element  indicated  by  s,  are  applicable  to  this  ; 
though  the  error  in  the  present  case  is  not  so  offen- 
sive :  the  kev  of  the  element  being  at  least  an  octave 
below  that  of  s. 

It  is  erroneously  prolonged  at  the  beginning,  in  the 
middle  and  at  the  end  of  words. 
Ex.    I. 

"  For  thy  sh — ame  thou  sh — alt  have  double." 
For,  "  For  thy  sha — me  thou  sua — It  have  double." 
Ex.  II. 

"  Some  fresh — memorials  of  thy  grace." 
For,  "  Some  fre — sh  memorials  of  thy  grace." 
Ex.  III. 

"  Hath  joys  substanti — al  and  sincere.  " 
For,  "  Hath  joys  substantial  and  sincere." 

It  becomes  very  disagreeable,  when  made  thus 
prominent.  The  hiss  is  an  expression  of  disgusi  and 
i  !>t ;  and  were  there  no  other  reason,  this  would 
be  sufficient  to  forbid  its  being  prolonged  in  singing, 
since  the  least  prolongation  of  it  more  than  is  neces- 
sary for  a  distinct  articulation,  is  productive  of  a 
feeling  similar  in  its  nature  to  that  which  induces  the 
hiss.  The  hush  is  allied  to  the  hiss  ;  not  however 
being  so  stron?  in  character.  We  feel  imposed  on 
when  we  are  hissed.  We  are  constrained  to  a  forced 
obedience,  rather  contrary  to  our  wishes  and  disso- 
nant  with  our  feelings,  when  we  are  hushed,  ^or 
ean  we  rid  ourselves  of  impressions  similar  in  nature, 
though  less  in  degree,  when  either  of  these  elements 
is  prolonged  beyond  what  we  feel  to  be  a  necessary 
articulation. 


fit5»  Error  on  IT. — Mistakes  in  giving  this 
element  are  very  frequent.  The  error  consi  in 
omitting  the  element  entirely,  which  serves  very 
much  to  obscure  the  sense. 

Ex.  "  ( Jail,  w  hil  c  may  be  foun 
Doh  see-kim  whil-e's  near 
Serv-im  wi-thall  thy  art-an  mine 
Dan  worshi-pim  with  fear." 
For,  ''('all  while  he  may  be  found. 

Oh.  seek  him  while  lie's  near  ; 

Serve  linn  with  all  thy  heart  and  mind, 

And  worship  him  with  fear." 

1  4«  Two  rules  may  be  given  as  the  result  of 
the  examination. 

First,  in  regard  to  the  tonics. 

RrLn. — The  radical  of  the  mixed  and  the  pure  to- 
iii'-  (  li  ments  only  should  be  prolonged. 

Rule  second. — The  subtonies  and  atonies  should 
be  forcibly  given  or  articulated  but  not  prolonged. 

A  general  rule  in  regard  to  all  the  elements,  may 
be  briefly  slated  in  the  language  of  another. 

'•  .\  Iways  articulate  with  such  energy,  deliberate- 
ness  and  accuracy,  that  every  sound  of  the  voice  may 
he  fully  and  exactly  formed,  distinctly  heard  and 
tly  understood." 

Taking  breath. 

M  *3.  Never  take  breath  in  the  middle  of  a  word. 
Uways  endeavor  to  breathe  all  out  before  any  more 
is  taken  in  ;  or,  keep  a  constant  supply  of  fresh  air 
in  the  lu 

raking  breath  eight  times  in  a  common  or  long 
metre  hymn,  is  amply  sufficient,  if  the  voice  has  been 
rightly  developed. 

Qnestions. 

1-  What  is  said  about  articulation?  3.  How  does  a  bad  pro- 
nunciation affect  die  sense1  How  is  d  mispronounced"?  6. 
laid  of  v?  7.  VVhai  is  ihe  ermr  in  singing  y? 
■'.  What  is  said  of  die  w  1  9.  How  is  ng mispronounced  1 
In.  \\  bai  errors  occur  in  pronouncing  i  I  11-  Sum  up  what 
issaid  about  s.  l~.  Specify  ihe  errors  in  singing  sli.  13. 
What  is  said  about  h  !  14.  What  two  imporlant  rules  are 
given?     15.  What  should  be  observed  in  taking  breadi  ? 


Cijnpicr  Q3. 


ARRANGEMENT  OF  MUSIC   for  the   different  Parts  :  the 
;    Duets  ;  Quartets   and   Chorus  Sing- 
ing. 

JS  ,  Music  for  a  particular  part  is  usually  arran- 
ged on  a  single  staff;  and  as  most  tunes  are  written 
for  four  parts,  four  staffs  are  necessarily  required 
for  common,  and,  indeed,  for  nearly  all  sacred,  and 
for  much  of  secular  music. 

ai  For  ihe  Base  and  Tenor,  the  Base  staff  is 
used.  For  the  Alio  and  Soprano,  the  Treble  staff  is 
used.  The  arrangement  of  the  parts  are  as  we 
should  think  their  relative  positions  would  require. 
The  Base  first ;  Tenor  next  above;  the  Alto  next 
above  the  Tenor ;   the  Soprano  above  the  Alto. 

*>•  A  character  called  a  Beace,  placed  at  the 
beginning  of  a  tune,  unites  the  staffs,  and  shows  how 
many  parts  are  sung  together,  or  at  the  same  time. 


Representation  of  the   Parts. 

O  1st  Treble  or  Sopranoj_Jbr  the  highest  voices. 
D 2d  do.  Alto  or  Counter,  low  female  and  boys  do. 
^Tenor.  for  high  male  voices.  


f^Bass,  for  low  male  voices. 


f 

I 

48r»  Voices  adapted  to  particular  parts  should  al- 
ig  on  those  parts.  A  Second  singer  should 
not  change  to  the  First  Treble,  nor  a  First  Treble 
singer  to  the  Second  Treble.  A  Jack  at  all  trades, 
who  is,  consequently,  good  at  none,  is  always  chang- 
ing. Tenor  and  Base  singers  should  not  attempt  to 
sing  the  First  Treble.  From  the  fact  that  they  are 
unable  to  do  it.  arises  bad  harmony,  false  progres 
sions,  and  forbidden  chords.  Let  a  person  find  out 
in  the  first  place  what  part  his  voice  is  adapted  to 
sing,  then  pay  due  attention,  and  make  suitable  ef- 
forts to  cultivate  a  good  taste,  and  duly  exercise  his 
voice  in  the  compass  of  his  appropriate  part 


RULES  AND  EXERCISES  FOR  SIGHT  SINGING. 


31 


*y  ,    To  become  a  cood  solo  singer  requires  pri- 
vate instruction,  or  such  observation  and  prae 
but  few  enjoy-     A  solo  passage  should  so  be  sung, 
i.  e.  by  one  voice. 

A  Dikt  (for  two  voices)  should  be  sung  by  only 
two  voices,  and  not  by  a  semi-chorus  of  a  half  dozen. 
But  when  impracticable,  the  next  best  plan  must  be 
adopted.  In  a  solo  or  duet,  no  other  person  should 
"  hum,"  or  make  the  least  noise. 

\  Trio  (for  three  voices)  should  be  sung  by  three 
voices.     A  Quartet,  by  lour  voices. 

(3»  Confidence. — -Persons  can  acquire  confidence 
by  practice  ;  and  a  singer  in  the  high-way  of  improve- 
ment, should  not  stop  short  of  an  acquired  ability  to 
perform  all  that  may  be  expected  of  him. 

«•   Chorus  Singing   is  when  all  together  unite 
in  all  the  parts,  or  in  unison  on   one  part  "  to  swell 
ilted  theme,"  in  songs  of  praise,  in  words  like 
the  following  : 

"  Salvation  !  O  the  joyful  sound." 

Then  let  every  voice  join  in  notes  sublime.  It  is 
music  when,  at  the  extent  of  the  voice,  hundreds  lift 
the  joyful  anthem,  "  Glory  be  to  God  on  high."  It 
is  music  when  the  softest  notes  of  nature's  melody 
die  away  upon  the  ear. 

1.  How  is  music  arranged?  How  many  staffs  7  2.  How 
do  the  pal  3.  What   shows  lum'  many 

parts   are  performed 
adapted  to  particular  parts  1  What  arises  from  changing  parts 

:  '     .*>.  How  can   one   become  a  s^nnd   solosinger? 

"1"  hum- 
ming while  others  are  singing!  What  is  said  of  a  trio?  6. 
How  is  confidence  acquired  I  7.  What  is  said  of  chorus  singing? 


The  notes  are  as  follow  : 
Whole.       Half.  Qr.         8th 

a         p 


IGth.     .ISd.      6-Hh. 


r  f    res 

»»  r*  K« 

*»  f  *•  *> 


The  Rests  are  as  we  have  explained  them,  and 
so  are  all  the  musical  characters. 

«  .  Letters  are  applied  to  the  Treble  and  Bass 
Stall's,  as  follows  : 

Treble  Staff.  _ 

4£ _ o-       - 


-3-    " 
Middle  c,    D 


O' 


EF      G     A       lie 

Bass    Staff. 


D     EF    G 


SEE 


:s_ 


iSEE?H?| 


A      BC      D      EF     G 


A    BC 

iuiddl 


'6 


Cljaptcr  25. 

READING  MTJSIO   FROM  FIVE  LINES. 

\  t  We  will  now  sum  up  in  a  few  words  such 
further  instructions  as  will  enable  the  pupil  to  read 
music  in  "  round  notes  "  from  astafTof  five  lines. 


»"$•  A  Staff,  as  above,  consists  of  five  lines,  on 
which,  and  on  the  spaci  i   which,  the  notes 

are  written.     The    relations   of  tin     letters  are  the 
same  as  we  have  explain      I  5i     chap.  17 and 

18.] 

The  plnce  of  (I)  do. 

4-»  When  there  are  no  flats  or  sharps  at  the  be- 
jrinnin;;  of  a  tune,  do  ( 1 )  is  always  on  C — the  added 
line  below  the  Treble  :e  on  the 

Ba       taff.     Lines  and  spaces  are  counted  upward. 

d  the   same   as  we  have  ex- 
plained it.     [See  chap.  18.] 

The     Sisrnaturt  is, 

ij>.  Differenl  transpositions  arc  marked  atthe  bo- 
ginning  of  turn  i  le,  two,  three  and  four  flats  or 
sharps  according  to  the  number  of  chromatic  letters. 
[See  chap.  18,  art.  2.]     Hence  ai  tatures. 

If  there  is  one  sharp  at  the  1"  i  I    a  lime,  we 

say  the  signature  is  one  sharp,  do  on  G;  if  there  are 


us,    we   say  the  signature   is   t«<>    (Is 
on  B1',  &.c. 


Utiles  to  fiud  do  (  g  )  on  both  Staffs,  ]>nse  nml 
Treble. 

""  !    »  R  PS . 

O.  When  the  Si 

"  Two  sharps,  "     "  D 

••   Three A 

"  Four    ••        ••     ■    : 
"  Five     ' B 


}. 


Flats. 


When  the  Signatun         I        Flat,  do  is  on  F 

••  Two  flats,     " 

"  "  '•  Three  "         "     ' 

"  our     "         "     "    V 

"  "  •'  Five      " 

i  .  The  learner  must  not  suppose  that  ther 
| 

1  !  ,        e  b  u  i 
fen  ni  ways  ol  writ 

following   ayi  hows  what    signatures 

signify  substantial  |  do  (  J) 

is  on  the  same  place  on 


Synopsis  of    Signatures, 

Treble  5  I  Treble 'J  le  one-  '' 

i 


•no- 


-BO- 


DO        ' 


-»o- 


-DO- 

I 
|  Bas  e,  natural. 


1 


Treh 


IK) 


Lei  tins  synopsis   be   perfectly  committed.     It  an. 
alyses  theory  so  as  to  make  practice  more  easy. 


tip  jxd 


RULES  AND   EXERCISES   FOR  SIGHT  SINGING. 


Reading  Mnsic. 


§.  Tn  read  music  in  the  common  way,  it  is  ne- 
Srst  to  determine  the  cleff;  then  the  signa- 
ture, and  find   the  place   oi"  do  on  the  staff,     bach 
line  and  space  being  a  degree,  the  syllables  will  be 
itlie  notes  as  follow: 
Natural  Key.  Key  of  G. 


_ t--s>-~- 

a , — o-a 

do     re  mi  fa  sol  la   si  do,  &c.     do  re  mi,  &c. 
Key  of  D. 


-o — - 


do  re  mi  fa,  &c. 


do  re  mi  fa,&c 

t)a  Thus  in  all  the  Keys  and  on  the  Bass  staff, 
find  on  what  letter  do  ( 1)  'comes,  then  read  the  de- 
grees of  the  staff  ascending,  do,  re,  mi,  &c,  and  de- 
scending from  the  tonic  read  the  degrees,  do,  si,  la, 
&c.  When  notes  ascend  or  descend  regularly,  it  is 
easy  to  apply  the  syllables,  after  having  found  the 
key.  When  they  skip  about,  they  must  be  learned 
and  the  name  of  the  proper  syllable  applied  to  them, 
by  counting  the  degrees. 

Note.— Herein  consists  the  difficulty   of  reading  music  the 
way.     To  become  perfectly  familiar  with  all  the  keys, 
read  ai  sight,  isequal  in  mental  labor  to  the  toil  of  ac- 
quiring a  gocd  knowledge  oi  the  Latin  lauguage.     Hence  it 


isanhumhlingfact,that  not  more  than  one  in  fifty  of  all  tho 
common  singers  in  the  United  Slates,  who  have  been  to  school 

a  halt  dozen  or  more  quarters,  anil  have  occupied  a  seat,  it 
may  be,  in  a  choir  as  many  years,  can  read  at  sight  the  most 

simple  music  in  all  keys  '.     Tins  is  positively  true.     T ) 

one  who  may  deny  it,  do  no  more  than  to  open  a  common 
singing  book,  and  let  such  an  individual  prove  the  incorrect- 
ness of  this  statement  by  reading  a  do7.en(!)  tunes,  one  or 
more  in  each  kev.  Discussion  on  this  point  is  useless — tacts 
speak  louder.  Not  to  say  which  is  best,  but  in  this  respect 
the  difference  between  the  two  systems  of  notation  is  very 
great.  .  . 

Tne  new  system,  hv  a  short  direct  rail  road,  brings  the 
learner  at  once  into  the  heart  ol  the  musical  held,  where,  from 
a  gentle  elevation  (vocal  practice)  he  can  overlook  thu  sur- 
rounding beauhes,  and  satiate  his  enraptured  imagination  at 
one  view. 

The  common  notation  jolts  the  weary  traveller  (pupil)  over 
log  bridges,  up  and  down  hills,  bv  a  route  so  much  like  a  laby- 
rinth (learning  to  apply  syllables  to  notes)  that  no  one  (learn- 
er) knows  whence  he  came  or  whither  he  is  going,  except  lor 
bis  guide  (singing  master).  On  Ins  arrival  at  the  musical  held 
he  ii  placed  down  in  one  comer  (natural  key  of  one  ciefl  ). 
Having  surveyed  all  this  key,  walled  in  by  the  peculiar 
application  of  syllables,  affords,  he  is  dependent  on  his  guide 
to  lead  him  on  another  labyrinth  route,  and  at  last  arrives  at 
another  corner  of  the  field  (key  of  G).  Thus  every  succes- 
sive key  costs  the  poor  traveller  (pupil)  a  toilsome  journey. 
Nor  is  it  strange  that  he  should  beat  a  loss,  after  consuming 
much  time  ana  strength,  to  get  a  peep  into  all  the  keys,  to 
remember  what  he  saw  in  the  first  corner  he  visited. 

This  is  positively  and  solemnly  a  true  representation  ot  the 
manner  in  which  music  has  to  the  present  time  been  taught 
and  learned.    Theory  and  practice  multiply  difficulties. 

But  in  the  system  here  presented,  one  key  being  tear I,  the 

whole  secret  is  revealed.    To  learn  music  this  way  is  pi ri 

and  once  learned,  how  can  it  be  forgotten  ?  No  more  could 
the  bystanders  forget  howto  make  an  egg  stand  on  one  end, 
after  seeing  Franklin  do  it  the  first  time.  True,  the  public 
mini  decide  the  question,  and  with  them  we  leave  it. 


Keeping  Time. 


\  Vf.  Singing  and  keeping  correct  time  depend 
on  an  accurate  and  familiar  knowledge  of  the  differ- 
ent kinds  of  notesrhythmically  considered,  and  a  fa- 
miliar acquaintance  with  tho  application  of  syllables 
in  different  keys. 


Questions. 

1.  What  instructions  are  to  be  summed  up  in  the  24th chap- 
ter? How  many  notes  1  What  is  the  form  of  each  ?  What 
of  the  rests  1  2.  How  many  staffs  1  How  are  letters  applied 
to  the  Treble  staff!  How  to  the  Bass  staff?  3.  How  many 
lines  make  a  staff  '  Where  are  the  notes  written  ?  4.  When  is 
(1)  do  on  c  ?  How  are  lines  and  spaces  counted  ?  5.  How  are 
Transpositions  marked  ?  What  called  ?  6.  Where  is  1  (do) 
when  there  is  one  sharp  ?  Two  sharps  ?  Three  and  lour  sharps? 
What  signature  has  F  ?  15b  ?  Eb  1  \b  ?  Db  ?  7.  How 
many  ways  of  applying  the  scale  to  the  staff  ?  What  are 
the  signa'tures  ofl'(do)  on  the  third  space?  On  the  fourth 
line?  On  the  first  line  ?  On  the  first  space?  On  the  second  line? 
On  Ihe  second  space  ?  On  the  middle  line  ?  8.  What  is  neces- 
sary to  read  music  1  What  are  the  lines  and  spaces  called  ? 
9.  How  are  the  notes  called  ascending  from  the  tonic  ?  When 
notes  skip  about  how  must  we  learn  diem  1  What  is  said  in 
article  10  ? 


THE 

(III  PSALMIST, 

DAY    AND  DEAL'S    SIGHT    SINGING    METHOD. 

m^  m*  Wo  nDAia  a«  So 

Editor  of  Day  and  BeaTs  Sight  Singing  Books,  of  the  Joarnal  of  Masic,  Author  of  the  "Vocal  School"  and  van  on*  other  works. 
Entered  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1340.  by  H.  \V.  Day  and  H.  F.  Beal,  in  the  Clerk's  office  of  the  District  Court  of  Massachusetts 

NEW  HUNDRED. 
l-arfir-'yt1-1^^1^^3  j  s-4+3-i^-y  ti-p*  j  s-vfi^s^s^sf^^i-tfi-ft 

1  Come,  O    mv  soul,    in      sa-credlays     At-lempt  thv  great  Cre  -  a  •  tor's  praise:    But,   O,  what  tongue  can  speak  Ins  fame?  What  vene  can  reach  the    lof  -  ty  theme? 

^i-3t«-3t ,-3t3-,-hrt1t1-ft1-Sf6-5t5-t1t1-7t,-2t1-1t7-t,t6-|1  6-«  t  9S  1 .1  11 

2  Enthroned  a  -  mid   the     radiant  spheres.  He    glo  -  ry    rtke     a      gar-meat  wears;    To  form    a     ro(>e    of    lighl   di  -  vine.     Ten    thousand  suns     a- round  him  shine. 
3  In      all    our  Ma-ker's  grand  de-ngns,    Al-might-y  power,  with  wis-doin,  shiues;  His  works, thro' all    tins  wondrous  frame,   De- dare  the    ^]r»  -  ry     of     his   1 

@|  3|4  4  |3  5  I  l_»  |J8_|  S\H   5|5  5|4  4|3  |  5  |  .1  4  |3  5|5  g  |  8  |  1  |  1  I  |  I  1  |  .1    2  :t_  |j. 

4  Raised  on    de  -  vo  -  lion's  lof  -  ly   wiog,    Do  thou,  my  soul,  his    glo  •  ries  sing;      And    let     his  praise  em- plov  thy  tongue   TU1  Uslen-ing  worlds  shall  join  the  song. 

Iguf-M^+e-^g-l-^1  1  3   8  1  »    3-U-g4-l-M-|  l_.^-6-r-[J-64  5-41+4-414-4-1-5-5  I  1-41 

OLD  HUNDRED, 

G  or  A  major.  Martin  Luther. 

1  Be  thou,  0  God,  ex -alt -ed  high. AnH  as    thy  trio    -   ry  fills  the  sky,  So    let     it     be  on  earth  display'd, Till  thou  art  here,  as  there, '    obi 

<Si  3ls  gls-si^-s-hrtsts-'tr:-1  I  lI  ir-l^lr^tr-sto^tslal^-ils-ols-r  tall 

^§_1|3   a[,l_l|.l,  ,y|l|14JL_g|54   3|6   S\S[»\S   S\5    1  ;  1     X  ;  3{3|5    ljy^j  I        7 

Be  thou,  0  God,  ex  -alt-ed  high, And  as    thv     glo  -  ry  fills  the  sky,  So    let     it     be  on  earth  display'd, Till  thou  art  here,  as  there,      obeyed. 

-14J_5  I  6_3  I  6-5  U-4-141-J45— c4-4-l|5456|5-l-l-5-3-r-4-5  I  l-P4J-*l«-84-3^-54-l4l 


34 


PATTEN.  C.  M- 


E.  Major,  H.  W.  Day. 

(gr^t6-^7--^-3^3^^3-^^ 

l\Vhen  faint-ing  in      the  sul- try      waste, And  parched  With  thirst  ex-treme,The  wea-    ry       pil-  grim    longs  to  taste,The  cool  refreshing  stream 

2      So  longs  the  wea- ry, faint- ing   mind,    Op-press-ed  with     sins  and  woes.bome  soul-   re-    viv-ing  spring  tofind, Whence  heavenly  comfort  flows. 
O,    may   I  thirst   for  thee,  my  God,    With    ar  dent,  strong  de  sire;And  still, through  all      this      des    ert  road,  To  taste  thy  grace  aspire- 

4     Then  shall  my  prayer   to  thee   as-cend,    A     grateful'      sac-        ri- fice;  My  mourning  voice    thou    wilt     at-tend,  And  grant  me  full  supplies 

SUNDAY.  C.  M. 

A    Major. 

This       is      the  day  the  Lord  hath  made, He   calls     the  hours  his  own;Let  heaven,  rejoice;    leteartli     be  glad,  Andpraise  surround  the  throne. 


(§4 


&-i-*te— i\ri&s—itxU{} 


3 

4 
5 

i-4- 


To—  day 
Ho— san-na 

-I_|i__lll_44.«l_^4i+l|7- 


\tt^\*u\?>- 


." 


_u_ 


'I  _i L.JL_  J  i_k_ 


"eis^iisj] 


lie  rose  and  left     the  dead. And  Sa  -    tan's  em- pire  felUTo— day   the  saints     his  tri-umph  spread, And  all        his  wonders  tell. 
to  th'    a  -  noint-  ed  Kim'.To  Da-        vid's  ho  ly  Son;Help  us,     O  Lord;     des-cend    and  brins  Sal-va-    tion  from  thylhrone. 

our  sin—  ful  race. 


-7^7- 


-gWW 


Blest  be     the  Lord.who  comes  to  men, With  mes  -  sa  -  ges  of  grace;Who  comes  inGod   the  Fa  -  ther's  name,To  save 

Ho-san  -  na   in  the     highest  strainsThe  church  on  earth  can  raise;Thehigh-est  heavens  in  which  he  reigns. Shall  give   him  nobler  praise 


G>i 


l 

2 
3 
-2 
@2" 


KEYTON.  C,  M. 

Key  of  E  Major.  H.  S.  Merriam. 

Un-sha-ken    as     the     sa-       cred  hill,     And       firm       as  mountains       be,    Firm  as  a  rock  the  soul  shall  rest.  That  leans,        0  Lord, on  thee. 


Not  walls  nor  hills  could  guard  so  well    Old 
Deal  gent-lv. Lord, with  souls     sin-cere. And 

3    3    315- 4|3_5 .1[g'|[*| 


1    1 

1 — i 


tpu 


-  lem's  hap    -   py  ground,    As   those   e-ter-nal  arms  of  love.Thnt     eve-  ry  saiiu  snr-round. 
ad  them  safe-      ly      on,    With-  in  the  gates  of  Par  a-Hise, Where  Chris  ,  theirLord, is  june 


4V- 


3  1 


l«4W- 


DARLEM.  S.  M.  ,  35 

D  Major.  LEV 

<n-3ts — it*"  rt-t.Tl-1-rtir-*-Tt-y7h5tB— utr— st1— »tat,ty— lU~ 5+3  If 

1  The  pi     -   ty    of        tlie  Lord,  To  those  that  fear       his  name,    Is  such       as   ten  -  der  par  -  ents  feel;  He  knows  our  fee  -   hie  frame. 

<8"i  sli "  lla  _7_+*  lila  all — atTrirti — rti~ 5+3—3+51-3+2 — iti   y-  1 1  II" 

2  He  knows  we  are        but    dust,  Scat-ter- ed  with    eve-ry  brenthTIis    an  -  per,  like        a     ris    -   ing  wind, Can  •end   us    swift  to     death. 

3  Our  days     are  as      the   grass.   Or   like  the  morn  -ing  flower; W hen  blast-ing  wmds.sweep  o'er  the  field,  It  wilh  -erg     in       an   hour. 

#-2-5-1-5 3-1-4 »+3— |-3+3-5+J O-l-  7— 1-3-U 4+S 54-5 y-Mis-U — 3-1-4 4-J-3- II 

4  But  thy     corn-pass-  ions, Lord,  To   end-less  years      en-dure;And  child-  ren's  child-  ren   ev  -  er  tind  Thy  words   of  prom  -  lse  sure. 

CALAIS,  S.  M. 

AMajor.  HART 

fri-lfa— 5t-5-3t9-tn3—  11T— rfa-hff1— 3t5-3t2-#-4t51-41-3— l-^g— y-fl-ff 

1  Be-hold     the  Prince  of  Peace,     The  cho- sen   of      the  Lord,    God's  well  be-loved  Son,        ful  tills,The  sure,  pro—   phct-     in    word 

<g-«-3T15-^5t~5-st5-t5l-5— 5t5-«-4t5-t5l3— Slu-^y-  ^"M^tsrst^-^    W 

2  No  roy  -  al    pomp      a-Jorns  This  King  of  righteous-ness,  And  meekness,  patience, truth,    and  love, Compose      his  prince-   ly  dress. 

3  The  Spir  -  it  of    the  Lord,  In     rich        a-  bund-ance  shed,    On  this    great    Prophet  gent    -   Iv  lights, And  rests    up-on  his  head. 

g4_JL|JL__»4_»JL|-7_4 7+1—  H*— "4-7-4 r-i-i — *|8  ,fflg — *\*\*\*     gl4     8I8  II 

4  He   is        the     Li"ht  of    men;His  doc-  trine  life        im-parts;  O,  may       we    feel  its  quicken-ing  powerTo  warm     and  cheer  our  hearts 

@_*_i  ]X_  _J4_T_J4*-4a+i_ 3I2— 2-U-4-54J— <+7-i+8 — 2+*J-r-M— s4  4— 5+1-IJ 

CHARLESTOWN.  S.  M. 

G  or  A  Major.  WOOD 

ri-yj-e—r4-l-2i-81-|ty--lt8— 3t8t4t8-at1^l  e8  Isinff-^'-y+'tt 

1  0      Lord     our      heavenly   King,  Thy  name       is     all      di-vine;     Thy  glories  round  the  earth  are  spread, And  o'er  the    heavens  thev  shine 

<8-2_3t-T[ — 5~f5"5t-3t^if7~~6tS      S+STm1    S\5   51     6   4    I  s>  1 5  I  *J      <{       hra+sft 

2  When   to      thy  works      on  high,      I   raise       my  wonder-ing  eyes, And  see  the  moon, complete  in     light,  A-  dorn  the       even-bag    *ki<-s 

3  Wnen     I  survey     the   stars,  And     all       their  shining  forms, Lord, what  is  man, that  worthless  thing,  A- kin  to  ilust  and  worms 

t-jil    »     «    IL-y-j-JLMI4 'H*~- 1-U4  3 1  *-  -a  I  aJ-l-i-^-i-rM-JJ— |L  '  I :B  *-|  8|| 

4  Lord    what      is      worthless   man,  That  thou  shouldstlovc     him  so'  Next  to  thine  angels      is      he  placed,  And  lord         of         all  be-low. 

5  How  rich  thy  bounties      are,    How  wond-rous    are       thy  wavs,That,from  the  dust, thypowcr  should  frame  A  mon-  u-   ment  of  praise. 

@_»_14„4~S-T-3-«4-    S-M+S 6-1-7 »+345+±-7+l-a^4-2-+5+3+4--6-4+5-5+l II 


3fi  FRAIL.    S.   M. 

Eh   Major  *  H.   W.  DAT 

1     Am!  must  this  bo  -  dy  die?        This  mor-tal  frame  decay?       And  must  these  ac-tive  limbs      of     mine  Lie  moulder-ing  in    the       clay? 

■J  ti. id, inv  Redeem-  er,  lives,         And  of-ten  from  the  skies,  Looks  dawn, and  watches  all         my  dust,  Till    he  shall  bid     it        rise. 

3  Ar-tay-ed    in  glorious  graceShall  these  vile  bodies  shine,    And  eve  -       ry  shape,and  eve  -   ry   face,         Look  heavcn-!y     and     di-     vine. 

4  These  live— ly  hopes  we  owe       To    Je-  sus'dying  lo\e.  We  would     a-dore  his  grace    be-     low,         And  sing      his    pow-er  above. 

5  0  Lord,  ac-cept      the  praise      Of  those  our  humble  songs,  Till  strains    of  nob-ler  sound     we      raise      With  our    im-  mor-  tal     tongues 

G  Major.  BALDWIN.    S.  M.  Words  by  Dr  Baldwin. 

1  The  day     is     past      and  gone,The  e-  ven-ing  shades       ap-pear;     0  may      we        all      re-  mem-ber  wellThe  night  of  death   draws  near. 

2  We  lay      our     gar-  ments  by,     Up-     on   our       beds     to        rest;  So  death  will    soon  disrobe    us  nil     Of  what     we    here         pos-sess. 

3  Lord, keep   us    safe     this  night,   Se-  cure  from      all       our  fears;     May  an-gels  guard  us  while  we   sleep,     Till  morning  light      ap-pears. 

4  And     if     we       ear-    ly  rise  And      view  the      un-wearied  sun. May    we      set      out    to    win  the      prize.And    af-    ter     glo-       ry  run. 

e   %    1|1    1      |J    4      |3|3^|g   3{54/ai|5|3|5   :Oi  1 5   5|4 ^^S^U.^i^d^j.^ 

5  And  when  our  days  are  past, And     we  from   time   re- move,     O    may      we      in      thy  bosom  rest, The  bosom  of    thy     love. 

D  Major.  CHURCH.     S.    M.  C.  H.  FULLER,  Ms. 

1  The  Lord     my  Shepherd  is;        I      shall    be  well  supplied;Since  he   is  mine  and     I     am         his,        What  can   1  want        be-     side. 

2  He   leads  me    to  the  place  Where  heavenlv  pasture  grows, Where  living  waters  gently      pass,         And    full  sal-  va-     tion      flows 

3  If      e're  1       go  a-stray,         He  doth  my  soul    reclaim, And  guides  me  m  his  own  right      way,         For  his  most  ho-     )y  name. 

4  While  he  affords  bis    aid,         I      can-  not  yield  to  fear;Tho'I  should  walk  through  death's  dark  shade. MyShepherd's  with  me      there. 

5  In      sight  of     all  my  foes,     Thou  doest  my  ta-  hie  spread ;My  cup    with  blessings  overflows,  And  joy    exalts  my  head 

g:-2_5-5-J-5i-3-4-3'4-2-— 4  5-L-  5-5-5-5-1-5- ']  5±5'-S-5-S-5-S—\-fc 4.8-J-8--5-5 &- — r-3^—- H- 

6  The    bounties    of     thy  love      Shall  crown  my  future  days;Nor  from  thy  house  will  I   remove,  Nor  cease  to  speak  thy         praise. 

@-2-i^i^i-i-i'i5--+i^-^-J--^^i4i4i-l-^-i-^-i-4-4=---44-r-.'>---5-ji — &-A-1- — H- 


\ 


F  Major 


BALLSTON.  7s  k  (is  37 

te     -     res   -trial  things,Towurds 


1     Rise,  my        soul,  and     stretch  thy   \vings;Thy         bet     -      ter  por-tion      trace;     Rise  from 


2        Riv-ers  to     the  ocean 

3     I     1    1     I     1.1 


1  ' 


t r 

3     Cease,  ve 


o 

run, Nor  stav 

1.1    ±2_ 

i — i»- — 


O 

in 

-i  - 


T 1 1 1 V 1 T ? tT 

pilgrims,      cease  to      mourn  ;Press  on    -    ward 

-3— I— 4-4— I—  3  tt— 1-4 1- 


-i" 


-j- 


I 


44—- 3j2~i-i — |-i~2 — £}--  j  1-i-j- 

all  their  course       I    re,            as    -      cend- ing,seeks    ihe        sun;Both 
2    4     |  3    |  1831  |2Jt-  4 |JJj5 5 j  5_3_j_ 


"VI — — T 

to    the      prize;       Soon     our   Sav-  iour 

5-5-4J-M 


will  re     -     turn,  Tri- 

11  ~  1     1        I  I  ~_     1  S     j.3  ■ 

vH-7-j — 7 1  -r-a y_J  — 


1     r 


►j1— yj^|-Sg-4— j-g    I    ff    f-[-3-gj-g^4-3_a-|-3     I  O.C  I  ^^^—^^3^t-f—f-9-e-ffS-S-S-^- 

heaven,  thy       native      place;     Sun, and  moon,  and   stars,   de-     cay  Timewill  soon  this  earth  re—    move;  Rise  my  soul, and  haste   a— way  To 

speed    them      to  their      source;     So    a  soul  that's  horn        ol      God  Pants  to  view  his  plori  -  ous         face  Up-ward  tends  to  his    a-boHe,  To 

4 8312    2     12     13    SIS    312        5      I 5     1 4.4 1 5.5 1 S        5      15         14    4    4    413    5    5    5  1 

umph-     ant       in    the    skies;        Yet   a     sea-son,  and      you    know    Happy  entrance  will       be      given,  All  our  Borrows  left    he-low,  And 

-^r^^^s^-nM^-iUUH-ri^i  I  ?  JT}  I  s     If44  frHMLg-j; 


rest   in 


seats  prepared   a  -        bove,     To 

his  em    -     brace     To  rest    in      his  em-        brace,     To 

"vrth  exchanged  for        heaven, And     earth  exchanged  for      heaven, And 

1-4—1-^-2-4—1-3—3-3—11 sj— 1 


-7    7 


-4-4-3-3— f— 6-^-4- 

seats  prepared  a  -    bnve.         To 


3-5—5- 


-M-V 


:t  I      1    6-fi-6-+-2-T-443  5  }  6-5  4+3-2 

■el         »■        *        *        *         I         I  *    I    I      |      ,—  ——      I      I  I 

seats  pre-pared  a        bove        To        seats        pre-  pared  a      -     bove. 

rest  in     his  em-    brace,        To        rest         in         his  em-        brace. 

earth  exchanged  for  heaven  And  earth  ex— chanced  lor      hi 


It 


seats  prepared  a—  bove, 
rest  in  his  em-  brace, 
earth  exchanged  for  heaven, 

2    2    11 


5     13    5    5    5 

--* \-v   -  *       '       ' 

To     seals  prepared  a 
To     rest    in    his 


2-4-4 
I 


-4- 


-sM-fJ-  u f-2-t  i 


bnve, 
cm-brace, 
And  earth  exchanged  for  heaven, 

4-4-;  -^-4-m — 4-41-  ?  ^  :i  I   b 


^1 


•J>  2  2  5  15  3  1         "2     J  3    4  3    11 

Toseais  prepared  a  -  bove,To  seals  pnpan  il     a- 
To    rest  in  his  em-braee,  To   rest    in    Ins        em  -  brace. 
And  earth  exchanged  for  henvpn  ,&  earth  excl  anged  for  lieavon. 

'     (■      |-7-f  .75  1 1  I  ?     —4-    I  5-  5  -    -'-rr 


38  VILLAGE.  L  P.  M 

A  or  C  Major.  Lively. 
1        Let    nil  the   earth     their  voic  -    es     raise,  To  sing      the  choicest  psalm      of         praise,       To  sing  and  bless  Je-hovah'     name:   His 


2 

£§S — 


He  fram-cd  the      globe:  he   built  the  sky,  He  made     the  shining  worlds    on      high,         And  reigns  complete  in   glo  -  ry  there:     His 

3     Come, the  great  dav,   the  glorious       hour,  When  earth  shall  feel  his  sav  -   ing  pow  -  er,         And  bar-ba-rous    nations  fear  his  name:  Then 

«» 

glo   -    ry   let       the  heathen    know,         His  wonders      to         the      na  -      tions  show,        And  all  his  saving    works  pro  -    claim. 

beams    are  maj   -     es-         ty     and  light;  His   beau-ties  how     di  -  vine-      ly  bright,  His  temple,  how      di-   vine-  ly    fair. 

shall    the    race         of        men     con  -  less  The      beauiies  of  his  ho   -       li  -  ness,  And     in  his  courts   his  grace    pro   -  claim. 

-^r-f+y-^-l-M-l-r-i-F-l      ■     g4-— -4— 1— — \^44U-UW-4-\-?-U- 

glo   —    ry       Jet     the       heath-en     know,  His    wonders     to     the  na-    tions  show,    And    all  his  saving  works  proclaim, 

beams    are         maj-  es     -   ty     and       light,  His    beauties  how       di-  vine-      ly  bright,    His      temple, how  divinely        fair, 

shall     the      race      of      men     confess  The  beauties  of        his  ho         )i-  ness,   And  in  his  courts  his  grace  proclaim. 

-i-^-54-5-1- I— l-e-4-j-stl  M |e^-4-;i|-sf — af — 1^4— 3^»4-i^4-i4-i-£-3-I14— 5-l-i-U- 

DOWE.  S.  M. 

D   Minor.     ^DoonF.  ,  H.     W.Day. 

{(Ti-a-i-G-a-^j-i^-irl^^ 

1  Be- hold  the      amazing  sight,     The  Sav-iour     lift-     ed       high;     Be- hold    the   son      of  God's  de-  light       Ex-    pire    in      ag-      o-        ny. 

2  For   whom, for  whom, my  heart,  Were  all  these    sor-rows   home?      Why  did  he     feel     that     painful  smart,     And  meet   that   van-    ous  scorn. 

«-«— *-!-*-« — 1-»-»Tr1-«r-f-B-|^« — ?ri-a — *"! — ^-f-*-!"* — *-!"■ — *-|-»-«-|*ar-i— ^1"« — »-|-» — »-1-»7t|- 

3  For      us       he  hung  and  bled,     Eor     us       in       torture        diedj'Twas  love  that  bowed  his  faint-irg  head,      And  oped    his  gush-  ing      side- 
1         [      see,  and     I        a-     dore      In      svm- pa-     lhy    of       love;       I       feel  the  strong  at-  trac-tive  power     To     lift     my   soul         a      bove. 

!@_|^_|JL«L4j_3_3_J_3_jj3_]l3_5_|_5_6_| 7  |  3  j  6     5  |  3     5  |  6    4  |  3  |     fi  |  6     6  |  G 3_|JL|J. 

5       Drawn  by  such   cords    as  these,   Let      all     the  earth  com-    bine  ,With  cheer-ful   ar-    dor;   to      confess        The  en-    er-  gy     di-  vine. 


HOLINESS  BECOMETH  THY  HOUSE. Sentence.  39 

A  or  Bb  Major.  Chappie. 

Ho  -  h  -  ness,     Ho  -  li  -  ness,    Ho  -  li  -  nsss      be-  com-  eth    thy   house,  Ho  -  li  -  ness     be—  com-eth     thy  house,  Ho  -  li  -  ness,     Ho-  li- 

&-i^}^nr-*tl-ni-^tt?~rt«  g  i\itr\v  n1-^]  tts*  i  s  f  t  »-f rt*}**?  t 

®4?  8lgt4g  g  1  g f^-g-f  I  ?f  ? l^-a-g-^-l5  ?\*  ?4^-«-jM-y-4-^-4- (—4- 

Ho  -  li  -  ness,     Ho-li-  ness,     Ho  -  li  -  ness      be- com- eth     thy   house,  .Ho  -  li  -  ness     be- com-eth     thy  house,  Jlo-li-ness 


ness,       Ho  --li- ness      be-com-eth  thy  house,  for  ev-  er  and   ev- er,    for   ev  -  er    A-men,    for  ev- er   and  ev-  er     for     ev-  er     A-men      for 
Ho-li-ness,  Holi  -  ness      be-com-eth  thy  house  for  ev  -  er  and  ev  -  er,  for   ev-er    A-men,    for   ev  -  er  and  ev  -  er     for     ev-er    A-men     for 


^-li[,1t,,-,it,-,t1-lt,tt 

ev-  er     A-men,  for  ev-'er    A-men,  A-men,  A-men. 

to  5  -i\ri\i  g  'i\s  dt I g-^tSit 

©r s  fi8  5i4 s  fi*  *i m i H 


ev-  er    A-men,  for   ev  -  er     A-men,  A-men,  A-men. 

©-4-3-2 j-1-1  44-3-2-T-l-l-l-4-4l4  1 II 


C  Major. 
G>     2~ S7" 


©-l—i= 


Hymn  CHANT. 

1_ytl_ 1_ 


TT"3TSP~ 
-5-3  1-5=— 


-4-5-5-1-1= 1- 


ip       hs~1ta~itiF — It 
4-      hnrt  i~2  f  i- — It 

Iz.      _jJ_i+.5-5-r-5=--tt 
3-l|.l-,h_|t 


--  i   —      —  i    -  ■  -m  —  |    .» —  ■     |    .»        -  |    I 

!     <  From  every  stormy  wind  that  blows,   from  every  swelling  |  tide  of|  woes 
>  There  is  a  culm,  a  sure  retreat ;  'tis  found  be- [fore  the | mercy  | seat . 

2    S  There  13  a  place  where  Jesus  sheds  The  oil  of  gladness  |  on  our  |heads 

(  A  place  of  all  on  earth  most  sweet ;  It  is  the  |  blood-bought  |  mercy- 1  scat. 


40 


THE  LORD'S  PRAYER. 


m     L>    major.  "<- -=^,  i        i   i  j  i         i    i    ■         —     i  t        i  '      l_      ^J. 

(g-i-st  ^-©ts"- atrs^tini-ilTnitlrS-l  a   4  il^ts-nrWt^ets-rt".  sirTin 

Our   father  which  art       in   heaven,  Hal-low-ed    be   thy   name;       Thy  Kingdom  come  Thy     will  be  done     in      earth  as    it      is    in  heaven 

&-*-»!•  *il«    »lT--"t^Tfr-itr-  1  i  at  aAU-lm    i  itirfyTHn^nrfrt 

@_l_54^_^_^5__54-^-|5-5-5^4-4-r-4^3-|-5— 5-54-545— 4-5M-5-±- -4J-M-U54T- 3;-|- 
Our    lather  which  art      in    heaven,  Hal-low-ed   be   thy   name;        Thy  Kingdom  come  'Thy  will  be  done     in       earth  as     it     is  in  heaven. 

j-i-1-J-l-l-l-j-a— *fl— |-4-4-3-j-4-4+l_ 1— 1— ^-gk|-l--]-3 4-S-j-l-l— tl-l-i-t-g^-i-1-4- 


dim 


3  wi 

Give       us    this  day      our  daily  bread, And  forgive   us  our  tress-pass-es as  we  forgive  those  who  tresspass  a-gainst  us, And  lead  us  not  in-to  temp- 

^i-f-IU^t^-^-3tl-3-f3-3i3-3t3-t3t3-^-3tr^--it 


7    '  6-*5 


;- 1  6-  1 6- 


6  L  7-7-7 


-3~4  -skirt . 

Give    us        this  day       our  daily  bread, And  forgive  us  our  tress-pasies  as   we  forgive  those  who  tresspass  a-gainst  us, And  lead  us  not  in- to   temp- 

-l-3-3t?rl>t3-3_|^l-l^ -^^ 


f  cres  ff 

ta-tion    But   de-liv- er   us  from   all  ev-il  For  thine  is  the  kingdom, and  the  power, and  the  glorvFor  thine  is  the  kingdom,and  the  power,andthe  glory 

taction   But  de-liv-  er       us  from  all  ev-il, For  thine  is  the  kingdom;and  the  power,and  the  glory, For  thine  is  the  kingdom.and  the  power,and  theglorv. 


THE  L0R1>S  PRAYER. 

/ 


si 

i 


fur  -  ev  -  er  and    ev  -  cr,  for  -  ev  -  er  add   ev  -  er,    A  -  men,  A  -  men,  A  -  men,  A  -  men,  A  -----  .  men. 


■i-|-rtrar|-i^nr-|-sir^^-i-i-i-t"i-1-i-«-|-arr  y:lnnr|Tl-trT 


X4_t_l_7_|_l_l_«_l_^i_4_l^-3-4--4-l-5-5-|- 6-1-  4-1-3-6-1^-4-1  *-*-l-* 

for    -    ev  -  er  and      ev -er     and         ev-er,     Mid       ev-er  A-       men,  A  -    men        A-     men,     A-   men,         A     - 


-i-M-at-a-1-a  6  y  1  ^-^-^i-^4^^3~!^l-i-l--^t-i4-i-44^jry-i-jt-1-l-i-H- 

JERUSALEM  C.  M. 

E  Mnjor  From  ;«n  Rnglifth  Mannscript  of  1830 

JP-2-8-7-6-|-5t6-H5— 434— |-3t+5-'-6-6-;j-5-|8.-|^-|8-7-6  5154  3-8+8-7-6-5  5-4-3  I  31 

J         I  +  +  \  «•  I  I  |       l_|  I  \+\         +         ***\-\r\  L_  _      I      |    -       |  «•     I     — —  had     I    |       -       ■      I    '  I 

1      Je— ru  -   sa—    lem!  my      glorious  home  !            Name       ev-   er  dear  to     me!  When  shall  my        la-      bors     have      an  end         In 

2  When  shall  these  eves  thy  heaven     built           wall      And    pear- ly  gates  be— hold?  Thy    bul- warks         with       Sal- va-      tion     strong,    Ind 
JP-5-1-1-1-I-I-1— I— 3— 2  12—  |-3t+3    r--l-i-4-a-|S-.-l«-|» 4  3132  1-3+2-  -I  313 .2  1  I  1  -| 

3  0,  when,  thou     ci-ty  of        my  God,  Shall      1     thy  courts  ascend,  Where  con-     gre    -     pa  -  lions  ne'r       break        up.     And 

4  There  happier      bowers      than    Eden's  bloom, Nor     sin  nor  sorrow   know:  lilest  seals !  through  rude      and  6torm    -     y      scenes      I 

_!_M-*-I-?4-I^tM |4H£-l-S~5-?--i--IHH— - 1— 1— — I — 

5  \\  hy  should  1   shrink  at        pain  and  woe?     Or      feel    at  death  dismay]     I  ve      Ca-  naan's      good-     ly   land  in        view,    And 

6  Je-     ru- sa-       lem,  mv      glo  -  rious  home!     My       smil  still  pants  lor  thee:   Then  shall       mv        la-       bors  have  an         end.Wl 

^-I-M-M-M-i-5-^ l-Wi-l-#-4-£  S-IJ-M-I—  -J— — I— - — 1—4*1 

-Jp -3-3-3-*?— 4— ah — 4-3— t— 2 2 2-2-f  1-3  2H  -1-8 6—1  -SA  3 4— h- 3 2-f-l |j 

jnv.and  peace. and      thee?         In  joy,      and     peace. and     thee,  In  joy,        In  joy,         and      peace,      and  I 

streets  of  shining  gold?         And         sireets  of       shiu-ing     gold.   And  streets,     And  streets  of  shin-  ing  gold. 

-&-1  ■l-l-l-\-*r-*£}~-\-r-t— f-f-l  *-\r\- M  -J-t-V 3-1  ~\—i-\  -* — It 

Sab-baths  have  no        end?      And  Sab  -  baths    have  no       end?      And     Sab-  baths,  And  Sab     -     baths        have       no 

on-ward  press  to         yon,  I  on-  ward      press  to  you,       1  on  1  on      -     ward       press         to 

aJ    5    5    5     15.      5         I     5       5       5    5     [S    5       13    6       4     I     305       «l_5       4     13      j| 

-«S — ■* — V — > — w 1 T 9 1 w w V — w — h I       9. — 1 V r—    ;  ."    ) v 1 T 1 1 —  ■■\\ 

realms  of  endless  day,  And  realms  of  endless    day,     And         realms,      And  realms         of  end- less  day. 

I     thy  joys  shall      see,   When  I  thy      joys  shall   see,  When  1,  When  I  thy  joys      shall 

-#-4-1-1    ?     I     h     l         1     5--5--5-5-r-5-5-4--l-f-4--4--^ 1-4-5— 5     I     *    ■  |[ 


/ 


42  GALEN.  CM. 

D  Major  J-  Maxim,  Ms. 

1   While  Shepherds  watched  their  flocks  bv  night, All  seated  on  the  ground.The  an-?el        of  the  Lord  came  down,  And  glo-ry  shone        a-round. 

«-t-sttarsiti-itr-    -*ti  ttti-it7ri  \?t7:\tPi-\i — i^ts^-^^rrt^-^riT 

2  'Fear   not'  said  he,  for  migh      -    ty  dreadHad  seized  the, r  troubled  mind, 'Glad  tidings  of    great  joy  I  bring.        To    you  and      all      mankind.' 

3  Thus  spake  the  ser-aph,an<l  forthwith  Appeared  a  shining  throngOf  an  -  gels,  prais  -  ing  God, who  thus     Addressed  their  joy-ful  song; — 

©-4-5-|-5-3-r-3-4-(-3"4p3  -o-j-54-5-r-i-5 -f-5-51 -|-5  -4-5-r-5-5 1 6 H-7-  6  1-7— |— S-f-G-  6-|-5—  5-1-5— Hr 

4  'All  Glo-ry    be      to        God  on  high.  And  to  the  earth  be  peace;Good  will  henceforth  from  heaven  to  men,     Be-gin    and      nev- er  cease.' 

g:_rltl_it6_it5 4tlt3t4-3ta-lt^tl-l— j4— 3^-^3-4-1-1-4-^-5— ^-f-l-H- 

MONTEREY.  C  M. 

A  Mnjor  rt  _  JJ  J.  Perking.   Ct   ,-vArr. 

|£-|-5-4-SJ2-l|3-^|lt5|^^ 

1  Still  on  the  Lord  thy  bur-den  roll,  Nor  let       a  care  remain  ;His  mighty  arm  shall  bear  thy  soil,  His  mighty  arm  shall  bear  thy  soul  And  all  thy  griefs  sustain. 

<St3^-M7-M3^5f5t^i-4l3-^ 

The  men  who  on  his  grace  rely, 

«W^IMI^~4WW — -^|i-6l74^l^----W-^-lU^lf4-^--5-^!^I^M?^l3-4 

2  Ne'r  will  theLord  his  aid      deny  To  those    who  trust  his  love,  The  men  who  on     his  grace  relyNor  earth  nor  hell  shall  move. 
^lU4\5-e\£l^\lU\i 5|6-2!54^l 1-45-4  »4-6-f-W|54nMM-|5-5|lU 

FRANKVILLE.  C.  M. 

G  Major.  From  Ohio. 

1  God    is   a     spir  -  it,    just        and  wise  ;  He  sees   our  in -most  mind;  In  vain     to  heaven  we  raise  our  cries,  And  leave  our  hearts     be-hind. 

2  Nothing  but  truth    before       his    throne     W  ith  honor  can     appear;     The  painted       hypocrites     are  known    Whate'er  the  guise  they  wear. 

3  Their  lifted    eves    salute      the  skies,  Their  bending  knees  the  ground;  But  God  ab-hors      the  sac-  rifice      Where  not   the  heart      is  found. 

4  Lord, search  mv  thoughts,  and  try  rav  wavs, And  make  mv  soul  sincere;  Then  shall  I  stand  before    thy    face,    And  find   ac-cep-tance      there. 


MORTALITY.  7s  &  4s. 


F.  Major. 

Slow    v  Solemn. 


M.  Arr. 


43 


g-3-3-»t3-o  j  5^-4^3^-1— 1^^ 


1  When  the  vale  of  deaih     ap-pears,  Faint  and  cold 

2  Up-ward  from  this   dy  -  iug      state  Bid      my  wait    -    ing    soul      aspire  ; 


tliis      mor  -  tal    clay,  Blest      Re-deem-er,    soothe  mv  fears, 

^tjrH-1-i— ffs— i-fi-i-  -t-y-F-t 

O    -    pen  thou    the    crys-tal  gate ; 

^-i,g-gjg-^.8,g  gj  f  f  r     r-^— #4^-  -4    |3      3|g      r|g      515_I|4    4       j  3»_r_|, 


! 


-54-5— *-M— i+<— 3-U-41— J--5-  r-4- 


Dim. 


Cres. 


.;«-<.  i 


Light  me  through  the  gloomy  way  ; 


i 


Break      the  shadows,  Break    the    shadows, 

riumphant,  Then,         tri-umph-ant, 


Then 


To    thy    praise    at-tune  my  Ivre  : 

545_4^S^4  Q_5+5_5_F_|_gp_14.2__2 
_5-54-5—  7--rJ-5-PLM4-4-_l^l_l^-4-5-  5-5-U»— 5- 


tP^_6t5_lt_3.4_2-tl-i,. 

Ush  -er      in  e     -    ter  -  nal    day  ; — 

I  will        join    th'  im-mortal    choir. 


A  or  G   Major. 


Hyde.  Arr. 

in        Im-manuel's  love. 


CRAIS.  78. 

1  High,  in      yonder  realms  o,  light,  Dwell   the  raptured  saints  above,       Far be-yond  our    fee-ble  sight,       Happy 

2  Pilgrims     in  this  vale  of    tears,     Once  they  knew  like  us  below,      Gloomy  doubts,  distressinc  fears,       1  or-tur-inj         pain,  and  heavj   woe. 

3  Hapny     spirits,      ye  are     fled      Where  no  grief  can  entrance  find,  Lulled  to  rest  the    aching  head.     Soothed  the  an-  guish     of  the  mind. 

^g    5  45  |_3  .'?  I  5  5     j  5-     |  1     I       |  «  5  j  5  4  |  3-    15  5     |5  5  |  5  3JS  |  5-    j  «  ."»     I 5c4|3_2]_3r„||. 

4  'Mid  the   chorus     of  the  skies,       "Mid  th' an  -  gelic     lyres  above,  Hark!  their  songs  melodious  rise — Songs  of  praise        to       Jesus' love. 

@-i_i  5-4JUi;5_5-4JM-I-A— 4J-74-A-5-r-r-4-i--1-4ii4-5-5-^--l  4  3I4— 1  4  \-s-s^-\\. 


44  HEAD  OF  THE  CHURCH  TRIUMPHANT. 

Key  of  D  major.  , — * 

I        1   Head  of  the  church  triumphant,  We  joyfully  a-  dore  thee  ;         Till  thou  appear,  thy  members  here  Shall  sing  like  those  in     glory  : 

1  tS-I-ii+f-T-rty.  1  i  "trs:"5k~»~it^:^t~rt-H ~~ i_it^:gz^7 3-1-a^3~4-3-f  2_rt 

S       2       While  in    afiliction's        furnace,  And      passing  thro' the    fire,       Thv  love  we  praise  which  knows  no  days,  And  ever  brings  us  nigher  : 
J      3     Thou  dost  conduct  thy  people  Through  torrents  of    temptation;  Nor  will  we  fear,  while  thou  art  near,  The  fire  of       tri-bu-la-tion. 

I  ^_|_i4.al4_4r-84-a-i-i— r~i-jt-5-i4-s=— 3— 4--3-W4— 3-3-I-2-3-5-1— i-i'— I-e-s-J-t-a— I- 

\       4     Faith  now  beholds  the  glory,  To      which  ihou  wilt  restore      us,  And  earth  despise, for  that  high  prize, Which  thou  hast  set  be-fore  us. 


\ 


We  lift  our  hearts  and  voices  With  blest  an-ti-  ci  -  pa  -     ti-on,  And  cry  aloud     and  give  to  God  The  praise  of  oar  sal  -  -  va  -  tion. 

-ij^i^^-3^ti^~^rtta^-g-a^a^-t~3tiv4~»-gt^g^~st4-^~r  _0Jg„     _g.  ft 

We  clasp  our  hands  exulting     In  thine   al-  migh  -  ty        favor  :  The  love  divine  which  made  us  thine.  Can  keep  us  thine  for  e  -  ver. 

The  world,  with  sin  and  Satan,  In  vain  our  march  op-po-ses  ;  By  thee  we  will  break  through  them  all,  And  sing  the  song  of  Moses. 

-     1 -J -|— -|— 1— 5-r-G  --C-5-5 1-5^4-5— *  -r-r-li-5-44-3' -SS--3-JI- 


And     if  thou  count  us  worthy,  We  each,  as  dy-ing      Stephen,            Shall  see  thee  stand  at  God's  right  hand.To  take  us  up   to     hea    -    ven. 
—J [— 1 1- -I— 14-4^4-1-54-^-2-5-14-1-1-1-4-4-5 1— II- 


CECIL.  8s  &7s. 

G  or  A  Major.  Ii.  D.   Cowles,  Ohio. 

1  Cease  ye     mourners,   cease  to  languishO'er  the  grave  of  those  you  love;Pain, and  death, and  night  and  anguish, Enter  not     the  world  above. 

(g-i~3"^4l"3^~^tS^54Tr^t5~3ts~5ts^4t5t7^f1r1^l3_S— "  Ys~S\nS^     6  i.TSlstt 

2   While  our  silent  steps  are  straying,  Lonely.throush  night's  deepening  shade,  Glory's  brightest  beams  are  plaving  Round  the  happy  Christian's  head. 

3  Light    and    peace    at  once      deriving  From  the  hand  ofGod  most  high, In  his  glorious  presence     living,  Thev  shall  ne-  ver,  never  die. 

j-1  V*.  fj L[JL.g4.1-JLl_y-l  1 3  3  |  3  »4^j  g  S\S  5  3|3   1      1 1  ^s^ai^cf  |3a^34|. 

4  Endless         plea-sure,  pain  excluding,  Sickness,  there,  no  morecan  come;There.no  fear  of  woe,  in-  truding,  Sheds  o'er  heaven   a     moments  gloom. 
S-l-1-1.^4-1 l4-3-54-L143-14-7-.>4-i-^r-3+5-5ll-l-!7-I--|-5-54-l-l|-l--4 U^ll4l 


HOPE  IN  DEATH   A  Dirge. 


Eb  major. 


Hartley. 


45 


£-»-3-3j-3-g-f4-3j-8-lj-3b3-f-a— -J-fciS— 3-j-S  -g-|-4-3-|-6-g-j-g#4-|-«— f-3— 3-j-3-g-j  4-3-)  -8-1-j- 

1     Underneath  the  sod  low     Wing,  Dark  and  drear,  Sleepelli  one  who  left  in    (lying,  Sorrow  here,         Yes,  thev're  ever  brooding  o'er  thee, 


4 


1t7~1t 


8  5  5|g  g|5  g|g_g|5  g|  g-  |  5  5  1 5  S\5   g|4  g|7  6  |  7   |  ">  .1  |  .1  g |  g  _g_|_g_g|. 


2  When  the  summer  moon  is  shining,  Soft  and  fair,     Friends  she  lov'd  in  tears  are  twining  Chaplets  there.         Rest  in  peace  thou  gentle    spirit, 

3 


.    2 

i.-2- 


J^L|JJ4jr_JL|AJ^a-14^fc-4-JLJL4JLJ^T 


^-Sb3^-2z^3-3-^3-gf4-3^-9— 1-|  1-yj  1    [] 
Eyes  that  weep;  Forms  that  to   the  cold  grave  bore  thee,  Vigils  keep. 

(g-Tr1-MF|-i-iti-»t2-1-hr^1ts-si  g  II 
@  gg|    g-|  g    g|g  g|g  g4_gJ3|3  a | 3 \\ 


Throned  above  ;  Souls  like  thine  with  God  in-  her-it      Life  and  love. 

b-g-^-l-gz-l-1   '1*  H  T-H-g-o-U-o-M-^ 


WINCHESTER.  7s  &  ft. 

C  mnjor.  J-  Marim,   Ms. 

1     Soldiers    of  the  cross,  arise!  Lo!  your  leader  irom  the  skies,  Waves  before  you 

&-l-}-l-n\£-i-5\tti-iiti-i!i\.±  g-g-st 

2  Jesus  conquered  when  he  felt,  Met  and  vanquished  earth  and  hell;  Now  lie  leads  you 

;-l-^«-«-5l3-i-5|«4-MI?-7  l\r  7  7  ft 

3  Onward,  (hen,  ye  hosts  of  God  !  Jesus  points  (he  victor's  rod— Follow  where  your 

^_t_i4-?-g|3-i-g|W-M|g-g-i4-g-g-«-il 


glory's  prize,  The  prize  of   victory      Seize  your  armor-gird  it  on;  Now  the' battle  will  be  won;  See!  the  strife  will  soon  be  done.Then  struggle  manfully. 

&  5*4  g  gti-g  4  Air l^rrs-slo-i -3tg-i-:i-.-i| ri-g-ghi-g- ^Isjng-s-sl  i  <> i g^la  II 

on,  loswellThe  triumphs  ol  his  cross  Though  all  (he  eanh  and  hell  apprar.Whow.il  doubt  and  who  can  fear?  "Cod  our  strength  and  shield"  is  near;  Wei  annol  lose  our  cause. 

m  8  f  y-y^I  I  y4Jb|i..|_jL4t^T-yU-M-?l-M-'|g-g  g  ils-g-g  .-»!*••■  I  :I-2I  Ml 

Leaderlrod;  You  soou  shall  see  his  face.     Soon,  your   enemies    all  slain,  Crowns  of  glory  you  shall  gain;  Rise  to  join  that  glorious  train.  Who  shout  thnr  Savior's  praise. 

l^iHi-g-g+A^4^4-i444-W^ 


46  SHOUT  THE  GLAD  TIDINGS.    P.  M. 

Key  of  G  major. 

Shout  the  glad  tidings,  ex-ult-ing  -  ly  sing,  Je     -    ru-sa-lem  triumphs,  Mes-si  -  ah     is  King.  Zi-on!   the  mar-vel-lous      sto-ry       be     tel-ling, 

Shout  the  glad  tidings,   ex-ult-ing  -  ly  sing,  Je    -    ru-  sa-lem  triumphs,  Mes-si  -  ah  is  King.  Tell  how  he  com-eth;  from     na-tion     to       na-tion, 
p*    3  .3354    313.  .1    rt    .11  ."»    I    .1.  3    .1    5     5    5  10    5    4  3^1  1.  1     1     1      8     II  2.  2     2     9  21 

Shout  the  glad  tidings,  ex-ult-ing  -  ly  sing,  Je    -     ru-  sa-lem  triumphs,  Mes-si  -  ah    is  King.  Mortals,  your  homage  be  grate-ful  -  ly      bringing 

©2-^|-^-^-^-*-|-5-5-5-54--7-|-1,^-r--T-r—*-l  4 -5-5-1^1-1-1-4— 4-4-|-2^-2— 2— 5-54- 

1*1  i  iii  iviiii  piii 

D.C. 

&~Tfc  1 4-4-2-3-1-3  [  2-2-2-2 15 1  5tG-3-5-4-2-3  I  4t5-2-4-3+  1  -2 1  03-3-3-3-2- 1  \  2-2-2  2^lf 

U>     "li        '         I        i         I         ill         *      I  II    I    i      w      i        I        i  _    I        *■  i  1     _    I  *      i        I        i        i    li        ii  || 

The  Son  of   the  Highest,  how  lowlv  his  birth!  The  brightest  archangel       in     glo-ry     excell-ing,      He  stoops  to     redeem  thee,  he  reigns  upon  earth. 

The  heart-cheering  news  let  the  earth  echo  round;  How  free  to  the  faithful  he      offers    sal-vation;       How  his  people  with  joy  ev'r-last-ing  are  crowned. 

m    514    6    5    5    3    515    6*4    51  i 51  S.Jt    6    «    6    2     12.2    5    5    oil      1*4.  4    4    4    4    415    5  5  5  p|l 

<s — ttt      t — i — t — t rrn — i — t rT~|— r— er — t — t — t — i It — w — t 1 — rri hi — s> — 1 — t — t — ttt 1 — t r-fi- 

And  sweet  let  the  gladsome  ho-san -na      arise;  Ye    angels  the  full  hal  -  le  -   lu-jah  be   singing,  One     chorus  resound  thro' the  earth  and  the  skies. 

ELBONA.      C.  P.  M. 

Key  of  Bb  major.  Moderate  &  firm. 

^-itM-^o-o-n^t3^-1^-1^2^^ 

1  When     1    can  trust  my    aJ !  With  God.  In     trial  s      fearful        hour,      A    joy  springs  up    a-  mid         distress,     A   fountain    in       the     wil  -  der  -  ness. 
Bow,  all  resigned,  beneath  his    rod.  And  bless  his  sparing  power, 

2  O,     to     be  brought  to  Jesus'   feet,    Tlio'   trials      fix    me     there,     Tho'  sighs  and  tears  its      language    be,    The  Lord  is    nigh     to        answer     me. 
Is     still    a       privilege  most  sweet,  For  he  will  hear  mv    prayer; 

§|_14i_i_i_i_i-g4J--4r^  1  2  ^^y4JjLjLJML-M*l*;  1  f   }    m    I    *    4l3ll 

3  O,   blessed    be  the  hand  that  gave,  Still  blessed  when  it     takes;      Perfect    and  true  are     all     his  ways,  Whom  heaven  adores  and  death  obeys 
Blessed  be    he  who  smites  to  save.  Who  heals  the  heart  he  breaks: 


POUTER.    7s. 

Key  of  G  mnjor 
1   Christ,      the     Lord,   is      risen  lo  -  day,    Sons  of       men  and         angels 


W.  D. 


47 


2  Love's        re -deem-ing  work 

3  Vain        the     stone,  ihe  watch, 

©Ul_l »       !■       111— 


J  |  a  :*  -4  «  -j .» — s  i  -2  3— 4-ft-j  .■»    |- 

av:      Raise        vour     songs  of         tn  -    umph       high; 


is      done,  Fought  tiie  tight,     the  hat-lie     won;       Lo!  our      .Sun's    e  -  clipse 

the     seal;  Christ  hath  burst      the         gates    of      hell;    Death         in 


4  Lives 
#-2-    ' 


ML^y  |3     S\5         6    _j5  _£4j_3  | 


a  l 


vain     lor 


a     -  gain  our  glo     -     riousKing;  Where,  0  Death,      is  now  thy      sting?   Once 


I- 


5  Soar        w 


,.i     —  g<iui    uui    giu      —     nuuaaviii«i    v*  nere,  l/  utiawi,       is  now  inv       sung'    unce  lie  i 

i_4i_34-4 — »_u.4.i_*4i — 4__4^_5_4,4 — . 1. 

we       now  where  Christ      hath    led,  Following    our  ex     -    alt  -  ed  Head:    Made       like       1 


bids 


is  o  er, 

his         rise; 


died    our        souls 
him,    like        him 


I 


Bavi  , 


I 


Sing,       ye  heav'ns,  and,  earth,     re  -  pi  v. 


<§-£4-r4 


Lo!  he      sets        in     blood        no    more.  Lo!     our  Sun's  eclipse 

Christ     hath       o  -  pened   Par    -    a  -  dise.  Death  in    vain      forbids 

i*  *\y  jj4s=-\9  n_*- 144. 

Where      thy       vie  -  t'ry,     boast   -    ing       Grave'     Once     he  died    our  souls 

@-^O—5-04-7 1-4-7-6— .1^4-1-5- — P- J|  *      l  |  4— 

Ours        the      cross,   the      grave,       the      skies.         Made  like  him,  like  him 


-tI---3f5-3t--2-4-2-|^yt3-51^4-3:-21-l— 7irtt 

Raise  your  songs  of        tri     -    umph     high;   Sing,  ye  heav'ns,       and,    earth,     re  -  nlv 


IS 

his 
1 


o'er;        Lo!     he       sets  in         blood       no  more. 

hm';       Christ   hath     o    -    pened        Par-    a-  dise. 


3  21.1    «i.| 


£i 


to  save;     Where  thy  vie 

we  rise.       Ours  tbo  cross, 


5    1 1 «...  airsjj 

t  rv,       boasting  ( . 

ijiU— si1  II 

the    gravi      thi 


Key  of  D  major. 


ROOM.    6's  7's  &  8. 
(glntfr, at  u*  i  Is-  la  la  a   4-5  I  j— shri^-*-^— i~ at^-hrt^— 4~ jr-sti— lit 

1  Hark!  hark!  a    shout    of  joy!      1  he  world,  the  world,  is    calling;     In  east    and    west,    in    north  and  south,     See      Satan's     k dom     fal    us 

frg-rti-  *  ■i.fc.fj-htyTi    a   ala   ilati-  Ui^.  Uy.  I  i  H    i-r^jr  "ill 

2  Wake!  wake!  the  church  of  God,  And  dis  -si-  pate  thy  slumbers;  Shake  off  thy  dead-  ly      ap  -  a  -  ihy,       And   marshal       ill     thy    nun 

r-   a  -g-j-Sv- 5— «-«-J-«--|-*-|-5t-5— 5— SfS— 5-J0-J-8— 8— 8— &—5—&f5z-\-8-f8—fh-5—4  j  :*     34] 

3  Trust,  trust  the    faithful    God;     His  promise      is      un  -  fail- ing;  The  prayer  of  faith   can  pierce  the  skies;      [ts  breath    is      all      ore-vail  -  in ■■ 
@i-ltl-7-!-»-t*   I  1   f57-jjr-^-itl_l+l1-«_5-4-3-a      lt3r  |  -3    |  3-4-*  -^  |  I      A 

J  Look!  look!  iho  fields   are  white;    Ud  slay  thy  hand    no    Ion  -  ger;  Tho' Sa  migl  I  fight,     The   arm     of    God     is   site,,. 


48  FOUNTAIN.    8's. 

Eb  major.  M. 

|&4^+5-3l--i4-5-o-7;»45+5-3-o4-5-4-3,W 

1   O  thou  whose  compassionate   care  Forbids  my  fond  heart  to  complain,  Now  graciously  teach  me    to  hear  The  weight  of    afflic  -  tion  and  pain. 

^-3t3-l-3t3-4-4t3,t3t3-l-ltl-^-Itrj3t3-l-2t3-4-4t3,t3t4-4-a1-2--4--4t3.lt 

2  Tho'  cheerless  my  days  seem  to  flow,  Tho'  weary  and  wakeful  my  nights,  What  comfort  it  gives  me    in  know  'Tis  the  hand    of  a  Father  that  smites! 
3  A     tender      physi-cian    thou    art,  Who  woundest  in  order      to    heal,  And  comfort  divine    dost   impau     To     soften       the    anguish     we  feel. 

4  0,     let  this    correction     be  blest.  And  answer   thy  gracious  design;  Then  grant  that  my  soul  may  find  rest  In   comforts     so   healing      as  thine. 

■tern*  H\l  t  W-HH1  ^44^^4^4W-MM^L4-^t4g|4  a  »|g  ^4x4 

BEHOLD  THE  LAMB  OF  GOD! 

F  or  G  mnjor.  ,        ,        ,       , 

P-f-ltl-f^^3t3^^-3+5--5— 1-3+3-F-4+3--5— 6-t4+5-f-5+5-3-F-6+6— S-F-1+4-H&-6+ 

0>    *        J      I    I  ill  I       I    I  I  I  I       I  I       I    I  I  III  I       I    I  I  ill  I  I    I    «     M  I      I 

Behold!  behold!  behold  the  Lamb  of  God,         behold  the  LambofGod,      who   taketh  who   taketh  a    -  way        the 

Behold!  behold!  behold    the  Lamb  of  God,        behold  the  Lamb  of  God,     who   taketh  who  taketh  a  -  way  the 


> 


&— 5-4^&\- 1 4  3-1-5-5-5-5-413-3-4— 5-44-4— 3-3-1-3-a-P— I-sTTi— 1  -|-2-3— 4-3-  -r-3-5-1 S-f- 

sins  of  the  world,  who  taketh      away    who    taketh      away      the  sins     of    the  world.  Hal      -      le    -  lu     -    jah.  Hal       -       ]e- 

e:     3    5.413.1.113    3    3    3    «I5    5    5    5    515     5.5 1  gT -     14.355     3  145     5      I  ~5.      '         5 1 

© t sH — 4-t—t-t — w—f* — t t — i— i — w~ w — i  — i  -I— 1 srl r — hr-?-^ — r  i'T^J ' r'' 

sins  of  the  world,  who  taketh     away    who  taketh      away      the  sins     of  the  world.  Hal      -      le   -  lu     -    jah.  Hal      -    le  - 

-5-5-5! « 4 f +^-4-4-444-3-1-4-?  I8   }  Hfr-M* 5+5 — 7— l-HMM ** 


BEHOLD  THE  LAMB  OF  GOD! Continued.  49 

lu     -    jah.    Hal    -    le  Ju     -     jaii.       Behold!  behold.  the  Lamb  of  God,  whota-keth      away  the 

the  Lamb  of  God,  who  ta  -  keth      away  the 


Jg- -.5- 1  fjfjS   gjg-      \S.      l_g__jJjL^_3[4, 

lu     -    jah.    Hal    -    le      -      lu     -     jah.       Behold!  behold! 


r-<- 


JULY.    C.  M 


I>  major. 


Hart.   Arr. 


g-e-4-s-iti-f 


tJiT«t 


&4-3-4T- 


II 


sins       of    the  world,    who  taketh  away         the  sins  of    the  world. 


^?— — ■ —     T T+     ~ 


+pLi-4J*4 


sins       of   the   world,       who  taketh  away      the  sins   of    the  world. 

*4— *41&-4±±-i*-H±—*U-a-~3  k  U 


&1-g-g  S  g  ilsanrcrdUU  7  fir  s  1 1 

1   Come  let  us  join    our  cheer  -  fuT  songs  With  angels'  round     ihe 

<B1~  llli  ^liy_i-.y.t^  t-  -i  ~i  waif 

•J   •■  Worthy  the  Lamb  that  died,"  they  cry  "To   be    ex  -  ah  -  ed 
3  Jesus      is     worthy      to         receive      Hono-     and  pow'r      di  - 

#4-3   :S-4-3-5-|-3 5 — d\flf    ff-g — si  I 

I   Let  all  that  dwell  above  the   skv    And  air,  and  earth,   iwl 

c-  *  i-i-i-i-ii-fi>'5— s l— it \  i-i  4-2-1  .5—;? ! 

5  Ihe  whole    creation         join        in      one  I o  bless  the      su 


(g-*-t^f- 


-«t,1-f-?*-fltfTnr 


M- 


\t\  « 


-2—2- 


*t 


throne;  Ten  thou  -  sand    thousand     are  their     tongues.  Ten  thousand  thousand      are       their  tongues,  But  all    their  joys  are   one. 


&-^TWq  i  *Ml4_5    6J    if  \&\  t~t-ir-tt\2  aj  .jrttti  i  I  a  I  ?r-^ 

re      -      ply,  "Worthy  the  Lamb,'.' our  ltpa         re    -    ply,   "For  he    was  slain  for   us." 
*an  give,  And  blessings,  more  than    w«       can      give,     Be,  Lord,  for  -  ev  -  er 


thus:"  "Worthy      the  Lamb,"  our  lius 
vine;   And     blessings,    more  than       we 


JL— 5  r-0-7 iJ-« «-tf-|  7  I  ? 7—?  —  g  r  ^g— a-1— g'    I  3  I  F      6      g-  .1  [-g-      P 

seas,    con     spTre       to      lift   thy      glo      -     ries         high,  ('(inspire    to     lift      thy      glo    -  nes      high,    And  speak  thy  endless  jir,. 


<5— g  -| 


ll.l      2 

;-  I  *-r r- 


©— st-4- 


| S+a-g-^Jig-a-i-g^i U-2-g   -ili- 


name     of      Him      who    sits    up  -   on 


the      throne,  Of  Him  who   sits      up 


X3 


II 


the      throne.  And  to      a-dorc   the  Lamb 


50 


SHAW.    U'ft 


Kpv  «»r  A   imior  Hartley. 


3  In   the  midst  of  afflic-tion,  my  table  is  spread;  With  blessings  unmeasured  mv  cup  runneth  o'er;  With  oil  and  perfume  thou  anoint   -  est  my  head; 

CANADA.    L.  M. 

Eb  major. 

(8^xf-^,1-^^-4-?t1-11^t1ii/|(8-4-5|5--4l3-5U-3^i^lr5— ol^-als^-sli-F-^ 

"stores    me  when  wandering,  redeems  when  oppressed.  I       i  \\hen  Hod     is  nigh,  mv  faith  is  sirong;  His    arm  is     mv      al    -    migh    -    ty  prop- 

Vo      h^n  can    befall        with  my   Comforter  near.     <    *  ^£+ JtSfcJL^J^Z^  *£%L     tZ^'h       Zw^T 

413^4 


can     ueian  »'"•  "'3     """"'""'    """*•       \  :i   Mv  hVsh  shall  thy  first  call    'obey.    Shakeoff         the  dmt,      andrise 

O,       what      shill  I     ask  of   thy    providence  more?       f     -i  There  streams  of    endless  pleasure  flow,  And     fulj 


T 


discov  -  er  -  ies         of         thy  grace. 


#_1_tl_|l_n3-4_f>_4t5-5-.lt  1^  V |g4_1 18  4Ji6_lJ3_l13;5|J^3_4|3_a4[i__^_^ll_f4 


i     i     i  i_j  U  i— j 

Be  glad,  my  heart:  re-joice,  my  tongue;   My       dy    -    ing   flesh   shall  rest  in     hope,   My       dy    -   ing     flesh  shall  rest  in  hope. 

the   grave,    Nor    lose       thy   chil    -    dren  in     the  grave. 
the     sky,  To  von     -    der  throna       above    the    sky. 

-4-4fl« 4}3 S\fS:  g4|,g || 


My  soul  for  -  ev  -  ei    with     the  dead,  Nor      lose        thy    chil  -  dren  in 

Then  shalt  thou  lead  the  wondrous  way   To        von  -    der  throne     a     -      bove 
I        I       f 


Eg   3   »  ?|4^|g_6jX^t 


i     i     i  i        I,  i  i     ■  ■   ■         —         i        —      i  ■        -pi  ..  ....      ~_  ,  — . 

Which  we  but  msted   here       be-low.  Spread    hea  -  ven  -  ly      jovs       through     all  the  place,  Spread  heav  -  enly     joys  through  all     the  place. 
t       t      f  .  <~±         _ .  j*n. 


,  i4^n*-n*—ti*i 


4 


.|— 4-fll 4|3^__3)4^_«i__|Jl4]. 


ALV1N.    S's  &  6. 


Key  of  F  major. 

g-%~  1  -j- 1  -3-3  - 1  +g-0-g  j-  3 1 3— 3— 3- 

1   My  God,   my     Father,   while    I    stray   Par  from  my  home, 
2  Though  dark  mv  path,  and  sad     mv     lot.  Let    me     be      still, 

3  What  though  m      lonely     grief    1     sign  Kor friends   beloved 
4  If    ihou  shouldsl  call  me  to       resign     What  most  I      prize, 

^  3    3  |  3    4    5    3  |  3    4    3  |  g  |  5    g_g_ 

0  Should      pining      sickness  waste  a  -  waj     "My     life      in         pre 
6  Re     new  my    will  from  day   to    day.  Blend  it      with   thine, 

^_I_i4.i_i_i_i44_i_iii4.i_i_i_ 


—1+3—3— 


1+2- 

n   life's 


and 


rough 
murmur 


no     Ion  - 
— it    ne'er 

•  mature 
and  take 


3—1  — 


l+2+3--fi— 6— 3|2-*4— .VJ6+7— 8— 3— 2 

way,    O,  leacli    me    from     my  heart     lo     say,  "Thy  will,    my    God, 
not,  And  breathe  the  prayer    di  -  vine  •  ly  taught,  "Thy  wjll,    my    God, 

-a \r\  »    M"1 "7— i-Tt.1.^ 

nigii;  Sub-mis  -  sive    still   would   1  re  -  ply,  "Thy  will 

mine, — I       on    -  Iv     yield     thee  what     is     thine;  "Trn  will 

_»l  «!«_*_ '-I  .  «|9_9_*|4|«_ 

ray.     In     life        or    death   leach  me        lo     say,  "Thy  will, 
way  Whale'er     now  makes    it   hard        m    sav,"'lln  will, 

-'4  s\}    }    6    *1?   ?   g^  r 


51 


be  do 
be  done. 


ft1  it 


mv      God,     l>c  done. 
my     God,     be  dour'' 

g     g     4|3J| 

mv     God,    he 

my    God,     be  done 

h-s-^\t  II- 


I)  major. 


-3+3-3+1-ftI^ 

iVhen  thev  join  to  sing      ol    him- 
beheld      the  world      undone,  Loved  tin?  world — and  gave  his  Son. 


AUSTIN.    7's. 
friTHlrtrtlfl.ilfri1  JU.ilf)  ala-li    i\l  .alJPa   ila-l1 

1  Sweet  the  time — exceed  -  ins  sweet!  When  the  saints  to-geth  -  er  meet,  When  the    Savior         is       the  theme,"  I 

2  Smowethen    e  -  ter    -    nal  love,   Such  as  did    the      Fa  -  ther  move:  He      beheld       the  world      undone,   Lo 

81    1    ill    t\*       g|gi»   3|i    T^J     i[7Jl     {U     i[±J    3|fl8-g|g     ill     3|»-|| 

3  Sing  the  Son's  a-  ma    -  zing  lore;   How  he  left   the  realms     above,       Took  our  nature,      and      our  place,  Lived  and  died    to  save    our  race. 

4  Sing  we  too    the  Spir  -  it's  love;  With  our  wretched  hearts  he  strove,  Filled  our  minds  with  grief  and  fear,  Brought  the  precious  Savior  near. 

6-J-g-  .-»!.•»•  II 

md  MMLj    ol    him. 

*f*-5tHl 


©4-1-4 |3_14-7-rl-?+-,45-.'5+4-5  IS 54-g-l  3-^5+1-g+g g  U4  l      7  I 

5  Sweet  the  place — exceed-ing  sweet,  Where  the  saints  in  glo  -  ry  men;  Where  the  Savior 's  still       the  theme,  Where  they  see  and  sing    of   him 


|@-3-1-,ti-,t5_  ^+1^1-3+6-^-2-3-1+3^-1-1+1-1+5 3+1.  fl-g^ 

ALBAM1S.     S's,  6  &  4. 

Key  of  F  major.  Wood. 

-IfSr-S-^fr-^fl^a-S-*— ^tgrj^t«-7-8-^4-3-^|^lr«-3-^-|-3rtt 

1   Our  blest   Redeem  -  er,     ere  he  breathed  His    tender,      last        farewell,    A  Guide,  a        Comforter   bequeathed  With      us  to  dwell. 

2  He  came  sweet  influence    to       impart,      A   gracious,    will    -  ing  guest,  While  he  can    find    one    humble  heart  Where  -  in  lo   rest. 

^4J4ni^_8-JM.7,-4-y|i|iTl   7+^4 

3  He  breathes  that     gen -tie     voice    we   beer,    Soil    a*       the    breeze         of    even,    Thai  checks  each  fault,  that  calms  each    fear,  And      speaks         of  heaven. 
4    And    eve  -   rv         vir  -  lue        we        possess.      And  eve    -  ry  vie    -    tory  won      And     ev  -  ery   thought    of      ho    -    li  -  ness.  Are  hi*  alone. 

^f_8|g     g     4     6     g     4  IJ^q  g     g     46     g|343 1 4     g     g     g|g     g     - 1  - 1  «IT«_g|  S    || 

5  Spirit       of      pu  -  ri  -  tV    and  grace.  Our  weakness,     pilv  -  ing,  see;     O,  make  our  hearts  thy  dwelling-place.  And       wor  -  thier  thee. 

l^3--14^3-4-i--5-^^4^+4-^-^---^+r,-  |  3  \  4_^_J_^4-«_1-__5j-3+6-tg--54-I--4 


g4_i44_4-?--TML-V4J--4»+i-i-i- 


52  FULLER.    H.  M. 

1  Rise,  Sun     of        glory,  rise,  And  chase  the  shades  of  night,  0,  chase  those   dismal  shades   away,     And  bring  the  bright,    millennial     day! 
Which  now    obscure  the'skies.  And  hide  thy     sacred   light.  ,  ,  ■ „ 

2  Now  send  thy       Spirit  down  On    all     the     nations,  Lord,  That  heathen  lands  may  own  thy  sway,  And  cast  their     i  -  dol  Cds     away. 
With  great  success     to  crown  The  preaching  of  thy  word; 

i_t_74»   *-X*WN4L-iLJMM-T-i^ 

3  Then  shall  thy   kingdom  come  Among  our       fallen    race,      Whence  pure  devo- tion  shall   ascend,    And  songs  of  praise,  till  time  shall  end. 

And  all     the   earth  become  The  temple      of  thy  grace;  ,,«.,.,,,         ,         i         i  i  in 

PROTECTION,*  8's  7's. 

_         .  M.    Conant. 

1  God   is  love;  his     mer  -  cy  brightens      All   the  path  in  which  we  rove;      Bliss  he  wakes,  and  woe  he  lightens;      God  is  wisdom,  God  is  love. 

,i~r  i  dill- — rfn — h3^ti-"5tg-_5tsJ-t^»~^^fT«-;it4_s"^|3^-s-5t5--i|s=1t 

I  ■->  Chance  and  change  are  bu-  sy     e-ver,         Man  decays,  and   a- ges  move;      But  his    mercy       wa  -  neth  never;       God  is  wisdom,  God  is  love. 
"  3  E'en  the  hour  That  dark -est   seemeth    Will  his  changeless  goodness  prove;  From  the  gloom  his  brightness  streameth;  God  is  wisdom,  God  is  love. 

@-3-3T-3-3-3+4^-4f4-3^-f5-5-f4--S-|- 8-7+8— j-8r-8-8-8-f-8— 8-J-8-8— |87-8-8-7|8ra|«rfl- 

24  He  with  earth'lv    cares     entwineth  Hope  and  comfort  from  above:  Every  where  his  glo    -   ry  shineth;      God  is  wisdom,  God  is  love. 

^^  *  Sing  Base  an  octave  loner. 


< 


Key  of  E  major 


HEBER.    6  &  4's. 

H.  W.  Day. 


S 

\'.v  Mim  who  Dowru      iu    mivc    i  ik  uooui-wuf.     .—        " -    -  — 

I   i   i   While  tremblinto'er  the  grave,  We  call  on  thee  to  save,  Father  divine:    Hear,hear  our  suppliant  breaih.Keep  us  in  life  and  death/Thine,  only  thine 


LEEDS.    5's  &  (Ts,  53 

F  major.  W.  W.     Purtriil^c. 

1   Yeservants    of  God,  Your  Master  proclaim.  And  publish       abroad    His  wonderful  Name;  Tin;  name  all     vic-to-rious    of    Je  -  sus         extol; 
2  God  rulelh       on  high.     Almighty     to  save;  And  still  he      is  nigh,  His  presence  we  have:  The  great  conjre   -  ga  -  lion     His  triumph  shall  sing, 

•wlJU3L.s^_s\A^\sLa_sisi9 l-i-^-a  |  5^5|8_*_4|s |  .1 1  i_£lf  }.5_3_i4.y__,L_7_|.i| 

3  Salvation      to  God,  Who  sits  on  the  throne — Let  us    all     cry  aloud,  And  honor  the  Son:  Our  Je  -  sus  - 'a      praises     The    angels     proclaim; 


_   3 


5+3-3-5 4^-44  4-5-5  I  «  J  5  i-3-3-3  I-I-3U-5-5  j-!  J  5  1-5-1-  ftU-?-4+5-»--*4-M- 


1 


fi— lt4-a-n--P-l*t«-F-*|-,tt 

His  kingdom      is    glorious,    And  rules       o  -  ver  all. 
-ltl_,-ltI-,_,t,^^_^s.H 

As-crib  -  ing     sal-va  -  tion      To       Je    -  sus  our  King. 

«-jj.i-y-g.l4*f  f J-fiM*-? t :l ll 

Fall  down    on    their  fa  -  ces,    And   wor  -  ship  the  Lamb. 

® l4-6— 3— 3+6— 4— 4+5 5— 5  (- -1  H 


D  mnjor. 


-ft 

The    God  that 


SEYMORE.    H.  M. 
&-i— 5~5  g|c  rl'^ta  4  £|*   lis- 

1   Upward      I     lilt  mine  eves,  I  rom  God  is    all     mv   aid; 

(g-i~3-^-3t4-it3--tT-i-tt7-<1 7: te  a  M 

2  My  feet  shall  never  slide,    And  fall     in     fa  -  tal  snares,  Since  God,  my 

3  No  burning  heats  bv  day.    Nor  blasts  of  eve-ningair,     Shall  take  my 

4   Hast  thou  not  given  thv  word,   Tosave  mv  soul  from  death' And  can 

©-1— l-l-l|4-2fl--|l-4-3-|a— lt5.-J-l— 3-4f 


built  the  skies,  And  earth  and     ^Ta^-  ture  made:  God  is    the  tower  To     which         I     fly;    His  grace   is        nigh        In    ev  -  erv  hour. 

&~rz7U  fy "~ tr^ft" i-^-n7:HU—  at *^-*THr*hF r*tjnH^jhi  1 3-1I 3  If 

,  1  •  .  r»  fpnd«  "  m<  l-_r..l AXrk;«K  ..«       _      BA*,laAn       <51.-.lll«    _     r,ol       boon        Wlien  rlnnffPrK     rifle. 


guard  and  guide.  De 
health  away,         If 


frTinT    my    fears.  Those  wakeful  eyes,  Which  ne    -   ver  sleep.  Shall  Is  -  rael    keep,    When  dancers  rise. 
L.od     be         with  there    Thou  art     mv  sun,  And      thou        my  shade,  To  guatd    my     head        By  night   or  noon 


I       o-4|3--4-^-t----5|3^^|a-|nl--J|-r     M1'    ■         ^1-4515-54-4-    6    45     5+5    II- 

trust  my  Lord    To  keep     my       mor    -    tal  breath:  I'll  go     and  come  Nor  fear  to  die,     Till  from    on   high    Thou         call     me  home. 

-^-strF    -■  lm*i\}-ir}-ttr\ftl-*tl-t-tlT .ltlTt,1t1^1-1— i~ hr^-lt 


54  HARVEST,  or  THANKSGIVING  HYMN. 

Key  of  F.         Chorus. 

g-*-~5J-."i~f-3-2-\  1  — g-j- 1  — 3— a^4-|-  S— S-f-r-r-6-j-.T-J-  5  j «_«— «4,— 3-t — »S  1 1  j  G  |6_7-fiJ5 

of      harvest  praise;  In  loud  thanksgiving  raise  Hand,  heart,  and  voice;The    val   -      ie\s        laugh       and   sing.    For  •  ests  and 

for    man  and  beast  Je  -  hn  -  \  ah  spreads  a   least,   Ahove,     beneath:    Ye  herds        and        flocks      draw  near, Fowls,  ye  are 


-4-.T 


1  The  God 

2  Ol   food 


Hartley. 

•    tains  ring.   The 
corned  here;  His 


of  corn.Sway'd 
a  -  long,  And 


3  Garden 

4  The  God 


zJ    3  13, 


5  Yes,  bless 

1  1 


©-2— — 


and   orchard  ground  Autumnal  fruits  have  crownedjTne  vintage  glnws;Here  plen 
of  harvest  praise. Hands, hearts. and  voices   raise,  with  sweet  accord.  From  field 

His    ho  -  ly  name.  And  your  loud  thanks  proclaim  Thro'  all  the  earth;  To      glo 


pours         her  horn.There   ihe  full 

gar    •   ner  through, Bear  -  tng        jour 


tide 
sheaves 


ry 


your 


lot      Is      come   -     ly; 

1 _ 


--4 


but 


be   not  God's 


-I--4. 


;»*«-^piPt*i^t£±£?^^ 


streams  rejoice  The     valleys  laugh  and  sin",  Fnreslsatid  mountains  ring.The  plains  their  tribute  bring.  The  sireams  rejoice 

all  that  breathe.  Ye  herds  and  flocks  draw  near.Fowis,  veare  welcomed  here;H is  goodness  crowns  the  year         l*or   all  that  breathe. 


plain"  their   tribute   bring.  The 
goodness  crowns  the  year  For 

oWfiows.  Here   plentv  pour*  her  horn.There  the  full   tide  of  rorn,Sway*d  by  the  hrvalh  of  morn,  The  land  overflows, 

the  Lord.  From  field    to       garner  thro', Bearing  your  sheaves  "long, And  in  your    harvest  song,  Bless  ye    the  Lord. 

14?  J  «i_«_«_£|  ft_g||.  I   1  l|4_g|S^,g_g_S  |«_p_«^|  5_4|  34 

ben    e     fit       forgot      A        -        midst  your  mirth.  To    glo  -  ry       in  your  lot     is  come  -  Iv;  but    be  not  God's  ben  -  e  -  fit     for -got  Amidst  your  mirth. 

-i-'i.  3  3  l-e-s-U ^4.54«4^4-T^|i-5|^^-?l^^lT1-W^44^3jt|5-5|i4 


by    the  hrealh  of  morn,  The 
u»    your   harvest  song,  Bless 


land 
ye 


~U- 1- 


CHRISTIAN.    7's, 

Bb  major,  _^  ^_  ^_^ 

Sofadesthe    summer   cloud       away.         So  sinks  Ibe    gale  when  storms  are  o'er;  So   gently    shuts  Ihe  eye  of  day.         Sud.es    a  wave    a  -  long     Iheshore. 

Sofadesthe    summercloud       away,  So  sinks  ihe   gale  when  storms  are  o'er;  So  gently   shuts  the  eye  of     day      So  dies    a   wave    a  -  long     iheshore. 


CLEAVELAND*  8,  7,  &  4.  55 

1>  major.         Rather  slow.  Mood 

S-2-i-it3-.T-<i  7l J  s -N-itdri-a-|its=-rtii--  SI  i-i^-^tenrnma-t-a-stT-lf- 

l  Oome,  thou  soul-transforming  Spirit,  Bless  the    sower    and  the  seed:         Let  each  heart  thy  grace  in-her  -  it;  Raise  the  weak,  the    hungry    feed 

From  ilie  gospel,  From  the  gospel     Now  supply   thv  people's  need.  ' 

&i-rtt*Tri-*t«-srti  ili  *k  i  fti=-r |-+~itinr-±-*t3r-i-i-i i  in*— r^t i -  If 

@_S  ..*_«  |«_8_*_a4.a_.1.4^_8J.8_«_.'l_-5  \.^_L\^_S  |.«_«_8_8J.8_^_«_.Ti;a«_  «_4"|3-  n 
2  O,  may  all     enjoy  the  blessing  Which  thy  word's  designed  to  give;        Let     us   all,  thy  love    possessing,     Joy-ful-lv    the  truth    receive 
And  for  -ev-er,  And  for  -  ev  -  er      To  thv  praise  and  glory    live. 

jeJ  -1    1|1    1    4  g|l    1|I    1|1   4  «   ^fi-   :|  t.    Ill    t    1     a|4  4    9   i|«  A    a    jit-n 

*  Sin^  7ertor  anrf  Base  an  octave  loicer.  '  ■ ' 

CRUCIFIXION.    8's,  7's,  &  4. 

D  major.        Slowly.  ^  a- 

*tnM|r^nHrt^l^lftn^^ 

1   Hark!  the  voice  of  love     and  mercy      Sounds  aloud  from  Cal  -  vary:         See!      u  rends  the   rocks  asunder,      Shakes  the  earth,  and  veils  the  sky 
"It     is  finished!"  "It  isfimshedr'   Hear  the  dv  -  ing    Saviourcrv. 


jKnrt|ini|i#-#iri*i^^ 

2  "It  is  finished!"  O,  what  pleasure     Do  these  charming  words  afford!     Heavenly    blessings,  without  measure,       Flow  to   us  thro' Christ  the  Lord 
"It  is  finished!"  "It    is  finished!"  Saints,  the  dy  -  ing  words  record. 

®-l-5-5\.1-l\l IIM^S-Slo—  Mf5-4|»-4— -— |-^— |-r-|-_-MJTy|I_Jl|5_  4|:lj| 

3  Tune  your  harps  anew,  ye  seraphs;        Jointosing     the  pleasing  theme:     All     in    earth  and    heaven   uniting,         Join'lo  praise    Immanuel's  name- 

Halle  -  lujah!  Hal    -  le-lu-jah!  Glory    to       the  bleeding  Lamb! 

i-l-i-iU-iU — il  i-i^4i-7l  i— sis— &\  i=-4+e-^— 1^-^14-4]  l-i^-J-a-spi — i\s — s\  r-U 

ASCENSION.    7's. 

fSl^t^^t^-tt^t.'^ni-ity-^ I  ^M-*-»-,,^t»-,,-Itl-*i-«2--L3t»-s,t,-1f 

1  "Wide,  ve  heavenly  gales,  unfuld.Closed  no  more  by  death    and     sin;     Lo!  the  conquering  Lord  behold;  Let     the  King  of         trio  -  rv     in." 

2  Hark!  th' angel  -  ic    host  inquire,  "Who  is  he,  th' almigh    -  tv   King?"  Hark  again!  the  answering  choir  Thus  in  strains         of         triumph  sine'— 

&-S  i-  S  i  iU  4  AX  ?>  4  4t^-^ta--fri-i-t1^-^-8ti-ji-^-  -*-iy-Wil 

3  "He  whose  powerful  arm,  alone,    On    his  foes  de  -  slruc  -  lion  hurled;  He  who  batb  the  vie  -  lory  won;  He    who  saved  a  ruined  world; 

4  "He  who  God's  pure  law  fulfilled;  Jesus,     the    in  -  car-  nale  Word;  He  whose  truth  with  blood  wasseal'd;He  is  heaven's      all    -    glorious  Lord." 

&-i-5^-5-5-5\-i-l-ll5^S-±-H5 g — Ur4±-5-5~£ \  f     d     gj-j — f1     «ff     3— -l-g— sl&U 

5  "Who  shall  up    to    that    abode    Follow     in    the    Saviour's    train'"  "They  who  in  his  cleansing  blood  Wa«h  a   -    way  each   guilty  stain. 

g-i-i'i-i-i-i -U-4-i4-i-5-4-44-.i — 5— 1-iM-i-i-i-i  I      i  — i-l-i-  :i  -4 — :i_i  1 .1   5ii  ff 


I 

\ 

I 


5(5  0  GIVE  THANKS.    Anthem  for  Thanksgiving. 

Key  of  Eb  major,     thorns.                                                                                           Duett.                                           Chorus. 
(g-|-5|8--8|7_-7|6:5-s4|5.-6|5 7|8 S|4:3-2-|l=^l-l-2|3--3|9:'l f  2-2-3 1 4-4 1 4^ \ 

Give  thanks,  give  thanks  ud  -  In     the  Lord;  give  thanks,  give  thanks      un  -  to        the      Lord,       For     h«      is  good,      is    good.  For     he     isgood,       is  good. 

@»  _g|5-   g|g-'  g|3*2   2|2-  4|3  _  g|g  _   g|6g_S4|»^j „ { ]  |g  g   g|g-  g|gg i 

2  GiveUianbSjgivethanksun  -  to       the  Lord;  give  thanks,  give  thanks  un  -   to  the  Lord,      For    he     isgood,      is  good.  For    he      isgood,    is    good. 

^,l_ljtr_i)s^y|i>-ilgzU|«  -  <[»  -  SjfOLg-H-l  ■    .      1    .     1— .— i-g-g-glg^-slslg — V 

Sournno  and  Second  duett.  Bass  and  Tenor  duett.  Solo. 

-S-4|g-g-^[ff-3-a|4-»-^|3-3^-f#-lr«|3-3-»|4-3H8[l-l^-7|8-g-^|g-a-lj«-7-8|7--g-|- 

2  For  his  mer-  cy     en-du  -  retii    en-du-reth  for-ev-er,  For    bis   mercv      en-du-reth    for-ev  -  er.  His  m«rcv      en-du  -  reLh,  en-du-reth    forev  -  er. 

-l_-2|3-3-3t3-l-lia-l-yll-l— ^-sz-gtl-l-ltS-l-sfii-a-f— J ] f { f 

Dm  ti  Olionu.  o  , — , 

o—o+Or— 4— 4-J-4— 3— 2-J-2— 3— 4-j-3-3-7-f-8-g-S-j-«-6-g-f-4-3-^8-J-I-lJ|fg-J-8--8-j-7— 7-]-«-5-t4-f- 

his    mer-cy      en-du-reth,   en-du-reth  for  -  ev  -  er,  his    mercy     en  -  du-reth,  en  -  du-  reth  for-ev-er.  Give  thanks,  give  thanks  un  -  to        the 

£— 3f4— 2— 8-J-9— 1— 7f7—  l-afl-I-2-j-3-3-3-j-4-4-3-|-3-l-?^I-l-]-3^3z-3-|-2_-2fl^— g-j- 
j _|_ | _j g|g    8    8|8    8    8|6   S   4|3    3|g|g-   g|g-  g|3«     2| 

his    mer-cy       en-du-reth,   en-du-reth    for  -  ev  -  er,  his    mercv     en  -  du-reth,  en  -  du- reth  for- ev-er.  Give  thanks, give  thanks  un- to        the 

i_4 I 1 1 44X*_3„JL^4_4J;4_3_5^1_J4141_-J4.5-_74JL1_24. 


forte.       j 


£— 5~6-)-g-— 7-J-J 5-J-4-3 a-j-l-w-fg-C-7-j-1 -J-frg-4-j-S |-a-3-4-(-3-w-4-j-3 \S--f1 ft 

Lord;  give  thanks,  give  thanks     un  -  to         the  Lord,  A   -  men,  A   -  men,  A  -   men     Amen,  A         men. 

^-T--ltl-^9t3— If^l— 7t|-^t-^t— — t4^2tl— ty-l-2tl^-2tl-— l-J^tl— H 
_8r_443_,   g|g   ,'g|^   f44,3.|      ,|       ..  -j      .      |       .    |fr-      |g.g|g   ,v[4-  |3   .    \\ 

Lord;  give  thanks,  give  thanks     un  -  to         the  Lord,  A   -  men,  A    -  men,  A      -    men,     Amen,  A    -   men. 

_^_i|i-jt|» 34.&-*-P-4 4 \——4 4-5~4i-^l-1 — 4«=4L— tt 


e 


BEAVER  STREET.    L.  M.  57 

Bb  major.  H.  s,  Merrinm. 

I   Lord,  when  Ihou  didsl  ascend    on  high,      Ten     thousand  angels    filled        the   sky;  Those  heavenly  giilrds  around       dice  wait,  Like  chariots  lhal  at  -  tend      tin  stai 

&i-$~&-.i\5s\5-4\2-\ t$rin&\Bns\&A  &AI&- \s~.i -ilamlB — t} Mis  fafciirthWTr  Is-ii 

i  Not    Sinai's  mountain  rould  appear      .More    glorious,  when  the    Lord      was  there;While  he  pronounced  his  ho      -      ly     law,  And  struck  tlie  cW>*en    tribes  witl 
S  Hon  bright  the  triumph  none  can  tell,     When      all     the  reb  -  el  powers     til     bell,  That  thousand  souls  had  cap    -    live  made.  Were  all  in  chains  like  cup-  tivi 

#.I_l_l_a|2_r|J_I|I4i___iI_||3_l|  1>_P7|  1.-4  T_4_yjl_.y|r8_I^j^J.y_lL2|3J  9j  II    3  C  3 

4  Raised  by    his  Father    to  the  throne,  He         sent  his  promised  Spi    -    rit  down.  With  gifts  and  grace  for     teb    -     el   men.That  God  might  dwell  on  earth       a     r 

©-2-1-3-1  |3-5|3-4|l4l i-3|2-3|4^-5-U45-^-5|3-5|y-^|545-4-2|l^3|3i-5-|l-Ji. 

DEHY.    L.  M. 

G  major. 

(8i^t«-n3-n^?t3t^tI-n3-f5t6-^5t3t5-ni-^c-4tatf5t^3-ln8-^t,^tMi 

1   Asshow'non  meadows     new-Jv  mown,  Our  God  shall  send   his      Spir-it  downi    E  -  ter  -nal  Source  of  grace  di-vine,  What    soul    -    re -fresh  •  ing    drops  arc  thine' 
2  That  heavenly  influence    let     us    find    In     ho  -  ly      silence      of    the  mind,  While  ev-ery  grace  maintains  its  bloom,  Dil  -  fu    -    sing  wide   its  rich  perfume 

^t#;M4^-44^-fl-gl?l8  fl-«  N*-JWf  l»  Fl3  jt|*  ?\s\?\*  ' fyURiauwib 

3  Nor    let  these  blessings    be    confined    To     us,    but  poured  on     all   mankind,  Till  earth's  rude  wastes  in   verdure    rise.  And     E    -    den's  beau   •   ty      greet   our  eyes 


WEBSTER.    L.  M. 

A  major. 

1   With  all    mv  powers  of  heart  and  tongue,  I'll  praise  my  Ma-ker         in        my  song;  Angels   shall  hear       the  notes        1     raise,         Ap-provc  the  song  and  join  lh< 

2  To  God      I  cried,  when  troubles  rose;  He  heard  me,  and  subdued  my  foe*;  He  did    my       ri    -  sing  rears      conlrol,        AiuTTtrengili  diffused  Ihrc'al    mvsoul, 

3  A  -  mid      a    thousand  suares  I  stand.  Upheld    aod  guarded     by  thy  hand;Thy  words  my  fain!  -  ing  soul        revive,  And  keep  my  dy-  iiiff  faith    a'l 

i4-« I- M I1  ?\*  nm MMf MM* IP 0 1 7 1 « I ■  3|«  -i\* — Hf34flrM|i  ! ! MW 

4  I'M  sing  thv  truth  and    mer-ey,  Lord;  I'll    sing  the    wonders     of       thy  ward;  Not  all  the  works     an (i  names      be  -  low,         So  much  thv  pow'r  and  glo  xy  show. 

8 


58 


WARREN.    S.  M. 


D  major. 


1   And        am         I       born     to    die?       To  lay        this        bod    -    y  down'  And      must  my  trem  -   btiuo-    spir   -   it  fly, 

tgi-stsT- rtinpits- 1 sW rtsprtijU  2 ! sf--f^[  "  r  4 — ft ! **y~i I ^jr* I s-~"~  t 

@-2-,'»4-5--4-r-3-l-<»:—  5-l-5~4-S— 1-5-3-5-5-1-6- els^-W r-8 ^-8|s= —  8|$U7-6-S3|6- |- 

And       am  I    born        to    die?     To  lay        this  bod       -      y  down?  And     must  my  trem     -    bling    spir   -   it  fly, 

@-l_l4-l- 3_|_4_2_34-iT.J_i — liz i_|_4r *4(5— -Ml — 4 4 I 4- 1 14  2  3-3|6-5^4'4- 


e- 


9-MM*4-l-l\& 4-13-3-114-4-5-511-11-     |^l_14.^_r_i_i_^-ii5-4-s4.i!^J_4_3-r- 


And  must  my  trembling     spir       -      it        fly       In-to      a  world  unknown'  I 

^fftt\tft£^\rx-3\ffiriti&tt) 

in    •    to     a  world  un  -  Known?  in)  4  From  thee,    the     o  •  ver-  flow  -  wff  spring.  Ous  souls  shall  drink 

-8-I5-5-5-315-- l-^-slo-6-^-5  3--H-  /  ^_,4£_^M-4-^4Tt-tM-J-^ 

And  must  my  trembling  spir         -        it         fly       Jn-to      a    world  unknown?  I  5  Swift  as       an     ea    gle    cut: 


c  major.      STILLWATER.     L  M.   Baker  Family. 

Soli  Semi-Chorus. 

1  Awake,    our  souls;  away,  our  tears;  Let  eve  -  ry  trembling 
2  True, 'tis    a  straight  and  thornv  road,  And  irinr-  tal  spir  -  its 

&t*tf-ffff*t*-1rtf-lnr-st 

The  migh  -ly  God,  whose  matchless  power    Is    ev    -  er    new    and 


its   the    air.     We'll  mount  a   -loft 


Chorus. 


^-^-^--^^-r^^r^-^—n^-^f^^-nt1---^ 


thought       be    gone; 
tire         and    faint; 


A -wake,    and    run     theheaven-ly    race,        And 
But   they      for  -  get      the     migh-ty    God,       Who 


put 
feeds 


a 

the 


cheer  -  ful 
strength    of 


cour    - 
eve      — 


age 


on. 

saint; 


<g-y: zt&—frrff-f- &—&— f-  s-bs— f^t^m~ fH-t&—f['s^rti—^tts-~  W 


ev 

full 


er  young, 
sup-  ply; 


And    firm      endures,   while    endless     years        tht'ir 
While  those  who  trust  their    na  -  tive  strength    Shall 


melt 


er     -      last  -  ing  cir 

a    -      way,    and  droop, 


cles      run. 
and      die. 


5  «^7—  l~\-7z— |~>>-r-5-— 5— 5  —S— 
thine  a  -  bode;         On  wings      of    love    our  souls  shall  fly 


54-5—4-5-  r-5 — * L 

Nor         tire  a 


L= — ©4-5- 


mid      the  heaven 


&-OT- a4-5r— 1-54--1- — i — l—i- 


-f-»4-5--4-5- 


-4-4--5-- 


road. 


HYDE.    C.  E  50 

6  major.  Trio.  thorns. 

1  Father,        I    sireirh  my  hands     (o  thee;  No    oth    -   er        help  I    know;      If  ihou  withdraw  tny   -  soil"  from      me,     Ah,  whilh  -  or       shall        I        go  7 

(g-2-jilanlr-ls-," \r— i\ l  hil*—* ?\fl P  I'-Ttoril  U     n  lar-frl*--,' I LSHH ■  tt 

I      i  What  did  thine       on  -  ly  Son  eudure    Before  I  drew  mj  breathl  What  pain, what  la- bor,     to  se    -  cure        My  soul       from  end  less  death! 

Lj_3|8   8     |3   flg       5|gj3)42_144 5J5_4^ |_| _ |^4|3^|.£V  ^fl 

3  AuUror     of      faith,   to  thee  1    lift    My     wea  -  ry,  long        -       ingeyes;       O,  may     I  now    re-ceive  that      gift;       Jlysoul        wilb-oul  it       dies 

MONDAY.     C,  M. 

F  major.  Wm.  Shew.     Ar. 

1  Thou  art     my    portion,    O     my  God;  Soon  as     I  know  thy  way,  Mv  heart  makes  haste  t'o-  bey      thvword.And     suf  -  fers     no         de  -  lay. 

&i-^i-^a-3t3-f*t3-  l-it9-^;1-,'"^  l"31  ^-tl1 3~*tS,-r1  rmrP-FlfHfl  '11 

2  I  choose  the  path   of  heavenly  truth,  and  glo- ry    in    mychoice:Not      all      the  rich  -  e8       of        the  earth  f'ould  tnako   me      so         rejoice. 
3  Thy  precepts  and  thy  heavenly  grace  I      set    before    my  eyes;Thence  I        de-rive     my     dai  -  ly  strength, And  there     mv    com-  fort  lies. 

Jbf  3lg  H7   Tl8  £l-g-lgls  ?16   f-r^-4-p-t- J- — -1— —  !  -  I?  I- — 3lff  4|3I1 

4  If  once      I     wander  from  thv  path,    I  think  up -on     thv  ways.Then  turn     my  feet     to     thy    commands,  And  trust        thy  pardon  -  ing  grace. 

tf  }\i   M^duUlMUr-lU-HsA^ 4—4— — kliP UU-4 1 ■  il 

G1FF0RD.    C.  M. 

A  or  Bb  major.  M.  15.  Mnybry,  Mk. 

1  My  God,  my  ev  -  er-last-ing;  hope,  I    live    up-on     thy  truth;     Thy  hands  have  held  my  childhood  up,       And  strengthened  all     my  youth. 

2  Still  has  my  life  new  wonders  seen,         Re-peat-ed  eve  -  ry  year;  Behold,  my  days  thai  yet    re -main,         I    trust  them   to      thy  care. 
::   Casl  in'  not  off  when  strength  declines,  When  hoa-ry  hairs     a-rise;         And  round  me  let  thy  glo  -  ry    shine,    Whene'er    thy     ser-  vantdies. 

i^J4jLM-JLj.f  M  I  'If  y  '   4r  I   'IF  r  '  'If  F    '  M-^-M-r^-ti 

4  Then,  in    the    history    of    my  age,     When  men  review     my  days,    They'll  read  thy  love  in    eve  -  ry    page,         In    eve  -  ry     line    thv  praise. 


1 


I 


©Hi 


_i_j  i-i-i-i+4-i-i— I— 6-l-«-«-i— aiar-l-i-l-i,-i-i-i-k--4— 1-4— sis— i'— 4— sj-i-W 


GO  C0NANT.    L.  M. 

Eb  Major.  ^ 

,^_3-3^3_.4-5-3^-4-2-3-|3^3-4-5-6j-p4-5^3^3-4-5-3^4-f»-G^1j-6--5-5-l-f3-2-l-tf 

1     \shamed  of   Je  -  sus  '  sooner   far    Let  evening  blush  to  own   a   star  ;  He  sheds  the  beams  of  light  di- vine  O'er  this  benighted    soul  of  mine. 

^i-l^l-3-3-l^2-^-l^ltl-r3-4t^-?-2t,-t>-?-3^l-[f-?-lt3tf-||-7-|1,^-,-tt 

!">      \shaiued  of     Je  -  sus '   lhat   dear  Friend,  On  whom  mv  hopes  of  heaven  depend  !     No!   when   1    blush,    be    this  my  sname.    I  hai  1       nn   more    revere     his  mine, 
i^'o     Aa),-irner!  nf  Te  -sus'    ves    I    may    When  1  've  no  sins  to  wash  away;     No    tear    to  wipe,  no  good  to  crave,   Nn  fear  to  quell,  no  soul  to  save, 
Till  then, (nor  is     my  boasting  vain,)  Till  then,!'!!  boast  a  baviour  slain!  And,  O,  may  this  my  glo-  ry  be.Thal  Christ  is  not  ashamed   of  me! 


,p42Til 


MARSHAL.    L.  M.  Fnneral  Occasion. 

F.  Major.     Gently.  M«  Conant,  N.  Y. 

r^     i    d„  f,j„,  ,hp  lovelv  bloomine  flow'r,  Frail  .smiling  sol-  ace   of    an  hour;So  soon  our  transient  comforts  fly.  And  pleasure  on- ly    blooms      to    die. 
•>   lstherenokind.no    healing  art,  To  soothe  the  anguish   of  the  heart'  Spi-  rit  of  graue.be  ev  -  er  nigh:  Thy  comforts  are  not  made      to       die. 

3  Let  gen  -  tie    patience  smile  on    pain,  Till   dy  -  ing  hope    re  -  vivcs  a  -  gain;  Hope  wipes  the  tear  from  sorrow's  eye,   And  faith  points  upward       to  the    sky. 

HILLSBURGH.    L.  M. 

Bb  major.  N    p    Basaett. 

(Si^t3-^-,^t^4^^5t1,-r3-n^-I-t5t3-^,-5t,,-3-2m3-1,-6-n,,-^l-tt 

]  The  praise  of     Zi  -  on  waits  for  thee,       My  God.  and  praise  becomes  thy  house:  There  shall  thy  saints  thy    glo  -  ry    see,  And  there  perform  their  pub -lie  vows. 

o  O  thou  whosemer-cv  bendsthe   skies       To  save  when  hum-die     sin-m-rs  prav;      All   lands  In    thee  shall  lift   their  eyes.  4nd     is  .  lajids  of     the   northern    sea. 
3  Against'    my   will  my    sins  pre  -  vail,      Bui  grace  shall  purge  a  -  way  their  stain;     The  blood  of   Christ  will  nev  -  er     fail    To  wash  my   garmeuts  while   a  -  gain. 

*i_»l- 1  _4_»  _i;^_<i_7_;i44-^-,-^-r-#-?-3-l  A44-t*-S-*44-M4  *WMUL*l  KK^-W 

^     4  Blest   is     the  man  whom  thou  shall  choose,  And  give  him  kind    ac-cess    to    thee;     Give  him     a   place  with-  in    thy  house,  To  taste  thy  love  di  -  vine  -  ly    free. 


LOVED  ONES  LIE  SLEEPING.  61 

Bb  major. 

rgi-gjliir-t-t-yt^-g-,1-?^?-^-,1!^' r  1  a  *1*  ^-i^-g-^-fitMLl-^^'-M- 

1   CM     those,  who  round  the  hearth-slonemove.A  charm  thai  served  lo     bind,  TT    eve  -  rv     art,    bytnllb     and  love,  Their    iru     -     oge       on    themind, 

2  They    shall  not     al  -  ways  rest       in  sleep:  The  mansions     of     thedead  Shall    be     unrlnvedj  and  ue     who  weep  By  m      -    gels        shall   be  led 

Nought      but    the  im  -  age  now       is         left   To  us,    who  mourn  the  doom  Of   loved  ones,  who,  of  life       lit  -  reft.  Kest  sleep  -  ing         in    the  tomb 

IMf  f     f  f  Iff  *L*  f  HE-SljMIt-M  &?-*-  MUM  3  1(1     a    Ml*-*-  W 

To        meet     a     -    gain  the  love   -  ly     forms  That  erst      lo     us  were  given,  To  cheer  us  ihro' life's  fear  -  lul  stnrms.And  guide     us  on    lo  heaven 


FRIDAY.    8s  &  7s. 

F.  major.  Hartley  Wood. 

1  See  the  leaves  around    us    falling,     Drv  and  withered,  to  the  ground.Thus  to  thoughtless  mortals  ratlin",       fn        a    sad    and    solemn  sound 

^i-l-2tl-lft-ltl-l-t7-lty-6t6-7tl--tI-3f,-,t|-i1l-|-r*-,t6-^l6-5l.^lir 

2  "Youth,  on  leriLUh  of  days  presuming,    Who  the  paths  of  pleasure  tread,   Viewns.laie   in     beaiitv  blnomins.  Numbered  now    a- mong  the  dead. 

3  "Whaltho'yet   no  losses  erieve  you,  Gav  with  health  and  many  a  Brace;    Let  not  cloudless  skies  deceive  you;      Summer  gives    to     autumn  place' " 

3_g_a  a  |  s  a\s  4 1 4  a  ,  \  2_s  ja  _?  ^a_4 |»._J^»_5;5_» |.i_4 jjl_3_|?_«4  6_5 jj_- 1  j »__ jj. 

4  On  the  tree   of   life     e-ter-nal      Let  our  highest  hopes  be  staid:     This  a-lone,  for  -  ev  -  er    ver-nal,    Bears   a    leaf   that  shall  not  fade 
^i_l_7|J_l|3-4  4^1-i^5-^5-64^-5^^-+J^74,-J43-44JLl-45-6+4-a  U-S-r-^-rr- 


<V2  DEDICATION  ANTHEM. 

^         «  COLE. 

C  or  D  nu\joi . 

1  When  the  Lord  shall  build  up          Zi     -     on,                             He  shall  ap-pear     in    his     ?lo-ry,           his  glo  -  ry,  He  shall   appear      in      his 

2  When  the  Lord  shall  build  up      Zi- on,  He  shall  appear     in    his      glo-ry,        his  glo  -  ry,  He  shall  appear      in    his 

Single  voices,  slmely. 

glo    -  ry    He  shall  appear    in    his  glo-ry,  his     gb  -  ry.                                O  pray   for     the  peace,  the    peace      of     Je-ru  -  sa  -  lern. 

&-&ittt-*-*tirir£t2-i-in*\z'  r    ill  -•' alnlrrti  r  mj*±  41*4r-*t 

"gU>   -  ry.  He  shall  appear    in    his  glo-ry,  his  glo   -   ry.                                0    pray   for    thepeace,  the  peace      of      Je-ru  -sa-lem 


< 

I 


Chorum. 


«-i-T*-i-*t*= \t-trt-k-ViF- f*-»-»T*n*|-'-^*t.'-^*-*t'-* 


Peace  be     with-in  thy  walls,  Peace  be    with-in  thy  walls,  Peace  be    with-in    thy  walls,   and  plenteousness  within  thy 

&-&rfr-hr&-i-Xi- \ik~1ririr~k\F- Ps  B-  i-dr&\  «  r  i\i  i  i"i\*  4  t 

|i  i-i-i-ilg= I?  g  f  ??1  *= I-^-^Ig-^-g-sII-gWI 

Peace  be  within  thy  walls,  Peace  be    within  thy  walls,  and  plenteousness  within     thy 

-4-4-4^-4-4-419- ■ 15-5^-5-5-54-3- 1 — ^ — P — Ssi^ — ^ — » — aM« — 4L — I- 


& 


DEDICATION  ANTHEM. Continued.  63 

pal -a-ces.  Peace  be  with-in  thy  walls,  Peace  be  with-in  thy  walls,  and  plenteousness  within     thy   pal  -  a-ces.    Amen,     A -men. 

pal- a-ces.                                     Peace  be     with-in  thy  walls,  and  plenteousness  within    thy    pal -a-ces.     A-men,  A  -  men. 

g-3-3^} 16~4^7-6-5|4 1— ^-5|l-l-3-3|6-4— |«-5ll-4-5-14-5--j-l^tt 

BERMONDSEY.    Os  &  4s. 

1  Glo-ry      to    God      on  high!  Let  heaven  and  earth     re  -  ply;  Praise  ye    his  name;  His  love  and  grace     a -dore.Who  all    our    sor-  rows  bore-  And  sing  for  - 

<&i-rt-i t }*}  1~; 1 — -  -1  i-i-ifr^-f—t-  — — hiThtt  *  3  i  I  rt-*f 

2  Ye    who  surround      the  throne.  Join  cheerful  -  lv         in    one,  Praising     his  name:  Ye    who  hove  fell      his  blond  Seating    jour  peace  with  Gud  Sound  his  dear 

3  Join,  all      ye     ransomed    race,  Our  Lord  and  God      lo  bless;  Praise  ye    his  name;  In     him    we    will      re-joice.  And  make    a     jov   -  ful  noise  Slmuliiig  with 

i.i-i'-aUil-jM^-t-    -     1-- ~ — U-4-d  1*-f-4— — 4 — — 4- <-«-«  I  i-  « ?.-,  I ,'  ,i_7 1- 

4  Soon  must  we  change  our  place;  Y«t  will    we   ncv  -  er   cease  Praising    his  name:  To    him  our  songs  we'll  bring  Hailhiro   our    gracious  King    \ nd  thro'  all 

Sloxccr. 

ev-er  more,"  Worthy  the  Lamb."  "Worthy  the  Lamb,"  "Worthy  the  Lamb."  Sing  a  -  loud  evermore,"  Worthy  the  Lamb  " 

name  abroad, "Worthy  the  Lamb."  "Worthy  the  Lamb,"  "Worthy  ihe  Lamb."  Sing  a-  loud  evermore, "Worthy  the  La-.o." 

heart  and  voice,"  Worthy  the  Lamb."  "Worthy  the  Lamb."  "Worthy  tin-  Lamb."  Sing  a-loud  evermore',"  Worthy  the  Lamb." 

-}^$-*4*-K-5]-&-F-\-S-5-5U-?-r M-C-cU-P-F I,1    ,'    lM^b-f-tfi-4-dlfrfl 

a-geesing,"WorlhytheLamb.'-  "Worthy  the  Lamb,"  "Worthy  the  Lamb."  a-loud  evermore,"  Worthy  the  Lamb." 

©-^^6+3-4-g4-l-M-t-3- 1+4-3-4-^4^ 


64 


OLD  TUNE.    L.  M. 


A  rnnjor 


Lively 


Ar. 


#•-1-1-1 1 1?2    3|Fl-yj  l^3-9S\£*-5\£+-  Mi^— 15|2-«|3-3  J4?S|3— j-5-«-0|4,-f3-|- 

1    What  are  (hose  soul    -    re-  vi  -  vin»  strains,   Whichech-o    thus       from  Sa    -    tern's  plains?     Whit  anthems  loud,  and  louder  still,  So    sweetly  sound    from 

9  Lo1    'tis     an      in    -    fant    cho  -  rus  sings        Ho  -  san  •  na    to  the  King         of  kings:        TheSaviour  comes!  and  hahes  proclaim       Sal- va- linn  sent      in 

i\jr3-5W-U-5-5\ l?-*\r *-*i|*-P1-a|7--*l l  l Is-"9! '  " +3 l~I lo-"t?"1" 


<Si-5~s~l5r" 


3  Nor  these  alone 

4  Mes  -  si  -  ah;s  u«me      shall  joy       impart 


Iheir  voice  snail  raise,        For  we    will  join       this  song         of    praise;        Snll  Israel's  children  forward  pre-* 
A  *  like     lo    Jew      and  Gen 


tile   heart: 


tie  bled  fur  U9,     ho  Med  lor  you. 


To    hasl   ih.  Lord    their 
And    we    wnl  >mg       ho  — 


5»  a  3  «|8.4  g[*a  ap_  |t  »  i|i- L[g-    a   |a  ,,F  \QShs 

0  Proclaim    ho  -  san  -   nas    loud    and  clear;       See    David's  Son        and  Lord        ap-  pear! 


5-  51.1-  .11.1 


I 


1     1     114-5 


All  praise  on  eanb  to  him  be  given,         And    glo  -  ry  shout  through 

&    t  i  i|t-  -114-5-511-4^-1-11^-   'I9-    a  Isr^UUf^sls^sls^l*  ■  l1  *  el^-g     1 

DIGBY.    8s  &  7s,  Odd, 

C  or  D  major.  R.  S.   BENNISON,  St.  Johns,  JV.  B.    At. 

<g_4^_5t3-,-|-l-1-ltir7-lt2ri-y-|-l-||-   /p^^|5-»|5-i|4-3H=-t^3l^-Sjt4-5|3-f^t 

Zi  -  on's  hilP  So    sweetly    sound  from     Zi    -  on's  hill?  y  1  Thro'  the  day  thy  love  has  sparM  us,  Wearied    we         he  down  to  rest; 

Thro'  tte  si  -  lent  watches  guard  us,  Let    no     foe        our  peace  molest. 


tly 

Je  -  sus' name.        Sal-va-tiim    sent       in       Je   -   sus' name. 

&-2~7  ~7t  *  "  "~1 5~5~51  5"_5t  6".T-a"[  5~H 


Righteousness.  To  hail  the  Lord      their  right -eousness. 

san  -  na  too.  And  we  will  sing        ho  -  san    -    na   too. 

[:   5-      5|f |  3    3    «  |  2-      1  |  43     2  |  3    H 

high  -  est  heaven.       And  glo- ry  shout  through  high  -  est  heaven. 


JL___4JL_JLJL+5 :_3k  -5-5-M 


^2-l-4|l-5|5-5|5-5^41-,r|f7--fr-|©-5|5-F44- 

Thro' the  day  ihy  love  has  spared  us,       Wearied      we      lie       down  to  rest; 
Thro'  the  si  -  lent  watches  guard  us,         Let    do    foe       our     peace  molest. 

#4-i-i'li-il5-^|i-i-M-i-il5 — 4-3ls-«U-F-4- 

Pia.  For.  * 

' —  — '        '         u  LJ  — -  Ld 

Saviour    thou      our  guardian    he;  Sweet         n       is      to    trust       in  thee.  Sa  -  viour.  thou  our  guard  .  tan    he;  Sweet       it       is    to  trust  in  thee. 

■        u                                      La                j_J  U 

@_l_^|TM_.-i|5_5,|5^^-45 5—  Li-Sis— «4|3-P-| 1 1 1 15 — 5—  1 5-5  |5-.i!  5^- H- 

Saviour,  thou      our  guardian    he;  Sweet        it  is      to  trust         in  thee.  Sa  -  viour,  thou  our  guard  -  ian     be;         Sweet      it  is    to  tru*l  in  thee. 

e-i-ali^-^l  »-<!  y'^45 — s-ls-ila — aW4 1 — \ 1 — \s — 5— Is-i  Ig-^l  i-p-K- 

"These  last  three  notes  may  he  sung  aa  octave  below 


DORCHESTER.    L  M. 

A  inH.|or. 

l  Awake,  my  tongue;  thy  Irib   -   me    bring    To  Him  who  gave  thee  power     to     sing;  Praise  Him  who  has 

i&i-drfa--Bt»-*l<U  ^\vt^trsfjrTfUnir^fUrU\»  4la-r 

2  How  v;t>t  his  knowledge!  how      pro-found!  A  depth  where  all  our  thoughts  are  drown 'd! The  stars  he  nurn 
3  Thro'  each  bright  world  a  -  bove,  be  -  hold     Ten  thousand   thousand  charms        un   -  fold;    Garth  air    and  mieht 

I  I  «|»  ■■!»•-?  I*— 5-|o4r4-r-7l-MI«~y  I-7--I ^(--— i-M-f-yle^ 

4  But   in     redemption,  0,      what    grace!  Its  wonders,  0,  what  thought  can  trace'Here,  wisdom  shines  for-  ev  -  er  bright; 

^-l-i-l-i-i-l-i-i'-i-a — s— r-i^-U-l^g-g-l-5-  F I g — a— U--W l-^«-<i-^4- r  I   ■  -|-r  i-<MM- 


f^4t4-3ta^ 

all  praise  above, 

bers,  and  their  names 
y    seas,  combine 


65 

— t 

I 


p_2    2    .1 

-r-i 1 t -; 


The  source   of        wis  -  dom    and    of  love. 

<S — +,«t i-i— f^  e    Is  4hr-H 


He  gives  to 
To  speak  his 


all    those   heavenly  flames, 
wis -dom       all    di-vine. 


t   8-|343_3__|4       4     18-g4JL_H. 

Praise  him,  rav       soul,     with    sweet  de-light. 


SURRY.    L.  M. 

Eb  major. 

1  Nomore  fatigue,  no  more    dis- tress,  Nor  sin,      nor  death,  shall  reach  the  place;\o 

gi-:it3-2  i-i-it1,-l-ti-t,li  f^-w^-'t'-^i  -»- 1  «  r- 

2  No  rude  alarms    of    an-gry       foes;  No    cares,   to     break    the  long  repose;     No 

<ife-S-«4^M  Is-  P I s  £_MM  ftf}  P.  if?  ti*  -£  I-7  -i p  I. 

O,  long-ex-pect-  ed   day,  be    -   gin;  Dawn  on   these  realms  of  pain  and  sin;  With 


&- l-7tl-8  f  6-o.  4-t  3-j-;t-|-4.a-4  a  a 1  3.  a  ?  y-i  f3  34  f^jf^f|iyt»4|^fj  I  fl 

groans  shall  mingle  with     the  songs  Which  dwell        up  un  im     -     mor  -  tal  tongues,  Which  dwell        up  -on     im      -    mor   -  tal  toi 

g-a-g^-iti-ijtnt't^J TT-ytyjYf-^F^  .»|.i  |-»t» ^-t^'tiF^-y  I !  tl 

midnight  shade,  no  cloud- ed      sun,  But  sa    -    cred,     high,  e     -     ter    -     nal  noon,  But  sa       -      cred,  high,  e     -     ter    -    nal  noon. 

o  g  1 18  •? r«  y  isi?ig      y i f~#  yn**" ^-4i3i8it8-4^-#iM i <; " ^;m 1 :« u 

joy  we'll  tread  lh"  appointed     road, And  sleep  in         death,       to  rest       with  God.  And      sleep  in    death,  to  rest      with  I 

W-JUsI1  M4  fJIMFIff W* <*J<—  --3J--M4-M MJ-iU-   d  r,|<-|l 


fifi  OPE.    C.  M. 

*,V*  B.   C.  HILL. 

D  major.  ., 

•La-s-i-te-^rirti^-a-t-st^^  ai»-  n 

1  Why  do  we  mourn  de-part-ing  friends,    Or  shake  at  death's  alarms?         'Tis  hut  the  voice  that  Je  -  sus   sends  To  calMhem    to  Jus  arms^ 

'  3  Whv should  we  tremble    to     convey        Their  bod-ies    to    the  tomb?     'Twas  there  the  flesh  of    Je  -  sus    lay,  And  left      a     long  perfume. 
«  |_3 i 3_S -1-147-3-^-4-3  I  «i-«-7-fl47--|-» -!-5->-I-»-^-5-5-4-3;3-4-3~34  1--4I- 

"3  Then  let  the  last  loud  trumpet  sound,     And  bid  our,  kindred  rise:  Awake.ye    nations    un -der  ground;  Ye  saints,  as  -  cend  the  skies. 


THE  LORD  IS  KING.    Anthem. 


—13 :i-^-Jt|  i-a-ff- — \i 

fheearthmay  be   glad,  The  Lord   is     Ki    -  -    ne.    The  Lord  is  Ki 


^3  5 


-   ng. 


Dr.    CHAPPELL. 


A  or  Bb  major. 

egi-^r — ^51^  - 

The  earth  may  be  ^lad,  Tlie 

«*    -Li  rv-p.  - '  r     1 l-F— t f^-SfS-S-l-S-F— t M- If  3-3- E -3^-4  f 

r^  __.  ...  *tm .1 u..  „i~j 


Theearlli  may 


iilad. 


[©-4-^1- 


.113    3-1    3 


The  earth  may  he  glad, 

--SI  3    3    1  3  r     I  _       » 


Tlie  earth  may  be  glad, 

^|«_5_3_.i_^||^_L 


4-^1 


The  earth  may  be  glad/The  Lord  is     Ki 


The 


The  Lord  is    Ki    -    -    - 


4-F-k 


j!_=|4||_5-3-8- 

The  earth  may  be  glad. 


_3_g_*_p_  I  j. 


The  earth  may  be  glad. 


eanh  mr>y  be    glad,Thc  earth  may  be    g'; 


id  The  earth  may  be      "-lad,    may   be  glad  thereof;       Yea,   The  multitude   ofislcs,  The  multitude  of  isles,   The  multitude  of 


hma-be    glad.Theearihmay  be   glad,  The  earth  may  be  glad,       may  be  glad  thereof;       Yea,  The  multitude  of  isles,  The  multitude  of  isles,    The  multitude  of 

-6_»-6-=1-  tU-4-i-4-2-3-4|5-3-^-|5-^-34-5-|-5fM-3-<J-3-«-3|  6-^1-4- 1-4- 14 


.©-■-J-s-M-sIs- 


i 

i 


THE  LORD  IS  KING.    Anthem. Concluded.  67 

isles    may   he    glad  there- of;     The  earth  may  be    glad,    I  h  .■  I  .       is  King,  Th(  ,     The    Lord   is  King,  The  Lord  is  King,   TheLord    isKing. 

4_^5_4_:t^M$_^f_l_4_^^4_2_^I^    5    5    5|5_1 ^3^3_1_1}  ^  4    3   ajg^ 

isles       may  be    glad  llierc-of;     The  earih  may  be   glad,   TheLord    is  King,  The  earlli  may  beglad,The       Lord    is  King,  The  Lord  is  King,  TheLord   isKing. 

ZION.    C.  E  Double. 

F  major. 

^-1-1-^1-3+2-^^-^7-6- 1 5t3i  ??«?  rf>fft»-|f*  H'f-^t  «-yt«-i 

1  Sweet  is  the  work,  O  Lord,  Thy    glo  -  rious  name       to  sing,  To  praise  and  pray,  to    hear      thy    word,    Ami     grate  -  fill    offerings  bring. 

^-1-g-a^l.g-glg  |g[g6  8    ]y_g  .  |i-W | J^_lg    |«   _«-4 1  »_.1|8.  J 

2  Sweet— at  the  dawning  light,  Thy  bound-less      love      to      tell;  And  when  approach  the  shades     of   night,  Still        on  the  theme  to  dwell 

cj-JL-M  1  a_i \ 545ii     1    [a  2  4^-4^1 . — 4-     -     I---IJ— r-1— 4-U-.1 1  ■  •  « 

^s^s-s-er-7 1  L-j-^j-fs-e  ^5-^3+2-4^+3^3-2  j  1^2+3-4+5^-^5    <f«+:i -2+1^ 

3  Sweet-on  this  day  of  rest,        To     join      in  heart    and  voice,    With    those,    who  love  and  serve  thee  best,      And  in        thy   name    rejoioe. 

^-m-M-ns--rn^-tti-jf}  i  y-i-yt1^-^-1^ -? i  ■  r i «  t » i -■— ■ — i *-7v-\\ 

g»-3  13-3-4    3|.g^5  [65   4|3   5      \S    \  5|5.gS_4  |  3^1  (ff_5J  3,    j  5|»     46|5     4  |  3-    || 

4  To  songs  of  praise  and  joy,         Be       ev  -  ery  Sabbalh     given,     That      such      may   be     our  blest  em-ploy  K  -  ter    -    nal  -  ly       in  heaven 


68  DISMISSION. 

I>  major,  soli.  chorus.  COLE. 

Lord  dis  -  miss        us    with     thy      bless  -  ing,    Bid        us  all  depart  in  peace;Slill  on  heav'nly  man   -   na  feed-ing,  Let        our     faith       and 

frt-rrl-t     i    li-ffli — itr itrt^ir^ti^^tintit^^ii^ — rii— ^nft 

@-l-»-5  I  5 5 — 1-4-3 — [s ffl4^5-6-£l^-7-f-djg^-4|s| 1 1 1 1« 5— I- 5 — V 

Lorddis-miss        us       with  thy      bless    -  ing,    Let         us        all       depart  in  peace;  Let       our     faith       and 

-1-1-1-j-l 3 — 1-4-3^4-1^2-314^ 4!  3-2-3-415-511-4-1— |l—  ll- |g~— j^-^U^-Sy^ 

love    increase.  Fill  each  breast  with  con    -    so     -    la  -  lion;  Up        to    thee  our  hearts       we    raise;  When  we  reach  the  heav'nly    sta-tiou,Then  we'll  give  thee  no- bier  praise, 

ntt-^tFti-ifoTilr-nr^^ 

L-i 
-^5-4134^3-315^51^6-6—  \s sls-S— U-5U 56|5~-45-5-5-5  U-4-4-51 5-7— £-s|  6-5 — 5-1- 

love    increase  Fill  each  breast  with  con  -  so    -    la     -    tion;  Up    to      thee  our  hearts        we  raise;     When  we  reach  the  heav'nly    station  .Then  we'll  give  thee  nobler     praise 

@-45-5ll=4-l-lU1-2l3:4-2— 15 5|3-l-l4M8l4^-33|5--|-i-i-i-3l4-4-4l-il3l-2,-l-3l|2-s--l-|- 


soli.  cho  rus .  soli.  chonts. 

then  we'll  give  thee  no- bier  praise;  and  we'll  singhal-le-  lu  -  jah,   Amen,  hal-  le-lu-jah,and  we'll  sing  hallelujah,    Amen,  halle-  lujah,  to  God  and  the  Lamb, 

<g-3^-i-it2^~ft^^3-4^^ 

^-^-sle'-^-sl-— - 1— — 1-- ^4|i-7-7lf-5— I 1—  F->li«^4l5-7^?l»-7-6l74 

Amen,  hal-  le-lu  -jah,  Amen,  halle-  lujah,  to  God  and  the  Lamb. 

-ft-f-i-zH-z — l-l- 1 1 F-iU-s^sli'-i1 1 1 F-iU-S-s\s-S-P-^U-9-2\jgA- 


( 


DISMISSION. Concluded.  69 

Hal-le-lu-jah  forev   -  er.  hal-le- lu-jah  forev   -  er,  hal-le-lu-jah  for  ev-er  and  ever,  Amen.  Hal-le  -  hi -jah,     A  -men,   Amen,    Amen 

Hal-le- lu-jah  for    ev-er,  hal-le- lu-jah  for    ev  -erand      ev-er, 

@ |4-5-55-5|4 — 6 |5-5-r-f-3|.l — 5^7— I-L5-5I 0-5-4  |s|  3--5|4-5  s|o5   \;i~-7\}-?-7\  }^^\\ 

and  ever,  Amen.  Halle  -  lu -jah,  A    -  men.   Amen,    Amen 

© 3-l-l-5-5|  1 — 3 14-4 =-9 -a -3j« — 5 !»  1  I  i  ill   i-3|4^3!l+l   3|l^i  l|lji-|i^3|^-5|l^-|i 

ev   -  er,  hal-le- lu-jah  forev   -  er,  hal-le-  Itijah  for  ev-er 

I10LMES.    8s  &  7s. 

1>  major.  COOK,  Mb. 

&i  g-  3 1  g  a  a-  3 1  a  iH^t4^-~jrsfTnsti^-5t5-s-3  ^Sta-infr-it*  3  i  _y  I  i-  I 

1  VVehavemet  in  peace   to-geth-er     In     this  house  of  God    a  -  gain;       Constant  friends  have  led    us  hith-er,  Here    to  chant  the  sol- emn  strain, 

&i-ar-3-|*  ii    tli  i  *  itjrtrii-TtTjrtJr- tt»~ini^-ftn-*-^1 1    1  3 -al *-[■ 

2  We  have  met,  and  Time  is    fly-  ing;  We  shall  partj  and  still  his    wing,       Sweeping  o'er  the  dead  and  dy- ing, Will  the  change- ful  seasons  bring: 

I-.T-5  \  5-5-3— 5-J-5-3-6—5-I-5— 3-5-5-1-5= 1~5=—  5  I  5-5-5—5  I  5-3-4—0  I  J---0-5— 5  1  5~— |- 

3  He    will  aid  us,  should  ex- istence  With   its    sorrows  sting  the  breast;        Gleaming   in    the    on-  ward  distance.Faith  will  mark  the  land  of  rest- 

&l-i^lU-i-i^iU-i-*^3\2^i^-ii3~U^iU-i  -i    i4i-i -4^a+3-4-5-3+i=-l 

frTM^-rt^SttfTTTlf^l-a^^  |  1-ft 

Here  to  breathe  our  ad  -  o- ra-tion,  Here  the  Saviour's  praise  to    sing;        May   the  Spir-it      of     sal- va- tion  Come  with  heal-ing      in      his  wing. 

«i;i  i  3-3-1*   3t4-3-3  -II 3  3  ~i    1 1  i j^3--3t»T-i^iti  1—5^540-5-3-4 1 3-jf 

Let   us,  while  our  hearts  are  lightest,  In     our  fresh  and  ear  -  ly     years,      Turn    to  Him  whose  smile  is  brightest,  And  whose  grace  will  calm  out  tears. 

? -—- i- ~ r- 4- 4-5-5  I  5- 5    .7      5    5- -3- -F  - -I  I  P  ■    6      5-    5  |  5-41 

here,  'midst  day -beams  round  him  playing,  We  our  Father's  face  shall   see,        And  shall  hear  him  gen  -  tly    say-ing,  "Lit-  tie  chil-dn  1     me." 

fc_— I. 1 . — I- — . — 4 — U^-U  i_i  i-Ui-1-3  »  i-  c»-5-_ii-n; 


-jp 


70  PARENT'S  GRIEF.   C.  M. 

A  Minor.     Do  on  C. 

I         1.     To  marl;  the     sufl'erings   of    the  child  That  can-not  speak  its  woe  ;    To      see     the      in  -  fant  tears  gush  forth, Yet  know  not  why  they    flow; 
V        -.     To  watch  the  last  dread  strife  draw  near, And  pray  that  struggle  brief, Though  all      is      end  -  ed  with    its  close, —  This  is     a      parent's     gtief. 

3.     To    see     in      one  short  hour  decayed  The  hope   of      fu-  lure  years  :  To      feel    how  vain      a     father's  prayers, How  vain    a       mother's   tears  ; 
1.     To  think  the  cold  grave  now  must  close  O'er  wnat  was  once  the  chief    Of       all      the   treasured  joys     of  earth, —  This  is     a       mother's     grief. 

f        5.    Yet  when  the   first  wild  throb  is     past,  Of    an- guish  and    despair,   To      lift     the     eye      of  taith    to  heaven, And  think— my  child    is    there; 
\        6.   This  best  can     dry     the  gush-ing  tear,This  yields  the  heart   re-lief,     Un  -    til     the  Christ-ian's  pi  -  ous  hope  O'ercomes  a      mother's     grief! 

<§-4-6-j-6— 6— 6 — ©4-3-3— 3-3-1-1— 3—3— 3-l-5-|-5--r-l— 1 — j—l+S—S—5-»d\-'B—4 — 3— sj-©7©-^ 

DANTON.  C.  M. 

Bb  major.  C.  M.  C.  Ar. 

1.  My  Shepherd  will  supply     ray  need  ;  Je    -    ho-  vah        is         his    name  ;    In    pastures  fresh  he  makes  me    feed,      Be  —    side      the      liv-ing  stream. 

(gi'srl^-^ |mrrs~"tf1  s+5~t7~?Jtt«~541  '~ \~sts~5fs~s"t'sr~s tn~~fs    fa    4jst4~~4t8tt 

2.  He  brings  my  wandering  spirit  back  When      1      for  —  sake     his     ways.  And  leads  me  for    his    mer-cv's  sake,      In      paths      of     truth  and  grace. 
.'!.  When  1  walk  thro'  the  shades  of  death, Thy     presence     is         mv      slay:     A  word  of  thy  sup- port-ing  breath  Drives   all         mv     fears     a- wav. 

^iJL4.l_i4J8_74JLJLJ^^ 

4.  Thy  band,  in  sight  of    all     mv  foes,  Doth    still  my        .  ta  -  ble  spread  ;    My  cup  with  blessings     o  -  ver-flows  ;   Thine     oil        a  -  noints  my  head. 

@-l-l4-l— 3-l-g-gj-1     *  1  *  I  5 — r5-?4l- — 2— -r-5-i-l-l-l—  3-1-5-5-I-1— *4-5— 4-S— -1-3 — 6^3-1-4— 5-J-l 41 

BOYLSTON  HALL.    S.  M. 

E  major.  •  Hartley. 

g-|-  --f -3— 1  -J-3— y-j-l-4-a- 1  -3—  5-j-3-^4--j-5--|-5-f-4—  3-J--S— -&-(-4— 3--j--2-|-©-j-5— A-J-3— 2  f  Iff 

I.       Ex  -  alt     the  Lord    our    God,    And    wor-ship     at      his    feet;     Hi^     na- tore      is      all       ho  -  li  -  ness,    And      mer  -  cy        in      his     seat. 

^_|_l.t.i_l.t.y_Tt.5_1_r ,  _B — a-t-y — o.-1  .^-|T'B"  I  ^-i-f-i-i-tr-i-t-rt-'-t-^'-t-'-yt-^ 

|     2.      When  Is- rael   was     his  church, When  Aa-ron    was     his  priest,  When  Mo —ses   cried,  when  Sam-uel  prayed.  He      gave   his      peo  -  pie     rest. 
1     3.       Oft      he     for- gave  their   sins.   Nor  would  de- stroy  their  race  ;  And    oft       he    made    Ins    vengeance  known.  When  they   a  —  bused    his  grace. 

^.    |    5  |  5     3  |°4     8  |  3  |  5  |  5     3  |  3 2  |  8  |  g  [  5     3  |  4     3  |  5 3_  |  .3  |    8   |    §     fi   |   5 4„j_3|J. 

I     4.       Ex  -  alt     the  Lord    our   God, Whose  orace    is     still     the  same  :  Still     he's    a      God     of      ho  -    li  -    ness,   And      jeal  -  ous       for      his  name. 


CALVARY.   8's,  7's  &*4.  71 

A,  Bb  or  C  major.        Slow  anil  firm. 
lJKark!  the  voice  of    love     and    mer-cy  Sounds  a-loud  from  Calva  -    ry:  bee!    11    rrmls   the   rocks  a-sun-der, Shakes  the  eanh,  and    veils  the     sky: 
-    ■•  It     is  fiinished!" — O,  what  pleasure  Do  these  charming  words  af-  lord  Heavenly  bless-ings,without  measure,  Flow   to  us  through  Christ  the    Kurd  : 

*-r I  "-7-I-1-  Mft»4-7-jC?|aJMA»tfiH r-z-l  ■_M-l-74T,,-Ui*-1MM^Jl7-«7  1 7  I 

J  I  une  your  harps  a-new.    ye       seraphs;  Join  to    sing  the    pleasing  theme:  All  in  earth  and   heaven  u-nit- ing,  Join      (o  praise    [minanu  -  el's  name 


WHEN  1  CAN  READ  MY  TITLE.  CM. 

E   major.  Mood. 

"It     is       finished  !'"  "It     is       fin-ished!"  Hear  the  dy-  ing  Sa-  vionr     cry.        I  ,1  When     1      can    read    my     ti  -  tie     dear      to     man 

fartfr- -irl  T^tfirrlTr*tr-i  Ir-fiN-tl  ]  &~tl1  •,l-?~a-41  •n-1-t*l :n  H" 

Should  earth  a  -  gainst  my   soul  en  -  gage,  And     ner  -  y 
I  ,i  ;  cares,  like     a     wild     del-age,. come,  And  storms  of 

,.    ;  S  |  1     8     3     4  |  5_s_  |    2    |   5  |  .1       45  |_ 

4  There  shall     I    bathe    my  wea-  ry      soul       In  seas        oi 

,  6^6+3-  -i-U^U-i- -iAM7U^U^-U4\{k-l^^-^-^4^-^  M-" 1  MMMM- 

6.  6  —     — 


"It     is     fin  -  ished!"  "It     is      finished!"  Saints, the  dy-insj  words     re- cord. 

6-6+<,Q-£  1    »•  }  1  '    -1   |    '•  1IJ-1-M— 7-4^^ 

Hal-  le  -  lit  -  jah  !    Hal-le  -  lu  -  -  jah  !  Glo  -  ry     to     the  bleeding     Lamb  ! 


r^^ftH 


(g-r-M^-hrt- 


\ 


t-?-t?S-?-'?^-V-rt7t  - LM:1 1 3_2-i  "Ml 


skies,     I'll     bid     fare-  well      to     ev-  ery     fear,   I'll     bid     fare-well     to    cv  -  ery   fear.   And     wipe 


my     weep-  ing 


^3^-4^-4-4-3^^4-4-  |  -4-j  3-4-£3  \  l~7  \    « || 


darts     be      hurled,  Then      I    can  smile     at     Sa-tan's  rage,  Then       I       can  smile    at    Sa    tan's  rage,   \i       face  a     frown-ing     world, 

sor  —  row        tail:    May      I    but    safe  -  iv  reach  my  home,  May      I      but  safe-  !y  reach  my  home.     Mv  God.  my  heaven,  my      all. 

V" — 1-1  -        I 
rest,    And    not      a    wave    of     trou- ble     roll,  And     nol 


,   ii. I   S  !  6.    6     fi     .1   16.    «     «|    S    i    s.     R      :•      SI  8.    8      81513      6 |  *     ■«    |   «|l 


''  l    !   '"'  I 


heaven       ly 

81   i"J  1.         4    :*  I -1. 

«!§•— 1  -1 —  *-fe-H  -o  I  — 1    H  ■— *< — 1 — —  1     I  1    —  v  —-i 


a    wave    oftrou  — ble    n ill       A-cross     my 


ful   breast, 


' 


-  ^ 


-    I-"3    5 


II 


72 
(81 


SABBATH  MORNING,  OR  EASTER  HYMN.* 


D  major.     Moderately 

Soli. 

-1  —  1 


Handel 
Chorm.  f  Soil.  /  Chorus. 


2  -    -    y    *  I  *  y    -t,t »  «o   1  -■  o  ©  o   17    »»   o  di«^   &- 1  —  a 

Christ  the  Lord     is    risen  to   day,  Hal-le  -  hi-  jah,     Hal- le  -  lu-jah,  Saints   and     an-gels  join  the     lay,   Hal- le- lu- jah,     Hal- le- lu- jah, 


-5  6  o""t7    c  t>  ote  e4~5^t* 


't 


~X 


<gi-3~ "3— 2_-»t^-2_S-t3^_i~^^5T"3~i-^""t2~l~y-^i^~^l-y:tST_5~^^J1^^^5-^-5"i 

Christ  the  Lord     is     risen  to  day,  Hal- le- lu- jah,    Hal- le- lu- jah,  Saints   and     an-gels  join  the     lay,   Hal- le- lu- jah,     Hal- le- lu-jah. 

^_*_  1  __3_5_3-4--2-5-  lr4- 1-3-4- 1—1-1  -3-4- 1  -4-5—2^-5—^4-1  -2— 3^5^-7-*-  5-4*-7-  }  -5-4- 


@-2— O t> 


Snll  /  Chorus.  Soil.  , — ,  Chorus. 

Loud  the  sound   of      Vic-tory  raise,  Hal-  le-lu-jah,      Hal-le-lu-jah,  Shout   the  great     Re-deem-er's  praise,  Hal-  le  -  lu-  jah,  Hal  -le  -  lu  -jah,  Hal- 

&~3"5~ 6~3-'t3_3_3z1^5T"^"3_"t^5~3-3'^""t3-_2~ll— 5j4f3~ 2~5^5^]iTz^1i~£~i~  i^'f 

g,-3_3 — © — 3_4-3-6-»5"4-7-*5-6-7— |--7-»5-6-7- l-6-*-l— 5— 5-6-I-5— 5 — 5-F-.*— 54-6-5-r-5-5-6-5-f-5-r- 

Loud  the  sound    of       Vic-lory  raise,  Hal-le-lu-jah,      Hal-le-lu-jah,  Shunt  the  great     Re-deero-er's  praise,  Hal-le- lu-jah,  Hal-  le  -  lu  -  jah,  Hal- 

^-3—3— 6— 3-2-1-1 


6-3=4-3— 3-6-3-  1-3-3-6-3-  1-6—8—^-3^4  1-5— g — l-r-3—  S4-4—  i-P-4-S-4— i-F-^4- 


le  -    lu-  jah, 

(8-4^-2-3-1 


3te=~6~h5=~lt 

Hal-  le  -  lu-jah. 

it 


-3T4="4T3- 


II 


|^5_5_5^___i4Jza4i 

le  -    lu-jah,  Hal-le  -   lu-jah. 

§-2-1-5-1=4- 1-I-4— 4-1-1—- 1 


THE  PASTOR'S  BENEFIT.  C.P.M.t 

C  major.    Slowly  with  expression.  Words  by  a  youns   Lady  in  Hopkinton,  Ms. 

1.  Thou  God    of    mer-cy,  light,  and   love,  Look  from   thy    ho  -  ly  throne     a  -  bove,  And 

&-rsU-*U--*-t-$-f2-t5~\-£— 5-5-3^t5-5--"-5t 

2.  We  meet   this   eve,  our    Pas  -  tor   dear,    Our   gifts     to   bring,  thy  heart     to  cheer,  And 

3.  We  bring  with  these,  our  wish  -  es  true,That  Heaven's  best  gifts  mav  rest    on    you,  With 

1-1—^4^4-7-4-  f      }  '   1      l-l7-7-7-»4- 


@4-« 


-1-5-4-5- 


4.     Oh    may   thy      la-  bors   here    be    blest ;  May    we      ac  -  cept   the  promised     rest,   And 
§■■4-1-4-4—5  1-1— 1—  41—  5-1  -l4-5  J--1— 1— 1— 1-4-5— 5—5—  i-l 

*  if  the  Soli  passages  are  sung  by  a  single  Base  voice  the  effect  will,  perhaps  be  the  best. 

t  It  is  customary  in  many  of  the  New  England  Congregations,  to  have  a  Social  Annual  Meeting  for  bestowing  gifts  on  the  Pastor.     The  above  was  sung  011  a  like  orcasian,  in 
Hop  km  toe,  Mass.  in  1843.    The  Pastor,  the  lie  v.  Mr.  Webster  kindly  furnished  the  Hymn.     New  music  has  been  composed  for  this  work. 


THE  PASTOR'S  BENEFIT.  Concluded.  73 

[&  *  S  *  il  1  ?  1  » I «   rt^-Ttr-'-fi-8-8-^-?-?-1  llf  HI  ^^g~ ?-?-1~ati 

tune   our  hearts    to    praise.     Be-stow   thv    bless-ing      on      us      here    And     let      us     feel     thy      presence   near,  As     we    our     voi  —  cea    raise. 

«-*-*-**-*  I  Trhrhr-rl^   Ui|8s  l^Jr-g-g-dr-hl   e   3   3  I  4<  fr-fr-fl  I 

aid    thee     on      thy     way;  Nor   this      a- lone,    we    fain  would  prove,  That  ours,  are  hearts   of    grate- ful    love,    Ac-  cept  th'allempt,  we     pray, 
all     on    earth  you    love,    And    may   our   love  thus    fee  -  blv  shown,  Ce  -  nient    the     tie    that's  round  us  thrown,  Till  we   shall   meet     a-  bove. 

^-g^.g,8_44_y4JL4JL_g-4^   i    i    i_\  i    i  l-g--jL-*   f|f    n    m*-f-M   I . 

souls     to    thee      be    given;  Till    we    shall    all     our     Pas- tor     greet,    In     that  bright  world  where  saints  shall  meet, And  swell  the  songs  of   II 

®-&— a— 2— 3-1-5-1-1-4-4— 9- j-i— i— 3— 5-4-— — —4—*^    31    s    6  1  4— 4— i'— d-l-s^-g— *—  s— j— m  II- 

FARNSWORTH.  S.  M. 

Bb  major.  M.    C'onnnt. 

^-l-l-j-l-l-^     ^  1  s-l  g  1  1-1-1^8^^8^-3-3-4-1^-4-3-1  |  ft.  |  ^    4    1-^-1^-3^-}-^ 

1.     Your  harps,  ye  trembling  saints,  Down  from  the   wil  -  lows  take  ;  Loud,  Jo     the  praise   of    love     di  -  vine,    Bid     ev- ery         string         a- wake. 

&i  al  3-  5  4  drtTFftrl*  3  ilit\ S'U  g  *-hr-*  5  ililll  JIHto I »li 

.   Though  in       a      for- eign   land,  We    are    not     far      from  home  ;  And  near- er       to     our  house     a   -bove    We     ev- ery       mo ment  come. 

&:i-.^--5-i_f  4-M-^5-5-«- J-4 r\f  t   F 1A-J-4  flHf  F  i*4-g= 5-4  stt 

3.     His   gra;e  will    to     the     end  6lrong-er     and  brisrht-er      shine  ;  Nor   present  things,  nor  things  to  come,  Shall  quench  the  spark  di  - 

e-  2-I-4-3--3— 4— 5  4-i4-i-4-i— 1-1-5J—- j-o^l-4--T1—  6-4-3— 2—  i— 34-  i-4-i— 3— 1 1  s 5-4-1  II 

PALMER.  L.M. 

C   major.  Soli.  Chora*. 

«-^-,l-.tt^i^»nH-li^8-?1-,y-«1^ 

1.  O     for      a    sight,  a    pleas-ing  sight,  Of     our    al  -  -  tnigh  -  ty     Father's  throne!  There  sits  our  Sa-viour,  crown'd  with  light. Oloth'd  with   a      bod  -  -  y       like    our    own. 

frttrinH  i-.it  a-its  HlvTirfrU  i  I  a  *\  a  hfrl  *-*t$ttt*i-i  I  s  1 4 1 4  «1  ttJ  1 3-    1 

2.  A  -  dor  -  ing  saints  a-round  him  stand, And  thrones  and  powers  be-fore      him    fall;  The»God  shines  gracious  through    die   man,  And  sheds  bright  g  ihem 

3.  O,  what    a  -  maz  -ing  joys  they  feel.  While  10   their      gold  *  en  harps    l  Ind         li  -  o,    from  each  heaven  -  Iv   hill,    The    glo-rioiu      lii-  umplis  ol       Uielr  K 

4-.  When  shall  ibe   day,    O   Lord    ap-pea/,  That    1    shall    mount     to     dwell     a  -  bove,  And  stand  and    bow     a  -  moug    them  there,  And    view  thy    face,    and  Sing       thy  lovr  ? 

te-4-i-i-3'4-4-a-|  5-5  1  1-1  5-1  l-7-r-6-5-l4-2— 2|-5|^--  |— — I — 4- -4-5 1-0-5  I  13-4  1-5—5  \l\[ 

10 


74  LOWELL.    L.  M. 

A  mnibr  H.  W.  DAY. 

(gi-it2-it7-5tg-^t1-i3t4-st9-1i^-1'-r9-t7t1-9t3-1t9-3t4-t2t3-5t4-3t1-,ytI-lt 

1   My  gracious  Lord,  1  own  thy  right    Ti>  eve— ry   ser-vice     I     can       pay,    And  call    it     my   supreme  de-light     To  hear  thy  dictates  and    o-  bey. 
2  What  is    my  be—  ing   but  lor  thee — lis  sure  support,  ils    noblest        end!    'Tis   my    delight  thy  lace    to    see,    And  serve  tlie  cause  of  such  a  Friend. 

3  I  would  not  sigh  for  worldly  joy,      Or    to     increase  my  worldly       good;    Nor  future  days  nor  pow'rs  employ    To  spread  a  sounding  name  abroad. 
4   'Tis   to    my   Saviour  I  would  live — To  him  who  for   my   ransom       died;  Nor  could  all  worldly   hon- or   give  Such  bliss  as  crowns  me  at  his  side. 

@_|  JL|S_»J«li4AJ5  |  »_|I+I_I+4_^ •2_3)47_|24_i_545_54_4_»_|:2_|_54..1_3 ;2_4_j_S_2_|3_ ft 
~~  5.  His  work  my  hoa- ry  age  shall  bless,  When  youthful  vigor    is        no    more,  And  my  last  hour  of   life  confess      His  sa-ving  love,  his  glorious  pow'r. 

@-l-J-4 7_14.5_34_4_5_L-L4i4-6-5-]-4-3  |  a_1_4.3_J.s4-o-7-|-,-3-|-4-« U-+7-T1—  14-6-4-[«-a4-l-4l- 


HAYDN.    L.  M. 

C.  major.  E.  H.  BASCOM. 

1  Zi  -on,     awake;  thy  strength  re  -  new;  Put       on  thy  robes  of  beauteous  hue;  Church  of    ourGod,  a- rise  and  shine,       Bright    with  the  beams       of    trothdivine. 

2  Soon  shall  thy  radiance  stream    a    -    far  Wide      as    the  hea    then,  nations  are,    Gen-ules  and  kings  thy  light  shall  view;     All         shall    admire      and    love  thee  too. 

@.I_l_3^4|<5^5ll_2«-7jI — 1-5 ^s\s^{-\9-^S=\-l-i-6\9'-^\9r-l\s |l 1-^4 2-t5-3[l^JI 


HASKELL.    L,  M. 

D  major. 

(81-3t^-^.'^tT^2t3-W^-7-Mt4-st2-t2t3-3-4-it5^5l  "IT  mM"^^-^-^ 

1  Mv  God,  mv  King,  thy  various  praise  Shall  fill  the  remnant  of    mydays;  Thy  grace  employ  my  humble  tongue,  Till  death  and  glo-ry  raise  thesong. 

•Star^^tiTrti-nti-irT^ 

2  The  wings  of  eve-rv  hour  shall  bear  Some,  thankful  trib-nte    to  thine  ear;     And  eve- ry    set-ling  sun  shall  see     New  works  of  du-ty  done  for  thee. 
3  Thy  works  with  boundless  glo-ry  shine.  And  speak  thy  ma-jes-  ty     di-vine;     Let  eve-  ry  realm  with  joy  proclaim  The  sound  and  bon-or     of  thy  name. 

4  Let  distant  climes  and  nations  raise    The  long  suc-ces-sion   of  thy  praise,  And  un-born    a-  ges  make  iny  song     The  joy  and  triumph  ol  their  tongue. 

^5-i+i-i-i-i16-5+i-J--34-4-2^3-i^ 


G>  a 


Eb  major. 


75 

N.  P.   IJassrtt.     Ar. 


1 


DEPARTURE.    (C.  II.)    Funeral  Hymn. 
^-lia-sio-ai^a^ji^jjs-sig-si^^i^-js-a-ij-Gj.-i   i  glj  t^s-a-v-i^f*- 

1   When  blooming  youth  is  snateh'da-wav     By  death's  resist-less  hand,     Our  hearts  the  mournful  trib-ute  pay,  Which  pit  -  v     must   demand 
2  The  voice  of  this    a-larm-ing    scene  May  eve- ry  heart  o  -  bey:       K7r      be  the  heav'nly  warning  vain,  Which  calls  to  watch  andpray 
3  0,  let    us    fly,  to    Je  -  sus     fly ,' Whose  pow'rful  arm  can  save;     Then  shall  our  hopes  ascend  on  high,  And  tri-umph  o'er    the  "rave     Then 

rf  iT'-'l'-M^g-rJai-l^-i^U-G^aO-F-i-     -     -4--— .14-WV-J-i    «!.v'|»-r.( 


• 


-3 — [-3-3-3— l-j-.j-s-a-j-T:!  j  a-i  j  2   -3-2-j  i--jf 

Our   hearts  the  mournful   trib-ute  pay    Which    pit  —  y    must  de-mam!. 

Nor        be  the  heav'nly  warning  vain.  Which  calls  to  watch,       and    pray. 

9   8?   «-*?     I  ftp   f  |flf: . \  3_  34  ftjf&M.  |! 

shall  ourhopesas  -  cend  on  high.  And  tri  -         umph  o'er       the    grave. 


LFGHTDAY.    lis, 

A  major. 
1  I  wouldnot  live  al-  way;  I    ash  not   to  Btay 

(8i-it«r  rttJrri  ■)  7-7-"  |*-f 

2  Where  storm  af-ter  storm  ri  -  ses  dark  o'er  the  way; 
3  I  would  not  live   al-  «  ay;  no,  w  elcome  the  tomb- 

mja  .»(»    4_4j3_2    3]2    a    3|r4 
4  Who,  who  would  live  alway     a-way  from  his  God— 

fri-4 1 1  1    rfji   «   1  I^s-S-I-^I- 


^-at3-3-^l-y-lt2-2-3t^|^t5---^t  l-^-lt2-o-:51  .iT_+:2  ,  :i_.l_41  -3-4-2+1-I-y  |  ,._,f 

Where  storm  af-ter  storm  ri-  ses  dark  o'er  the  wav;   The  few  In- cid  mornings  that  dawn  on  us  here,     Are  followed  by  gloom  or   be- clouded  with  fear 

«-7t1-,,-5t6-^-5t7-r-,1t.>-t3 hnrti  b-j*-,*1  7  7  -■  I *    Ni I  «  :i  ?1  >-^-et3-.;  -1*1  .v-j| 

Tenipta-tion  without  and  cor-rup-tion  with-in:  K'en  the  rapture  ot    par-don     is  mingled  with  fears,  And  the  cup  of  thanksgiving  with  pen-i  -tent  tears 
Since  Je-sus  hath  lain  there,  I  dread  not  its  gloom.There  sweet  be  my  rest  till   he  bid   me     a- rise,       To  hail  him    in    triumph  descending   tin- 

©  «l«  ?  4 18  ?  ?|8  y  Mr  I3!3  4  #4*-M MMM k^-J-8!'  f1  M1  M PM  - ! :t-W 

A-wav  from  von  heaven,  that  blissful     a- bode, Where  riv-ers  of  pleasure  flow  o'er  the  bright  plains,  And  the  noontide  of    glo- ry      c- ternallv  reigns?    ' 

b-iJJL-M  I  S-g-jLj-^-g-r-S-  1 1  1  *    Ml1    ?    Ms-^-ff-UM-7|l-M  I  -L,_i  I  5-^-5  I-1--H 


76  CAVRETON.    C.  M. 

G  or  F  major  ___  G    W.JJARTLETT.    HI. 

10       for       a    thousand  tongues  to  sinj     My    dear     Re- deem -er's  praise,  The  glo- lies  of   my     God  and  king,The     iri-umphsof      his  grace! 
n^^-l^^l-J^-g^.^  ^tg ^ts-t} 

•2  Mv     trra-cious  mas  -  ter  and    my  God,    As-sist        me       to        proclaim,  To  spread  thro'  all  the  earth        abroad,  The  lion   -  ors    of         thy  name, 
'i  Je-sus'      the  name  that  calms  our  fears,  That  bids      our      sor -rows  cease; 'Tismu- sic    in    the  sin-  ner's  ears;  'Tis  life,      and  health,    and  peace. 

~    j.  jYe  breaks    the  pow'r     of  reigning  sin;        He     sets     the  pris'n  -  er       free;His  blood  can  make  the  foul  -  est  clean;  His  blood      a  -  vailed    for   me. 

LITHGOW.    C.  M. 

Eb  major.  .  <-*  «—» 

^.3_j_3-4|5-— 5j«=7— 1|*-|-J- 1 ?-S-8-4|S-l-3|9_-|-«j«~-l[a.-«|fr3-#4|5--|a|6J-6|»4-Sjl^J- 

1  Mortals    awake,    with     an   -    gelsjoin,  And  chant  the  sol-emnlay:    Jov,love,and  grat-i- tude,  combine  To  hail  th' aus- pi-ciousday 

2  In  heav'n  therapt'rous     song        began,  And  sweet  ser-aph  -  ic  fire     Thro' all  the  shining  Ic-gions  ran,  And  strung  and  lun'd  the  lyre. 

Ip-|-l-l-aj8^l-3j4r 3|*»|-^| ^J-I-3[3^1|yr-f3j3-8fli^[3^2j»_-|3|4--4|3^--y|r^ 

*?  Sw'ft  thro' the    vast       ex  -   panse  it    flew,  And  loinl  the    rrh    -  o  rolled;  The  iheme.ihe  song, lliejny      was  new,  'Twas  more  than  heav'n  could  hnlU. 

4  Down  thro' the    por-tals       of'       the  sky  Th' impetuous  lor  -  rent  ran;  And  angels  flew  with  ea  -  ger  joy,     To  bear    thenews    to  man. 

&3 l§_31_.8|6«JS_Ji|l>4.JL|54_3 5      \S-     g|S-   \S\S-  S\&-  5|67    8|7-    j  8|8~<B8|3- 54|3-jH 

5  Hark' ihe  cuer    -  u    -    bic  ar  -  -   mtes  shout,  And  elo    -   -  -rv  leads        ihe  song;    Good  will  and  peace  are  heard  thro'outTh'  harrno-  nious  heav'n-  lv  'hrong. 

&3___|1^344^2_115-4_3_[:lP__1_  |I_7_I|5_4.I|l_-_5|l_-_rlf2_?{5r41|4r._4J.5^,ll1_-tt 

SHELDON.    C.  M. 

f  mnior  ReT-   G*  Wheeler. 

l'wtiene'er  the  Saviour's  cross  I  view,    All  stained  with  precious  blood,       And  see     his  droop-  ing  bod  -  y,     too,      Pour  out     the   crirn-  son  flood 
o  >T;=  than    I    hate  the  cru  -el  Jew,    Who  thrust  the    point-ed  rod;       Hut  Conscience  cries,  'twas  vou,  'lwas  vou.  Who  killed  the    Son     of  God. 

3  "You  wruno- from  him  the  bloody  sweat,  You  hung  him    on      thetree,         All  men  were  then     to-  geth  -  er     met,       To  help    the   Jew    and  thee. 
°i  TIptt  Saviour   now  I  nwnmvshame,    I      was    thy     bit  -  ter   foe,  Myentft   deserves  the  quenchless  flame,    And  nev  -  er  -  end  -  ing  woe. 

s_a   a   a '«   gjff   4   3    \*\  ?    f    5     «4gi_J,_g  f  *  ■  ff     3     4|5     4     3    j  3|3     g     *     4j_3-    j| 

^~ 5  And  vet  Y  hear  thy  pard'ning  voice;  To   thee    I'll   bring  my  guilt,      And  bid     my   hpart    in  thee     re-joice,    And  trust  the  blooo    I    spill. 


SLATE.    8s. 


C    111:11  or. 


-1-3  |  3- 


I~gt5*4~5~«" 

1    Ye   an-gels,who  stand  round  the  throne, And  view  my   Im-man- u- el's  face,        In       r;'p    -   tu    ■ 
•J   Ye  saints, who  stand  near-er  than  they,  And  cast  your  bright  crowns  at  his  feet,     His   graco      and 


77 


»-i  1 3—3- 

mus  songs  make  liim  known;    O,  tune  your   soft 
his      glo  -  ry      dis-play,    And  all      his    rich 

t3=-   -i1  2   f  sti   h*hhrt1  *-*-,»1  y~  Nt3^-3-«-^t^-^~r  I  ^tgttMrtt 

I  LmmJ  h^^J 


:'>   He  snatch 'd  you  from  hell  and  the  grave;     He  ransom'd  from  death  and  despair;     For    you 
1  0,  when  will  the   mo-meni  ap-pear.    When  1   shall  u-mte    in  their  song?     I'm    wea 


3  1 

— - 

he 


is     migh-ty       to  save.    And  faith- ful      to 
of      ltn  -  ger  -  ing  here;      For    I       to    your 


5  I'm  fet-ter'd  and  chain'd  hero  in  clay;         I  struggle  and  pant  to    be   free;         I    long       to 


g— f  g-^S— *+s-4-  f  +  ,»     ,■     <U 

be        soar-  ing      a-  way,      My  God    and     my 


3 

b~4- 


-l'-i-i—  1-1  1^—  £-&  -{-I— l-l-W-4-21  {-1-3-1-1 ,?-- 1--5  I  5 5 g— J-g— 5— g  U— 1~3-|-4— 4— 3  r- 


riMf^1rf*t*Tlnirt*^*tri1 

harps    to    his  praise,  0,  tune  your  soft  harps  to    his  praise, 
mer- cv     re-peat,   And  all    his  rich  mer- cv     re- peat. 

<g-.V-t1-4  I  3-|3  t-8k-i-^:-f-*t-I-tt 

brniL'  you  safe  there, And  faithful    to  bring  you  safe  there. 
Sa-viour  lie-long,    For    I      to   your  Saviour    be-long. 

i-g—  5-«4-«-4«  l-g-g-g-f-g  ,  g-  -g-r-g-  H 

Sa-viour  to   see,     My  God  and  my  Saviour    to   see. 

;-5— 5-34-1-4-14-1-1-1-1-^-^-^-1-1-1!- 


i:   mnjor. 

<g-§-l|3-l-|-4-:i 


HAWLEY    S.  M. 

solo.  durtt.  I,KV. 

. 2  M~— 1  -  —  "I  -  J51fs-i1-3-f5t 

1   Behold,  the  morning  sun     liegins  his  glorious  way;  His  beams  thro' all  the 

^r1  i.:5_ltr-»  1 7- 1 — 1 — 1— — -r— 1*1  •* 2  « »t 

s-pel  cornea,  It  spreads  diviner  light;  It  calls  dead  sin-nera 

ments  just'        For-ev-er   sure  thy 


2  But  where  the  ge 

How  per-fect   is   thy  word!  And  all  thy  judgn 


4   My  gracious  God, how  plain  Are  thy    di  -  rec  -  lions  given!    0,  n 


may    I     nev-er 


I- 


(S-«-6^,-.l-f-3t4-4-3-3t^-1-:T-t-i^f5-|-I 


.f5t-6_7-j-'- 

And  life     and  light   con-vey,         His  beams  thro'     all      the       na-tions     run, 

-3—1—1  I  *r— J-3-  j  -lr-3-j-3— 3-f-4—4- 


3 


11a-  ttons    run, 

,-4-41  4^3-|-3t3-«-.-.  |  7, 

from  their  tombs,       And  gives  the  blind  their  sight, 
prom-ise,  Lord,        And  we      se-cure-ly  trust, 

|     -     |  g|g     5     g     g|g.     |   .1  j .3.    g,-4^g^_8,[^_  ••»    I    g_p_|   g        |_gi_0_J   -"5 

nev  -er       read     in       vain 


It     calls  dead      sin  -  tiers     from   their  tombs. 
For  -  ev  -  er       sure    thy     prom-ise,     Lord,  And 


C-- 


f-3-4-  f-g— 1-2-  h-3— 3-f-l— {j 

And         life        anil        light   con  -  v.  v. 

And       gives      the       blind  their    sight, 
we        Be     -    cure-lv       trust. 

1  I  "4 


read    in     vain,        But  find    the    path     10  heav'n,       O,    may      I        nev-er       read     in       vain,  But  find       the        path     to     heaven. 


78  THE  FIFTH  COMMANDMENT.  Sentence.  Ex.  xx:  12. 

C  .Major. 

Hon-  or   thv  Fa-ther,  thy  Fa-ther  and  Mo-ther,  thy  Fa-ther,  thy   Fa-ther   and  Mo-ther,  thy  Fa-  ther  and  Mo-ther,  thy  Fa-ther  and     Mo- 

£-2-3-3-3  f  3-^-^  t  2 ~a-4l  4~ 3  5  I5-5-5  Pi-5--&U-5-iU-a-^\t~i-^-[T- p^t 

Hon- or   thv  Fa-ther,  thy   Fa-ther   and  Mo-ther,  thy  Fa-ther,  thy    Fa- ther  and   Mo-ther,  thy   Fa-ther   and  Mo-ther,  thy  Fa-ther  and     Mo- 


VuM. 

ther,  Hon- or,        Hon- or,       Hon  -  or    thv     Fa- ther  and     Mo- ther,  That  thv  dava  may  belong,  that  thy  days  may  be  long,  that   thv 

&-3-3^t:i^-rt.3-4-~-^^ 

c4^MH     -    -1-^— I- ±U-±M-*-±* — 4-  -     1      -    4 — — -U  l   l 


—fr~ 


!!■■•  —  1  —  I  1  1      «  ~~-  —      1      —  ■  1  1  1  w  w     1 

ther,  Hon- or,        Hon- or,       Hon  -  or    thy     Fa- ther  and     Mo- ther,  That  thy  days  may   belong,    that   thy  days  may   be  long,  that   thy, 

&-1 — M-l 4 1 1-4-4— 5—5-4-1— 1— F 1- -I — —  -4 — - — I — i— »4- 


Ckorus. 


days  may     belong    in       the  land  which  the  Lord    thv  God  giv- eth  thee,  God    giv-elh  thee,     giv-eth      thee,  which  the  Lord  thy  God  giv-eth  thee. 

3-3-3-3i"3-3Hit2-^-St3C^ 

days  may   be  long   in      the  land  which  the  Lord      thy  God   giv-eth   thee,  God  giv-  eth  thee,   giv-eth      thee, which  the  Lord  thy  God  giv-  eth  thee. 

C-3-3~34-^.-|  V5-5  LiJ^^^ 


REMEMBER  THY  CREATOR.  Sentence.  70 

F  Major.  Ecle.   12.  I.  '  ** 

rlf1f-;-^^N-^f-t^!-nl-^n^^?i1^^^3t-4-^n,-^4t^^f^ 

i.        Re-mem-ber  Ihy     Cre  -    a  -  tor      in     the  days  of  Ihy  youth,   While  the    e  •    vildays  they  come    not    and  the  years  they  draw  nigh,  when  tho  e-  vil    days   they 

«-rdrririnrt-U:i  g-g  Is  s  g-far1-*  |  i-t-i-^^-i-^-i  1 2  Mf3  i  i  f »i  i-if 

C^3-^-8-4   3  1 3   S   a   3  1 4   3   a  1 3^g   g  |  g   g   g   ff^_g_^^g_^_44,3_ff_G4,g_^_6_g4. 

I.        Re-mem-ber  thy   Cre-    a  -  tor     in      the    days   of   thy    youth,  While  the      e   -vildays    they  come  not    and    the  years  they  draw  nigh,  when  the    e  -   vildays  they 

(Uf  \f  }  f  }  |g-i^g-^4s^g^MM8  8  3  g  l?  f  -s-s+s-jUil-i  F  f*|?  *  »  h 


Duett. 


Chorui. 


come  not  and  the    years  they  draw  nigh,       When  thon   shall  say,  thou  shall  say     I     have   no  plea-sure    in    them,        1   have        no  pleasure      in    them,    1    have     no 

frjM-»-«.  [«J#-#4ft-44- r— 1 _ .J __4 |g_S_g|3    3    g  I  4__4_4_44 

come  not,  and    the    years  they  draw  nigh.        When  Ihon  shalt    say,  thou   shall  say    1     have  no   plea-sure  in    them,  1    have  no   plea-sure      in   them,    1     have    no 

C*J_M-44*-4^-U- M 4- 4-  - — -I [__-!  LMW-iW44^ 


pleasure  in  them,  no  pleasure  in  them. 

g  5-g-glg-  g|4  6  ^fjT-Ht 

C::l-?-?!^?IM^l:l-;ii 

pleasure  in  them,  no  pleasure  in  them. 

C4g-g-g|i-fU-4-4|i-;  li- 


en a.nt.  The  Lord's  Prayer. 

D  major.  taJt  Time.    II.  W.  Day. 

1.  Our  Father  who  art  in  heav  n,     Hallowed  lie  thy  name, 

•2.  Thy  kingdom  come,  thy  will  be  done.    On  earth  as  it         is  in  heav'n.  Amen,  Amen,  Amen,  Amen 

-r-  -lntr-1  "1^1  ^itr-4t*-afr^lr-1l 


3.     Give  us  this  day  our 
I      Vnd  lead  u^  not 

{'■      -3-- 


dail  -  y  bread,  And  forgive  us  our  tres-   (  trespass 

passes    is    we    forgive  if  against  us, 


those  who 

into  temptation,   But   de- 


l     J  I  3- 1 — 3- 

,j   lor  thine  is  die  kingdom  &  the  power  ot  the  elory    For 

C-  -v- Ii-ili4-r 


liver  us  from  evil  ; 

la-a-l-a  (--i|i-g|g  -«|g  i!:tif 


ever  and  ever,        Amen,    tmen,       Amen,    A  men. 

4a-a  I  grl-iU-al  l-jljj-jl  i-lf 


80  STEPHENS.  C.  M. 

Key  of  G  major.  JONES. 

£i-it*4-^ti-^it7-»-tn  w5^  t*-*t ■  it 

1.  Yes,  there  are    joys    that     can- not      die,  With  God    laid     up      in  store — Treasures,  be- yond  the  changing    sky,  More  bright  than  gold-en    ore. 

IJlji-g.   [M    l^-gJLJj^i    |t  g;[g   4H|l|,l,  ,,,a^4.g_JLjJL-g_484,14^.J-..J:A-443||. 

2.  To  that  bright  world  my      soul     as-pires,  With    rap-tur   -   ous   de-light:  O    for       the  Spirit's  quickening  powers,  To    speed  me      in   my  flight! 

KNIGHT.  C.  M. 

CJ  or  A  major  W 

1.  Fouitain    of    mer  -  cy,  God   of    love,  How  rich   thy   bounties      are!     The  roll  -  ing     seasons,  as    they  move,  Proclaim   thy    con-stant  care. 

2.  When  in     the      bo  -  som  of     the   earth   The  sow  -  er      hid  the     grain,  Thy  goodness  marked  its  se- cret  birth,  And  sent    the      ear  -  ly    rain. 

&-»-ifi^-iW)-a-^rirlsia  i   y-,Ijt^t-It,1-?-"I-^t-^-^-^tYt^  g   a   s\&# 

3.  The  spring's  sweet  influence.  Lord  was  thine;  The  plantsin    beau-  ty    grew;  Thou  gav  'si  re  -  ful-gent  suns    to  shine,  And  gav'st  re-  fresh-  ing  dew. 
4   These  va-rious  mer-  cies  from    a  -  bove      Ma-tured  the   swell-ing  grain  ;    A    kind- lv      harvest  crowns  thy  love,  And  plen  -  ty     fills     the  plain. 

^.14?  f  «  giMUa-Mlf  f  *-MT4_ifr  g  5  t\f-LMJL\f,  f,i  ^H 

5.     We  own   and  bless   thy  gra-cious  sway;  Thy  hand   all      na-ture    hails  :  Seedtime  nor    harvest,  night  nor  day,    Sum-mer    nor    win  -  ter,  fails. 

^_1_rt_^_JL__*W__^^^ 

ORISON.  7's. 

1  Mornin^  breaks  up- on     the   tomb;    Se  -  sus  scat- ters   all      its  gloom  ;  Day     of  triumph!  through  the  skies  See     the     glorious    Saviour   rise. 

(gi"5— il'-S— 5t6~ i-t^+S-^-fs— ^t5~ _-f~3rt--_t3~ .tt"4~4  \-ry\s~&  f"»~ 4ts~it37tt 

2  Ye    who   are      of  death     a-fraid,  Triumph      in     the   scattered  shade  ;  Drive  your  anxious   cares     a- way  ;  See   the  place  where  Je-  sus   lay. 

s4_i    iji    ni_i  4_14_.1_1-J.1_4  4-7-4  J-H  -l--«4-l-T<4-A-?-r-r4-l-?  I  »- #4-4-^4. 

3  Christian     dry   your  flowing   tears  ;  Chase  your  un  -  be-licv-  ing  fears  ;  Look  on   his     de  -  sert  -ed  grave;  Doubt  no   more  his  power  to   save. 

gi-i__.  I-2—3 1 4  -£-  i  i\  -i— a'- 1  •_— s-r-a— 1- \ -.v-l-i— i-\  4— 3-4-4— 3 j-*4-i— 44-3—44-s— sli^ft 


Bb  major. 

I.  The    Sa— viour     now        is         "one 

<S~s~3~i~4~t~3~~5ji"  I  a~ 

'2.   Lord,  make  us         to      those     joys 

Si_I_i_i_s.|jL_i_4nM 

3-  To   guide   us         to      thy  glo  - 

£-5-1— 1— «4-6— 3-4-1-5 — 


CHiPIN.  ('.  M. 


i 


J  t  »  t~« -? "t"  t  r-e 

be  -   -  fore  To     yon     blest   realm 


-  I  -  t- 


3— 2- 


81 

-a--(-4— a-j--s-*4-f-.-a  | 


.1       1  "5-   |     3     .1    .1 


spir-  its 

.r  «  I  7 


light:         0,     thith-er     may    our 
as pire,       That  spring  from      love      to       thee,       That    pas3    the      car  -  nal    heart's  de  -   sire, 

JgJ4A4-JLV-jyL  |  a    «J4.ys_|_ff    5    5  |  5    y  |  1    a 

-rn:s,       Lord,         To    lift      us  to         the    sky,  O,     may    thy      Spi  —  rit      still     be     pouR>; 

-5 1-1=4-  1  —5-1 1-a— 3— 1-5--4-5— 5— 5-4-5     5  I    '      6-1-5  - 1 


2-_| 


fr 


"h 


5—5 


And  wins  their   up-ward  flight,  And  wing 

\-S~5~i  f  "3~ 5~ t5~ 5~5" 

And  faith    a -lone  can       see,  And  faith 
_3_3_^j_l_3Jl^_J_l_ 

Up-on      us    from     on     high,  Up  -  on 

m r U=~  3— 3- 


-4^  3-  2tl  ft 

their     up-  ward  flight. 

-^to-4t3J| 

a  -  lone   can     see. 

M-J-r-l-'H- 


\ 


7llU  ) 

do    high.     I 
«  I    .11 


us     from  on 


BETHLEHEM.   C.  M. 

F  or  G  major. 

1  While  shepherds  watch"d  their  flocks  bv  night,  All   seat  -  ed     on       the    gr< 

*1-S       '      7h,-I-ti-7t^t-.»-t»-5t5-5-1.V, 
'-'  "  lo    \ ,    in      Da-vid's  town,  this  day,      Is    born     of  Da-vid's      line, 

3  Thus  spake  the      se-raph,    and  forthwith    Ap-pear'd  a   shin  -  ing     throng 

@-!-3_-i_3 1  JML4A_«4»4^L4J-.T4.i:?_y  1 7- 

4  "  All    glo  -  ry       he       to    God     on  high.   And     to      the     earth    be    peace  ; 

as  I  I 

(-   .'  -    - 


;^f^__!^_e^4_3  |  jfc.j_iir|-1_a_j_S_a  (.3.5  .tf4  j^fe  |_3  j  .v.5_3  |  ,>4.3_2  |  3rj-5-|-.5-3-5-j-. >■!-:«  2  j  1 1| 

All  seat  -  ed       on      the  ground,  The    an  -  gel       of     the    Lord  came  down,  And  glo-ry       shone     a -round,  And    glo  -  ry       shone     a  -  round. 

Is    born     of     Da- vid*s     line,    The     Sa- viour,  who      is   f'hrisi    the  Lord  ;  And  this  shall     he        the    sign,    And  ibis    shall       be         the 
Ap-pear'd   a     shin- ing    throng      Of     an  -  gels    prais  -  tug  God,      on    high    And  thus  ad  ■  dress'd  their  song.  And   thus   ad-  dress'd    '.h   ii 

;_5|3__3|,Kwyi|o.|.r.|.i_r4.i._r:s_3^:3.|  F..|  ] — . —  j ...  |  :t.  [ .«  y^yqy 

And    to      the     earth    he    peace ;  Good  will  henceforth,  from  heaven  tn    n,     I!  -gin    and     nev  -  -  er      cease,     Be  -  gin    and        nev  -  er    - 


§2  JENNINGS.    L.  M,  Or  6  Lines 

F  major. 


dun. 


3  ^Jo     rude      a  -  larms   of        ra-eing    foes;     No  cares,    10    break  ihe       long       re  -pose;       No      mid-  night  shade,  no     cloud- ed       sun, 

1  Thine  earth  -  ly       Sabbaths,  Lord,  we      love;   But  there's  a         no-  bier       rest  a  -  bove;        To      that     our     long-  nig     souls    as  -  pire, 

2  No    more    fa  -  tigue,  no     more  dis  -  tress,    Nor  sin,  nor    death, shall    reach       the    place;        No  groansshall     min-gle      with    the    songs 

C-S-M— — ! +---— l--4?l*  f^4l3  «*lf>f  -MM-f-  1     ■    1    ■     1     -     l-t- 

d  O     lono-    e\  -  Dect  -  ed      day,    be       "in;  Dawn  on    these  realms  of        pain    and        sin;       With     joy  we'll    tread  ih' ap-point-ed      road, 

pia.  cres. 

Obscuresthe      lus  -  tre      of       thy  throne,   No  mid -night  shade,    no       cloud    -   ed      sun,       Ob-scures     the  lus  -  tre  of       thylhrone. 

£-*ti-i-^-3ts — it7-t-?t3-,filt|-l1-tl — rJ,ty-1-*t4--»r3-»~t,,^-^tl-|t 

With  cheerful       hope    and  strong       de-sire,        To  that      our     long-ing       souls  as  -  pire,    With  cheer   -  ful  hope   and        strong      de-sire. 

Which  dwell  up  -  on      im-mor    -  tal  tongues.No  groans  shall    min-gle       with  the    songsWhich  dwell       up-on      im     -    mor  -  tal  tongues. 

C-:-g.l*-8*|g  m #-k5IM-4^¥f  ?  l s  I  ^ tfg-^M-^^ — &*-& 

\ndsleep    in     death,  to    rest        withGod,    With  joy  we'll    tread    lh'  ap  -  point  -  ed        road,      And   sleep       in  death,     In       rest         withGod 


SICILY.     8s  &  7s  or  8.  7s  &  4. 

I  Lord, dis'- miss  '  us  with  thy  bless-ing;     Fill  our  hearts  with  joy  and  pe 


1   Lord. dis- miss     us  with  thy  bless-ing;     Fill  our  hearts  with  joy  and  peace;   Lei       us  each, thy  love    pos- sessing,    Tri-umph    in       redeeming  grace; 

O,       re-fresh  us,   O,       re-fresh  us,  Trav'1-ling   thro'  this  wil-rferness. 


■2  Thanks  we  give,  and      ad  -  o  -  ra  -  tion,      For  thy  gospel's  joy-ful  sound;     May     the  fruitsof  thv      sal- vation    Tn      our  hearts    and  lives  abound; 

May     thy  presence, May   thy  presence,  With  us       ev     -   ermore  belound. 

3  Then.whene'er     the  signal's  giv  -  en         Us  from  earth  to  call    away,      Borne,  on    angels' wings,  to   heaven— Glad    the    sum-monsto     o-bey — 

May      we    ev-  er,  May      we    ev  -er    Reign  with  Christ  in   endless  day. 


I 


DENNETT.  C.  M.  Double.  83 

1.  Whene'er  the  clouds  of     Bor-  row  toll,  And  trials  whelm  the  mind, When, faint  with  grief.the  wearied  soul     No  joys   on  earth  can  find,  Then  lift  thy 

frl*-irJ  t^htftti  hs  I  :i !  i«  I  .->  *  t  -i- 1 &  S  S 1 1?  » 1 ***  t*  tiH  hnfctt  li  I  i| 

2  When  dark  temp  -  in  -  lions  spre  "I  their  snares,  And  earth  with  charms  allures,  Ami  when    thv      soul     oppressed  with  fears,  The  world*!  as- sank    en-dura,  Then    let    thy 

3  \nd  when  the    fi  -    nal  houTshall  come.That  calls  thee  to  thv    rest.  To  dwell  within     thy  heaven-ly  home,  A    welcome  iov-ful  guest.  Re  calm  ;  tho' 

C-2-1-1-14  i i  U*-iUU  k-j4r»-»  i  5~l  l-i-lU-iUj^s  I  i44  4  i  1 s-^ !  i  4  444 ! 

voice   to  God   on  high,  Dry  up  the         trembling  tear.  And  hush  the  low  complaining  sigh:  "Fear  not;"  thv  God  is  near,  "Fear  not;"  thy  God  is  near. 

fr-f  hrhrh  I  -Btit*  Tflrhr  ni  1  -itHatMI-a  la  h?  I F ""  1  "Ml  3~i  N  !  t*f-f-f1  fit 

Father's  friendly  voice  Thv  fainting        spir  -    it  cheer,  And  hid  thy  tretnhling  heart  rejoice    "IV  ir  not;"  thy  God  is  near,  "Fear  not;"  thy  God  18    near. 

C4-?4-f  44  7  I  6*3      I  6  _»  1  7  I  44-44  44-J    44  4  44  4444~4  4  I  M  6-6    6  I  .1   II 

Jordan's  waves  may  roll, No  ills  shall    meet  theethere;  Angels  shall  whisper    to    thy  soul,  "Fear  not;"  thy  God  is  near,  "Fear  not;     thy  God  is  mar. 

C4-S-3^44  5  k-3-   [£*4  ^rl-l-l  U    !     1     1  I  l4  U^\  \     1  -14-1-4144^  1  -\  -Ul    \l 

PALEY.  S.  M. 

D   Mnjor.  "•  W.  I)ny. 

1.    He-  hold,  the  graee  appears,  The  bless-ing      promised  long:  Angels  announce  the  Saviour  near    In    this  triumphant  song.  In  this    triumphant  song: 

(S"1"5lj^Tsl8l_yjT- tal  iifo»it_ai| 2rt3  331s   » fe~5 I ."5-  tii  3 1 5^3  afe-t-i  1 i  ils-lt 

2.  "Glo-ry      <"   God  on  high,  And  heavenly     peace  on  earth;  Good-wil.  to  men.  to    an-gels  joy,    At  the  Redeemer's  birth,  At  the  Redeemer's  birth." 

"     In     wor- ship  so     di- vine    Let  men      em-pluv  their  toni'iies;With  tho  celestial  host  we  join, And  loud  repeat  theirsongs, And  loud  repeat  their  songs: 

Ci^r-^!«*r*4«IS^I^-^^  — -7    7   '    Me--,i|a-H 

4.  "Glorv  to  God   on  high,  And  heavenly  peace  on  earth;  Good-will  to  men,  to   an-gels  joy,  At  our   Redeemer's  birth,  At  our  Redeemer's  birth" 

C:4iliSiiU~i 5 1 i  |  7| i-+e-v\ ilia ! 54i-i-mU--i-[3--5 l-i4 — - — 1 — -< — s-s-3 1  «vs| i  II 


vv 


84  THREE  THIRTY  NINE,  Wash.  S.M. 

F  Major.  >  Wood. 

^i-l^-3--5^l--6^5t-l^2-4-t3-2-1-l-t-lt3-5-f-6t?:3-l-t-2-|-2t-3-,-t2-yi-lif 

Sweet    is     the    work,   O       Lord,  Thy    glo-rious  name    to      sing,     To  praise  and  prav,     to     hear       thv     word,  And  grate-ful    off 'rings  bring  ; 

I  I *:  i-i-a-f1"-1 t'tr  hl-ts-«-tl-y-1  "  M  n-f^f-W-  -Orhrhft- !1  -hnrhrif 

Sweet    at     the   dawn  -  ing  light,  Thy  bound-less     love     to        tell,  And  when  ap-proach  the  shades    of         night,   Still    on    the  theme  to     dwell. 
.mi      this     day     of       rest,  To    join       in       heait  and     voice.  With   those  who  love  and    serve    'hee        best,   Ami    in   thy  name    re-joice. 

i_i_«  [J5_J5- |JLji§_  |iq_»_  |*_»_1*_*4JI  j_3  j  8  _3__3_44  3l_3^4_2|_44_5_6  |  6_4_  ^  J*_|J. 

To  son<*s     of  praise  and        jov     Be    eve  -  rv       Sab-baih  given,  That  such  may     be     our   best       em   -    ploy       E-    ter-  nal  -   ly    in  heaven. 

a_!_4_J_r-4-6-2-  UM-U-  i-+3_8-s-4--i-4--1U-7-6--4l-1- — e-J-s+^l  3-fr  U-s-P-tt 

HERRING.  S.M. 

F  Major. 

^-|-a-|-3— 5-^6— ,— j-  4|-.>--f-8-0— |  -3-«r4 — |~S-|~1  — f- » —  8  f-6— *f  4— 3— |-9-|-.'5-J-0-4-j-3-8— f-1-ff- 

1     How  sweet  to    bless    the     Lord,    And     in     his      prais-es      join,     With   saints  his  good-ness      to       re  -    curd,   Ana  sing  his  power  di    -  rinfe  ! 
■2.  These  sea-sons      of       de  -  light  The  dawn    nf      glo  -  ry      seem.     Like     nivs     of     pure,    ce-les-tial      light.  Which  on  nor    ^pir-ns        beam 

n-|-|-t|-|-j-i->i"3_tI-,-t7-8-t-rt:|-i|-M-,-|ii'-,-i-7t,t ■'-■i'-y  I  *  If 

:i      O,  blest     as  -  su-rance     this,  Bright  morn  of  heaven— ly       day  ;  Sweel  lore-taste     ol        e- ter— nal      I  >  1 1  s.- .   that  cheers  the  pil-g  ini's    way. 

4.  T.ios  may   our  joys    in -crease,     Our  love  mire   ar-dent    grow.     While  rich  sup— plies      of  Je  -  sus'  grace    Re-fresh  ^ur  sou  la    h      -    li,-\. 

,.  |  3  |   8    8  |  4     8      \8\    ~   (J»_«_  |5   9     |  ->    |   3  _  | -1     S\    i  __3  [_?__o_  p5|_-?  [_4_A  \8  .  &%  j   3_]| 

r>    But,     O,    the    bliss   sub  -  lime,   When  joy  shall     he   coin  -  plete,      In       that   un  -  cloud-ed.  glo-rious     clime   Whereallthy      ser-vants  meet  1 
6.  Then  shall  the   ran-som'd  throne    The    Sa-vior's    love    re   -   curd,     And    shout    in       ev  -  er-last  -  ing     song,  "  Sal  ■  va  -  lion    to      the   Lord!" 

iiLLl-M8     1*1-7-4-3-6    1»  «  Is   |  '    I1   *\Ji-Jy^L-U&aU-±l&-s.-lJLti. 

CHAPMAN.  7s. 

Eb  Major. 

[(g-3-5-4t3-5t6-7ti-r-t-1—  7-^-1-6  p3-3-|-2-=  ^--^^-^^t-fi-P^-ff^-ftf-t^rf  I  -*ft 

I   1.  Christ, the  Lord  is    ri  -*sen  to-day,     Sons    of  men    and   an-gels  say  ;       Raise  your   songs  nf      Lri—umph  high  ;    Sine,  yfi  heavens,  and  earth  reply. 
J  '2.  Love's  re-deem-ing  work  is  done,       Ftmght  the  fight,  the  bat-Ue     won;       L"  !    our     son's  e  -  clipse    is    o'er;       Lo  !  U**   sets  in    blond    no    mure. 

^i-3-2tl-It  1-4  ^3-^4-3-3  ^-l-l-f-1-1-4-^  ,-,_-^t-j-S-  ,  -s-s  ,-.  -Ffl-l-)- |--  |  -.r  ■$  |  -Ffl 

3.  \  ain  the  stone, the  watch, the  seal  ;  Christ  had  hurst  the  gaiesof      hell;       D^aih  in     vain    for  -  bids    his  rise  ;       Christ  hath  o-pen'd  Pa  — ra-dh>e. 

4.  Lives    a  -  gain  our  glo-rious  King;  Where  O  Death,  is  now  thy  sting  ?       Once    he     died  our    souls    lo  save  ;      Where  thy  viol 'ry, boasting  grave  ? 

$X8_J*}S-*\&-S  ^_4_5__54_5_4j.3_5_4_5^;_5_^4_5_5  |._4_4^3_p|8__8  |.8_6  |._.V  4  I  3_F||_ 

5.  Soar  we  now  where  Christ  hath  led,  Fol  -  lowing1  our    ex  -   n!t   -  ed     Head:      Made    like      him,  like        him   we    use;  Ours  Ihe  cross,  the    grave,  the  s^kies. 


BOSTON.    C.  H.  M. 


v  miu  "oa  «■»    iuwi'hhuwih   u^  -  .«..  ■■VH«o-gHHu  nuM    uunuajuiwniiiiij  «c  lurci  u..r  coo-nict    yel,    In  the datfc, nor  -  row    way?Hou,  hut  thro' him  that  path  who  trod? 

Cl2-lll-3-3-3|4-5-l+l!4-3-3-l|^|l|l  -2-3-3|4-5-l45|y-l-2~ 2-|3_4l|l    l-l-i-l-i-J-il 


dim. 


%-?[*-i-6-£-i-*t*-U\i-*-»- — i\* 


LITTLE.    C.  II.  M. 

Bb  major. 

Was  bow'd  with  sorrow    un-to death, Was  bow  d  with  sor-  row  un      -     todeath.     1  „  * 

The  ve-  rv  depths  of  human  woe.The  ve- rv  depths        ofhu    -    man  woe.      1         '  l-<>me,let   us  pray:  tis  sweet  to  feelThat  God  himself  is  near; 

-sts-s  i  i  _j_  it^rt5N--i-3? — itT---:ylT-1t  J  &i  g|A  &  &  sU-fr-yfTt  ,'-*-«  «1s=t 

Yetpass'dit   not, that  cup,  a- way,  Yet  pass'd  it  not,         that  cup,        away.        ■/     2  Come, let  us  pray  ;the  burning  brow, The  heart  oppresi'd  with  care, 
A  gift  of  strength,  for  man  to  die,      A  gift  of  strength,     for  man  to  die.         \        3  Cnrne.let   us  prayjthe sin-sicksoulHer weightof guiltmust feel 

1    I 


'Save,  or  we   per-ish,Son  of  God,' 

Cf-5ll-3-4-3-5i-I-r-3-i-l-^ 


-3-3-4 


.1:5-^-413-11;  /  C:^-»4-8^_»-l|7^4-H^^-4-2!3i 

4  Come, let   us  pray:  the  mercy- seat  Invites  the   fervent  pray 'r, 
C:i— l-r^i-l— 1-1  [S^-S-S]  .1 1  f-3-4-5  J  i| 


Save,or  we  perish, Son  of  God 


5^-5\l\[ 


That, while  we     at    his  footstool  kneel, His  mercv  deigns  to       hear;      Tho'  sorrow  cloud  life's  dreary    wav,     This   is      our  sol-ace — let     us  pray 

And   all    the  woes  that  throng  us  now.  Will  be  reliev'd  bv      prayer:       Je-  sus  will  smile  our  griefs  a-way;         O. glorious  tho't' — come,  let  ns  pray. 
But, hark!  the  glorious   tidings  roil.  Whilst  here  we  humblv  kneel;        Je- sus  will  wash  that  guilt  a-way,      And  par-don  grant;then  let    us    pray 

C  _3;-L-*-*-i|*  _1_7_»!?_?-<MM  I  7-4  *~l  ?L_«_«_8  1*^4-7-4 ^  I  £_*_i_8|s  _4L_2_tt 

And  Jc  -  sus  rea- dy  stands  to  greetThe  contrite  spir  -  it     there:  0,   loi  -  ter    not,  nor  Inn-  ger  stay     From  him  who  loves  us;  let      us   pray. 


86  LOVELL  L.  M. 

D   Mnjor. 

1.  Wanderer  from  God,  re-turn,  re-turn,  And  seek  an    injured  Father's  lace;  Those  warm  desires,  that  in  thee  burn,  Were  kindled  by     reclaiming  grace. 

&~t*\t  5  3S-3  St2  Ht£  H  4  i  S  fsrN  f  3  fsii  If  ^tatf  i~t  f  Tf  If  tilt 

J   Wanderer  from  (Jod,  re— turn,  re-turn  ;  Thv  Father  hears  that  deep-felt  sigh  ;    He  sees  iliv  softened     spirit  mourn;  And  mercy's  voice  invites  thee  nigh. 
3.  Wanderer  from  God,  re-turn,  re-turn;  Renounce  thv  fears,  thy  Saviour  lives;  Go     to    Ins  bleeding  cross  and  learn  How  freelv,     ful-  ly,     he    forgives. 

C-4ili=-i-i-i-i-iiy4-if  4^4-4-1-4^4  fs^ifi^i  _i_i— I-gJ-g^-i-M— fl-g-fl-g-l-itt 

BOMAN.   L.  M. 

Bb  Major.  B.  Arr. 

*-i »t*  i-^t? *-2 ^if-f-i^tF^-1  r i   ■   8 r3 ?-»?  3^t5-t3? 4t3 *  mi » tt 

1.  My  God,  how  endless  is  thy  love!  Thv  gilts  are  every  evening  new  ;  And  morning  mercies  from  a-bove   Gently    dis- til  like    ear-lydew. 

k~i"5t5-5~<S~5t5~5-5  [sfs    S~iT6f5  5~5 |~1  S  1\5~4~3~4~3~6  f  T  |5~5~5t5"4~3_4'"3-1t 

2.  Thou  ^prea'1'.sl  the  curtains  of  the  nigh!, Great  Guardian  of  my  sleeping  hour*;  Thy  sovereign  word  resurts  tho    light,  And  quickens    all  my  drow-y. powers 

C^-g-jg  *  *  m^-rUi}  ?  4  418?  3|«I44UM41- MUMMMA-i-i-ar'all. 

3.  I  yield  my  powers  to  thv  command;To  thee  I  consecrate  my  days;  Perpetual  blessings  from  thy  hand  Demand    per-petual  songs  of  praise. 

C  4l42-3  4-3;si  -i-5|5J4  -3  4-3+5^-l+5;3^M-i4i 6|54^-5-7-^ =-4-5  s\  1 H 

SEARS.  L.  M. 

1.  What  are  those  sonl-reviving  strains, Which  echo  thus  from  Salem's  plains'What  anthems  loud,  and  loud-er    still,   So  sweetly  sound  from  Zinn's  hill. 

2.  Lo  '  'tis    an    in-fant  cho-rus  sines    Ho-san-na    to    the  King  of  kings:  The  Saviour  comes!-and  babes  proclaim  Sal-  va-  lion  sent   in    Je-sus'  name. 

3.  Nor  these  alone  their  voice  shall  raise, For  we  will  join  this  song  of  praise;  Still  Israel's  child-ren     forward  press  To  hail  the  Lord  their  Righteousness. 

£4f  f  IIs-4  3^^,f_f_f4^4_f_su-U  |  iU^-7-4^h\-f-i-U^4-BU^. 

4.  Mes- siah's  name  shall  jov  im-part       A-like    to  Jew  and  Gentile  heart;  He  bled     for    us,     he  bled    for  you,   And  we  will  sing  Ho-san- na     too. 

5.  Proclaim  ho-  san-nas  loud  and  clear;  See  David's  Son  and  Lord  appear!    All  praise  on  earth    to    him     be  given,  And  glory  shout  ihro'  highest  heaven. 

C-ti-3-5  14-4-5-S  i-i4-3-S-5  Ua-f-6  U\4~l-5  k'--3-5-|  UU    5    h  \-5^-4-SU^ 


\ 


KINGSLEY.  C.  M.  87 

G  Major.    Moderato.  T. 

ruti-^*-»t£-4t3t3t2-3t4-3}^ 

1.  Finn  as  the  earth  thy  gospel  stands, My  Lord, my  hope, my  trust:  If   I     am  found  in  Jesus'  hands,  My  soul  can  ne'er  lie  lost, My  soul  can  ne'er  be  lost. 

^-rsts-^tr-^t'-^t'tM-y-fts^ts  PI  -1-1  \*-*\rf  i '  Ht'-1  tl~itl  l-Ftr-f-hrttwtt 

U.    His    ho-nor    is   engaged  to  save  The  meanest  of  his  sheep;  All, w  limn  his  heavenly  Father  gave, His  hands  securely  keep,  '  is  hands  secure-ly  keep. 

KW-U «  ?P  ui-f\*\f\*  ?p  i  [ 74 3 1 i-S-MM^4-?  I « I  *  1 1  « I M  MM  £  I M 1 »-?-l 3 II- 

3.  Nor  death  nor  hell  shall  e'er  remove  His  favorites  from  his  breast;Wiihin  the  bo  -  som  of  his  love  They  must  for-ev-er  rest.They  must  for-ev-  er   rest. 

BELLVILLE.  C.H.M. 

A  Major.     Slow  and  soft.  R. 

9-  4-1—1—9—3—3  (-3— S— 3 -f-=r»  f-1— 1—  1— 1—  2  f\ ~^\*~ *~  -f~- 3"t  3— 2" *  t~?t3^ 3    ^  ^  1 "'    f 

I    When  1      can    trust   my    all  with  God,         In     tri-al's    fear-  ful  hour,    Bow,  all      resigned,    be-nealh    his    rod.  And  bless  his     spar-ing  power, 

2.  0,     to     he  brought  to     Je  -  sus' feet,     Tho'  tri  -  als     fix     me  there.      Is    still     a       pri  -  vi  -  lege  most  sweet   For  he    will  hear    my  prayer; 

1  f-l  ^^444-7-4-h-frlS  I   i-i-naiV  I   }   H,1   r-y  I  ?IF  F  W  I  ^4 

3.  O,    blessed      be      the  hand  that  gave, — Still    blessed  when    it  takes  ;    Blessed       be       lie    who  smites  to  save, — Who  heals  the  heart  he  breaks  : 

fe-i-i-t-S-jM1.  1  F  g-M^S 1 6-6-6-6-*] ^ 3 ! 4-i -i-i  U-*-s4 5 4«-M— a-l-i 4 
rit^-H-o-bWto-rMli  1 8  h?t3-3-3-3??  P4M-F-J-F"?  1 3  *  1 3  tt 

A  ji-y  springs  up    a- mid    distress,    A  fountain    in     the  wil-der-ness,    A  joy  springs  up   a-  mid    distress,    A         fountain    in  the    wil-der-ne  s. 

8ni ;  4  -t  -l-l  I  4l»-IMi  1-3-rf-i  t  rW  .t  5-S-5-5-5  hr  hFVtei  -i-a-otam  I  oil 

Lho1  ^iL'hs  and  tears  its   language  be.  The  Lord  is  ni<*h    to     answer   me,  Tho1  sighs  and  tears  its  language  be,   The      Lord  is  nigh  to    answer    me. 
I     «     l_^__l_l_ll    J3    1     1     I     |_4   ,J.T  |3    1     l_l_l_ff|l    1^      |1     1     I     Ml    7|.    II 

Pcr-fect  and  true  are  all  his  ways, Whom  heav'n  adores  and  de»th  .il>eys.  Per-fecl  and    true  are    all  his  ways.W  horn  heav'n  adores  and  earth  o-bcys. 

C5-4  -1 4  ii  i  i  i  1 44 1 1 4  4  i  i  -5  -i  UA 1 1 1  i-i-i-5-5 1  i4*-l  *-*-s-i 1  ssli  W 


88 


\ 


Bb  major.     Allegro. 

Vl-ii-X1— r~  t1- 

1  The  Lord      is  great; 

i%~-£~5]'5      S~    15" 

•2  The  Lord       is  great; 

3  The  Lord  is  great; 


BADGER,    lis  &  8s. 

ye  hosts  of  heav'n,a-dore  him, And  ye  who  tread      this    earthly   ball;         In     ho   -  Iy  songs      re-juiee  a- loud  be- 

-it:^-.*-.*tar£t£t3-5f s- ' ts~ £4 tirlitn — hr^d1 1  5  A  s  at 

his   ma-jes-ty   how  glorious!  Resound  his  praise  from    shore  to  shore;      O'ersin,      and       death,  and  hell. now  made  vie- 

his  mer-cy  how   a-bounding!  Ye    an-gels,  strike     your  gold-en  chords;  O, praise  our  God,  with  voice  and  harp  re- 

.^I_M-«-ML-i4-i-U-5-l-*i+S»— 9— ^5^4'|F-l-5-5-r-i-^-5-r-4-4-4-i4- 


love  him,  And        shout 

%~3~£  1 5  txp  it  3 

tn-rious.  He  rules 

0^-7-7-1  -TlAf? 

sounding,    The         King 

C  =-5— S-|  5 1* 


-»-|-a  a_i-a-4j  3 — ^^It-j^ 

his         praise       who  made      you  all. 


"£ts — 2i  3^1t 

and  rei?ns  for-  ev     —    er-more. 

-7'1-P 2[»4-74»-|| 

of    kings  and    Lord     ot  lords. 

_5  |  «-7T6.5_4  |_5 5\.  1-4 


O.  Holden. 


CORONATION.    C  M. 

A  major. 

(S-t-3l-»-*-r6-T*tr»-,1-?-t-3t?-F-f*-^t,-t^f- 

1  All  hail  the  great  lmmanuel's  name!  Let  an-gels  prostrate  fill     Uring 

©    4    3  i.l    o    o    5  To    3    3  I  o|7    i     i>     7  I         r    I 
p.  *    113   3    5   514    3    4  J  514    3    5    4  13.   I  21 

2  Let  eve- ry    kindred,  eve- ry  tribe,   On  this   te  -  res-trial  hall,     To 
C:-*-l  4- 1- 1  -4-  r4  5-5-5  4-5 ^5-6-5— 5  -I- 1  ^-4-5-{- 


\ 


- — -r-       -t«t5-5t6-;^4t5-t--,t5-3-il-3t2-i-2-3-?-,,t5-4tH-?— n»-ir 

forth  the  royal  diadem,  And  crown  him  Lord  of      all,     Bring  forth  the  rny-al        di     -    a  -  dem, And  crown  him  Lord  of   all. 

]"71S     ~l5     7     1  T     |5I5    5    5        I  5        5        7     "!'     ti  [  .>  !  5     If 


him  all    ma-jes   -  tv  as  -  cribe,  And  crown  him  Lord  of       all,         To  him  all    ma-jes-ty  as-cribe.And  crown  him     Cord         of    all. 


fr-M-iMt*1*    ^l-j-l  •54-,-7  !  e-S-U-^M '-M-tH*— 5— 5-64-3-4+* 5tl-H- 


WATCHMAN  TELL  US.  Hymn  7's.  89 

Eb  Major.     Slow  and  soft.  A.  R.  T. 

ID-t  ;T6W>*4  513  ~-l     I  |  3  3  3  3|2.t~45.  6-5-315  43  4  2  14,4  2 13-3-4-5  I  6rT  F5r-5-2-2-3*4 15."  J 

1.  Walch  -  man!  watchman!  tell  us  of  the  night,  What  us  signs  of  prom-  iseare.  Traveller!         o'er  yon  mountain's  height, See  that  glory-beam 

■J.  Watch-  man!  watchman!  tell  us  of  the  night;  Higher  yet  that  star    ascends.  Traveller!        blessedness  and  light, Peace  and  truth, its  course  ] 
f'.* U.&3    315  5  5  515.- 1  ».  S    S    515     5     51 58  515.5    6    314.^12.  8    5  5  52 

3.   Watch  -  man!  watchman!  tell  us  of  the  night, For  the  morning  seems  to  dawn.         Traveller!  darkness  takes  its  llight;l)uubi  and  terroi  are  withdrawn. 

G4-  __  _^1    lJl-^L^g^l-f  3   l|^_^_^j___5_5Sj  11    «.  _^ !  ^  st-s-8-s-4*\s  F ! 
JP-a-S-f  2—2  f  3  -3-4-5-61  5^-3-5-315  43  1  2  J  I  1  2—      -  I  3.  5    6     7    }  h'MJ-5.  3  I  5 -42 -3 -J  i| 

Watchman!  watchman' does  its  beauteous  ray  Aught  of  hope  or  jov     fore- tell' Traveller!  yes  ;  it  brings  the  day,  Promised  dav  of     Is  -    ra  -el 

&-l-lir-ril     1     1-1-1^-1  -3    l^l^f!  fr  |l     11-1    3fl     11     1(^2^ 

Watchman!  watchman!  will  its  beams  a-lone  Gild  the  spot  that  gave  them  birth?  Traveller!  a-  ges  are    its  own;  See,  it  bursts  o'er  all     the 

p.  5    5  15    5  15.5    6    3    412.    5    5.  5\5     5      51  5    5    51  8.  3    4    5    516.*    S.  515      5i:t 

\j-i 1 1 — I 9 9 9 T — f  "1 9 — 1 9\~\ 1 1 ~-~9~9 — T"  I    l  *        ' ^ — T~~\    I         9  9~\ 

Watchman!  watchman!  let  thy  wanderings  cease;Hie  tbee  to  thy  qui-et      home.         Travel-  ler!  lo!  the  Prince  of  Peace, Lo!  the  Son  of  Cod       is 
fcJ-Lj-S-a-l-M    6-5    4U^5-> -S'|3     5  -*4— S    5-5|>     «    6    5-M'    i    £44-£      5       MS 

SWANWICK.  C  M. 

Bb  Major.  J,ucas. 

1.  Far  from  these  narrow  scenes  of  night, Unbounded  glories  rise,  And  realms  of  joy  and  pure  de-light,  Dnknnwn  to  mortal  eyes, Unknown  to  mortal  i 
2.  Fair,  distant  land'  could  mortal  eyes  But  half  its  charms  explore, How  would  our  spirits  long  to  rise.  And  dwell  on  earth  no  more,  Am!  dwell  on  earth  no 

■  '■-    No  cloud  those  blissful  regions  know  Realms  ever  bright  and  lair;  For  sin, the  source  ol  mortal  woe,    Can  ne-  ver  en-ter  there,  (  an  ne-ver  en-  ter  I 

(VJJI*,1-!1  £  li1!?!8!,*,1  f|fi  »-i-r4^1 — I  -  -  1  -  Mr\i4  Wp-J  \UmQ4-\m\H 

4.  O,  may  the  heavenly  prospect  fire  Our  hearts  with  ardent  love, Till  wingsoffaith  and  strong  desire. Bear  ev  -   rv  tho  t  above.  Bear  e\   rv    tho  I  B  bove. 

5.  Prepare,  us.  Lord,  nv  grace  divine,  For  thy  bright  courts  on  high;  Then  bid  our  spirits  rise  and  join  The   chorus    of  the  bUv,  The  chorus  of  tie 

Cj-2-1-1  44  —  !-t3— 1.45-5  I -4-4-41 1—^|  l_2  2  I  54  ■*-]—■ -v\ — — | |-F=4=4-5is — 'Sis— 5  I  s\  .ilJvS-ol-is-sl !  II 


90  AFTON.  lis. 

G  Major. 

1.    How   cheer-in^    the  thought  that  the   spir-its      ia    bliss,  Should  bow  their  bright  wings  to  a  world  such  as   this!  And  leave  the     sweet  songs  of  the  mansions    above  To 

.   CVl-?  I 3    3   5*|3    3    11    4   4|3|3|1    1    y|l    3    4|3   5   5\3_\  3j3   3   54|3   3    1  |  1    4   4 1 3  _JA 1 

J    2.     They  come,  on      ihe  wings  of   the   morning  they  come.     To    envoy    the      stranger     n   peace  to    his  home  ;  The    pilgrim        to     waft  from   his    stormy    abode,     And 

C  C-l  J|i-l-!_Ji-i_3  k-4-4^i4i+3-3-54^^-^41-L34^4i;i-1-M1-A-3;4-4-4li4i4 


i 


\ 


(g-l-l-2t3-a-4ts-S-7[lr[t 

breathe  o'er  our  bosoms  their  errands  of  love. 

Q.S    5    5|5    3    g|3    3    4|3  || 

lay    him   to  rest   in   the  arms  of  his  God. 

&3-3-3-|-i-l-445_5_5|  !-jj. 


ROWLEY.  12s.  &  9s. 

G  major. 

5-^l^t3-2-|lt3t3^t4-3-«tIt5^t5-3-5t5-4-3t3t^?-t 

1.  Come  a-way    to  the  skies,  My  be-lov-ed    a-rise,  And  rejoice  in  the  day  thou  wast  born;    On  this 

2.  We  have  laid  up  our  love,  And  our  treasure  above,  Tho'  our  bodies   con-  tin-ue   be-low;  The  re- 

3.  With  sinomc  we  praise.  The  o  -  rig  -  i-nal  grace.  By  our  heavenly  Father  bestowed;        Our 
p.  3  3.  4  [5    4    3  1  ♦■>!  1.  3|  «    5    4  1  3  |  3.  3|  3    5    3  19    5    5  1513.  51 

*  &  *  * 

4.  For    thy  glory  we    are  Cre-  a-  ted    to  share  Bolh  the  nature  and  kingdom  divine:       Cre  - 

5.  With  thanks  we  approve  The  design  of    that  love  Which  hath  joined  us  in  Jesus'  name;  So    u- 


,§— 2-3-4-j-3-j--2r-2-[-3-3-S4-f-5-J-5— 5r|-5-3-5^4-3--2^3-4-5-5-^-5-3-5-^-4-3-2--f-l-}|- 


fes  -  ti  -  val    day    Come  ex  -  ult  -  ing  a  -  way.     And  with      sing-ing    to       Si-on 
deemed  of  our  Lord,     We  re  —  member  his     word,  And  with     sing-ing     to      Par  - 


re  -  turn,     And  with    sing-ing    to      Si 
i-dise     go,     And  with    sing-ing    to     Par 


3-a- 

i    i 

on    re  -  turn. 
-  a-dise       go. 


«- 


o 


being  re  -ceive     From  his  bounty  and  live     To     the     hon-or  and     glo-ry     of    God.     To  the    hon-or    and    glo- 

s-s-g  [.a  |  s-  g^s_ML4ja.4— ^~\ —I — |_^,4M-?MMN~-« 


"1 1 — "T 

a-ted    a  -  gain,     That  our  souls  may  remain,         In        time  and    e  -ter  -  ni  -  ty  thine.       In      time   and    e-  ter- 
nit-ed   in    heart     That  we  never  can    part,     Till   we     meet   at  the  feast  of  the  Lamb.     Till  we   meet  at  the  feast 


M-t-»1t 

ry    of   God. 
5_44_3_41 

ni  -  ty   thine. 
of  the  Lamb. 


C:-5-5-54-M  -5--S-  i!M-?~l-*4--^-4 -I X^\-l^l44-4-i4-i-d-4-\^-W- 


SONGS  OF  REJOICING.    Sentence. 

E  major.     With  spirit. 

D-  -5-6-5  ^6-5-^+2-3-4+3 23  45^r+5r  6    5  |  6-5- |-+S- 3-4  I  3-r  I  3.   1-3  i-S-9-4+3-4-3  14    4  I 

1  Songs  of     re- joic-ing  con- spiring    to  raise,         Swell  with  your  voices   the  cho-rus   of  praise;  Sing  and  rejoice, and  approach  with  thanksgiving 

£--3,-4-311-1-3^-1-2+1:^^ 


P?    8-  g    8  14    3    515    5    5  15            5  J8.  8    814    3    5  15    5    51  5-15.  5    515    5    5  I  5.  5  5  14     II 
Vjt* — i — t? — T-ri 1 i-h r — r~+  t»-++t 1* — t — hi 1 — t-+t- — i — iH t-f-j  —  *  — i  +r  —  i  — i  +i  — i#— i    I  i  — i    1 

2  Praise  to,  Je- ho- vah!  hisname  be     adored;  Praise  your  Cre-a  -  tor!  Rejoice   in    theLord!    Great  is  his  pow'r, for  the  Lord  is  Al-mighty; 

C-:I  11  }\}   }  MfM-a-M J^W-HW-W-5-5-5+1^4-M-W-r-5-^+^J-^| 6-6-1- 


<8-4t3-?-3ts-2-ft^-4-n^a-t?1f-^4t^-^*t•8-«^1f-^h4t•8-*-iM  3  J?  I  ?-3-2-  i 

The  throne  that  thro'  a-ges     e  -  ter- rial  hath  stood;    For  he  who  made  earth, and  gave  life  to   all   liv-ing,     Our  Fa- ther  Al-mighty,   the  Lord  he     is 

0,415    5    114    4    515    5    515       1415    3    6  15    5    515    3    615    5  I   515    5    818    6    514     2    5  1 

^-i     r+T 1 t — h 1 r+T — t T~+- l~i — n 1 -r+n — i  — r  It — t rti — i — |—  r    h — i r  I  i — i  — I — I  r — 'i  —  i     , 

But  greater  his  goodness, which  gives  life  its  worth;    For  goodness  it  was  plann'd  the  work  of  ere-  a  -tion,   And  love  to   our  Makcr.that  love  should  call 
C-6+5-5-5+4-#-«+2-?-^ 


1 


good,  Songs  of    re- joic- ing  con-spi  ring   to  raise,         Swell  with  your  voi-ces   the  cho- rus  of  praise.The  cho-rus  of  praise.The  chorus   of  praise 


)•.  5-13.4  314  3  515  5  5|g  g  ."5,13.  I  314  3  515  5  .11515  15  5  515  514  3  4|»  II 

1    •         ~"  I  i  — w — i — h — t 1 — h 1 r+T 1 /-Tf  i — •* — i    I  i  — i — T"  ri — l — i — hHi    1  i  — i  ■—  i    I 1    |  ,-—  *= — ^p-j-i= "- 1 1- 

forth,  Praise  to     Je   ho- vah!  his  name  be     a      -     dored;        Praise  your  Cre- a  -  tor!  Rejoice   in  the  Lord!  Rejoice   in    the  Lord!  Rejoice  in   theLord! 

C-S-^W-4++-M+5-5-5-|  1_-  I  iJ-W4t,-MI  .l-^-sW,!  ]-5-5-5-rl-3  I  4-5-5  |X# 


3 


LUWMA1N.     lis  &  9s. 

H.  W.  Day. 

-py  day,When,enrob'd  in   our  clay,  The  Redeem-  er      appear'd  up  -  on  earth;  How    can    we     refrain,  For     to  join  the  glad  strain, 

that  love.First  begot- ten     a-  bove,  And  thro'  Je-  sns     to   sinners  made  known!  Lift,    lift    up  your  voice, And  ex- ult- ing     re-joice, 
willsing,  Asour  High  Priestand  King,  And  ourProphet  to  teach  us    the  road;    But    morethan  all  this, For    Almight-y       he    is: 

4  O  may  the    re-turn  Of  this  once  blessed  morn    Be    for-  ev  -  er     re-member'd  with  joy;  Sweet    ac- cents  of  praiseAll   our  voic- es  shall  raise; 


F  major. 

-3-1+3-S- 

4      I     I  I         I 

1   All  hail!  hap 

-mr-i- 

2  How  boundless 
3  To  Christ  we 

. SIS   S 


And  to    hail  our  Im- man  -u- el's  birth! 

-i-m-}-sfs-ttu-tt 

For  Je  -  ho-  vah   to  earth  is  come  down! 
And  we  own  him  our  Saviour  and  God. 


Cs-f-i 

Hal-  le 


3 


-H 


3 

-r~ 


413 


c- 


4*-4 

-  lu-jahs  shall  be   our  em-ploy. 

14-^44-5-5-5-1-1-4 


AWAY  FROM  THE  REVEL,    lis  &  6.     Temperance  Hymn. 


D   major.     Livehj. 
— 3 *^|_*_A- 


S 


5TSS    3t«-5-5tJ-^-gt5-.1tl-i-tt3-S-Sta~5-n 
1   A-way  from  the  rev- el,  the  night-star  is    up;    A-way,  come  a-way,  there   is  strife   in     the 
2  The  foam  of    the  gob-let     is  sparkling  and  bright,  And  ri- sing  like  gems  in     the  torch-es'  red 

i-»tri-s-iti-rst^-2-«i^~^ta-^-5ti-i-ttf-^--F.t 

3  The  pearl-studded  chal-ice,  dis-play-ing    in  pride,May  challenge  thy  lip     to     the  purple  draught's 
4  Oh  come,  it     is    twilight, llie  night  star  is     up;    Its    ray    is  more  bright  than  the   silver  bnmm'd 

C-i-343-4-UI-i-l4.i-5-4-r-7--34  3-3-54-3-3-5+.1-3_34- 

5  We'll  kneel  on  the  mountain  beneath  the  dark  pine.Our  hearts'  pray'r  the  incense, and  na-ture  the 
6  0hcome,il     is    twilight, the  moon  is       awake;The  breath  of   the  ves- per  chime  rides  o'er  the 

c-i-i4-i-S-3-r-i-i-i-r-S-a-^-g-r-f--f-^i-«-i+^-^-^- 


3 


4  I  ll*  If  313  4  SHU 

mad-  den     thy  soul,  They  will   mad-den     thy    soul 
ma  -   ni  -  ae's  glare.  For     the     ma  -  ni  -  ac's  glare. 


-5-^t^^^-f3-^^i-t^t^7ft-J-^-5-t«- 

cupJThere's  shouting  of  song,there  is    wine    in    the  bowl,  But     lis-  ten  and  dnnk.tney  will 
light,The  glance  of  thine  eve.  if     it     e'er    lingers  there, Will  change  its  mild  beam/or  the 


n:-— 


tide;  But    pearls  of  the   dew-drop,  the  voice  of    the  breeze,  Are  dear- er    and    calmer,    more  bless- 
cup;The     boat  gen-tly    dan- ces,  the   snow-y    sail    fills,  We'll  glide  o'er  the   waters      or     rove 

5-^4-&-S-fi-U-5-3-4-5-3-5  4-5-3  I -34-444-3- -3-4-a- 

shrine, And   back  on   the    fes-  tal  we'll  look  from  the  wave.Like  eyes  of    the   free  on     the  chains 
lake.There's  peace  all   a- round  us,  and  health  in    the  breeze,  And  what  can  be    dear-er,   morebless 

-^-^4-a-S-i-l-f-f-i-4-2-2-44-i-i-r-I-S-3-4-i-i-i^- 


ed     than  these,  Are   more  bless- ed     than  these, 
on      the    hills,     Or    we'll  rove   on      the    hills. 

-3— 34-5=-4-a — 144-  «— 34-3-41 

of     the  slave,     On     the  chains  of     the   slave, 
ed     than  these?  What  more  bless- ed     than  these? 

-f—  f\- 1  -4-  i  —3-4-3— 1-4-4-  i  -4J 


G     or  A.  Major. 


BOWDEN,  Us.  ^     03 

1  I     wTuld  not  live    alway,     I      ask      not    to  stay       Where  storm  af-ter  storm  ns-es  o  er      the  dark  way;  The    tew   lu-  cid  mornings  that 

fri*tiV*TH.i  *  s\*    iitr hl\ »-*+  \l  l  rj\ *-*-* I -"  t r>  I :i  i - 1 1 -M-»t 

2.       I   would    not  live    alwav  ;  no,  wel  -  come  the  tomb,     Since   Je  -  sus  hath  lain  there,    I    dread    not    its  gloom;  There  sweet  be  my  rest  till    he 

C444* M-l-M-M-k8  ?  M-y-4-%^  i-T^U-flf-^ -ti  I 7^U-7-M4-^ — - — I — —-4- 

3    Who.  who  would  live  alwav    a  -  way    from  his  God,       A-    way  from  yon  heaven,      that      bliss-ful    a  -  bode;  Where   rivers  of  pleasure  flow 
C444-J F    HP    f    HE Mi  -*4*-U—  -  -S-l  M-S-W— di-54-U-M— -— I— — 


dawn    on    us  here.  Are  enough  for   life's  woes  full  e  -  nough     for  its  cheer, 
bid     me      a-rise       To    hail   hira    in    tri-umph      des-cenH-in*j  the  skies. 

a -—444-2  I  fff-l  M^l  t»^L4Mi|att 

o'er  the  bright  plains,  And  the  noontide  of     glo  -  ry    e  -     ter-  nal-  ly  reigns. 

fc _44W  IM-»-44-*4  I  S-5-5|  1  W 


SUNLIGHT.  12s.  &  9s. 

I).   Major. 

Sri-frit}-*  e  1 5  * 1  1 4r*-i-fs\&  Si 

I.       In    a  song  of  sweet  praise  to  our   Savior    we  raise     Better 

8  !  Sditfrnhi-tt  4-  i  [*zf&\  rtHt 

For    now  we  shall  rise    to  meet  Christ  in  the  skies.    And  be 

c--5-  J  H-+4-  LM4  I  is-*  \r,\  :->k  i 

3.  Hal-  le- lu- jah    we  sing,    to  our    Fa-ther  and  King,  And  Ins 

C:4-i-Ui-i-44a-44-U-i-i--l-i  I  i--i  -I 


tri-hute  than      sil  -  ver    and  gold,  'Tis  our  hearts,  Lord, we        give,     may  we      e  -  ver-more    live,       To  thy    hon-or    and      glo  -  ry   be  -low. 

&  a  a  »iT4     4  *lrt|rh*-*-fS  1  i^  *•!  M_M  It    U-ildijH  rt  i  7:t-ril 

part-ed     in       bod     -     y    no  morel  We  shall  6ing  to     our  lyres,  with  the  heav-en  -  ly  choirs,     And  our  Sa-vior      in      glo-ry      a  -    dore. 

rap-  tur-  ous     prais  -  es   repeat;  To   the    Lamb  that  was      slain,         hal  -  le  -   la  •  jah  a  -  gain,       Sing   all    heav-en,  and      fall    at    his     feet. 


WATCH  OF  ISRAEL.  7s. 


Eb  major. 


cres. 

l  l 


H    W.  Day 

Dim- 


P -s-3-4 -.'».«-5|»-4-6ot3-5-I-5!6-6-«-513-4-5Tfi  513-4-6  3+3-5 -^17-6- 5-+6-7-'-3[3-2-1zt+ 

Q>2|ii«<  I  I  III  I  I       I        I      I*        1 1       J  III  .ill  "  I  i        i  i'        I  I" 

1   Watch  of    Is  -  rael!  we  shall     rest  Calmly    if  thy  voice  has    blest;  If   thou     sav  -est    '  All  is      well ;'  t  -  ver  wakeful     sen  •  li  -  nel.      E  -  ver    wakeful   siui  -  li  -  nel. 

^I-ia-Jfaji-i-i-t.i-s-a-ati-i  ^^^^IM^^^tf-y^f^*1^*^^ 

2.   If   in  sleep  our  spirits  dream,  Still  0  still  be  thou  the  theme;  Heav'nly  let  our  spirits     be,  E'en  in  dreamine, dream  of  thee. E'en  in  dreaming,  &c. 

j>  35  5  5      5\5    6    431533  314  C   8-15  5  5       515    6    4315  5  5  5|5_«4    514    5    5    515    4    3-11 

l  t2-i — i h 1 ri — 1 li — 1 rj      1  It — t  tr-i Iv     t~;      ~ri~"— 1 it — t rr 

3     But  if  sleep     be  far   a-way,  And  we  watch  till  dawning  day, Let  the  spi -rit  still    im-part,  Calmness  to  each  aching  heart.  Calmness  to  &c. 

CUP  P  M    'IP  f  '  IP  f  *  *!■*  f  '   IP  P  *    l\±-4  nlP  »^ij?-8-g4#-8-i-8|g-da^ 


LYONS.  10s.  &  lis. 

A  major.  maestoso.  Haydn. 

Oh  praise  ye  the  Lord,  pre  -  pare   a  new  song;    And    let  all    his  saints    in      full    con-cert  join  !  With  voices    u-    nit  -  ed    the    anthem  prolong, 

&^-3-1iirTWiri 
G^|LUL4Urf4M4JiM^ 

Oh  praise  ye  the  Lord,  pre  -  pare  a  new  song;     And    let    all  his  saints    in    full      concert  join  !  With  voices    u   -   nit  -  ed  the   anthem  prolong, 

C4-Ui-3-5^ia-W-7-M544-S-U-^^ 


j     And  shew  forth  his  praises  in      mu- sic      di-vine. 

k-5t^-^5t3-5-^t  fi-^-*t3tt 

kg+i_i_fli  p  pji     i_y,pi  n. 

And  shew  forth  his  praises  in  mu   -  sic     dt  -  vine. 

IC-.4-r-3-3-3-r-£--?---6-r-34  -5-54  1 H 


TEACHER'S  PRAYER.  8s  3s  &  6. 

F  major.  sentimentally. 

&-|-5-6-|5-4j3-2  \\j  |  l,-j-2-3|2,  ^-C-ISr^-Sja-l  |ljt<-H 

i.  Shepherd,  while  thy  flock  is    feed  -  lag,    Take  these  lambs.  In  ihine  arms.     Now  for  shelter       plead  -  in^. 

2.  While   ihe  storm  of  life    is     low'r  -  ing,  Nig^ht  and  day.  Beasts  of  prey,  Round  them  lurk  de*vour-ing. 

Q.|    3    4|3    fi|5    4|3~g|3-|5    5|5-[5    3    la~|6    5[4    3l^al3    || 

3.  Shepherd,   every  grace  com-  bin  -  in^,     Keep  these  lambs  In  thine  arms,  On  thy  breast  re-  chn  -  ing. 

C4-I-l|I-I|3-4l5^5|^|3-5]542^2_l54I_3|4-lir5ll^U 


HEAVENLY  HILLS.  10's,  5's  &  lis. 


G  Major 


05 


I.  Come,  let   us      a  -  new,  our  jour-ney   pursue,  With  vi-gor     a- rise,  And  press  to  our  per- ma-nent  place    in   the  skies.  01    Ilea  yen   Iv  birth,  tho' 

«-i*t*1  ir-£U-}~i-\  nm-^n  I  7  1 5  [f-}-}-\  fi  i  I  jr-fri  I .-, !  5  I  *  »  *  I  »-»t 

2.  At    Je-     sus's     call     we  gave  up    our   all  ;  And  still  we  lore-go,   For  Je-  suss   sake,  our    en- joy— menis  be-low    No  long-ing     we  find  for  the 

3.  A     country   of    joy,  quite  free  from  al-  lov,  We  thither     repair;  Our  hearts  and  our  treasure    al-  rea  -dy  are  there,  We  inarch  hand  ill  hand  tolm- 

p.  3  313    5    418  251  5    5    515  I  312    2    2  12  1  213    5    -II  5    5     5  1  5  3  2    1  I  »  I  5  I  5    5     5  18   51 

\j— 4-^-r  i 1 r— h — rr+i r rH rrri i — t — h    'I   i  -h — i r+i  — i  — t~ t  -u — r — tt*-Hi    I  i  i  t— — r— r 

4.  The  rougher   our  way,  the    shorter    our  stay;  The  tempests  that  rise  Shall  gloriously     hur-ry    our    souls  to   the  skies.  The  fiercer    the  blast,  the 

C^m^-4-4l5-54-7^^4^44-TMM+54i+^  r,l 


wand'ringon  earth.  This  is  not  our  place, But  strangers  and  pilgims  ourselves  we  con-fess, 

country    behind;     But  onward  we  move, And  still  we  are  seeking     a    country     a-bove. 
man-  u-  el"s  land;  No  matier  what  cheerWe  meet  with  on  earth  ;or  e-ter-   ni-ty's  hen'. 

sooner    'lis  past;The  troubles  that  come, Shall  come  to  our  rescue,  and  hast-en    us  borne. 

C-:-5-;i-5|5-|  5  i  «-2_^5lW--4i4-S-6-5!4-5-5  \l\V 


NEVIL.  C.  P.M. 

G   Major.    Sentimentally. 

1.   O  thou  that  heir  st  the  prayer  of  faith,  Will  thou    not  sav< 

"  Slain  in    the   guilt- y       sinners  stead,  His    spotless  rigli 

3.  Then  save  me  from    e-  ter-nal  death;  The  spi  -  rit  of 

p.  gjtl  1    3    5    5  I  5    5    5  I  !i  |  I    2  ~ 

■t.  The  kingol     ter-  rors  then  would  be      A      welcome  m 

C*tt|±-M-S4+-WU4i    5  5 


>>\ 


w 


#-4-3-2  1-3  1-3—  I— 4—41*  *  1 8  I  4—3—2-24  3—4-5  13  I  4—3—2-21  3—1—5  1-4  1  3—3    2    21 1 .1  II 

0>  *  I   *  I  i        ■»      7     "l*?^'  I  "  I  i        *       i        "  1  "      i     I'll        i*      i        i»  I  i        "      i     I   «•  I  i        *  "  '  ^    " 

soul  from  death  That  casts  it  -  self  on  thee  !      I  have    no      re-  fuge  of  -my   own,  But   tly    to  what  my  Lord  hath  done  And  suffered  once  for   me. 

^-5-5-5^5t5-5-5-4|5jiti  ff"8  *  314  S  i  I  V^V^  *U  &  a  12  I  M  s  "!^>li 

ness    I  plead,  And  his      a  -  vail-ing  blood:  That  righteousness  mv  robe  shall  be;  That  nier  -  it  shall     a- tone  for    me.  And  bring  me  near  to    G!od 
doption  breathe;His  con-  so-  la-  lions  send  ;  liv  lnm  some  word  of   life    im-part.  And  sweetly     whisper    to    my  heart,"Thy  Maker      is   thy  Friend." 

P.2    1     :jl|2    3    2     11-,  -1515    5    5    211     2    3  1515     5     5     211     2     3  I  « I  5    5     I      l|».»|l 

v/t— | 9 — 7 H  tt  I  -. ^ — , j#H7  7-|  p  1  i w — i — *"  1  t — ■+       i     1  "i*  I  i «• — i r\  i        ^ 1     I    ->  i  ■       b>  «»  I  r^i    n 

ger    to    me,    To  bid     me  come    a-way:  Unclogged  by  earth,  or  earth- lythings.l'd  mount,I'd   fly,  with  ea- ger  wings,  To   e  -  ver- last- ing   day. 
N':  5-5-5-4417-5     7    fk\H[M-4     5     7  I  >     !  -?-  U  I  7  -  J-5-7  I  ■-    J  -«-|  -4  I  5    5-5-S]  11  II- 


06  HUNTON.  Us.  &12s. 

A.  Major. 

1.  O  Lord,  let  our  songs  find  ac-cept-ance  be  -  fore  thee,  And  pierce  thro'  the  skies  to  thine  uppermost  throne;  For  thou  stoopest  to 

2.  Our   Fa-ther,  our   Fa-ther,  we    ask  thee  to   guide    us,     And    keep  us  from  sin   till  life's  journey  be  o'er;  Then  the  last  sigh  of 
P.  2  *-*   L  3    3    415    3    113    2    3   1 2.1     :M2|8    8    415    3    II  1  4  3    4   I    318.2    13    5    5   1 

3.  Then,  then  will  we  sing  the  sweet  song  of  the  bless  -  ed,   And   mingle  our  strains  with  the  my-riads    a-bove;  Far  sur-pass-ing  all 

list   -   en   when  mor  -  lals   a-dorethee,   And  sendest  thy  blessings, Ann1  sendest  thv  blessines,  And  sendest  thy   blessings  like    mea-sengevs  down, 
na  -  ture,  whate'er      else  be  -  tide      us,  Shall  waft  us  to    glo-rv,  Shall  waft  us   to      glo-ry,    Snail   waft  us   to    glo  -  ry  when  lime    is     no  more. 

c^L3_«^-^_ *u\-~—- |_ '. —  1    ,     i   ■   y  if  ff-fL4<LjMMf  ?  M^tt 

strains  that  our  tongues  e'er  ex  -press  -  ed  And  Je-sus,  the  chorus,  And    Je-sus,    the  cho-rus,    And    Je-sus,    the    chorus,  and    In  -  fin  -  ite  Love  ! 

C-t— M-W— i-CT  s — JW i — - — 1~— — 4— — 4-4l-M45-5-«44,-5-54i  H- 

ADORA.  LM. 

A.  Major.  G.  W.  F.  Hayes,  N.H. 

l.Oh!  sweet-  ly  breathe  the  lyres  a-bove,       When  angels  teach  the  quivering  siring,         And  wake  to    chant  the  Fathers  love,     Such  strains  as     angels        lips       can  sing. 

2  And  sweet  on  earth  the    choral  swell,     From  mortal  tongues  of  gladsome  lays,      When  pardoned  souls  their  raptures   tell        And    grateful,  hymn  the       Savior's     praise. 


CHISTMAS   ode.  97 

F  major.     Spirited.  H.  W.  Day 

<n  /is         VP-         cr,'s- 

1  Hark!  Hark!  with  harps  of    gold, What  An -them    do     they  sing?  The        ra    -    diant      clouds      have       back  -  ward        rolled,  And       an  -  "els 

3  -ulo-ry      to    God!-' re-peat  The  glad  eanh  and    the     sea;  And    eve     -     ry         wind         and  bil  -    low  .  ;       Bears     cm      the 

:;  Soft  swells  the    inu-sic    now     A  -  long    the    sing-  ing  choir, And   eve     -    ry  Ser     -    aph  bends     his  brow       And  breathes  a- 

1 '    -,  JL  |  «__»__» 5  |  S     S  |  5     •>     « «  |  5_J$  |  .<r.l     54  [  4~*_j5 I  5         4       [   88_gj   i>     a 

1   Soft; — yet  the    soul     is   boundWiih  rap-  ture,  like      a    chain;Earth,    vo     -     cal,        whis  •  pers       them  a      -      round,  And   heav'o  re- 

s-S  » 1 F    -    y    y4J— i4-8-3-a-a4-5-i-M — 4_44nL_3_^^i_^_4_^ — «4^_74 

smite       the  string.  'Glo  -  rv       to  God'.'Bright  wings  spread  glist'ning  ami  afar.  An. I  on    the  hallow'd  rapture  rings,From  cir    -  rlin?    star    to 

Srfr'-t*]  rt  :l1  -**-**-•-?  I  »-a  I  3-5M !  r-  h3 1 1'-'-^tT^i-^lf-^-^i-s-  {- 

Ju     .     bi    -  lee.  Where  He   -  brew  bard  hail:  arew  seer  hath  trod, Each  ho-ly    spot  has  found  a  tongue:'Let  Glo    -  rv        be     to    I 

bove       his     I)       v>  nl        iv'nly  birth,ThrilI  deep  our  hearts  again, And  fall  likedew-dropsto  fheearlM'Peaceand     good    will    to    i 

C;    f?   8     4*4-1 -\--l 1— -I ;4- 1 I   -  [ 

peats   the      strain. Sound, Harps,  and    hail  the  morn  With  every  gold-  en  string;Foi    un-to     us  this  dav  is   born  A     Sa    -    viour    and     a    I 

O^— 2-ia4—l I  —  I     : 1 I — -  -I- -1 1  -I 

<g— I  [-1-1-1-2-J-3— S-f5-5-5-$t\  5-4  |  £5-5— |  ,\l  --T^f  .f^7^|>?— 4j-*^IH.-f-3 2 — |  I  |j 

'Glo- ry  toGod!'Brightwin<'sspread glist'ning  anda-far, And     on      the  hal  -  low.,)      rap   -ture    rings, From  cir  -   cling     star        to        star. 

Where  Hebrew  hard  bath  sung. Or    Hebrewseer  Each  ho    -    ly     spot  lias  found  a   tongup:'Let  Glo    -  ry  be        tn 

What  words  of  lieav'nlv  birth.  Thrill  deep  our  hearts  again,  And  fill         like    dew    -drops     to  the  earth''Peace  and    good  will      to        mi 

Sound.Harps,  and  hail  ihe  morn  With  ev'-ry  gold-en  string:Fnr  un    -    tn         us         this       day         is  born    A      Sa  -   viour       and         a     King. 

&JM4-4-M- M-JL4_^_3-.a  [5-5 1 "  -  -t4 M — *- 1-8— a- I-5-5  M — 4- 1 5—  .1-  i B  II- 

13 


98  AWAY  THAT  CUP    (L.  M.) 

G  major.      With  energy,  not  too  fast. 

£-*-»4  f  1-9-3-4  f5-G-5-+5|-5-5-5--5+5-5-5-H-|- 1-2-3-4+ 3-6-5-  4-5+5-4-3-2+  fa-a+l—H 
Q)    s    •>  I  i      i  ill      i      i      lili       i  ill  i     |o  I  iv    i      i       ill.     i       i    J.  i    I  '   .  ',,,, '       '  J    -  '       il         II, 

1  The  lemp'rance  banner  wide  is  spread.  And  wide  ils  rays  o'er  thousands  shed. Is  pressing  hard  toward  that  goal,  v\  here  ne  er  II  be  heard, 'give  me  that  bowl. 
2  The  haunts  of  vice  be-gin  to  yield, For  temp'rance  men  have  got  the  shield  In  which  the  sword  of  truth  has  lain, That  should  have  long  the  demon  slain. 

3  That  mother's  peace,  which  once  had  fled.  With  joy  returns  up-  on  her  head;For   he  wasdead, but  lives  a- gain.     0    ves,  he's  left  the  drunkard's  train. 

8rtytzri-}-m-}-yv  t  t-}-?-tt?-i-}-uu-t-}-}  t  i-i-a-t  ,atV-3-i-«t5'-^5-tf 

4  The  lit- tie  babe, and  sportive  child,  Up- on    the   pa-rent  too  have  smiled, Instead  of  flee-ing  from  his  glance, Around  him  now  in  peace    they  dance. 
5  Go    on1  go     on,  ye  noble  few,  From  whom  this  great  commotion  grew. For  thousands  yet  there  are  to  save.  From  lhat  dread  gloom,  adrunkard'sgrave. 
6  And  you  who  have  notsign'd  the  pledge, Why  stand  ye  back  to  form  a  hedgelWe  know  you  cry' we  ne'er  get  drunk, 'But  thus  have  thousands  downward  sunk. 

p.  *    113  .1  5  6  13  4  3  13  IS  3  4  314  2  3  1 3  j  3  5  5  615  4  3  13  12  2  1  4  135  4  13.  M 

7  A      lit- tie  now — a    lit- tie   then;Such  is    the  cry, such  has  it  been, 'Till  drunkards  have  by  scores  sprung  up,  Todrink  the  poison    trom    that  cup. 
8  Then  from  vou  dash  the  bowl  a- way,  As    o-cean  sendeth  forth  herspray;And  when  vou  thirst,  go  to  the  rili,   And  from  cold  wa-ter   drink  your  fill. 

£-f-*44-5  i  f 1 1  i  MMs-^^^l-5^5-^L444.^-f-jUt-i  MM s-^-s-i-U^I-i^l- 

BTJNEL    6s,  8s  &  4s. 

G   mnjor. 

1  Tho' nature's  strength  decay,  And  earth  and  hell  withstand,    To  Canaan's  bounds  I  urge  my  way,     At   his  command;   The  watery   deep    I      pass, 

G>    s    5T5~ 5— 7~  Tli       r5T<5    <3~5     5T5     |  5T«S 5~ §~  5|£~  \~X~  I   5|5~   To     |5|5    7    7     «i  |  "7    ' 
2  The  good-lv  land     I    see,     With  peace  and  plenty  West;       A   land  of     sa-cred  lib- er- ty,       And  endless  rest.  There  milk  and  hon-  ey   flow, 

r».  4    3  155    3    ,"»    515     I3|_2    51    2     I  [4    1213    3    3    515    6    5    J   4  13    213     I   312    2    2     2  12     \ 

Kj~% — ~r  T7T — v — f — ~w  -h \~vrv — v — *>■ — ^+* — s — r  I  w — ~* — tf — t^-tw — s — v — \—w\"\ — T  it — -f— i — r/ — s — «* — v  I  ',  — B" 

3  There  dwells  the  Lord  our  King, The  Lord  our  Righteousness,    Triumphanto'erthe  world  andsin,     The  Prince  of  Peace;    On    Si-on's  sa  -  cred  height> 

■ 
With  Je- sus    in    myview;    And  thro' the  howling  wil- derness       My  way  pur  -  sue.  We'll  sing  hal-  le  -  lu-jahl  hal-le  -  lu-  jah1     A-men. 

And  oil  and  wine   abound:     Andtreesof  life   for-  ev-  er  grow,  With  mer-cv     crowned.     We'll^ing  hal- le  -  lu- jah!  hal- le  -  lu -jaM    A-men. 
f*.     IIS    S   2    lli    1213    3    5    515    6    5     j   4 1  3    2*4 1 3     I,    5  15    5    515    3    3    316    5    413     II 

His  kingdom  still  maintains;    And  glorious  with  his  saints  in  light       For- ev   -  er   reigns.        We'll  sing  hal- le  -  lu-jah!  hal-le  -  lu- jah!    A-men. 


TO  GOD  THE  PRAISE  BELONGS.  Hymn.  (H.  M.) 

C  Major. 

«-S-rtn*trtTf  f^ts-s-tto-Wts  hht-hnrnrtfty  ft  t"1"1 1  '-ritst?  I  :?  -f-f-*  I 

1.  Re-joice!  the  Lord  our  King;  Your  God  and    King        a    -  dore;  Mor  -  tals,  give  thanks,  and  sing,  And  triumph  evermore  •  Lift    up   the  heart,  lift 

&-ti~ ±  i  I  s  i~]  at  rivals  hi — 2 — 1  srhN  I  s~~s1  arsrlYsi  N I s  ail  3~at3+?  I  Irttrir ! 

2.  His  king-dom  can-not    fail;  He  rules  o'er  earth      and  heaven  ;     The  keys    of  death  and      hell       Are  to  the  Savior  given  :  Lift  up  the  heart,  lift 

3.  He  e-verv    foe  shall  quell,  Shall  all    our    sins        de  -  stroy  ;  And      all  our  bo-soms      swell     With  pure  seraphic  joy  ;  Lift    up  the  heart,  lift 

C4JL_i_t+l_JU UlsU-s-W-iJilrli-l1-*  I  *  6- !  .v-|  ■ I B-1 1  '-34M 7 1 -M-M4 

4.  Re-joice    in    glurious  hopes  ;  Jesus,  the     Judge,      shall  come,    And  take  his    servants      up        To  their  e- ter-nal  home  We   I  shall  hearth 'arch- 

C:-4-1-5-6t-3-4-2-|-i4-  l-J-5-^-l4-S 2 — 15-1-1-2  [-3-34-1-34—1-5^-1-1-1-1-6  r-3-4-1-1- Jfl-l  -?— 5- ,'— » -I - 


up  the  voice  ;  Re-joiee  a-  loud:  ye  saints  re     -  juice       Rejoice   a-loud  ;  ye  saints  re-joice. 

&-*-i-*-*tt-*-i-i  la  i  alB-fa-t^t-^^taral-a-ll 

up  the  voice;  Re  joice    a-loud;  ye  saints   re  -  joice.       Re-joice  a-!oud;  ye  saints  re-joice. 
up  the  voice.  & 

v-  M-4-4Mf  F  f  f  I M4jj4*4JM-M4^4:gfl 

angel's  voice, The  trump  of  God  shall  sound;re-joice.  The  trump  of  God  shall  sound, rejoice. 

Cl-6-3-«-.i- 1  6-3-4-i-T-5-^-I+l-il-|4— l-i-l4-2-.'5  1  1 II 


LEENEL.  7s.  (is.  &  8s. 

.\   major. 

&-rs-9t*-r-\-l-T-[l-m*-*-\- 

1.  Christ  for      e-ver  lives    to  pray        For  all    that 

i      my  soul    on      Je-sus    stay.     Almighty 

<g"»"3~at5~5~ts~s"  I  .r  1 .1 1 5~s   ! 

(•:4   1_.l|l_9.|.1_a   |3.4y|.l_7-     I 

2.  Ba  -sis   ot   our     steadfast  hope,     Savior,  thy 
Sanc-ti— fies       and     lifts     us     up    to  meet  thee 

l*:-^- 1-4 1-3-54  I  3-2  I  1  1 5  M-5  4 1 


(g_1_a_1^li  1-2-3-14-2^3-1^,^3  |  4-3-t2-ll-7-r.-j3r|3-g  |  3-7-  |  l-7  |  1  |2  |  3-1  j  2-y  |  1-|| 

trust  in    him  ; 

to      re-deem  ;       He  shall    pu  -  ri  -  fy    my  heart,  Who  in  his  blood  for-give-ness   have,  All  his  hall'wing  power  exert,   And  to  the   utmost 

&~S~srfaT':  \z~.r  I  5_5"t5_5i~5~t3f  7_1i  7~5  1 5    1  "  I  S~ts   4|«   5     1 5   sl^lstS^S  |  6    .1 !  -T*~ 1 1 
C  -1_1-  L7-M  y-143_741_2_|84J.  I  2    1   (4   3|g_2j  |  7J  J_l  [J_2_+l_243l  y  |  J_l  |  ,1.  _2|3-|^ 

ceaseles  pravr 
in     the     air:         Yes,  thine  in-  ter-ced-  ing  grace  Preserves  us   every      mo-ment  thine,  Till  we  rise    to     see  thy  face,   And  share  thy  throne  divine. 

CV3-I    Ur  :]  3-5  I  5-5   I -,_y4-M -i -I  5-5-  [5-5  I-2—  2— I  «4l-4-|-8-a;4  1-3-2  r-l-l  5  r-i-31  4-5  l-l-ll 


ALFRED.    L  M. 


«1 


Key  oT  D  or  C   mnjor. 

■i-a-*-- i-It frl" 


gos     _     pel    of    his  Son, Makes  his    e  -  lei    -  nal      coun  -  sels  known:Herelovein    all    its     glo    -    ry     shines,    Andtruthis 


1  God.  in    ihe 


2  Here,  sin-ners, 

3  Here  faith  re      - 


an  humble  frame, May  taste  his  grace,  an.4.       leair.       his    name;May  read,  in  char-  ac-  ters  of    blood,     The    wisdom 

to  mor-tal  eyes      A  brighter  world      be    -   yond       the  skies, Here  shines  the  light  which  guides  our  way     from  earth  to 


grace,         almight-y   Lord,  To  read  and  mark    thy  ho   -  ly       word,  Its  truths  with  meekness  to         re   -  ceive,   And     byits 


7    5~ 


—5—5-5- 

4  0,  grant  us       Siavo,  « 6...  ,    ,    -- 

_  1-^-4-  i  2  3- 1  -U-5-J- 1-4 1-^-^-1-5 fl— I"2 2— r-g- 4-3-2-  ^ -j-4-3+4 vils-l  1JB~3-2-i- 

ROYALTY.    C.  M. 

Bb  mnjor.     Spirito.  White. 

i-i-5[^?\fr5\5-}-r?\  *+n\w-H\r*t 

1  All  hail  the  pow'r    of      Je- sus' name!  Let   an  -  gels  prostrate 


fair-  est  lines. 


(g   #|-St6^t5?t.t6~7-11- 

drawn    in      lair -est      hues,    And  truth  is 


drawn    in 


& 

ho 


4~ 


ly    pre  -  cepts 


God,    The    wis  -dom,  power  and  grace,  of  God. 

day,  From  earth      to     realms    of     end-less  dav. 

__|  I_  Jj5_^_4JL  _i^  ;5_3  j.5-  \\ 

live, And       by    its        ho    -    ly      precepts  live. 


-Ala-i-.i-sli-^sk- 


il  3-s  I 


a  er,   and  grace,    of 

realms      of   end  -  less 

2  Ye  chosen  seed        of       Is-rael's  race —  A  rem-nant  weak  and 

3  Ye  Gen-tile  sin  -  ners,  ne'er     forget      The  wormwood  ami  the 

4  Let  eve- ry  kin  -  dred,  eve  -  ry  tribe,    On  this       ter- res-trial 
5  O  that, with  yon-  der      sa-  cred  throng, We  at        his  feet  may 

f  ff  I.nml  retard. 

dem,     Bring  forth  the  roy-al     di-  adem,And  crown  him.crown  him.crown  him,crown  him, crown  him, Lord  of  all. 


t;-i — s-Ua-aW-hp-l-s — ^w+i^ayU-jj-r-i-IJ- 


filhllring  forth  the  roy-al     di  -  a 


-i-it — 

.  g-j.3  a.  9  3 


-fjk- 


l    1  I  3.  5 


I 


t-  7 


8 


51 


_.* 1  — •» j,4-.JL — -ffl—  J.    I     'I    L—I-— -l.l L 

r1  B   r  5T51  .1  »>T»>|.'»  5     a  « 


5  ,13   -".  5  '2  313.2   1  I  ^1  ■    jl 

1    — r~T~\ W — V — T 1 — TT ir— t"I   «h T — 

forth  the  royal, Bring  forth  the  roy-al     di  -  a-dem,And  crown  him.crown  him 


|1 L__ 


1  1 


5    t\\5    4 1 «-~H 

Mi- 


ll* 
"Ti — 


Bring  forth  the  royal, Bring  forth  the  rov-al    di  -  a-dem,And  crown  him.crown  him,  And  crown  him  Lord  of  all. 

141M-4-M  iUJ-i-d I  5-5^-5-i  l-M-J4*|  t.-i-l4-4-lo-.i-|45--  t-MImI  r-4 

small Hail  him,  who  saves  you  by  his     grace,  Hail  him,  who  saves  you  by  his  grace,  And  crown  him.crown  him.crown  him.crown  him.crown  him, Lord  of  all. 

gall;    Go,spread  your  trophies  at  his  feet,         Go.spread  your  trophies  at  his  feet, And  crown  him.crown  him.crown  him.crown  him.crown  him, Lord  of  all. 
ball,    To  him  all    ma-jes -ty     ascribe,  To    him  all    ma-jes-ty  ascribe,  And  crown  him.crown  him.crown  him.crown  him.crown  him, Lord  of  all. 

fall!  We'll  join  the  everlasting  song,  We'll  join  the  everlasting  song,  And  crown  him.crown  him,crown  him.crown  him,crown  him, Lord  of  all 


Flm  iliy. 


1.   0,  Zi-on,  tune  thy  voice,  And  raise  th\    hands     on  high ;  TeH  all  the  earth  th)  joys,  And  boast  sal-va-tion  nigh;  Cheerful    in    (....1 

&-1-3-SJ  -il-i-yli  l»l»ji-iji|.ia-7-1r-N-:s  a  .   i    7I  i  ! "  \ij  U  l.i  -8  U"  jah:  .        hat 

•2.  He  gildsthy  mourning  face  With  beams  that  can-not    fade;  llisall  resplend-enl  grace   !!<•  pours  around  thy  head;  The  na-tions  round 

3.  In  hon  -  or  to  his  name,  Re-flect    that     sa-cred    light,  And  loud  that  grace  proclaim  Which  makes  thy  darkness  bii'hi;  Pur-sue    his  pn 

|  -:    .->  -.1-0  !  -.1-7  I  M1  M— -'--I  L_5-  I  ..-I  -r,-3-v>- 1  -.1-7  I  I  4  *J  .1-  -.Iji  |  7  *  '  I  7  I  -  i    I   -  i 

4.  There  on  his  ho  -  ly  hill,  A   bright  -  er   Sun   shall    rise,  And  with  his  radiance  fill   Those  fairer,    pur-er   skies;  While,rouiidhi«  i 

C£-i-4-4As-^  i-l  i  l-i — 1-4-1 — i-4ij4-i-i-i-r-ff-yj  i-l  i-U— ft  Pa-2-4^4-4- 1— \ 


A    -  rise    and    shine.  While  rays  divine  stream  from  a-brnad.  While  ravs  divine,  &c. 

8  .i  |  -  j - ttrts^ N !  a m !  si  t  y-3J  1  ?r  N  t  g-g-e-e  |  s- i  I  :$  "H 

Thy  form    shall  view,    With  lus-tre  new  di  -vine  -ly  erown'd.   With  lustre  new,  &c. 
Till    sov'-reign  love,       In  worlds  a-hove  the    glo  -  rv  raise.        In   worlds  above.  &c. 

fs t-  ■     1-  \-i I Lr I  ■  •-.-, I  U-nj] .144 ML-M-44" 1  "^ H- 

Ten    thou   -   sand     stars        In      nob-ler  spheres  his      111-flurnce      own.       In      nobler  spheres  &c 

«  V  I         -         1  -    I  -5  l-S-g-r^i-rM-ll'-J-g-l    M    y    jM-4  k-.l  I  l-|j- 


CONDER.  C.  II.  M. 

F  m.1101. 

I  I  3-5-.1-  1-J-3-3-J       j 

I,   U  hen    1      can  trust    im 

Bi  ■■•     .,  '     1. 

^iti-i-i-a      1   y 

O,     10    be  brought  in       .!.• 
Is        still      n       pri    -    vi    -    |<  ■■■ 

3.      O       blessed     be     the      I 

Bless -ed    be    lie     who     smiles    In 


(?-2t3-4-o-6-t7-0tr,:t-5t-5-3-3-.l-t4-9-2  f^-j-j-p-f*^^  6-4-1-3-  |  l-y-|  1-|| 

In         tri  -  al's  fearful  hour 

r.ii.ilf 

64  I  g  5  lj.3J| 

veil.  Jtc. 

(V5 r-L_   _6.|a_9 ^-4 -14-M-MU-i-a-al -7,444MM4g4-34gJ  J  1 4-'  6  4- I 5-5-|I|r 


And  bless  his  sparing  pow'r      A  joy  springs  up  a-mid  distress,     A    fountain  in  the    wil-der-ness.     A    fountain  e  wil< 

;7t'-    -*-f*-*i7r\*t?-rM-ti-i-it?n-£-*-}  lr '-■  ir MM *-.•-"-«*■ 

Tho'    tri    -    nls    fix  me  there, 

For   he  will  hear  my  pray'r;  Tho'  sighs  andtears  its  language  be,  The  Lord  is  nigh  to  an-  swer  me.  The  Lord    8ic 
0--g^4_3    8     5    I    -   I    v    8   g   *   3  +3    .1    .i|  SIS_»    .1    g|g.      84,84 -^4_C_8; 

Still     bless-ed  when  it  takes; 
Who  heals  the  heart  he  breaks:  Perfect  and  true  arc  all  his  ways,  Whom  heav'n  adores  and  death  obeys.  Whom  heaven    &c. 


102 

A   .Major. 

s-8 


* 


3t4t 


DOUBLE  CHANT. 

"|33~|3_~3t~2-~t~ 


-1^-f-at1  n  s 


Hartley. 

Oeome,  let  us  j  sing  unto  the  j  Lord  I  Let   us    make   a  |  rock  of  |  our  sal- 1  vation.  |  Let  us  come  be- 1  with  thanks-  giving  |  And  make|iioise  unto |  him  with  j  psalms. 


| joyful  noise  to  the|  |  fore  his  presence]  j    ajo\f»l   | 

__i+2-4 — 7z |ii_!7_6_^7-_j — 7z ML_a_4|3_a|_71_|i_JL 


7 

-5- 


-«r<P|- 


|il— la— 9-\-S=-\— 5- 


4-4 


+5--+-5"— J4-5-6-4^5— 5-l-l-rl- 
i.  For  the  Lord|  is  a  great|God,  ||  and  a  great|king  a-|bove  all|Gods.||  In  his  hand  are  the  deepjplaces  of  the|earth  ;  ||  the  |  strength  of  the  |  hills  is  his|also. 
3.  The  sea  is  his|and  he|made  it,  ||  and  his,hands  formed|the  dry|land.  ||  0  come,  let  us  worship|and  bowjdown  ,  ||  let  us[kneel  before  lhe|Lord  ourjllaker. 


D— 


': 


"-1 

3  J 
< 


CBANT,  (or  Hymns 

G  or  F  Major. 

3_l__to_3to__1._2__t3-2|-l-Ttl_^S,-t5zit 

4-i-_i7_i|5^1-3--4i-4U^4-ia^-4-r-[[ 

A  -     men  3. 

HYMN.  C.  M. 

1  ome  Holv  Spirit  heavenly  Dove,   With  all  thy  | quickening! powers:  4. 

Come  shed  abroad  a  Savior's  love,  In  [these  cold  |  hearts  of|ours- 

Look  how  we  grovel  here  below,  Fond  of  these  |  trifling  |  toys  ;  5, 

Our  souls  can  neither  fly  nor  go,  To  |  reach  e-|ternal  ]joys. 

In  vain  we  tune  our  fcrmal  songs,  In  vain  we  j  strive  to  |  rise  ;  6. 

H"sannas  languish  on  our  tongues,  And|our  de-|  votion  | dies. 

Dear  Lord!  and  shall  we  ever  live,  At  this  poor  |  dying  |  rate  ?  7. 

Our  love  so  faint,  so  cold  to  thee,  And  |  thine  to|us  so  |  great? 

Come  Holy  Spirit,  heavenly  dove.  With  all  thy  I  quickening  |  powers; 

n ~    .-L..J    -k A    „    c„. .:„*-'-    1 A  -J    .u«*  ~u..tl  \\..~A\~  I  ......... 


■{ 


.w,,       ..     [ill.,      1...   .1   .  <_  11  1    ,       uV.u,        ..     ,.,■     ..1.      fil_J     I   ^...^..^....■c,    I    p*>  ' 

Come  shed  abroad  a  Savior's  love  And  ■  that  shall  [kindle | ours 

HYMN.  L.  M. 

Sinner,  0  why  so  tho'lless  grown' Why  in  such  dreadful|hasle  to[die?| 
Daring  to  leap  to  worlds  unknown.  Heedless  a-]gainst  thy[God  to|fly'| 
Stay,  sinner !  on  the  gospel  plains.  Behold  the  God  of ]  love  un-[fuld  ] 
The  glories  of  his  dying  pains,  Forever  ]  telling,  |  yet  un-[told.  |[ 


or  Selections. 

THE  BEATITUDES.     Matt.  v.  3—12. 

S  Blessed  are  the  poor  in  spirit:  for  theirs  is  the  [kingdom  of  |  heaven. fl 
(  Blessed  are  they  that  mourn:  for|thev  shall  be  |  comfort- |ed.|| 

Blessed  are  the  meek:  fur  they  shall  in- 1  herit  the  [earth. || 

Blessed  are  they  who  do  hunger  and  thirst  after  righteousness: 

For|they|shall  be | filled. | 

Blessed  are  the  merciful:  for  [they  shall  obtain  |  mercy. ]| 

Blessed  are  the  pure  in  heart:  toij  they  |  shall  see[God.|| 

Blessed  |  are  the  |  peacemakers  :—   || 

For  they  shall  be | called  the  [children  of|God.|| 

Blessed  are  they  who  are  persecuted  for | righteousness! sake  :  |] 

For  [theirs  is  the  |  kingdom  of  |  heaven. || 

Blessed  are  ye,  when  men  shall  revile  you,  and | persecute! you. 

And  shall  say  all  manner  of  evil  against  you  |  falsely  |  for  my  [sake. 

Rejoice,  and  be  exceeding  glad,  tor  great  is  your  re- 1  ward  in|heaven  ; 

For  so  persecuted  they  the  |  prophets  which  [were  be- 1  fore  you.|) 

HYMN.  C.  M. 

I  set  the  Lord  before  my  face  ;  He  bears  my  J  courage  I  up  :|| 
My  heart,  my  tongue,  their  joy  express:  My  |  flesh  shall  [rest  in  |  hope.| 
My  spirit,  Lord,   thou  wilt  not  leave  Where  souls  de-  |  parted  |  are,[| 
Xor  quit  my  body  in  the  grave,  To  |  see  des-  |  truction  |  there.  || 
Thou  wilt  reveal  the  path  of  lite,  And  raise  me  |  to  thy  |  throne  ;|| 
Thy  courts  immortal  pleasure  give;  Thy  |  presence,  I  joys  un-]known.| 


■■{S 


c  maJO,  WILMOT.  8's  &  7's.  w.bW      1 03 

1.  Onward,    onward,    men    of    heaven  ;  Bear  the  gospel    han  -  :>er      high;  Rest  not  till  its  light        is         given—  Si^r  of      eve-ry      pa-gan  sky: 
Send    it  where  the    pilgrim    stranger  Famts  beneath  the  tor  -  rid      ray  ;  Bid  the      liar-  dy    lor  -est      ran  -  ger  Hail  it    ere    it    fades  a- way 

(Si  3    ^ll»3ta_o41  S_3t  16  I  5-5t^i_3j5  |  :8-t6~Jl  8    3  \  ^~t^  t  3    :*  I N ~«  •  .?~3  I  I    -I    «  II 

2.  Where  the  Arctic    ocean      thunders,  Where  the  tropics  fierce  -  ly      glow,  Broadly  spread  its  page  of      won-ders.  Brightly  bid  its  radiance  flow: 

In  -  dia  marks  its    lus-tre    stealing  :  Shiv'ring  Greenland  loves  its  rays  ;  Af-ric,   'mid  her  de  -  sens   kneeling.  Lifts  the  untaught  strain  of  p 

( %U-s-  la-i-H-MJ-M  a  » I  L'4  i_fi_5_454i_J4x_5;5_5_ | 5_jl|1_j  \jl.s  \  fl_r,  | .-,. \\. 

3.  Rude  in  speech,  or  wild  in    fea-ture,  Dark    in  spi-rit     thn'      they      be,  Show  their  light  to  eve  -  ry      creature — Prince  or  vassal,  bond  or  free, 
ho!  they   haste  to    eve-ry       na-tion  ;   Huston  host  their  ranks  sup  -  ply;  Onward,   Christ  is  your      sal-va-lion,   And  your  death  is  vie  -  to-ry. 

C4-2-1-1— |l-l4l-l— r-l-l4-4-4r-3-l+o 5-4»J  l-l-l  l-I+g -g— r4-l+4    4  J- 8-1  |  5-^1    II 

WATCHMAN.  S.  M. 

D  major. 

<8-i-T-^-it1-3t2Wii-t:^tr-ir-rs1^ 

1.  Thy  name, Almighty  Lord, Shall  sound  thro'distant  lands.Great   is    thy  grace  and  sure  thy  word;   Thy  truth  for-e-ver  stands. 

rhnrtlrnrtjjj^^  -fr  nrtti  T !  ■  II 

( ':--'-3-3-.i  \-S—sls{-7i-6—5-~  r-5-«4— is\  .1  U?- slo^-1  \  -S— gg*  Isl^— -U-6-- -}    «  1 .1  -5  I  .V  H 

2.  Far  be  thine  .honor  spread,  And  long  thy  praise  endure,  Till  morn  -  ing  light  and  evenin"-  shade  Shall  be  exchanged  no  no  ire 

CstI-,,-*t**i  UUtt}-t}t*-*-UtlJtu ?  1^1  *jrt  It  rff-t8^-— 3~f  i  5~3  I  '  II 

PETERBOROUGH.  CM. 

G  innjor. 

&-ri  |  8-a-4-4-|S-9-tl-|a-i5-»-|-4-3-|  9-J-a^  3-9-3-1  -|-4-3-|S-|S  |-3^l-«- | -lJ8-a-t  1-||- 

I.  Once  more,  my  soul.the  rising  day,  Salutes  thy  waking  eyes,  Once  more  my  voice  thy  tribute  pay  To       Him    who    rules    the  skies. 
■2.  Night  unto  night  his  name  repeats;  The  day  renews  the  sound, Wide  as  the  heavens  on  which  he  sits,  To  turn        the      seasons   round. 

^^»t^-,a-e-n-3-.Tt.TtI-7-»i-«-»i  t  Mi  ^-s-^-^tS^1-!  r-  hrt1*-  ~s  hr~r !  «-tt 

'Tis    he   supports  my    mortal  frame:  J!y  tongue  shall  speak  his  praise;  My  sins  would  rouse  Ins  wrath  to  flame,  And  yet  his  wrath       de-lays. 

i •  »  »±|„i_|_!_|JUL |  a41_2_3_46_«  ]  ft_| ft. |_*_-*_-|__i  [_jfa_0 |«4ft4 *• ]L|J— £ 1  a- 1| 

i. How  many  wretched  souls  have  fled  Since  the  last  setting  sun,  Andvct  thou  length'nest  oul  my  thread,  And  yet     my    mo-ments    run. 
ij.Great  God.let  all  my  hours  be  thine, While  1  enjoy    the  light;  Then  shall  my  sun  in  smiles   decline   V^nd  bring        a     peaceful     night. 


104  BOWMAN.  10s. 

G  major. 

,  p-hit1-9 r?^^ilt5-^t»-t-sta-9-t?-f|-i,-1,-f7-r-h3- -h3t-»-»i-?-f -l5-^-!-*"4^^  i 

I  1.  Hail,  happy  day!  thou  day  of  ho  -  ly  rest!  What  heav'nly  peace  and  transport  fill  my  breast  When  Christ,  the  God  of  grace,  in  love  descends,  And 
j  2.  Let  earth  and  all  its  van  -  i  -  ties  be  gone,  Move  from  my  sight  and  leave  my  soul  a-  lone;  Its  flatter-ing,  fad-ing  glo  -  ries  Ides-pise,  And 
f     3.  Fauj  would  I  moiint  and  penetrate  the  skies,  And   on  my    Savior's  glo-ries    fix    my  eves  :       0,     meet  my    ris-ing  soul,  thou   God  of    love,     And 


A.  Mnjor 

.-3^*i-s-?-»-t?t,-Nt1tt,|(8-i-s-t-* 

kind-  ly   holds  com- mu- nion    with     his  friends.  I  |q -> ■ 

to     iiii  -  mor  -  tal  beauties       turn  mv 

('    8   5  |  g    5   4   4      |3 i   «     |  8 

waft     it         to  the  bhss-ful     realms    a  -    bo 

C^-5-5-  -1-^—3-4-4—4-5-5—1- 


yes.     r 

uve.     r 
4»A 


CHANT  for  Hymns  and  Selections. 

-* t1-!  -»=-hr-*  1«~5  ---r  5-t-i-t-5^  ft 

"4-t"Sr_1"5--t"5— rf  "4"" JR_"a-t"3^t-4"  I  _3_1t 
„54-lr_-|_.I_4_5_.6-]-4-5 


4-,,4-4-4-i-H 

Amen. 


SELECTION,  Rev,  iv.  8&  11,  and  5,  10  &  13. 

Holy,   holy,  holy, |   Lord  God  Al-|  mighty, || 
Which  was,  and|  is,  and]  is  toj  come.|| 

Thou  art  worthy,  O  Lord,  to  receive  glocy,  and|honor  and]  power  ; 

For  thou  hast  created  all  things. 

And  for  thy  pleasure  they  |  are  and  |  were  ere-  |  ated. || 

Worthy  is  the  |  Lainb  that  was  |  slain. ]| 

To  receive  power,  and  riches,  and  wisdom, 

And  strength  ;  and  |  honor,  and  |  glory,  and  |  blessing. || 

Blessing,  and  honor,  and  |  glory  and  |  power,  J 

Be  unto  him  that  sittPth  upon  the  throne, 

And  unto  the  |  Lamb  for-  |  ever  and  I  ever.|  A.-!men.|| 


HYMN  (L.  M.) 

i  The  voice  of  my  beloved  sounds  o'er  the  rocks  and  |  rising  |  grounds  ;|| 
I  O'er  hills  of  guilt— and  seas  of  grief  he  leaps,  he  |  flies  to  |  my  re-|  lief.|| 

„    i  Now,  thro'  the  veil  of  flesh  I  see  with  eyes  of  love  he  |  looks  to  |  me|| 
"   f  Now  in  the  Gospel's  clearest  glass,  he  shows  the|beaulies|  of  his |  face . J| 

„    <  Gently  he  draws  my  heart  along,  both  with  his  beaulies|and  his|tongue  ;|| 
'  I  'Rise,'  saith  my  Lord,  'make  haste,  away,  no  mortal  |  joys  are|worth  lhy| 

[stay.  || 
DOXOI.OGY,  8s.  $  7s. 
I    (  Praise  the  God  of  all  creation  ;  praivc  llie  Father's  |  boundless  |  love  :]| 
'  I  Praise  the  Lamb,  our  expiation,—  Priesl  and  |  King  en-  I  throned  a-|  bove.|| 

,    (  Praise  the  fountain  of  salvalion,—  Him  by  whom  our  |  spirits  |  live  || 
I  LTndivided  adoration  10  the  |  one  Je  -  |  hovah  |  give.  |l 


A  major. 


8 


-1-3-5+1-7- 


ihit«H- 


1   O'er     the      gloom  -  y 
See      the      prom    -  i 


HELMSLEY.    8s, Js  &^4- 

A  1*1  a  1  5  yf'-tff^fft**" 

of     dark-ness,     Look,  my  soul,  he      still       and       Raze; 
ad  -  van  -cing         To       a    glorious    day         of       grace: 


—2- 


1-77—1- 


'_>  Let     the      dark, 
That     di    -  vine 

s    3    .fit  I  39 

-2 — 7  — 1 — I     !   r~T — 
3   Kingdoms     wide 
Now,  from      east 

4_i_L_4.i_ 


Let    the  rude  ba 


-  ed         pa  -gan. 
-rums     con-quesl     Once    obtained  on  Cal 


nan, 


■  I  •»-- 


4  si  1.3  :t 

-l — v-h — r~ t— 
that  sit 

coast 


.4  1_^3_J_4_7_7J 


I 


I 


ern 


4i- 


4   Fly    a    -  broad, 
May  thy       last    - 


thou     might  -  y 
ing,      wide     do 


in     dark-  ness,  Grant  them, Lord, the    glo-rious       light; 
to    west  -  ern,      May    the  morning  chase     the        night; 

-4-1 1-4-5—5-1  3-5-r-l-  -7-,1  I  5-— 

gos    -   pel.      Win  and  conquer — nev    -  er     cease 
-     min    -ions,     Mul  -  ti-  ply,  and  still  in -crease: 


l>r.  Madan.     X05 

t-  f-2T3-2T»+4T3-2— f-:«7i— :«7<s  I 

Blessed     Ju    -    hi  -  lee,       Blessed      Ju- 

It  "fi J  flAfl-7-tP*  -i -J  ! 

Let       the        gos  -  pel  Let 

44-— 4-----+-T ' 

Let        re   -  demp-tion,  l.et         re- 

44-5— 5-J-5 — s~M — i     ! 

Sway      thy        seep  -  tre,      Sway     thy 


Orl 

I      * 

bi  - 

<» 
gos- 


demp 
1 


_3_t_1_3t6_4t3_2fl_tt 

lee,        Let  thy  glorious  morning  dawn 

l-f-l-ltB   St5-ltg--t1 

pel        Loud  resound, from  shore  to  shore, 
■tion,       Free-ly  purchas'd.win  the  day. 

1-4  3- 1  -U-3-1-5-5  1  1"— H- 


tre,         Saviour,  all  the  world  around, 


major. 


<8  i  ir^t.iis- i 


PROVIDENCE. 

~ii  (hi~-~tif9~w 


Though 
■2  The 


trou- 
birds, 


bles    as  -  sail, 
with-out    barn 


and 


<B-2~i— t*--i   Jtr 


10s  &  Us. 

~i-*\t  l56lg«   i~ i \ 

Though  friends  should  all 
From     tin  111       let       u 

JT-hh   \i        i     e! 


dan  -  gers     affright, 
or      storehouse,    are  fed; 

i\  i — i 


M 


We 
His 


all 
call 


P-     3         > 


-3-4  I  3  — 

5  No  strength 
When  life 

U- 


may, like  ships, 
we     0 

-3-X  I  :s- 

of    our  own, 
sinks   a-  pace, 

i      ill- 


per 
know 


by    tem    -  pests   be  tossed      On 
like    A     -    bra'm   of    old;        We 

4-1-3-  -3—443-4-3-4-1-8- 

nor  good    -  ness    we  claim,        Our    trust 
and  death         is        in  view,       The    word 

-***— *-*i-»-u-w- 


IM»! 

1 

-3 


la 
ol 


the 


all 

his 


u 


9— is- 


\ 


8 
& 

C 
C 


seep 

**TttiS-*-i4t--tt? I :l  *  M^L?  I r^l^tB-t-nrl 5-5-3^13  i  \j\3-3-i !  .11 


fail 
learn 


deeps 
way, 

-3— 

thrown 
grace 

—  I- 


and  foes  all      u- nite,        Yet     one  thin"  secures  us.  what—  ev—  er        be  -  tide, 
to  trust  for   our  bread.      His  saints  what  is     fit- ting  shall  ne'er  be       de-nied, 

I :  i  Tt-it-  twi\x  a-3t^--i-3-rt^-i-3-4l3 

* -     —  —  — . 

Though  Sa -tan    en-  ra-  <jes     the    wind  and 


Ti 
So 


promise 
ions  as 


sures  us,     the    Lord  will  i 
lis     written,    the     Lord  will  pn 

hryhfc-a-  *7}i  i  1  7\i-{-^\l  j 


Yel   Scripture     en  -  ga- ges,     the    Lord  will  pi 
but  faith  makes  us  bold;       For  though  we  are  strangers  we     have   a      sure  guide,      And    trust  in 

-3  U-G-  i  I  r,    I   r,      I  r>    }  4  U-5   s-    I  M-4 

on    Je- sus-  's  name;      In       this  our  strong  tower,    for       safe-ty    we        li  l  hi 

shall  comfort   us  lhrough;Not      fear-ing    or  doubting, with    Christ  on  our      side,      We 


dangers,    Ihe    I, 

1     I   9~4-9-9-9-4k-\-3-3-3—i4    .1    4  I  il  \\ 

hide;      The.      Lord  is       our     pow-er,  the      Lord  will  pn 
in  uiMiiiuri.    us  mroug  i    nr  aououng,wiin    jurist  on  our       side,       We       hope  to       die    shouting,  the      Lord  will  pre. 

ili-d-sl-jr-W-W-J-i  I y-i -i-l  a'-J-«— 4i-4-i'—  I  i-i-i-U-+-+-\ £-$-&{  t-\\. 


106 


STAR  OF  LIFE.  CM. 


F  Major. 


H.  W.  Day. 

i'Ni^Iu  gather'd  o'er,  bul  with   it  rose,       A       star    su  -  perb-ly       bright,    And  o'er     a   guil  -  ty    dy- ing  world,   Shed     its    re  -  deem- ins;     light. 
2.  The  wise  men  saw  and  from  the  East     To      seek  their  Sa-vior     came —     To  breathe  in  their  a  -  dor-ing  pray  rs    1  he    great  Ke-deem-er  s   name. 


3|3j5_5_6|3_4_3_|_g4_5_5_5_g.^_5_|.g|5     5   5   4J>_^_5_\JL\_9_6_5^5_4:\_3z\l 

jo  !  onward  moves  the  Star  of  Life,     And         to      a    Sa-vior     guides  ;  While  Judea's  proud  and  haughty  king,    Both  trem-bles  and       de  -  rides- 


@4„3I 

1.       Its    of-fice  done,    it     paus-es  o'er     The       child  of  ]3eth-le     -hem,       And  e'er   re-mains  the     rich-est  pearl,     In     mer  -  cy's  di  -  a     -     dem. 


Q)  •* 


I  3- 
b-i 

'     5. 


MERARI.  C.  M. 

D  Major,    smoothly.  •  Hartley. 

By     cool      Si-lo  -  am's  sha  -     dy  rill  How       fair     the      111  -  v  grows!  How  sweet  the  breath, beneath  the  hill.      Of  Sha-ron's   love-ly   rose! 
Lo  i  such    the  child    whose    ear  •  lv  feet  The      paths    of  peace    have  trod,   Whose  secret  heart  with  influence  sweet  Is      up-ward  drawn  to    God. 

.*  [s___s^7_e^^s9^i5^_n ;  a — fljr^g-jJM-  -MMM--5--5--!- a  1  f 1  *     f 4^MM^ft 

Bv  cool      Si-  lo-  am's    sha  -  dy       rill     The  lil     -y     must       de  •  cay;      The  tosp  that  blooms  be-neath  the  hill,  Must  short-  ly  fade      a  -  way. 
And  soon    too  soon    the    win-    try  hour     Of    man's  ma-tu    -    rer      age     Will  shake  the  soul  with  sorrow's  pow'r  And  stor- my  pas-sions  rage. 

0    thou   who  triv  -  est     life   and  breath,  We  seek   thy   grace       a  -lone,     In  childhood, manhood,  life   and  death,  To  keep       us  still  thine  own. 


F  major. 


CLARENDON.  C.  M. 

f»Ti  .1  »e kJL  4Ck— Vte  i 


J.  Tucker. 
.1.  niSTi 


1     On  Jor-dan's  stor    -    my    banks  I  stand,      And     cast       a        wish    -    fill  eye     To  Ca  -  naan's    fair    and   hap    -    ny     land,  Where  my       pos    -      ses     -    sions    lie. 

^-i-ili-ilR-^li-y-fi-l-.^^l-81-*-^ — *-,1lrty|r-«1»li-,^l.1-*-1 — lat^l^-tiS^lT^-^l-Mf 

i>.      O  the  trans   port-     ing  rap-Lurous  scene      That         ri   -    ses      to  my  sight!    Sweet  fields  arrayed  in         liv  -       ing    green.     And  riv      -       ers  of  lie  -  light- 


JUNTO.   S.M. 


A   Major. 


107 


1.    God     is   the   fountain  whence     I  en  thousand   blessings    flow,    lo      him   my      life,  my  health,  my  friends,  Ami     eve  -  ry      good        1        owe. 

frg-grhr^ffl-a  41a  la  1  JFirhi-gl-si-^l "  ^  I  '*  I  6  4  I  *  1  3  I  i  rt*  -i     I  »1l 

2-  The  coin-forls    lie    af- fords    Are     nei  -  ther  few   n<ir  small  ;     He      is     the     source  of     fresh  de  -  lights,     My      por-tion    and    my  all. 

@_l_UJ-^_i_6|.7_]ji4_i_i4.i_i|..:q_343_^|  .i  s  |_j_a  |_y  I  l  [  l  4„pi_g__|  :t  || 

3.     He     fills  my  heart  with  joy,     My       lips    at -tunes  tor  praise;   And     to     his         glo-ry        I'll  de  -  vote       The    rem-nant     of     my         days. 

^l-l-r-1-34 -6-s4-s4-3-4--3-4-l--5-.il    l4J 1    '-'-I  •'     It   (-2-8-4-54-3   I     I     I    1-2-5— I -1   ||- 


F  Major. 


^-2-8-|»--I 


2  |5j-«-5 

1,    Thy  glo-rious 


IEED.  S.J]. 

(1    G 


I 


5_|_4_4_j-3_j_5. 

1.  Sweet     is    the  work,  0    Lord,    Thy  glo-rious  name    to  sing,       To     praise  and  pray,  to      hear  thy  word,       And     grate  -  ful     olf-'rings  bring 


-7-g-j-6-7  |    '-] 


5  «■■  |  5 


n 


3-ai-i- 


II 


*-^1-tITThr-|r-hrl1t-I--I-t^-»-  |-,i-|-t-1-*- 1  »«-h«-4  t  34"1-  t,-,|-2i  'rt » 11 

2.  Sweet,    at  the    dawn-ing  light,  Thy  boundless    love    to      tell,  And     when  ap-proach  the  shades  of  night.       Up   -      on      the   theme    to  dwell. 

►£_*_  |5   3  j4   g     ,|  5  |3|  4   g  |   6   5  |  g  4_g_  |   4   6  |  g    8  |   8   g  |  g  [  34   1 3   46  |  5_4  [_3_|J. 

3.  Sweet,    on  this    dav    of      rest,     To    join,    in    heart  and  voice,  With  those  who    love    and   serve  thee  best.       And         in      thy    name    re  -  joioe. 

:-J  1 1  i  |«  flu*  l»|43l87ltl3l4  g-M?-3  I  4  «-l  '  I  '     r-A-«4- 1 5-g  I  -«.  II- 

4.  To  songs  of   praise   and     joy     Be  every  Sab-bath  giv  -  en,      That  such  may      be  our     blest  era- ploy       Etei    -    nal  -  ly  in  hea  -  ven. 


-• 


FISHER.  S.  M. 

G  or  A  major.  S.  I).  ltcdfielri,  N.Y. 

&i-«1-6—  l-g-^lrf^i-?-3-g-3--|-»:t-4-t-3-l---g--2  |  y     6     g  |  a|6~V  £l8~3     «   |    Ml 

I-  The  swift    de  -  clin -ing  day,     How  fast     its  mo-ments    fly.   While  even-ing's  broad  and  gloom  -  y  shade  Gains    on        the    west  -  ern    sky. 

&iahi  g  g  4 1  a4-*i-a-.1-T--1  1*4  aid  i  4  6  I  g  *i  slslfggVir  r  I  s4l 

2.  Ye    mor-'als,  mark    its    pace,     And    use   the     hours  of  light;     For  know,    us     Ma-ker      can    cecnmand     An        in  -  slant     end-less     night. 

g-I    1|1      1     y— «|1-|  g|g     f     g31|g-|»|1    .1      LJ|f    »Ji  1   'IF,    l      *       7-M4f 

3.  Give  glo  -  rv      to      the  Lord,   Who  rules  the     roll-ing  sphere;     Sub  -  mis-si ve     at      his      foot-stool  bow,     And  seek   sal  -   va  -  tion    there. 

4.  Then  shall  new  lus- tre  break  Thro'    all     the  hea  -   vy  gloom,     And    lead    you      to     un-chang  -  ing  light,       In  your       ce  -    les  -   lial    home. 


1 


08  ALAMO.     L.  M. 

A  major.  B.  C.  HILL.     Ar. 

1  The  Lord   will  come;  the   earth  shall  quake:      The      hills      their       an   -  cient    seats     for-sake;      And,  with'ring,  from  the    vault     of  night 

(8i-sts^~1tlJ7_«t6~_fft.i:^i^~t5-    5    |«-    e^e^^ts^tsl^j^ts^^tsj^lr^T 

2  The  Lord      will   come;  but  not        the  bume        As        once        in         low    -   ly        form        he  came,        A       qui  -  et  Lamb    to    slaugh-ter    led, 

3  Can  this         be       he    who  wont        to  stray         A  pil    -grim       on         the     world's  highway,        By    pow'r  oppressed, and  mocked  by  pride? 

4  Go,     ty- rants,    to      the  rocks     complain;         Go,      seek       the     mount -ain's  cleft        in   vain:       But     faith,  vie  -  to  -  rious   o'er    the  tomb, 

g4_aj_!r — i_|_5= — a\r- — sit— P— 4-.r-- r»  4-fl-— 6 — f-ss= — s-r-i-— I — I- 1— — 4- 1 — I 


The      stars         with  -  draw    their    fee  -  ble  light. 

&~5  ! «-      r~1~s-    5 to-    stnW 

The  bruised,        the       suffer  -  ing,  and       thedead. 
0  God,  is        this        the  Cru    -    ci-fied' 

e-i  1 «- A-4A-J4^LJ4i4 

Shall  sing  for  joy,  "The  Lord     is  come." 

@-J-|4F 6-4-5 3  +4r — 3+ 1  41 


CLIFFORD.    C.  M. 

I!b  ninjor 

1   Awake,  ve      saints,    and       raise     your      eyes,       And       litt      your    voi  -  ces   high; 

(S'i-^- 5— tt1~»'    5        riB^      '    5\S~     \5     t5       5     t«       sts'l 

2  On    all  the  wings  of  time     it  flies.  Each      mo  -  ment   brings      ii   near: 

3  Not  ma-  ny  years  their     rounds  shall        run  nor       ma    -   ny      morn  — ings  rise, 

&l_l_l_|lI^3--U^7-747^4^^-@-i44-«-T-3--|- 

4  Ye  wheels  of   na  -  ture,  speed    your   course;       Ye       cnor  -  tal    powers,  de- cay; 

#1-1-3-4-1-3^41-^-1-5=- 5-1-5^ 4s— 4-1 1— r-4 5+l4 


^i^-s^-a^^^^ 


wake,    and  praise    that        sov'  -  reign  love,       A 


ake,  and  praise    that       sov' -  reign  love  That  shows  salvation  nigh,  That  shows    sal    -  va  -   lion       nigh. 


....  —  .  ,    ^^*  _i-  • J **:„i____ l  -i_    ■ i  it.  i t.  _i„      _• **y-^ 


Then      wel  -  come  each      de     -      cli  -  ning  day.    Then        wel-  come  each      de  Hi  -  ning     day,  Welcome  each  closing year,  Wel-come     each 

Ere.        all       its     glo  -  ries        stand      re-vealed,  Ere  all       its  glo  -  ries       stand      re  -  vealed  To  our  ad-miring e>esf  To        our       ad 


do  -  sing         year, 
mi  -  ring         eves. 


%--\- 


4— -I- 


__| J_____|^47|^7|JJ|7|I,fj^l_l_11.4_32|3r|3__hr 

Fa*t       as       ye    bring    the         night     of  death,  Fast         as       ye  bring     the        night      ol     death,  Ye  bring  e- ter-nal  day,      Ve     bring    e     -     ter  -  nal       day. 

©-I    .    |    .    1 1 1— — -!-- — I UM-sls-sli-slsli-li-s-U-^-lrli-^H. 


PRAYER.    C.  M.  10  J) 

F  major.  m  M    CON  A  NT. 

(gi-3t3^3-a-2-3-4t5_-|-5t  ^-6  5-3  1^  2_-|-2-|  3,-S-I -2-3-4-j  5r-|  '  ff5  «  ?    »    ?  f  I  "-    It 

1   What  shall     I     ren-der    to    my  God       For  all    his    kind  -  ness  shown?    My  feet  shall  vis -it  thine  a- bode,      My      mm>ss      address  thy  throne. 
•J  Among  the  saints  who  fill  thy  house,  My  offering    shall       be     paid;  There  shall  my  zeal  perform  the  vows      Mv        soul,      in    anguish   n 

&-3-1  |  iT-5-i-a-1"-^ti--l»|8-  »- ^-i-tT^-rl  «■   f   ' -*~M1  ■  ~t3t^        ?   V  >i  «-  H" 

:;  H<>whap-py  How  great  thy  grace    to         me!       My  life,  which  thou  hast  made  thy  care,  Lord,  I  de-vote   to  ihee. 

l   Now   1      am  thine,  for-  ev  -er  thine,    Nor  shall  my     pur-pose    move;  Thy  hand  halh  loos'd  my  bonds  of  pain,   And  bound         me  with  lh; 

fr"    -    -•^„f^^_S|^45^_3_8__f3;^4^|fi.o  .3    5_5    .1  | .!-_  _|  o  |  3T3    «    5     113      |j 

5  Here,  in    lhyc»urts,l  leave  my  vow,    And  thy  lich  grace        ie  -  cord;     Witness,  ye  saints, who  hear  me  now,       If  for- sake  the  Lord 

THE  CHURCH  MILITANT. 

G  or  A   major. 

^-«-l-lT-1-l-lfl-l-2[3--3-3-3|3-3-3|4-4-2-2f57^-«-3fa7-2-«-2|3-2^3I4+5-3.4-5-3-4+ 

*  —  . 

1  Head  of     the  church  tri-umphanl,  We  joy-  ful  -  ly       a-dore  thee;Till  thou   ap-  pear  thy  members  here  Shall  sing  like  those  in  glo  -  ry:         We       lift       nur    I 

...    3   3.  3    3   343_^^-M^rM^l^^^^l^3-^^JT^^^I^-#4-'Tf  4-MjM    IJ8  | 

2  While  iii      af  -  flicUon'sfur-nace.Atid  pass-ing    thro'  the  fi  --  rr.Tliy  love  wc  praise  which  knows ,   >  days,  And  ev-er  brings  us  nigh -er:  We      clasp     our     hands     ex- 

^-t-l.l    1    1|I    1   ^|l    1    1    1[1    1    M5-^g-5[^-g-l'-ijg-^^-al5^4  r1      li1    F        r    I1     I 


£-•>  5-St4  (  5-.1-6. 7- 13+3-2 --f->if  1—1  — I  -2  |  3-3-3-2  I  3 -3-3-4[5  =-5-5-316    1  -3  1  -321 1  nA  -1-JI 

■-i>  III  I      I  •■  I  i        «      I        I     I  I        *      i        i     I  i        *  1    1 1        «■  lli;  1 1     « 

voi  cps   With  blest  an  -  ti    -    ei  -  pa- lion, And  cry   a- loud  and  give  to  God, And  cry     a-loud  and  give  to  God  The  praise  of  our       sal  -va-tion. 

rS-3-.-i-a— I,1-,"-* — ,i-i-.>-.V I ^- i — ---^-J-i-if^-i-VIM  ->-»t,!-6-<i    <;  Is-  oil 
s  a  ?  ffljUL_4»  I'l'-y-l^— 1 — ,-^lM-MlM^-H^  '-  ■■■■■  l^-^-lr 


ult-ing     In     thine  al  -  might  -  y        favor:The  love  divine  which  made  us  thim  .  I  vine  which  made  us  lhine,Carj  uic  for  -  ev  -  er. 

t'ff  -lE-M— 7}4*-4r\*  I 1     ■•    d  lh-l-  *-?\&4-?-*  l«-«W-  1  |«-_i.'n 


BETHLEHEM  VILLE.  L.  M. 

I)  major,  slowly. 

I.  When  marshalled  on    the    night -ly  plain,  The  glittering  host  be  -    stud      the     sky,  One  star      a -lone,  of  all         the  train,  Can  fix  the  sinner's 

_   Hark  !  hark  !  to  God     the    Gho-rus  lir»-:.k>.  From  every  host,  from        e     -    very  gem  ;  But  one     a  -lone  the  Sa-  viorspeaks,  It    is     the  star     of 
3    Once    on     the  ra  -  gins  seas       1     rode  ;  The  storm  was  loud, the    night     was      dark  ,  The  o-cean  vawn'd,  and  rude-Iy  biow'd  Thewindthattossed  my 

^.-_*|t^ — ili^-sl-s^— .t(s — 4_i|i--tt|i- — sU>^y-«--!-^4y|7— ?^J-'r=--r|i=--Ti-^]5^-4--l-, — [ 4 

4.  Deep  hnr  -    ror  then    my  vi     -  tals  froze  ;  Death  struck. I  ceased  the  tide        to     stern  ;   When  sudden-    ly   a   star       a  -rose.    It  was  the  star     of 

5.  It   was      my  guide,  my  light,      myall;     It  bade  my  dark  lore  -  bo     -     dings  cease;  And  thro'  the  storm  and  danger"s  thrall,  It   led    me    to     the 

|@-i-l|l: ill  --tig;-- -U--4-1-U--411-— lll—-2-3— }-5-|o|5-3— |-5:-5|l=-l-ll=-W--r-|--— [- 

6.  ISow,  safe-  ly  moored,  ray  per  -  ilso'er,     I'll  sing,  first  in  night's     dt     -      a  -  dera,     For-ev    -  er  and  for-ev  -     er  -  more,  Thestar,the  star  of 

WAREHAM.  C.  M. 


F  Major. 


Dr.  Arnold. 


I 


&~ j"^"<hr ~ Vj I srs is \ \y  6l6j>~^j>t«~oVs  slrtt/Lgi-sj 5-3-5^4  2-4^ 3^4-3-^2^21 3-4-5-f 


wan  derin«7     pye.       Can  fix     the    sin    -  ners     wand  nn£  eye. 

i-:Hj^J|T7-  h|:^~i|4j5-t^[i^a-7lT-it ' 

fJetn     -     le     -  hem.     It      is       the  star         of 
found    -  'ring     bark.  The  wind  that  tossed     my 

_l_._4_5liT__lll3_.JL 

Beth     -     le    -  hem.     It  was     the   star      of 
port  of        peace.  It  led       me     to      the 

} — Yi\\~ — 1I1- — 1— 


Beth 


le     -  hem-   The  star,  the  star       of 


Beth     -  le-hein. 
found-'ring  hark. 

1 — «-.»-4i3;ir 

'--        _> 

Beth     -    le-hein. 
port         of  peace- 

Beth     -  le-hem. 


1.    Oh    praise   the    Lord  with     one    con-sent.    And    mag  -ni- 
£-3-3-^1-3  j-2=^-2-|-P2-*l-|  7=-f-y-fP2-3--f- 
For    this  our      tru  -  est     in  -  terest    is,     Glad  hymns  of 

M-4--— 1    ■     1     -  -U4-4--— 4 

3.  That  God      is    great     we     of    -  ten  have     By      glad    ex- 
InstTttmait. 

®4  :1 1  ■-■    'I ^^-|Xy-J^54^4^-JM- 

4.  Oh  praise  the  Lord     with  one   con  -  sent,  And  mag  -  ni- 


Chonis. 


i 1_-r-t-1-_-|-_- 


J_|fr7-i-6|S-3-5|jB-7-1-6|.'5z-(-5j6— 7-F-5J4-3-SJ1-H- 


fv     his  name;  Let  all     the  servants  of  the  Lord  His  worthy  piaise  proclaim     Let    all     the    ser-vants      of       the   Lord  his  wor-tbv  praise  proclaim. 

afrgfr-'w-t  m-i — 1-1--1 — Li— — 1— fi]i-B— ji.-ifi,-  -i|i.ti|i-^_-3-pi-rlitt 

praise  to  sing;  And  with  loud  songs  to  bless  his  name,  A  most  de-light-tul  thing.  And  with  loud  songs  to  bless his  name,  A  most    de  -  lightful  thing. 

g, I  -  |5|g3  g]424|34  3[3-|2|34  5|543  2|1-[3I^5C  4(4.1  3|4L564|3-|ff(_~5  58|65f|3-l| 

^**  ■  .___■_.._.!. I !__. 1.    _  "■    L. -__J _  ______  _    II  J    _       __ -_.__J    _l  _ 1  __-.—_  _,_-.  ->,1 |L  Hl,lf1l4*nH»       HAIIIA*  A  _-.__.?.*.  nil  _____  _       .  .  1 


pe  -  rieuce  found  ;  Ann  seen  bow    he  with  wondrous  power     A-  bove  all       gods  is  crown'd.  And      see     how    he    with        wondrous  power,  A  -   hove      all     gods  is  rrowue<i. 
Voice. 

©-4^-Ml343^-,^V^-,|.l43l^?lSXl|i=4^^=— 4^-__I|_l, 4|X;4^J4^3.1_|--__|,l4| 

fy   his  name;  Let   all   the  ser-vants  of  the  Lord   His  worthy  praise  pro-claim.  Lot  all      the   ser-vants  of  the  Lord  His   worthy  praise  proclaim. 


WHEN  SHALL  WE  MEET.  6's&5's.  P.  M. 


G   Mnjor. 


HI 


1.  When  shall  we    meet     a-gain?  Meet  ne'er  to     sev  -  er  ? 
When  will  peace  wreath  her  chain  Round  ua  for     ev  -    er?       Our  hearts  will  ne'er  repose,  Safe  from  each  blast  that  blows, In  this  dark  vale   of    woes, 

fr-f*-*-  * 1  Ml-yt1^t^f-FtfVhr^t^ts-^t1-?t1-N 1 5-^1 *-? I  ■-  I  !  I  ■    Mr  fl-Hf 

•_>.  When  shall  love    free-  )y  flow,  Pure   as   life's  riv   -  er? 

When  shall  sweet  friendship  plow  I  hangeless  for  ev    -  er?  Where  joys   ce-!estial  thrill.  Where  bliss  each  heart  shall  fill,  And  fears  of   part-ing  chill, 
3,       Up    to    that  world     of  light,  Take  us,  dear  Sa  -  vior ; 

May  we     all    there     u- nite.  Hap- pv    for     ev  -    er  ;  Where  kindred    spirits  dwell, There  may  onr  mu-eic  swell,  And  time  our  joys  dis- pel, 

i u  I?  f  ?l?f  flN f  f  8l8-  Pr-lf  !•  f  I*  fl M 41 *M* I «M I3  Iff* £ I 8-41 ^+ 

4.  Soon  shall  we  meeet     a- pain,  Meet  ne'er  to    sev  -     er; 
Soon  will  peace  wreath  her  chain, Round  us  for    ev  -    er  ;     Our  hearts  will  then  re-pose,  Safe  from  all  world-ly  woes;  Our  days  of  praise  shall  close, 

k-Sr1  a  Mfo-44-14*  }  } I8- Jg^UU-^l MM-J-UU-gl***!1  I?l4  31*  * l-M- 

KAREN.  7's  &  G's. 


' 


J-  1-9-^1-^9-1-^ 

Never  no         nev-  er. 

S  «-^1S'-t^i-^t 

Never,         no,        nev-er. 

Neier,  no         nev-er. 

Never,  no         nev-er. 


\ 


1>  Major. 

<g-t-n-3^^-6t^-^-^h4^-^-st3;t-i  I  3—3—4-^1  S— Si  .1  I 

1.  Roll    on,  thou  migh- tv     o  -  cean  ;  And  as    thv     billows   flow,  Bear  mes-  sen-  gers    ol    mer-cj  To 

Srl-ttt-i    i    il3    3    ilf3   1    -i  .yjrl  i\i    i-i  -i|3   3  1  I 


&4-3-i-a 


5— 5—6—  f  -I 


1      *_bi.    ft 


.1 1-5—5—5—5  I  5-|  -3  I  5— 5— 6— !  I  '    -,'      5  I 

3.  O     thou    e  -  ter  -  nal  Ru  -  ler,  Who  hold-est     in    thine  arm    The  tempests      of    the     o-cean,  Pro- 


S-tt-^itr-mfr-t-Tk-*  hr-3-3 1  i  3  i  9  I  3  ~hi  I F --7— 6-5I  5-3-i  1 .1  ■  :t    1  >i  I  i-l! 

ev-erv  land     be-low.  8.  A-rise,  ye  gales  and  waft  them  Safe  to  the  destined  shore,  That  man  may  sit    in  darkness  And  death's  deep  shade  no  more. 


&T£f  a^Ji1" W I H  Ula  i  s^-i^^^Ji^lal^-S-i-^ts-i-^t^g- 


II 


I ':  5-5-5-1  !  3  4»  I  »-4-*-»  I-1— «-W  5-5-5-5  I  5  fJ  ,'  I  ?  '  4-M-  I  M      P  I  *  5     5      1  I  a  HI- 

tect  them  from  all  harm.  4.  0    be     thy  presence  with  them, Wherever     they  may  be;  Though  far  from  us    who  love  them,  O,  he   they  still  with  thee 

C:-a-i— ^-^-l-i-f+i-l-i^-i— i— d-l-i— i— i-ls-s-^— ^1  i-r4  i  l-i— i—i—ili—i— 1 15,-5—^—^1  i-p||- 


112 


GREENVILLE.  8s'&7's. 


F  Mnjor. 


Hossean.    D.C. 


Q>       *     I         I     J       I     I  III  ll     lj        I        I      I        jj       I     I  I       I     jj         !J      I        •    I       I         lj       I     I  ill  I       I     1J         I       I     I         IJ       I     I  ill  I       I  II 


1.  Far  frum    mor-tal  cares  re-  treat-ing,  Sor-did    hopes  and    vain     de-sires,  ) 


\ 


Here,  our    will-ing  footsteps  meet-ing,  Ev- ery     heart  to  heaven  as-pires.  {2  From  the  fount  of  glo-  ry    beam-ing, Light  ce  -  les-tial  cheers  our  eyes. 
Mer-cy     from    a-  bove  pro-claun-ing  Peace  and     par-don  from     the    skies. 

C^44i\^^\-^+^H f f  If  fltfffi»;|     -    1  -   1-^-1    ■    1    -    1  ■■■■   I  '■  "14 

3.  Who  may  share  this  great  sa!-va  -  tion  ?  Every       pure  and  hum-  ble  mind,  ) 

Every     kindred, tongue, and  na- tion, From  the  stains  of    guilt      re-lined.  J  4  Blessings    all     around  be-stow-  ing,  God  witholds  his  care  from  none. 
Grace  and    mer~cv    ev-  er    flow-ing  From  the     fountain    of        his  throne. 

SWEET  SPRING.  6's  &  5's. 

D  Major.    Jfnt  too  fast.  .  H.  W.  Day. 

I.  Sweet  Spring  is     re-  turn— ing,   She  breathes  on  the     plain,     The  meadows  are  blooming     In      beau-ty      a  -  gain  ;    And     fair    is    the     flow-  er 

%rl-{2 1 3_^il^"3"tt^ts"i^i_lir7it2f  »~3~5i|43-:r  YH^x-^r^i-  t^hanrrtlrTt 

'2.   Full    glad-  ly  «e     ureet  thee,  Thou  love-li  -  est      guosl,  Quite  long  havp  we  wau-ed     By     thee     to     lie      blest.  Stern     win-ter  threw  o'er  us 

|  •:_15_  jg-s-l— 11 !- j  -5-|  5-i&-&>\5~-\  «^-|-3_3-!_|I — M-i-| f<5  5-54  J-3~-|-5— ]  5-5  5-1^3  3| 

3.   Whene'r      in   the  fields  then.  The     fragrance  of     May     All       glad-ly  in  -  hal-  ing     Or       muB-ing  we     stray;  The  goodness  of    Him,  who 

Cri-i-4-i-i-i-k— i-4-i-4i-i— i-lg^-4-i— k-i-i-[i— i4i-lai-g-3~l-iT4-g    I  g  5  i-U— ii 

BENEDICTION  Chant. 

Bb  Major. 

And  green  is     the  grove     And  soft  is     the     shower,  That  falls  from  a  -bove.      \(n<>  i     11  ■  11*111       _i     li        ii 

^T7-i|^s-^!i--ti^ls-3-5^!t3"3t^'#Ti;-|a-tt  1  &* 

His     hea-vy  cold  chain  ;   We  Ion"  to  he     breathing     In     free-dom  a  -  gain. 

h-s-ls-s-s-l^sl-s-ls-s-l-ll-Jll-l^^s-II 

The  n>lds  and  the  grove  Has  clothed  in  their  beau-ty.   A  -  dor-  ing  we    love. 

ICrs-lx-3-«-li— 4-i-!i-i-i-Ii— 1I1-I4— «-«-!i~H- 


Grace  he  with  all  I 
i hem  thai  love  our  |  Lord  Jesus  |  Christ  [  in. sin- 1  cer-i-  ly.  A-|  men,  A-|  men. 

(^_l^_4J^|»^7|144I|i-i»IIr4 
C4-r—  U-S-3'5^+3-5!«4-^4|3-5-U^H- 


Note.  Amen — pronounced,  a  longf,  as  in  f'Jte,  e  as  in  met  — .-Jmeii.  See  Webster,  Sheridan, Walker,  Perry,  Jones,  Fiji  inn  <Sc  Kn'ighl  and  Jameson.  Ahmew,  is  a  barbarism,  not 
tolerated,  it  is  presumed,  m  any  literary  institution  io  this  country,  being1,  as  it  is,  at  variance  with  the  authority  above  quoted.  The  fantasia  in  the  pronunciation  of  theatrical  sing 
ers.  neither  make  the  laws  of  language,  nor  are  suitable  to  he  adopted  in  the  songs  of  saints.     Amen,  awl  Ml  other  word,,  should  be  pronounced  in  singing  as  in  correct  speaking. 


PARLEY.  EM. 


G  Major. 


113 


1.     O     tor    a  shout  ol  joy,  Loud  as  the  theme  we  sing!  To  this  di-vine  em-plov  \  our  hearts  and  voices  bnng;Sound,  sound,  thro'  all  the  earth  abroad   The 

2.  Unnumbered  myriads  stand,  Ofserapha  bright  and  fair,  Or  bow  at   his  right  hand,  And  pay  their  homage  there;  Hut  strive  in  vain  with  loudest  chord ,  Tii 

3.  Yet  sinners  sav'd  by  grace,  In  songs  of  low-er  key,     In     eve-ry  age  and  place,  Have  sung  the  ruysle-ry  ;  Have  told  in  strains  of  sweet  accord     It 

C4.*|f   f   4   g|3-|3|3Lg36g|»-|g|g   g   4   g|3-|3|l    1    g    1  |  y^S  1 4   4   8   g  |  j|  6   g  |  :j  | 

4.  Tho'  earth  and  hell  assail,  And  doubts  and  fears  arise,  The  weakest  shall  prevail,  And  grasp  the  heav'nly  prize, And  thro'  an  endless  a"e  re-cord     The 


lil 


love,  the-  ter- nal   love  of   God. 

sound  the  wond'rous  love   of    God. 
love,  the    sov'irign  love    of  God.  ■ 

love,  the  unchanging  love  of  God. 

^4,-4-fr-4^5-g-!4 


MAVOY.  C.  H.  M. 

F.  Major.  Wood. 

&-H-)  3-8-4-3t9-l-tgt3t  12   (-3-2-1^-1-1-1-3^1-5-6-5-1  4-3  |  2  J-5  , 

1.  O  what  is  life'— 'tis  like  a  flow'r  That  blossoms    and  is    gone  ;  It    rlou-rish-es    its      lit  -  tie  hour    Witl 

2.  O,  what  is  life?  'tis  like  the  bow  That  glistens  in      the     sky;  We  love  to  see   its   col-ors  glow ;  But 
C;!3|g   g    6   g|4  31|g|g|g   6  [54   3g|3|  g  |  8    8    8   g  |g   S\  .1 1  Ji± 

3.  Lord,  what  is  life?  if  spent  with  thee,  In  humble  praise  and  pray'r,  How  long  or  short  our  life  may  be,  We 


all  its    beauty   on;  Death  comes, and  like  a  wintry  day,    It    cuts  the   lovely  flower  a- way.       It    cuts   the  lovely  flower   a-  way, 
while  we  look  they  die;  Life  fails  as  soon:  to-day  'tis  here;  To-  mor-  row  it  may    dis  -  ap-pear.     To-  mor-  row  it  may    dis-  ap-  pear 

C:  f  f  f  ffM  «  |«  |  f  P-4-*-!-?-3  ?lglg84Sl68l  ••!•?  1  8  ?  f  f.  I  --  M-»||. 

feel  no  anxious  care:  Tho'  life  depart  our  joys  shall  last  When  life   and  all  its   joys   are  past.  When  life  and  all  its    joys   are  past. 

e^-M-?- 1  -g4-14-M-4,-3-4-6-M  I  }  I  F-M-8  1  e  »  \s44-U^-KM-n-s4-i  \\ 

15 


114 


CROFTS.  H.  M. 


Bb  Mnjor.  H.  W.  Day. 

1.  Welcome    de-HMitful  mornjSweet  day  of      sa-cred  rest,     I    hail    thy  kind   return;Lord, make  these  moments  blest:  From  low  desires  And  fleeting  toys, 

2.  Now  may  the  king  descend,  And  fill    his  throne  of  grace;  Thy  sceptre, Lord,  extend, While  saints  address  thy  face:  Let  sinners  feelThy  quick'ning  word, 

3.  Descend,   ce-  lestial  Dove,  With  all  thy  quick'ning  pow'rs.Disclosea  Saviour's  love,  And  bless  the  sacred  hours:Then  shall  my  soul  New  life  obtain, 


(g-»ta-4-a-»ti-y1-itt 

I     soar    to  reach  Im-mor-  tal  joys. 

(g-rt-f-a-d-atg   a  I  all 

And  learn  to  know  And  fear  the  Lord. 
Nor   Sabbaths   be    Enjoyed   in    vain. 


PLANT.  O's. 

G  Major.    Nut  too  fast.     (With  a  Chorus  to  be  sunir  or  omitted  at  pleasure.)  P.  Arr. 

g-t—  lt3-3-5-4t3-f-3t5-3-4-3t2-t-2i-3-4-5-3|-6-|-6t 


1.  Go   up,  with  shouts  of  praise!  Go  up.High  Priest,to  heav'n!  Who  hast  the  ransom'd  race      Up- 

-*— ltF-F-F-*lT^1tF-F--?-FtT--hri-!l-«-F-?t1-|-1t 

■  1\}.}  8  y'i»  ■  *i3  f.f  9\5\s\i  ?  f  M4i4i 

2.  Though  seat-ed     on  thy  throne, Thou  deign'st  to  hear  our  prayer;  Nor  art  ashamed      to   own,  That 


8 


Cs-1- 


Cs- 


111    1 L 


I 


I 


11  l 


lli* 


s4-^44- 


i   i 


±UrU\- 


The  Chorus,  t 

&-.^4ji-4-2ti4HtW-^^ 

on  thy  heart  engraven'  The  year  of     ju  -  bi    -     lee       is    come,    Re-turn     ye  ransomed    sinners   home,    Return    ye  ransomed        sinners  home. 

^-3-^i-2^tiit4ti-i--i--i^^-^i^^^tF-F-Mt^-6-H-FtF-F4-i^5-5-5tt 
C4MJ-4MWW?  I? ^4g^^-M^I^-^^-^4^-M4^l#^4#4#tiM-g|l 

we  thy    brethren  are.   The  year  of      ju    -  bi  -    lee       is      come,   Return    ye  ransomed    sin-  ners  home,   Return    ye  ran  -  somed  sin-ners  home. 

C-3-4--a-5 1 t-IPiyi    i-_JL-U-*-i4-iiy  *  M-U-£-544HF  ff    4-4g^s-i4t 


PEACE,  TROUBLED  SOUL,  or  L.  M.  6  lines.  115 

D  Major.  ^  '         Mnzzinchi. 


1.  Peace,  humbled  sou!,  whose  plaintive  moan    Hath        taught         these     rocks       the     notes         of       wo;     Cease  thy  complaint,  supress    thy  groan, 

2.  Come,  free-ly  come,       by   sin  oppressed,      Un-buT-^      ^  then       here         thy  weight  -    y      load,     Here   find     thy   re-fuge  and  thv^     rest, 

C-i-i U^~ MfkUMU? t-±i-M\-£   f  i  [4--AU U**l  ^i  HI 


C-r-J 1    -    |— W^lff— r-l 4--SI5- r-i « -41 ' I-l U-5l.T---.i--l:*!, 

And  trust  the      mer  -  cy  of      thy       God;  Thy  God's  thy     Sa-viour,  Glorious  word  !  For-ev      -      -      er      love    and  praise  the  Lord. 

SABBATH  EVENING.  7's&6's. 

G  or  A  Major.    Slowly. 

1.  Come  ho  -  W     Sab-hath    even- ing,  Spread  o'er  the  grass-v  fields  ;         We  love  the  peace- ful     feel- ing,         Thy    si  -  lent    com-ing  yi 

2.  See  where  the  clouds  are  weav-ing,       A     rich   and  gold-  en  chain  ;       See  how   the  darkened     sha-dow  Extends      a-  long     the  plain 

3.  All   na-  ture    now     is     si     -  lent      Ex-  cept  the  pass-  ing  breeze,     And  birds  their  night-song  warbling,  Among    the    dew  -  y   trees. 

4.  Sweet  evening  thou    art  with      us,       So     tranquil,  mild,  and  still ; — Thou  dost,  our  thank-ful      bosoms,         With  hum-hie     prais-es    fill. 

\&.UiU-i-t-i±*~s4-Br  k-4-i— i-l-s-4-s  j  ,_i__i_^  ]_.r„i^44 1 5-5-5-5 1 1— -II 


STAR  IN  THE  EAST,    Its  &  10s. 


G  or  A  major. 


&-t-}-i-tfl-t-*-i-tl-}-? 


&~l-ir&-&U — jrt-tri-dr* 


r2-3-^,-l-ltl-^2t|l--3-^l-^5-^f5t^--4-4t 


1  |  l :    |     -     #  ,    #       V         f   I  I         I  I  I    I  I  I      I    I         «        I      I    I  I  •    I  III  I  II  I  I 

1  Hail  to    the  brightness    of         Zi-on's  glad  morn- ing!         Joy   to    the  lands  that  in  dark- ness  have  lain;         Hushed  be     the      ac  -cents    of 


2  Hail  lo   the  bright- ness  of  Zi-on'sglad  morn  -ing,        Long  by   thy   prophets  of    Is  -  rael    foretold;  Hail     to      the  mil    -   lions  from 

3  Lo    in    the  des    -   ert,  rich        flowers  are  spring- ing,    Streams  ev-er    copious    are    gli- ding     a- long;  Loud  from  the  muun   -  tain- tops 

4  See  from  all  lands,    from  the        isles  of    the       o  -  cean,      Praise  to    Je-ho-vah    as-cend- ing     on  high;         Fall'n  are     the   en    -    gines    of 


loud. 


Last  v.rve. 

X£  dim. 


sor  -  row  and  mourning,      Zi-on     in    tri  -  umph  be-gins  her  mild  reign.  Hal-  le  -  ]u-jah!Hal-]e  -  lu-  jahllial-  le  -  lu-jah!  A-men,    A- men. 

bond  -  age    re- turning,        Gentiles  and  Jews      the  blest  vis- inn    be-lmld.    Hal- le  -  lu- jah1  Hal -le  -  lu-jah!  Hal- le-lu-jah!  A-men,     A  -  men. 
ech   -   oes   are  ring-ing,  Wastes  rise  in   ver   -  dure  and  min-gle    in  song.   Hal-  le  -  lu-  jah!  Hal-  le  -  lu-jah!  Hal-  le  -  lu-jah!  A-men,    A-men. 


5  515  5  -15  5  5I.T!   3  5  15  5  515  13  211  1  1  114  4  4  413  3  213.14.  13.  M 

i — i — h — "t — |~rri — T~r-t-i 1  — t — H — 7—1 — I |--v— ^-h — t — -m — v+i — t — 1» — w-\~\ — t — li 1 1 +h 

nd  com-mo-tion,  Shouts  of    sal- va    -   tion  are  rending  the  sky.    Hal- le  -  lu  -  jah!Hal- le  -  lu-jah!  Hal- le  -  lu -jah!  A-men,   A-men. 


Cf-? — * 

war      a 


SOUTHACK.     7s  &  6. 

Bb  major.  End.  D.  C. 

frl^Tt*  5    |^4^-t-yfI-gt?-3-t^-ri-y-yfl-lta"gf^-1-a--3f3-3t4-3t^--tt 

1  Father,  God, we        glo-ri-fy        Thy  love  to   Ad-am'a     seed; 

Love  that  gave  thy       Son  to   die,     And  rais'd  him  from  the     dead;  Him  for  our     of- fen -ces  slain,       That   we   all  might  par- don  find, 

Thou  hast  bro't  to        life     a- gain,     The  Saviour   of  man-  kind. 

<S_2~5_5t4_3ni1"2~2t2-t"5t5-5t5~ 53it^_:"t"5~"5l"S~~5t5~"3t5-~t"5~5i_3~5t5_"5t5-~|t 

2  By  thy  own  right  hand  of  power  Thou  hast  ex- alt  -  ed      him, 
Sent  the  might- y       conquer- or        Thy  peo-ple    to       re-deem;         King  of  Sainls,and  Prince  of  Peace.     Him  thou  hast   for  sin  -  ners  given, 
Sinners  from  their    sins   to  bless,    And  lift  them  up       to   heaven. 

3  Father,  God,  to         us    im-part       The  gift   unspeak-a    -    ble; 
Now  in  eve-ry       wait-ing  heart     The  glorious  Son  re    -  veal;         Quicken'd  with  our  liv  -ing  Lord,       Let     us    in     thy  Spir  -it  rise, 
Rise   to    all  thy        life   restored,   And  bless  thee  in   the       skies. 

Cf4— l-fr-r-G-3-  4-2-21-5-4-44-3-4  Is-S—j^-M-S— s]-5— 3  (-5—5  j  5--I-5— 5-1-5— 5-1-5— 54-5— H- 


AMERICA.  6s.&4s. 


S  Major. 


Words  by  S.  F.  Smith. 


117 


1.     Mv  country,    ti*  ot  thee,  Sweet  land  of  liberty,       ot     thee  I  sin?;  Land  where  my  fathers  died.Land  of  the  pilgrtns  pnde,From  every  mountainside,     Let        freedom  ring. 
My  native  <*ountr\  !  thee.  Land  of  the  noble  free    1  hy  name  1  love  ,  I  love  thy  rooks  ami  rills.  Thy  woods  and  templed  lull*  Mv  heart  wirn  rapture  thrills,  like  that  ft-1 


3     Let  music  swell  the  breeze.  And  ring  from  all  the  trees, Sweet  freedom's  song  Let  mortal  tongues  awake, Let  oil  that  breathe  partake,  Let  rock,  their  silence  break  The  sound  prolong 

<« j  :i  :t  112  s  513  c_«|.». 4_3 1 4_:«  aia.j.i  •>_."» i. *. .*  515  5  .11.1.  g  gfo  <;  g  i  3|g.g  51 1  6    .1  i|3.|i 

'    r*~i — 1 — nrT-^i»     tit    n      rli    -w    rrr     \~ i  I rn  i  n — 1» — rtl  —  1  —  i  h — 1» — rti — •■_j-uir    k    i  |-ts 1        I       tl 

l        Our  faihers's  (.ioil,  to  ihee.  Author  of    lih-ertv,      To  thee  wesing ,  Long  may  our  land  be  bright,  With  fn  y  light,  Protect   us       by  thy  might     Ureal   God  our  King 

CHURCH  BELL.  6s  &  5s. 

A   major. 

1.     Far,  far  o'er  hill  and  dell  on  the  wind's      steal  -  ing,   List  to  the    toll-in?;    bell    mourn-ful- ly    peal-ing,   Hark,  hark,  it  seems  to  say,  as  melt  those 

&- 1  3.V  r.    i   tat5 «-6t5— o|5  .^  r>t  1    1   :t  1  * — it  «1 3~ st1  ~v   I  "  I  f-J-rt  *  "a  ^frt 

>>.  Now  tiini'  the  charmed  air,  slowly  as  -  eend  -  ing,     List  to  the  mourner  s  pray'r,  s.il-emn-lv   bending  ;  Hark, hark,  it  stems  to  say.  turn  from  these 

(•23    2,  IML_I     1  j  I   1     1    413  2    313    2.  111.  1     l!5  3    3    413  2    31.1    g.  g   I  g   g    g  I  I    ,.  I    I 

3    O'er  a  father's     dismal   tomb,  Seethe    orphan       bend  -  ing;  From  the  solemn  churchyard's  glonm  hear  the  dirge  ascending,   Hark,  hark,  it  seems    to   sav,    how   short    am- 

u 


c-i 1 2  3U-«-i+i  3-4— -u— 1+1-2  s^Mi-iii  3-4-4+g— ai-y-^  1 ml*,  i  ■  5 


£-4-3-2  f-1-^-1  ^.-1-313-1-4-211-^1 1| 

sounds  away;  So  earth's  best  joys  decay,  whilst  new  their  feeling. 

<6Ti-i-:3h'ni--a|*-l-8|i— e-efg— sit 

joys  away,  To  those  which  ne'er  decay,  for  life  is  ending. 

Cg-TU74igjsMlM  *\fj?  ?\%*m. 

bilions  sway.  Life's  joys  and  friendship's  ray  In  the  dark  grave  ending. 


Lord, 

& * — t-g-g-f*-! 


THANKSGIVING  CHANT.  Ps.  C. 

1    2  |3_    I 2- -j--l-2-f~3-2-|-l—  jj- 

Serve  the  Lord  pre- 


Bb  major 

&       g^- 

I.  Make   a    joyful 

noise    unto    the  ]     all  ye     |  lands.  |  with  gladness  ;|    lore  his  |sence  with|»inging 
T<>>-d  come  be- 


^g~crt"g_i  t  3— tt 


g" 

It   is  he  that   hath 

■2.  Know  yethat  thej     he  is     I  God  ;  l,nade  us',and  no,|  people  andlsheep    ofipasture. 
Lord  I  we  ourselves;  we '('h/  ',)js 

& * |-5_7-|lz-4. 


-y-  1    1     I    j    1    g-UMI 

DDICI     HMO    1115      ^aieii 

with  thanksgiving  .m<l, courts  with)  prai-e.  J  Be  thankful  unto   |  him,  and      J    bless  his    |  name. 
into  his  < 

( *: — _.ti \~3~S  1  '"  4 * 1  -3-4-t-«-*4  1--H- 

4  For  the  Lord  is  good,!       ever-        lasting  ;     And  his  truth  en-     durcih  to       all  gene-      rations. 


his  mercy  is 


118 


ITALIAN  HYMN.  6's  &  4's. 


O   Major 


^-2-5-3-1-! 2^+1    ^-2-3T4-5  4  3  |  2  ^5-3-1^+2-3-  4+3 


2—1+2—3 

*■      Mi       i 


Glardini. 

-4+3—2- 

ili       *     \ 

to  sing,  Help     us      to    praise;  Fa-ther     all    glo  -  ri  -  ous,  O'er  all     vie- to  -  ri  —  ou«, 
de-fend    Nor      let     us     fall  ;     Let  thine     al-migh-  ty      aid  Our  sure    defence      be  made 

-ftr  ti*-f-rt^t^MltFI-S-*1  it 


it 


I.   Come,  thou  Al-migh  -  ty    Kino,  Help  us    thy     name 
2.     Je- sus,  Our    L'ird,  descend  ;  From  all     our     foes 

r^-5-5  r65-5t.Tt-5-7--«12 ?trtf-f-Ft  Trhh"f-f  tfT~W1  T 

3    Come    ihnu  in  -  car  -  nate  Word, Gird  on     ihv  migh  -    ty  sword:  Our  prayer  at-tend  ;  Come,  and    thy  peo-ple  bless;  Come,  give  thy  word  success  ; 

f»'.  2  a"  5     514  3    2 13 A   3     5     515 515^1   5     3     1   I  ,.  1   5    5     5  15.    4     3  15     5     5  15.    4     3  1 

4.  Come,  ho  -  ly    Com-  fort- er,     Thy     sacred    wit    -     ness  hear.    In     this  glad  hour;  Thou, who     al-migh  -  ty     art.  Now  rule     in     ev- ery  heart, 
S.  To  thee,  great  One     in  Three,  The  high-est  prais   -     es    be,    Hence  ev  -  er  -  more;  Thy  sovereign  ma  -  jes  -  ty  May   we       in    glo  -  ry    see. 


C^-Wt-3+4-5-^+144-5-4+7 — m*4- 


5     3     II,. 


C   Major. 


&-1-3-5+5.-6-5  f  4-3-2+ l^f 

Come,  and  reign  n- ver    us.   Ancient     of  days. 
Our  souls  on  thee  be  slayed;Lord,hear  our  call. 

Spi  -  rit     of    ho  -  li  -  ness,  On    us     descend. 

P    13513.  4    316    5    413.11 

\  '  — 1 1 r  "Tl W 1 — TT 1 1 — I  TV 

And  ne'er  from  us    de- part,  Spi-rit      of  power. 
And  to       e  -  ter  -  ni  -  ty  Love  and     a-dore. 

CO-3-^W-144-5-5+!^ 


kVAV 


4-i-4-41E-.i   Mi-ji-irM-H 
BEAL.  C.  P.M. 

It.  S.  Bennison. 


1.  Be-gin,     my  soul         th'exalt-  ed    lay  ;  Let  each  en-raptured    thnt'  o-bey  And  praise  th'al- 
2.  Thou  heaven  of  heavens,  his    vast  a-  bode, Ye  clouds  proclaim  your  Maker, God;  Ye  thun-  dprs, 

cS_I"5~5      6t5^l3  6tB~5t5T  t3t3~2  |"2T^"~t2_2 1  SjStsiJ — if 

3.  Ye  deeps  with  roar  -    ing  billows,  rise   To  join  the  thunders     of  the  skies;  Praise  him  who 

p.  2  3    2 


442^43^4i_5l^5^|7_6|ar43_2_i4_ 

4.  Wake,  all       ye  soaring  tribes,     and  sing;  Ye  feathered  warblers   of    the  spring. Harmonious 
5.    Let  man — by     no  -  blerpassions  swayed, Let  man, in  God's  own  im-age  made, His  breath   in 

0^3-1-2^-4 +3-2i-3+4-5|-l4i+l-5|-2^2— 1 2-2  ls~-4 1-2^3-4+ 


I  I  1. 

-n— 


mighty  name;  Lo!  heav'n.and  earth, and  seas,  and  skies,     In    one  me-  lodious  con-cert  rise,  To  swell  th'inspiring  theme, To  swell  th"inspir-ing  theme, 
speak  his  power;     Lo!   on   the  light-ning's  fire  -  y     wing,    In  triumph  rides  th'eter-nal  King;Th'astonish'd  worlds  adore, Th'astonish'd  worlds  adore. 

<&-ff~i      5i5Tt5t5_3f3^_5~|46"5_"|5-t3_3Lr"2tl_5~4      6 1 5' |  r  I  ~t'^3_4~Gtf5~4t3"-Jt 

bids  vou     roll;     His  praise  in  soft  -  er       notes  declare, Each  whisp'ring  breezeof  yielding  air, And  breathe  it  to  the  soul, And  breathe  it    to      the  soul. 

anthems        raise         To  Him  who  shaped  your     fin  -     er  mould, Who  decked  your  glittering  wings  with  gold.  And  tuned  your  *'niee  to  praise.And  tuned  your  voice     to   praise 
praise  em     -     ploy.  Spread  wide  his  Ma     -    ker's  name     a  -  round.  Till  heaven  shall  e*  cho  back     the  sound,     In  songs  of     ho  -  ly    joy,     In  songs    of     ho     -•   ly    joy. 

!-,— t1— 6-4f5 — 5+1-j]- 


CV-3-2 — l|l45  |-L*5|6-5-4"3|2-- l-\sr\  l-i--l  +  i-3-4— #4  j-5^  •- 


HILTON.  8's&7's.  119 

F  Major.     Moderate  and  bold.  II.  W.  Day. 

&-*-3— 6jg— 4-J-3— «-j  lr7\  !_j  2—3  |  2-5  |  7-6— |g_|4— 3  |  6—5  j  7-^1-7  |  ^5^1 1 13  2~ll     I     7  |  I   jj 

1.    Lo!  he  comes  with  clouds  descend- ing,  Once  for   favored  sinners  slain!  Thousand, thousand  saints  atlend-ing,  Swell  the     Iri  -  umph    of    his  train  ; 

,8-S-l-l  |  l-l  |  l-g-l  .^  |  .v  1 7  -If*-2  1  ■-  »J  \T- 1 1-»  |-«-»1  *-»  |  *-»  M     ^|  I     ^  j  5   s  ,  s  || 

Ev- ery  eye  shall  now  he  -  hold     him,  Robed  in  dreadful    ma-jes  -  ty!  Those  who  set   at  nought  and  sold  him, Pierced  and  nailed  him    to    the  tree. 
.'i.  When  the  solemn  trump  has  sound- ed,Heav'n  and  earth  shall  flee  .1-  way;   All  who  hate  him  must,  confounded,  Hear  the    sum    inons     of    that  day. 

(*•  '-I  3  4|3  6|5  4  [33  [3- 1 5  g|g  5  [5*4  |5-|6  g|4  g|g  g|g  5|  S  _7_g|6S  13|8  213  \[ 

4.  Yea,     a-men! — let  all      a  -  dore   thee,  High  on  the      e  -  ter-nal  throne!  Savior,  take  the  power  and  glo-ry;  Make  thy     righteous    sentence  known. 

G-t1   11'   M-a-^-l-ff=ffU4g-^g-7-^^-l54J  'I4  8I8  'lgg|f?-g-l»    *   la-g-t1^ 

VESPER.  8's&7's;  or  8's,  7's  &  4's. 

D  Major. 


-3r~t 


^ti^TTi1-F-^F-stin*nk-^F-^F^1t^rTt 


I.  Onward,     onward,  men  of    hea-ven,  Bear   the    gos-  pel    ban-ner   high.  }   Hal  -  le  -  lu  -jah,  hal  -le  -  lu  -jah,  hal  -  le  -  hi  -  jah,     A  -  men. 
Rest   not    till     its  light   is     giv  -  en,   Star     of     ev  -  'ry    pa-  gan  sky.  f 


Q 4 L t L 1    1__J 1_ 

6    4    13     2    3|1     1 


7—7 


I2~ 


Cr-t-g-g     5    g^fc-g— 4-=-8  13     3    6     4-1-3—8—3  1 1  g     3    ff    F  I  7— 5    5    g-l-g— 5    5    F  1  <i_5    3  I 

2.  Where  the  Arc- lie     o-  cean  thunders,  Where  the  trop-ics    fiercely    glow,  >  Hal  -  le  -  lu  -jah,  hal- le  -  lu  -jah,  hal- le-  !u-jah,    A  -  men. 
Broad-ly  spread  its  page  of    wonders,  Bnght-ly    bid      its  radiance    How.   £ 


&-&+-i-*\  I-    4    4    4  1  4 •    3-3L-2-ti-^TT-Tt-F 


& 


-F-5l-4-2-l|| 


Send     it  where  the   pil- grim  stranger  Faints'neath  A- sia's  ver- tic    ray;  >    Hal  -  le  -  lu  -  jah,   ha 

it     ere     it  fades   a-  way.  $ 


Bid     the     red-brow'd  for-est   ran-ger  Hai 

'        ■«         1        j  1    j        *       1       J    1 J 


i£3    «i  , 

le  -  lu  -  jah,  hal-  le  -  lu-  jah,     A  -  men. 


-i-t\ 


1   1 


5t 


im    1111     .    .  _v-a_!t-o 

►  16—6—6—6  I  S'—S    5    4+3— 8—8— ff-g—ff—g—f 

In -dia  marks  its    lus  -  tre    stealing;  Shivering  Greenland  loves  its  ravs  ;    ^   Hal  -  le  -  lu  -  jah,     hal  -  le  -  lu  -  jah,  hal  -  le  -  lu  -  jah,   A-men 
Af-ric,  'mid   her  des  —ens  kneeling,  Lifts  the  untaught  strain  of  praise.   ^ 


i hi  8  i  i\*j_i   *\*-*-1-i  8 ~7  Til 

Is— g- -5  -?  l«5-:i||- 


Cf-^I— i-i  1-^— t-^t— i-l-i^— S— i— ^-1 


5    5 


:l  1 


2    :i 


-U 


5     5 


j    1 1 12— 3— i-U  5  ill 


\ 


120  SCOTLAND.    12s  &  lis, 

Bb   major.  ^  »'•  Clarke. 

1  Tliou  art  "one  to      the   grave — but     we  will  not    deplore  thee;     Tho'sor-rows   and  darkness      en-com-pass    the    tomb,       The  Sa- viour  has 

2  Thou  art  none  to      the  grave —   we      no    Ion- ger   deplore  thee,     Nor  tread  the  rough  path   ut      the  world  by      thy  side;         But  th' wide  arms  of 

3  Thou  art  none  to      the  grave —  and     its   mansionsfor   sa-king,      Perhaps    thy   tried  spir -it       in  doubt  lin-gered  long;       But  th' sunshine     of 

^-i-IU-l-U1 — h-*±i-&-Ul-4  |?]«   1   }\f   f   i[iL-aL4^_j,^v_8_^ 

4  Thou   art  gone  to     the  grave — but  'twere  wrong  10  deplore  thee.  When  God  was  thy  ran-  som,  thy  guardian     and  guide;        He  gave  thee,  and 

rri8^f<tr4^tr1-f7t^^ 

pass'd  thro'  its  por-tals    be-fore  thee,  And  th' lamp  of  his  love  is    thy  guide  thro' the  gloom,   And  th' lamp  of  his  love     is      thy  guide  thro' the  gloom. 

<&-5-5-3t^-5t5-5-1^t5^-5t<^^ 

mer-cy  are  spread  to  en-fold  thee.       And  sinners  may  hope,since  the  Saviour  hath  died,         And  sin-  ners  may  hope,since  the  Sa-  viour  harti  died, 
heaven  beam'd  bright  on  thy  waking,  And  th'song  that  thou  heardst,was  the  seraphim's  song,  And  th'  song  that  thou  heardst, was  the  ser-aphim's  song. 

^^^i^^-^JL-a-l-a-l-M-lt-^-JLi-r-y   f  , }  \  1^^4^4lM^*-*^4*-4 

took  thee,  and  soon  will  restore  thee,Where  death  hath  no  sting, since  the  Saviour  hath  died,   Where  death  hath  no  sting,since  the   Sa-  viour  hath  died. 

QUINCY.    L.  M.  6  lines. 

G  major.  End.  15.  C. 

|Q-|-8-^-a|l^|^-a|»^tS--«-4f»4-3|fs-y|lr*-  \^*\*M\&^\S^Y^a\*l^\Bmi\3-~\t 

t  Sweet  is    the  thought,  the  prom  -  ise   sweet,    That  friends.long-severed  friends  .shall  meei;Thal  kindred  souls,  on  earth   disjoined,  bhall  meetfrom  earthly  dross    refined, 
Their  earth-lv    cares     and   sor  -  rows  o'er,       And    min-gle  hearts    to     part  no  more. 

2  Hut    for    this  hope,      this  bless    -edsiav,  When  earthly       comforts     all      decay.         O. who  could  view  th  expi  -  ring  eye,      Nor  wish,with  those  they  love,    to  die! 
Who  could  rec^ve     their  part  -  ing  breath,         Nor  long   to      tol  -  low  them    in  death? 

Q.*    5   !i   4J88    1}!^    1}1^-|«    «  •{*-    4|84  g|«-_  {  y  y  l|a"5  S\B-    9|g-.  Ig  ff  S\S-   3{g-     I[y^_  ||. 

3  But    we    have  bright -er  hopes*    we  know       Short   is     this  pil    -  grim-age     of  woe;      We  know  that  our    Kedeem  -  er  lives;       We  trust  the  prom  -  i  -  ses        he  gives; 
And  part    in    hope      to    meet      a  -  bove,      Where  all     is  joy       and    all      is  love. 

C-:i-I-I_7|  J-^-gI  ajs- 1  Is--— M--1-1!  ±-s\  *4-ff]  i—l  ssste s\  5A-2}jp-4  ss-sW— 1 1  a=— alfiP- U 


ZION'S  BRIGHTNESS.  Anthem.*  121 

Eb  Major.  H   pinnt.  An 

&-*-l-2t3-|:i-l  |-g-g|g-7JKg*l  ^7-^-6-g  |  .VI  3  |  9  f=|g  •  I  |  6-5  |  7-6-^|i~3  I  4-6  I  3-2  I  I-Ff 

1.  Who  are  these' who  are  these?  that  come     from  far,     Led  by    Jacob's     ris- ing  star  Strangers  now  to    Zi-  on  come, There  to  sock  a      happy  home 

<S~I h— t1~?t8-fi?:£IL  fe  1 7 rl*-rt*-yiffr-Hrn7  6^-71  s-ilr^-M*-4! "  7l  *-»T 

Semi  Chorus. 

£-5-6-^-*  j  .176-7  |  !^-h6  I  CMS  ,  5-^  **f&-3  |  ^-?  |4-7-6-|  ^J-!-*-^-^  ,  f^HJ^l^ 

2,  Lo!  the)    gather    like    a  cloud,  Or  like  doves  the  windows  crowd;  Zi- on  wonders    at  '  the  sight,  Zi  -  on   feels  a  strange  de-light. 

C.    8     8|8     8|g      g|g.[8     8|8       g  j  5    3  |  g^JL-g  |  *4   7  |  6g  ,4  |  g  |  g     8  |  8    8  |  8J>   4  |  3.  |, 

2.  Lolthey    gather    like     a  cloud,  Or  like  doves  the  windows  crowd;  Zi-on    wonders  at      the  sight,  Zi  -  on   feels  a  strange  delight. 
-:    1      l|l     1|»      g4X-14    4|f3    1J3     l[544^^4g   8[g       g|g.]    1      l|l     1|£^  |  J ,  | 

Soli.     lib  Major. 

3.  Zi- on    now  no  more  shall  sigh,  God  will  raise  her  glories  high;  He  will  send    a      large  increase,     He  will    give   his     peo  -  pie  peace. 

&V3-5t<&4  I  a'i-S  l3r!3    3|g    3  [Fi  S  \^^W'i]T^3\f?-nfirn9-^-\f^-Q\ft^  I  3-  | 

Kb    Mnjor.      Chorii*.    (T.  2d  Ump.  -  ^ 

-J-M*     I)?,1    ^-MLF^-^ftT^M-^-r^j  '    3  I  sJ-g-Srft&i  3  I  3>!  -3-3  I  6-*  I  '     7+144 

4.  Sons  of      Zi-on     sing      a- loud,      See     her  sun  with-out      a  cloud;  God  will    make    her      joy      com-plete,      Zi-on'ssun    no  more  shall  set. 

C:g  g|g  g|pg  fl^rl8 8I8  g|g-4 1 «4^  ^ I *— g-18  *   fM-g-M*  84-g-P r-M |A j || 

4.  Sons  of      Zi-on     sing       a-loud,"     See       her  sun  with-out       a  cloud;  God  will  make      her  joy         complete,        Zi-on'ssun    no  more  shall  set. 

C:1  M8  ?14?  g-MU4* — >  rMifM  i  g4M  I  ■      •  1 4 — .» la-?  I  >  3;*-fH^  1 1- :  a 

"  Mav  be  sung  lo  any  7«  Hymn  of  four  verscB  1  f> 


122  AMSTERDAM.  7's  &  6's. 

G   Major. 


i 

1:  Rise,   my  soul,  an 


ml  stretch  ihy  Wings;  Thy  bet  -  ter     per-  tion  trace  ;  Rise,  from  all  lerrestial  things,  Towards  heav'n  thy  na«  tive  place  :  $uii,  ajitl  moon,  and  stars,  de  -  cay  j 


I      2.  Riv-ers     to    the    ocean  run,     nor  stay  in  all  their  course;  Fire.ascending, seeks  the  sun;Both  speed  them  to  their  source  :  So  a  soul  that's  born  of  God 

Lkif-g-HHftfg    « If  f  f  $\e=&  f  }  f  If  f f    flf  f-MM^4-  —  -I     -    I 

j  3  Cease,  ve  pilgrims,cease  to  mourn. Press  onward  to  the  prize;  Soon  our  Saviour  will  return,   Triumph-ant    in  the  skies  :  Yet  a      sea-son,  and  you  know 

IC    14-7-6   5U-^W^M^ 

MRWELL.  H.M. 

D  Major.  Darwell. 

1  Time  shall  soon  (his  earth  re-move:  Kise.my  soul,and  haste  a-way   To  seats  prepared  a-  bove. 

k — 1 N-5-6-7t?-7-»— Fthfirdr-ni-H 

Pants  to  view  his     glo-rious  face,  Upward  tends  to   his     abode,    To   rest  in      his  embrace. 


1 .  Ye  boundless  realms  of  joy,  Ex-alt  your  Maker's 

6-1  il*  i  5  41r  ill  i_i_i[ 


ranis  w    view    ins      giu-nuus  i.itc,  u|pnaiui^iUJ.u    »'«     uww...u,      *«    — -   ^ 

Hap-pv     entrance    will     be  given,  All  our  sorrows  left   below.  And  earth  exchang'd  for  heav'n.  I  J     2.   Let    all     a-  dore  the  Lord, And  praise  his  ho-ly 

C4-7r!J^£«i&7iM^ 


.  name;  His  praise  your  songs  employ     A-  bove    the  star-  ry  frame  :  Your  voic-es  raise,  Ye  cher  -  u  -  bim    And  se-  raph  -  im,   To  sing     his  praise, 
name      By  whose  al  -  migh-  ty  word  They  all    from  noth-ing  came  ;  And  all   shall  last,  From  changes  free  ;  Hi's  firm    de-cree  Stands  ev  -  er  fast. 


BILLOWS  ROLL.  S.1I.M.  123 

F  Major. 

I    Faith  is      the    Ghristian's  prop,  Whereon  his      sor-rowa     lean;     It      is    the    substance  of      his    hope,  His    proof  of  things    unseen;     It 

2.  Faith  is         the        po  -  lar  siar  That  guides  the  Chris-  tian's    way,     Di-  rccts  his  wanderings  from    a  -  far       To  realms  of  end   less  day;      It 

3  Faith  is        the    rainbow's  form  I! mm  on     the     brow     of      heaven,  The  el"  -  ry      "I     ibe  pass  -  ing  storm.  The  pledge  ol  met- cy  given  ;    It 
^4.842      34   5    4?  |  3J  3  |  I  _^__2S  51  |  3^|  3  |  -J  _2__3     4    5     6  |  3  «   5     5     :S  5    3    3  |   3  | 

4  The  tilth     that   works  by  love.  And  pur    -i-     lies      the      heart,     A     fore-taste   ol      the  jovs      a-  bove       In     mor-tals  can     im-  part  ;     It 


1   i  •*  •  n A-JS.  tt-<9  I  '  ! 


£3-3-331  i-4-4|3-a-fi^tt?-2L4^~tt5-S5-f  -j  \7^tp-tl\       -*1»-2~|  Ml 

is     the    anchor     of   his  soul  When  tempests  rage  and     bil  -  lows   roll,     -         -         -         When  tempests  rage     -     -     -  and    billows      roll. 

and      billows  roll. and  billows       roll. 

o.  8    5       |6  6       15   5  4  13.315 5      5    818      855   515   5    8  _*  5j5    3  3  615    5  I  I  311 

\    .      ■ 1 1 1 — ri — ^-ti 1 1 r    11      — --     i      rTi       r     t  —       est  n       i     ,     ,    i  i       u 

is             the         an    -      chor         of    his    soul  When  tempests  rage  and  bil  -  lows  roll.When  tempests  rage  and  billows  roll,  and  billows      roll. 
C^ M-6-6-4-411    -      k   HQAJMMW-4g  '    8|g   g   t8  4  8|1     I  «  ,  |  , ;    r>__|  JM 

is  the    anchor     of     his  soul,  When  tempesis    race  and  bil  -  lows  roll, \\  hen  tempests  rage  and     billows  roll, and  billows      roll, 

points  the  course  where'er  he  roam,  And  safely  leads  the  pilgrim  home,  And  safely  buds  the  pilgrim  home, 
is  the  bright,  triumphal  arch,  Through  which  the  saints  to  glory  march,  Through  which,   &c. 
bears  us  through  this  earthly  strife,  and  triumphs  in  immortal  life,  And  triumphs,   cVr. 

A  SACRED  CANON.  2d  Sam.  IS,  33. 

1         Rb  Major.  C.  Kins.         2 

Kt-    ~fr- — *~t-'     y     Is — 3— 1-$ -1«-     -fr--^-1  a    la      s     I o-~ II 

O  Ab    -*    sa  -  lorn,      my         son,  my  son,  0  Ab    -      sa- lorn,  my       son,         my  son. 

|_t_3_3_6^_5_4_t_3_4-3ta-r  7_<;  j     ^-     I     3-3-6^-5-4^3-4^31^1     7    <;  |  «     f| 

Would  to     God  I     had     died       for  thee  my  son,  Wi    M  to      God  I      bad  died     for     thee,         my  n. 

|_|_,._       _j^5 2-J-3— 2 f-I-   -I—  |     7  |     l_-        -+-*-      3  J  3    ,;      j7     -,.T— U--1I 

O  Ab     -    sa  -  loin,      my         son,  my  0  Ab     -       sa  -  I I)       soil,         my  son. 


24  SERAPH.  CP.  M. 

0  could  we   speak  the  matchless  worth,  O  could  wc  sound  the  glories  forth  .Which  in  our    Sa  -  vior  shine,  We'd  soar  and  touch  the  heav'nly  strings, 

>  tsr«-3tap~nJti — 5t3-t5t^~^s-.it^-5-5ts+^"jSV^pfrt-^t~sf  .*  J>  **.  *  I  i  4  4  I 

J.  We'd  shut  tlie  pre-cious  blood    he  spilt —  Our  ransom  from  the  dreadful  guilt  Of  sin      and  wrath  di  -  vine  ;    We  d  sing  his  glorious  right-eous-ness, 
t    We'd  sinu  the  char  -  ac  -  ters      he  bears,  And  all  the  forms  of  love  he  wears,  Ex  -  alt  -  ed  on    his  throne  ;  In      loft-iest  songs  of   sweetest  praise, 

3  _    .ill.    Ill-      1  I  1-1  « U    1    3    « U    1    ai.J  3    3  1    ,ill^Ulia»8|18   8| 


4.  Well,  the    de-  light-  ful   day  will  come,  When  our  dear  Lord  will  bring  us  home,  And  we  shall  see    his     face;  Then,  with  our  Sa-vior,  Brother,  Friend, 

C4-i-  i-i  4-i=— a-Ujs-1  l-W-s-r-s-s-s-s-l-s-s-s-l-s-l-^-  i  — 2-3— \-^-5i4-i-G-s-]-^s-^4- 


^-5t-4-3-9-l-t-^-l-S-1--stl,-t-^n^5,t^-iafl-9-tl^ 

And  vie  with  Gabriel  while  he  sings,     In  notes  almost    di-vine.     In  notes    aT-  most  di  -  vine. 


In  which  all  perfect    heav'nly  dress  We  shall    for-ev-er  shine.  We  shall  for  -    ev  -    er    shine, 
We  would,  to  e-ver-last-ing  days,  Make  all  his  "lories  known.  Make  all  his   glo  -  ries  known. 


fc 


!4_i_ 


^_T-J-U-4-T-UU-i-i-aa4M-4 


Tri-um-phant  in     his      grace. 


A  blest  e  -  ter  -  ni  -  ty  we'll  spend,  Tri-umphant  in  his  grace 

C-34-«i-^4-3-l-^i-«4^4J-i-8-^543-3,-i-4-5-5-i-l^ 


BAILEY.  S.M. 

C  major. 


1.  Welcome  sweet  day   of        rest, 


(g-lnftlTl-Tni-i-TRrtTrt 

'2.  The  King    him-self  comes  near. 

3.  One  day,    a  -  mid      the       place 

~*-  1-3+3-3-4-5-3-G-4--5-4- 

4.  My     wil  -  ling  soul  would     stay 

C:4- 1^3+3-3" -5-.>6-4-54 


That    saw  the  Lord  a  -  rise ;     Wei  -  come     to      this 

&- f-rfintirir\ a-  I  b\  54  aa  12 

And     feasts  his  saints  to-day;   Here     we       may     sit, 
Where  Christ,  my  Lord,  has  been,     Is      sweet  -  er     than 

C^<£5-r-4-3  -3-  i-l--a-|  -«-4~.,ri~»3- i"^ 

In      such  a  frame  as     this,    Till      call'd      to       rise     and 


re-  viv  -  ing  breast  And  these  rejoicing  eyes.  And  these  re-joicing   eyes. 

-3-4-t-^-^-^i-^t5-^-^-i-t-^-5-t-4-5-^-3-t-3-tt 
and     see  him  here,  And  love  and  praise, and  pray.  And  love,  Sic. 
ten    thousand  days     Of  pleasure  and  of  sin.  Of      pleasure  and  of      sin. 

£\-\-8-&-s-l-i]-l~i-}--  i-i^-Kl-d^-h-.i-l-s-W 

soar  a  -  way    To  e-ver-last-ing    bliss.  To    e-  ver-  last-  ing    bliss 


to 

C^-e34-4-d-a-J4^^54-^4-3^^i^ 


ROCKWELL.  I0s.&8'&  S  25 

«;  in  Mm 
1        Behold  how  the  Lord    has    girt  on  his  sword  !    From   con  -  quest  to  con-quest  proceeds  !  How    hap  -  py  are   they      who   see   this  glad  day,     And 
'i.  1! is  word  he  sends  forth  from  the  south  to  the  north;  From  east  and    from   west  it    is  heard;  The    re  -  bel    is  charm'd,    the    foe    is    disarmed;      No 
3.     To     Je-sus    a-lone,    who    sits    on  the  throne,  Sal    -  va  -  tion  and    glo  -  ry   be  -  long;  All  hail,  bless-ed   name,     for  -  e  -  ver  the   same,  Our 


wit-ness  his       won-der-ful  deeds. 

«f-_F-f-Nr-  -•-n,tt 

day  like  our  day        has  appeared. 

C4--M4-? — MM, 


joy  and  the  theme        of  our  song. 

&4-3-  1 4-4 5-5-r- 1 4  ' 


BETHANY.  5s  &  8s.  or  10s  &  8s. 

G  major.  Dr.  Mad  mi. 

^-4-.?t5-.M1,^-«t5-S-4t3^5^l-8-9^3-4-3  |  S^  |   3-5-5   f- 

He-hold  how  the    Lord  has  girt    on  his  sword!  From  conquest  to  conquest  proceeds  !     From  Conquesl  to 
2. His  word   he  sends  forth. from  the  south  to  the  noith;  From  east  and  from  west  it  is  heard;  From  east  and  from 

C4J8+3   8   4|3>    4|8   g    g|S.|  S|   3   f   S\  S   3    S  |  S.  |   fl_j     3    .7    | 

To     Je-sus    a-lone,  who  sits  on  the  throne,     Sal  -  va-tion  and     glo  -  ry  belong;       Sal  -  va  -  tion    ami 

C.mi-*-3+-M-4+5-5-54A^^ 


conquest  proceeds!    How  happy  are  they  who  see  this  glad  day,     And  wit-ness  his      won-der-ful  deeds.     And  witness  his    won -der  -  ful  deeds. 
wist      it      is  heard;     The  re- bel   is  charm'd,  the  foe  is  disarmed;    No   day    like  our    day    has  appeared.       No  day  like  our    day    has    apj 

fr*    f  f|«.lflJLji-J|i.  «|i  fr  »|*|r| 1- 4-44H*-f  glg     f-#-Wl 

glo   -  ry    be-long;     All  hail,  bless-ed  name,  for  e  -  ver  the  same,  The    joy  and    the  theme    of   our  song.     The  joy  and  the  theme  of   our  song. 


C:-4-3-2-rU4-543-5-5-4-l-5-|-»-Ml.v4^4 


4-444J-1-3-U— .<i-5  I  ■  -ll- 


SAINT'S  HOME,  Chant,  For  ail  Metres  longer  than  Long  Metre. 


l.'Mid  Scenes  of  con- 
fusion and 

ICf-i— 5 
Ic-i — 1 

2.  Sweet  bonds  that  unite  all  the|children  of  |peace!||  And  thrice  precious  Jesus,  whose|lnve  cannot|cease!||Though  oft  from  thy  presence  in[sadness  I|roam,I 
~i.  1  sioh  for  the  body  of  |  sin  to  be  |  free,||  W  hich  hinders  my  joy  and  com-  |  munion  with'thee;||Though  now  my  temptations  like  |  biUovys  may  |  foam,  All 
4^  While  here  in  the  valley  of  |  conflict  I  |  stay,  ||  O  give  me  submission  and  |  strength  as  my  |  day  !  jj  In  all  my  afflictions  to  |  thee  would  I  |  come,  Re- 

5.  Whate'er  thou  deniest,  O  |  give  me  thy  |  grace, ||The  Spirit's  sure  witness  and  |  smiles  of  thy  |  face  ;||  Endow  me  with  patience  to  |  wait  at  thy  |  throne,  And 

6.  I  lonff,  dearest  Lord,  i'n  thy  |  beauties  to  |  shine  ;  ||  No  more  as  an  exile  in  |  sorrow  to  |  pine,  ||  And  in  thy  dear  image,  a-  |  rise  from  the  |  tomb,  With 


May  be  omitted. 


slri — s_i~g — w 


7 

home  sweet 


1- 

home 


n 
It 


-5— 

to 

all     will 
joic-  ing 
find     even 
glorified 


6 1 

hold  thee,  in 
peace  when  I'm 

hope  of  my 
now    a     sweet 

millions,     to 


S 5- 

glory      at 

with  thee  at 

glorious 

foretaste  of 

praise    thee  at 


home. 

S  weet 

home. 

Sweet 

home. 

Sweet 

home. 

Sweet 

home. 

Sweet 

home 
home 
home 
home 
home 


sweet 
sweet 
sweet 
sweet 
sweet 


home 
home 
home 
home 
home 


5 — irVirs-l— s~— H- 
5— s -1 


home 
home 
home 
home 
home 


sweet 
sweet 
sweet 
sweet 
sweet 


home, 
homo, 
home, 
home, 
home. 


THE  NEW  JERUSALEM.    Rev.  21  .   23—27. 


2. 


5  And 
^And 
5  For 
I  And 

5  And 
'   2  And 


the 
the 
the 


I 
city 

glory 


the     gates     of 


saw 
had 

of 

nations 

the 

it     shall 


no 

God 
of 


did 


tem-ple     there- 
need         of  the 

light     -    en 
them  which  are 


I  foT  the  Lord  God  Almighty— and  the  Lamb  are  the  |  temple  of  it. | 

of.  y 


sun,  neither  ||  of  the  |  moon  to  |  shine  in  |  it 
it,  I  and  the  Lamb  is  the  |  light  there 


not     be      shut     at 


kings 
all 


by 


of  the 


.     5  And  'bey  shall  bring  the  glory  and  honor  of  the  nations 
I  Neither      whatsoever      worketh      abomination,      or 


in 
mak 


to 
eth  a 


saved       |,  shall  walk  |  in  the  |  light  of  |  it : 

earth  ||  do  bring  their  glory  and  honor  |  into  |  it.  || 

day  :  for  ||  there  shall  |  be  no  |  night  |  there.  || 

it.  ||  And  .here  shall  in  no  wise  enter  into  it  any  |  thing  that  de- 


lie  ;  but  ||  they  which  are  |  written  in  the  |  Lamb's  book  of  |  life.  || 


fileth,  D 


Chorus:     Sweet  home,  sweet  home;  home  sweet  home. 


CHRISTOPHER.  L.M.  12? 

Bb  Major.  II.  Plnnl,  Arr. 

1.  Lord,  thou  hast  searched  and  seen  me  ihro',      Thine  eye  commands,  with  piercing  view,       My  ris  -  ing   and   my  rcsi-ing  hours,       My  heart  and  flesh  «iih     all    iheir  powers, 

2.  My  thoughts, before  they  are  my  own,     Are  to  my  God    dis-tinct-lv  known  ;  He  knows  the  words  1  mean  to  speak,  I  re  from  my  opening  lips  tlu-y  break 

frii  4  ila  *\:U>i  I  s*  I  ^-^-|r,--5|#-a1  ^tsh»-.i  U  «ls  41  s  hi  I ««  hr*  hWNI1  ait 

3.  Within  thy  circling   power   I  stand;     On    eve-ry  side    I      find  thy  hand  ;     Awake,  asleep,  at  home,  abroad,     I     am    surrounded    stdl  with  God. 

4.  Amazing  knowledge,  vast  and  great !    What  large  extent!  what  lotty  height!  My  soul,  with  all  the  powers  I  boast,  Is    in   the  boundless  prospect  lost. 

5.  O, may  these  thoughts  possess  my  breast, Where'er  I  rove,  where'er    I  rest,     Nor  let    my  weaker  passions  dare     Consent  to  sin,    for  God    is   there. 

C-4-i-i-i4-i-i-T-3 — 5-T-i-r4i-s-3-i|.»— s\  1-2-2M s?\-i-i-i-\-4r-£ls— si1] -a-l  4-1  1-1—44-5— .1 1 i-||- 

SAXONY.  8s  &  7s. 

G    major. 
I.  One  there  is    a  -  bove    all   o-thers,  AN  ho  deserves  the  name  ot  friend;  His  is  love  beyond  a  brother's    Cost-ly,  free, and  knows  do  end 

\!.  W  hich  ot  all  our.iriends  to  save  us. Could  or  would  have  shed  his  blood?  But  this  Savior  died  to  have  us  lie  -  con  -  riled  in  him  to  (lod. 

3.  When  he  liv-ed   nn   earth    abased.  Friend  of  sinners  was  his  name;  Now  above  all  glo-ry  rais-ed,      He     re  -  loi  -  ces     in  the   same 

n.-i*  si.!  si.is-85is  ill*  5  1  a  aj.i  :t  s  si  si<r>  .1  15  514  •jmi    :c  1 1     1     '1  1  •.»::  415 -1   :;m 

Vj.-'-i 1-- M T  I  ,UJ EJ-  I    I T 1  T T  +1 T"H   "O   — S3:   h       j       —  |        1  |-|-        I    "hi        1  — 11 T I    ;  w\  II 

4.  Oh!  for  grace  our  hearts  to  soften,  Teach  us, Lord, at  lengthto  love;  We, alas!    forget    too  of-  ten,  What    a  friendwe  have  a-bove 

&F    }\f    }  I  5—5^1?    f  IM+M  I  5—5-  1 14.5-7-  I4-3-T-4-5  I  M44-M*--J  r-^-5  I « I! 

PEARL  STREET.  C.  M. 

C  or  D  major.  Wood. 

1,  \\  hen  I  can  read  mv  ti-tle      clear      To  man-inns  in  the  skies,  I'll  bid  farewell  to  eve-ry  fear,  And  wipe  my  weeping  eves.  And  wipe  my  weepin      ye  -. 

fctili  2  s^trt-isjajal^ri&Hrttsrs t^i7Ti~s~^ly7i~s Nl t-^ra-s\ite \i\:r-.i  a  atarerH 

2.  Should  earth  against  my  soul  engage,  And  fiery  darts  be  hurl'd,Then  I  can  smile  ai  Satan's  rage,  And  face  a  frowning  world,  And  face,  &c. 
3   Let  cares,  like  a  wild  deluge,  come,  And  storms  of  sorrow  fall  !  May  I  hut  safely  reach  mv  horn.'.  My  God,  my  heaven, mv  all.   My  God,  &c 

GtNi4-MrM-yyi4k-M^^  5  5  ^tt 

1.  There  shall  I  bathe  my  weary  soul       In  seas  of  heav'nly  rest,    And  not  a  wave  of  trouble  roll    Around  my  peaceful  breast.  Around  my  peaceful  breast. 

C:2i|i-i-i-i|i-i-ijiji4-i|2-3--3-2|;^ 


F  mnjor. 
-5-6  hS 

1  Sweet  the  momer 


g-l-5-6  1-5-3+8 


128  WILLOW    8s  &  7s  or  7s  with  slurs. 

R.  S.  Bennison,  W.  B.     De  Cap. 
S|a-l^S^3^  5-6|5-3  j  2    ^^lz-v-j-5-5|5-3|6-3^3Q  j-ar-4^5-516-313!—^ 

...jnts,  rich  in  blessing.  Which  he- fore  the  cross     I     spend;      2  Tru- ly    blessed     is   this  sta-tion,     Low   be- fore  his  cross  to    he; 
Life, and  healih,and  peace  possessing,  From  the  sin-ner's  dy  -  ing  Friend. 
While  I    see    di-vine  compas-sion    Beaming    in     his  gra-cious    eye. 

^»_3_4]3_5|g   3|g   ff  I  3   4;3_gj6_g4j,3-    :  II 4_l 1  1     ■    1     -     1—4 

3  Love  and  grief  my  heart  di  -  vi-  ding,  With  my  tears  his  feet      I'll   bathe;       4  May   I    still  en- joy  this  feel-ing,    Still     to  my  Re-deem-er  go: 

Constant  still,  in  faith    a  -  bi-Jing,    Life  de  -  ri-ving  from    his  death. 
Prove  his  wounds  each  day  more  healing,  And  himself  more  tru  -  ly    know. 

■IJLJMJULk-e+O  I  *   A-ML-3-U-^     I*"   :  I     ■    1    ■«    I    ■  j    ■     I     -    -I    ■  "1 1—11 


HIDING  PLACE.    C.  1*.  M. 


I)  Major. 


dim. 


f. 


B.   Arr. 


\ 

< 

i 


4  Let  •    me  a  -  mong  thy  saints  be  found,        When  e'er  th' archangel's  trump  shall  sound,   To      see  thy       smi-ling  face; 


1  When  thou,    my   right    -   e  •  ous  Judge.shaltcome 
2  I    love      to     meet        a- mong  them  now 


To     call    thy  ransomed   peo  -  pie  home,  Shall   I  a  -  mong  them 

Be  -  fore    thy  gracious  throne  to  bow,     Tho'  vi      -      lest        of    them 


siand! 
all; 


,5-+l^U— 5-1-1^4^-1—3— l-|-3— 5—  1— i4-l^-J~i!5 5 5—54-2-1-^-^4-3^-11- 

3  Prevent      it,   Lord,      by     thy  rich  grace,  Be    thou   mysoul'ssure   hi- ding  place,       In  that        great      burn-  ing  day; 


<r?ta 


-^i-m-m*-  -?t^ 


— 3-j-l: lfy- 

Then  loud      -      est    of  thecrowd         I'll  sing,  While  heav'n'g      resound    -  ing  mansions  ring.  With  shouts  of  sov'reign  grace,      of  sov 'reign  grace. 

&-5t5--   -^tJf- JJ-hT 2t3-t^t3^ 5flF it5-^^;-hit3-l-i-5t^-5-ii--4t3--4t3-hL 


.With  shouts  of  sov'reign  £ 

H4t3-l-3-5te:  . 

\V  ilh  snouts  ol  sov'reign  grace,  Willi  sliouu  of  sov'reign  grace. 


14* 54-5^ iUMfW* — 44*— ^4-1-«4--,-4  H 1^44 1  [-M«4 

Shall  such  a  worth     -    less  worm  as      I.    Who  some    -  times  am  a-  (raid  to  die, Be  found  at  thy  right  hand, Be  found  at  thy  right  hand. 

T      U«^_  (  '...... ,,  _        inrrlhrt't    Wii!)t   it*  rn\>   n-i  mo  chnnlrl   V»p  lpf>   ntif    Whpn   I  h  nil   fiir  t  hpm  Khnlt  r-nil '  WliPfl  thnil   tnrlllPm  _«.halt  pall' 


©-7-T-7— 

hall  such  a  worth     -    less  worm  as      i.     vv  no  some 

But  can  I    bear  the  pierc      -     ing  tho't.What  if        my  name  should  be  left  out,  When  thou  for  them  shalt  call!  When  thou  forthem  shalt  call! 

I        i    o 

^_^4_^_^_^i^_i4-^-<i-^_44a4i4^^-5,4^:^-i4-3-44i4-p-l — -l~-i-3-4]5-3,i-U- 

Thy      pard'  -  ning      voice     now       let         me  hear,   To        still       my  un    -  he    lief  and  fear,   Nor  let   me  fall    I  pray, Nor  let  me  fall    I  pra» 


A  major.     Slowly. 


ALVONA.    C.  P.  M. 


129 


«i-tt*t*  1 *w  i  «-**-,-"  •  f7l  ^«Tl  "^-iioi^iM- -r?!»i^i^i^«-f^«-7i«t 


Ld 


—  1.  ,~  I   -1  — 

1  My  God,    thy     bound- less      love        I     praise;  How    bright,    on       high,      its       glo-ries-hlaie! How  sweetly  bloom  be-low!     Il  streams  from  th 


u 


inc       e  •  tor  -  Dal  Lhroni  ; 


L3  — x  LJ  7  ' — '        — '         — • 

2  'Tis  love  that       paints  the         pur -pie        morn.     And     bids      the    clouds,     in        air    tipborne,Tlieir?eninl  drops  clis- lil;      In    eve    •  ry     ver  -  mil  beam 

3  But     in    the         gos-pel  it      ap    -    pears       In      sweet  -  er,       fair   -    er      char-  acters, And  charms  the  ravish'd  brcast;Tberc,love  im  -  mor  -  lal  leaves     Ibeskv 

^_W*_?_4Jrj^jL^i4JLj44_w  1 4-43 1  *-iM  J^4-l-t\t4*\  -    I    ,   1-— - 14 

l^j         ^^         ^5 

4  Then  let    the         love  that       makes    me       blest,     with  cheer  -  lui     praise      in  •  spire  mv  brca>t,And  ar-denl  grat  -  i  -  tude;  And    all      my  thoughts  and  pas- sions  tend 

■l-H-l-3^- |-M~ r-5-5-4-1^1  Jjr4fi-^U-^3-|  2-lVI  .i|o-5-5-S|  1-j  T |      -      j      ,      1      .     |-j- 


Thro' heav'n  its  joys  for- ev  -  er    run,   And  o'er  the    earth  thev  flow. 

And  breathes  in  eve— ry  gale  that  hluws,And  glides  in  eve    -   ry    rill. 
Th  wipe  the  drooping  mourner's  eye.  And  give  the  wea  —  ry    rest. 

.  sis.  4  »  '2ii   a i a.  I s  s  4i:P4  ts i :i  n 

? — r""i~l v    -f-  /I       ~T  H — hir — v — y  +  i — i t — l — fr 

To  thee,  my  Fa-ther  and  my  Friend, My  soul'se  -  ter  -  nal  good 

©    Ml1    S-8-S  I  A-6^is-4-5  I  r^4-5^  1  || 


TRUST.    8s,  7s,  &  4 

Kb  mnjor.  A.  H    linker. 

g-3-:r^-«|a-a|:i-6-4|4-3-^s4-r|l--s|^i|5-f-t 

1  Come, thou  soul-transformitiu  Spirit,         Bless  the  sow- er   and   the 

^-g-3[5_S|S8_0|6    Sp|S      S|S_S|8>l«|7^j 
2  0,      may  all  en- joy  the  blessing   Which  thy  word 's  design 'd  I 

gl-fi-jLl^ill— i|p    1  r  |  f?  *\l_i\J9LJ*\3  r  | 


-I 


Let  eaeh  heart  thy  grace    in-her-it;      Raise  the  weak, the     hnn  -  grv      feed;    From  the  gos-pel,  From  the  gos-pel     Nowsupply    thy  people's  I d. 

Let   us   all,  thy  love      pos-sess-ing,      Joy-ful- ly    the      truth         re-eeive,     And  for-ev- er,     And  for-ev- er       To  thv  praise  and  gin- ry  live. 

17 


130 


OLIVET.  8's  &  4. 


A  Major. 


&-.W6-7-»-2t3-*-n-n3-J^6i^^ 

j.  Hark!  how  the  gospel  trumpet  sounds,Thro'  all  the  world  the  e-cho  bounds,  And  Je-sus,  by    redeem-ing  blood,  Is  bringing   sinners  back  to  God:  And 

2.  Hail!  all-  vio-torinus,  cnnqn'ring  Lord!  Be  thou  by    all  thy  works  ador'd,  Who  un-der-took  for  sin-ful  man,  And  bro't  sal- va-tion  thro'  thy  name,That 

3.  Fn'ht  on, ye  conqu'rin"  souls, fight  on! And  when  the  conquest  you  have  won, Then  palms  of  vict'rv  you  shall  bear, And  in  his  kingdom  have  a  share;  And 

4.  There  we  shall  in    full  cho-rus  join, With  saints  and  an-gels  all  com-bine,  To  sing    of    his    redeeming  love, When  rolling  years  shall  cease  to  move, And 

Cj-!_i44-5— 6-7-14— &s\-S-\-$-4—5-e  ^7-^54-l4-l— l-l-l4-i-i-l4-l-U-5-5-.»45-5-54-54- 


<g 


-2-4-2+ 1-, 


Mi , 


guides  them  safely    by   his  word  To  endless  day. 

%~5—S'3~Sfi~i   4   6t?rt~a11 

we  with  thee  may  ev— er  reign  In    endless  day. 
crowns  of  glo-  ry    ev-  er  wear  In    endless  day. 

1    2    3    i 1111    413    2    1 


C4- 


H 


~i 1 n 1 tt 

thisshallbe  our  theme  above    In    endless  day 

C4-3-2-1-1+4-4-6-4-1-5-5-1  || 


DESIRE.  5's  &  4's. 

F  Major. 

8-tft ^mwm?f^sr\ff-}  \ij-n*\?  tn-i  i?4-2i  lrtt 

1.     Sa  -  vior  ere     we  part.  Tliv  bless-  ing  give  ;    Breathe  up-on  each  heart, Sweel  peace.sweet  peace  and  love. 

&-tlTl\5~5\z\tf+}-ii  1 rt^Ili^Ftrm^larTflFtt 

2.  As     we  onward   tri'ad. Life's  stormy  way, Round  our  footsteps  shed.  A  heav'n, a  heavenly  ray. 

3.  When  our  days  are  pasraJn  use-  fuViess  ;     May  we  meet  at  last,  In     ho-,  in  ho  -   li-ness. 

4.  Ho  -  ly  three  divine  Je  -  ho- vah  one,     Let  thine  ear  incline,  Our  pray'r,our  pray'r  to  own. 


n.  ?  1     1 


V    p.  3 
1  '1,4-4 


-5|1  \  5-1  54-?  1 5-H'      'I1      i UU  i-3--6l5-5|  » "4 


s 


DANEVILLE.  8's 

F  Major. 

-3-1-J-l-a— 3|4— 3-2 flz|3  j-2-3— 4+5— 6-4  j  5_  J5+6— 7— 

To    Je-sus    the  crown  of  mv  hope.  My  soul    is      in  haste  to    be  gone  :  0,  hear  me, 
.     My  Savior,  whom,  absent,     I  ]ove;Whom, not  having  seen,     I      adore;  Whose  name  is 

1+1—1 


1-*f1-7-1ta-1-5t5-t1t7-I-9t9-1-11-748t4-4- 

3.  Dissolve  thou  these  bonds  that  de-tain     My  soul  from  her  portion     in  thee;  O,  strike  off 
g  3 1 3    5    5 1_  6    5    4|3-|5|5    5    5|2    3    2|2-|8|8    5 

When  that  hap-py     e  -  ra      begins, When  arrayed  in  thy  glories     I  shine,  Nor  grieve  an 
O,  then  shall  the  veil    be  removed. And  round  me  thy  brightness  be  poured;  I  shall  see  h 

G_I-i4J_5_i  j  4-5-5U4J-+5-5-5  |-7_1_2  |.54 1 J  4_2_ 


ye  che- 
ex-  alt- 

-8-J-3- 

this     ad  - 
5|5 


3- 1  -j-2_^3+4-3— 2+1—  9-y+  l_jf 

ru-bim,  up,  And  waft  me     a-way     to    his  throne, 
ed     a- bove  All  g'o- ry,    do-minion,  and  power, — 

1-1t7-tit1-1-6tI-7-5l5^ir 

amant  chain,  And  make  me   e-ter-nal-ly   free. 
5    5l5-[5|6    5    4|3     4    5|3-|j 


y  more, 
im  whom 
1  I  1 


by   my  sins,  The  bosom      on  which  I      recline, — 
absent, Iloved, Whom, nothaving  seen,I     adored. 

!_!+5  |I  j  I_L_4|5-5-5+lrI| 


COME  YE  DISCONSOLATE. 


■BT 


D-  ™*>or-     -  ,  Webbe. 

*•'<>  Duett. 


IfirS-jrtni 

1.  Come  ve   dis  -  cog  -  so  -  late,   where'er   ye  languish,  Come  at  the  shrine  of  God    ferv-ent-ly  kneel;  Here  bring  your  wounded  hearts.here  tell  youi 


-.,_,__ 


8.     Joy    of   the      comfortless,      light      of    the  straying,  Hope, when  all  others  die,  fadeless  and  pure,    Here  speaks  the  cotn-fort-er,  in    God's  name 


C4 — . — 4- 


r 


4— — r- 


-I 


4 4-^4-1= k- 


4l-4- 


1 


( 


Chorus. 


anfiuish;      Earth    lias  no  sorrow  that  Heaven  cannot  heal.   Here  bring  your  wounded  hearts.here  tell  your  anguish;       Earth  lias  no 


&-8  ir\  ajrThH-fr-rt-hr^rl- 1 1 ~tr 


'     7 


rf  Pt-frtfinftti  irl  i.i  :t  i  ! 


C- 


-. t~ 


4- 


A  - — 5-5-  f-.^4-»-r4-J — ■ — -^i — -l-s— at-t=  I— « — s-s  1 


say-ing;  "  Earth  has  no  sorrow  that  Heaven  cannot  cure."  Here  speaks  the  Com-fort-er,       in  God's  name  saying,   "  Earth  has  no 

Cj-i*— f4-i — i-  -4HM--4-5-^i4i-l-i4-^-244--i-i-^ 


I 


sor-row  that  Heav'n  cannot  heal. 

0- 1  - .1    4-4- -3-2 -3  I  3"  II 

sor-row  that  Heav'n  cannot  cure. 


SALEM,  lis,. 

F.  Major  , 

£-£1-^-3-3  |  -3-5-3  |  -2  -2-3ta  ,  .-,  |  «      -fr^-S-a-f-l-l-l^-I-^ 
1.  The  Lord    is  my  Shepherd  ;  no  want  shall  I  know  :      I  feed  in  green  pas-lures,  sad-  fold  -  ed    to    rr>t. 
He    lead-eth   my  sou!  where  the  still  wa-iers  flow,   Restores  me  when  wand  ring    redeems  when  opi 

«t^, -l-it-i -i-}t7-i  ?\7-\  »i-  i-M  ' -.. '« |-.-,  .,  .->  rsiH 

■2.  rhro'  the  val-ley  and   shadow  of     death  tho'  I  stray.  Since  thou  art  my  guardian,  no      e  -  vil      I      fear' 
Thy  rod  shall  de-fend  me,  thy  staff  be  mv  staj  .     No  han  fal  with  mi     com-fort-eri 

^4_5_5    .V    5    £     jL|_a_3    .7|.V|   3|4     I     !|    3    5    1  |    »    «    3   |3':|| 
3.     In  the  midst  ol  af-  fliclion  my    la  -  I  sad     \\  ur'd  my    cup  ru   i 

With  oil  and  perfume  thou  an-  noint-  est  my  head;     (),  what  shall  1    ask    nf    thv    pro-vi-dence  more  ' 


C4i4 


i  i 


-M-« 


M   5    5    sUs44l  I     1    -ll   5    5    54^-4-4   '  »      || 


1^2  ALDERBROOK.  S.  H.  M. 

E 1>.  major. 

O-M  ]  3-5+6-7  J-lfSffr5-&4  pf^^j- 1+3-5  |  6-6-7-7-+ ^-S  j  9-5-(  5-?4-+5-  ,}-3-]-G-«-ff-*+- 

f       1     Th.sph.ee  is  holy  srmind.  World  with  it's   cures    a  -  way,      A    ho-ly,  sol-emn  stillness  round.  This  lifeless,  mould'ring  clay;  Nor  pain,  nor  ffrief,  nor 

U-rMS-B     lVPf-  l--t"--|-|^n,-1tf*-1,-^4i"3"l~11*~^t7-|-t7-t3t-'r1-4-r,-?i 

^2.  B.-hoUl  the  bed  of  death,  The  pale    and      mor  -  tal  clay;  Heard  ye  the  sob  of  parting  breath?  Mark'd  ye  the  eye's  last  ray?  No  ;   life    so    sweetly 

3  Why  mourn  the  pious  dead'  Why  sor-rows  swell  our  eyes'  Can  sighs  re-call    the    spirits  fled?  Shall  vain  re-grets    a  -  rise' Tho' death  has  caused  this 

4  Bury  the  dead,  and  weep  In    stiiT-n^sT     oV      the' loss;    Bu-ry  the  dead,  in  Christ  they  sleep .Who  bore  on  earth  his  cross;  And  from  the  grave  their 

C^J-ii-a-lii-g+i-li-l-1— J-+i-X^5M+1-34#-4-^-^W-147-g-lg  2  Is-M-l-M-'-M- 


n_4_4_3  4-5-i-1_5_«_5+-4-3-2+6+ 6-5-5- 

Q)     i      i      i    I    i    I  '       i       I'',1       i  .    '    I  V1  '       V  *,„ 
anx-ious  fear,  Can  reach  the  peaceful  sleeper  here.     Can  reach,  He. 

ceas'd  to  be,     It  lapsed  in    im  -  mor  -  tal  -  i  -  ty.     It  lapsed,  &c. 
al-teredmien,     In  heav'n  the  ransom' soul  is  seen.     In  heaven,  &c. 
p.  6    6    51   515    5    4_8 ±6    5_5|4I4    3_1_ 

Vj^—] — t — t-i— j--H — r— T       T    I     1    T^VT^Ti     u^      t 
.lust  shall  rise,         In    his  own  im-age     to  the  skies.   In  his,  &c. 


4t3-a-titt^ 

#t1-5^4t3tt\ 

21  1 


7-4*4 

4-r-5-5-4J4l 


MOORE.  S.P.M 

|-M3a5°t5-4-3-4t5^3t4,-3-a-3+4rt 

The  Lord  Je-hovah  reigns,  And  royal  state  maintains, 

.,4+1^1-1-1+1^1+^-1-7-1-1-2^ 

Up-held  by  thy  commands,  The  world  securely  stands, 

Let  floods  and  nations  rage,  And  all  their  pow'r  engage; 

&j.3Jr3_._6    5    «43r.|A|_5,_5    5    5\5-\ 

4.    Thy  pro-mis-es  are  true;  Thy  grace  is   e  -  ver  new; 
C.l-i-r-l-«-4-^-r-l--4,-l-5=-5-5-5+54 


& 


g_2.t_3_2-,_3_3-f4-]-5r-^3-+-6^-7-6+-5;-|-5-+^3-4-5-+^ 

His    head  with  awful  glories  crown'd,  Ar  -  ray'd    in  robes  of  light,    Be  -  girt  with  sov'reign  might,  And      rays  of   ma-  jes  -  ty        a  -  round. 

And    skies  and  stars  o  -  bey  ihy  word;     Thy  throne  was  fix'd  on  high       Ere  stars    adorn'd    the   sky;     E  -  ter  -  nal    is  thy      king-dom,  Lord. 
Let  swell-ing  tides    assault  the    skv;       The  ter  -  rors   of  thy  frown     Shall  calm  their   fu  -  ry  down;     Thy  throne  for-e-ver  stands   on      high. 

There  fix'd   thy  church  shall  ne'er  remove;  Thy  saints,  with  ho  -  ly  fear,     Shall      in  thy  courts  ap  -  pear,     And  sing  thine  e  -  ver  -  last  -  ins      love. 

C^54-:M-6-5-;-?4-54-U6^--?^^ 


DAUND.  S.  M.  S  33 

G.  Major. 

g-1-l-f-l^-j-l-a-j.-a-t  H    |    a-3-t-4-3-|-9-t-2-t-3-.^|-6-5-t5— I-]--   |-o    |  3-1- 1  „- r  |  1 1| 

1.  0         for    the  death    of   those     H  uo  slum-ber         m   the     Lord,     O,         belike  theirs  my     last       re     -     pose,  Like  theirs  mv  last    re- ward. 

frl  s  I  s  g  I  o  y  I  l-±s^^1-rt-l-t^^^-l-l-ri~1-tfi-s~t-n  I  M"  s  U  a  lull 

2.  Their      bod-iea      in    the  ground.     In         si-lent     hope    may    lie.       Till      the  last    trumpet's      joy  -  ful      sound  Shall  call  them    in    the    sky. 

3.  Their    ransomed  spi-  rils    soar,        On     wings  of      faith  and  love,       To    meet  the      Sa-vior      they      a  -     dore,  And  reign  with  God    -  bove. 

I  '•  g    3  |   «   3  |   3   5  |   .1  13  |   4   g  |  g   5  |   g  |  y  |    1    1    |    1    g  |  3      31  j   y  |  3  |  ?I_£L  |  4_*_  |3 jj. 

4.  Wiih    us  their  names  shall  live      Thro'    long    suc-ceed-ing    vears.     Em-balmed  with     all   our  hearts  can    give,       Our    prais-es     and   our  irar* 

MM11  l-e-*  I  *  1  ■  I  4  3  I  »  *  I  g^g4-L84^-34i^i-4-g4-34<^344-g4 1 II- 

WALPOLE.  C,  M. 

F.  Major. 

Sri-^-M-f-f-ttt^i-j?-^9^**^  ! "  I! 

1.  Ear  -  lv,  my  God,  without  de  -    lay,         I    haste  to      seek    thy  face  ;     My    thirs-ty    spi  -  rit  faints  a  -  way     Without  thy  cheer  -  ing  grace 

2.  So       pil-cirims  on  the  scorching  sand,     Beneath      a      burn-ing    sky,     Long  for    a      cool-ing  stream  at  hand  :  And  they  must  drink  01 

ra3-1_t_II_l-,_^drt-,  l-l-y^l  r-^^J-,-,-,!  1111        ^,^-,-,-2^1^-pi, 

3.  I've     seen  thy   glo-ry   and   thy  power,      Thro' all  the    tem-ple  shine  ;     My  God,    re  -  peat  that  heavenly  hour,     That  vis-ion        «o 

C ■i-i-4-IML«-i-«i-ff-|-M^-g-5  i  g-  g [g-4-3-3  3  l.f  s  4  3  I  4  I  fJM- 1 s_sj  a |j. 

4.  Not     life     it-self,  with  all     its    joys,        Can   my  best    pas-sions  move,     Or  raise  so    high  my  cheet-ful  voice,       As  thy  for  -  fjiv  -  in" 

5.  Thus,  till  mv  last,    ex-  pir-  ing      day,     I'll  bless  my    God    and  King  ;     Thus  will  I      lift  mv  hands  to    pray,     And  tune  my  lips       t.i      sin" 

C^-A-M-M-t'-fr-g-l-M-^-g-g  I  »-  alg^^,-l-A4-1M-6-i-M4-4-3l-44g--g-l  '"II. 

ALSTEAD.  CM. 

A  major.  W.  W.  I'nrtridee. 

^-^^^^^^^"^-^-^t-^ttn^r'-^n3-1^8-^-^3-2-"- 1  e.  r  i -mi 

1,  How  sweet,  how  heavenly,    is  the  sight     When  those  that  love  the  Lord         In  one  a  -  noth  -  er's  peace  de-light,  And  thus  ful  -  fil   lis    word 

&-i_3~3L7^1^_5~f^^1^-^5~^~gt~^6^4t3^^^  !    <i     I    I   3  11 

2     When  each  can  feel  his      bro-ther's  si;_>h,   And  with  him  bear        a    part  ;   When  sorrow  flows  from  eve    to    eye,     And  joy  from  heart  In     heart. 

3.  When  free  from  en  -  vy,  scorn  and  pride     Our    wishes   all  a  -  bove  :  Each  can  his  brother's  failings  hide,     And  show  a    bro-ther's  love. 

C.=-f  *  h  I  I1  '  I  7-9-l  '  1  3  f  f  1  y-^ltUy^a-i^Ul-M-y-gl'-l  «  -M     '  *     :t  II 

4.  Love  is  the    gold-en   chain  that  binds     The   hap-py  souls       a  -  bove  ;  And  he's  an    heir   of  heaven  that  finds     His  bosom    glow  with    love. 
Cr-i-l-i—  i-4-l-34-g-gr-l4-l-l-3-r-2-2 r5-J-l444l-3 4-g-g  \  l4 -1-B-&-1  4-3-  I    1-|| 


;  |  BEH1TLY.  L  M. 

Eli  Major. 

$-*-*  I  f-^-i|-*t|-Bt»t*tt-f-J?'-H  5^4t5i-3f?-?-iJ-?t3-1t2-t5t,6-«--i-3t1-2-t,jf 

s    1 .  \\  hen  we    our  wearied  limbs  to  rest,  Sat  down  by  proud  Euphrates'  stream, We  wept  with  doleful  tho'ts  oppress'd  And  Zi  -  on  was  our  mournful  theme. 
)  2.  "ur  harps, that, when  with  joy  we  sung. Were  wont  their  tuneful  parts  to  bear, With  silent  strings  ne-glect-  ed  hung.  On  wil-low  trees  that  withered  there. 

3.  How  shall  we  tune  our  voice  to  sing,  Or  touch  our  harps  with  skillful  hands?Shall  hymns  of  joy  to  God  our  King,  Be  sung  hv  slaves  in  foreign  lands? 

fe4«|f  ?  *  *|3  «lgJ.»lf  f  f  ?ly  *\s\s\?  «  f  fi^in8!*  fJMl3f?l8tt 

4.  O    Sa-  lem  once  our  hap-py  seat;  When  I     of  thee  for-get-  fu)  prove    Let  then  my  trembling  hand  forget   The  tuneful  strings  wiih  art  to    move. 

5.  If      I      to    mention  thee  for-bear,    E  -  ter- nal    si'ence  seize  mv  tongue;  Or    if      I    sing   one  cheerful   air,    Till  thy    de-liverance    is  my      son<r. 

READING  S.  M. 

G  Major. 

1.  Blest  be     the      tie    that    binds     Our   hearts    in  Christian     love;   The      fel  -  low-ship   of    kindred      minds     Is       like      to    that      a  -  bove. 

2.  Be-fore    our     Fa-ther's  throne  We     pour    our  ar  -  dent  pravers:  Our  fears,  our  hopes,  our  aims  are      one,    Our      com- forts  and     our   cares. 

3.  We  share  our    mil  -  tual    woes,    Our      mu- tual  bur-dens    bear;  And       of—  ten   for    each  olh  -  er      flows    The    sym  -  pa  -  thiz  -  ing    tear. 

4.  When  we       a  -  sun  -  der      part,      It      gives    us     in- ward    pain;    But      we    shall  still    be  joined  in       heart.  And    hope    to    meet      a  -  (rain. 

(v  -;  ;t ; ;t    4  j  ;t    i  |  y  |  g|  e    n\r>    4  |  3  |  3  |  4    g|g    g|g    a  |  a  j  a  |  3    i  |  a    8  |  i  jj. 

5.  This  glo-rious  hope     re  -  vives     Our      cou- rage  by     the     way  ;  While  each     in     ex  -  pec-  ta  -  tion     lives,    And    lcngs    to     see     the     day. 

6.  From  sor- row,  toil,   and    pain,    And      sin,    we  shall    be      free,   And      per  -  feet  love  and  friendship   reign   Thro'    all       e  -  ter  -  ni  -  ty. 

OS-i|i    1 1  i    i__4_5_4_i_4_6_4^5_54_1  |  i  i  4   3|g_i;y_e4-g-4-y4-i-3-+-3-g-U-ti- 

LUCERNE.  L.  M. 

G  Major.  Wood, 

|£-i-ita-at3-4^3^i+it4-3ta-i^P^^ti^^ 

1.  Why  droops  my  sou!,  with  grief  oppressed?  \V  hence  ibese  wild  tumults  in       my     breast?  Is    there    no  balm    to    heal     my  wound,  No  kind  phv-si  -    nan       to     be  found. 

«8-l^t5-7t|-,-tI-7-t,t,t1-If7-l Hf5-^i5-\5\^SfS-Sr6-~^UUferl'\S-^-\5-S\5]\ 

2.  Raise  to    the  cross  thy     tearful    eyes;  Behold,  the  Prince  of      glo  -  ry      dies:  He  dies,  ex-tend-ed    on  the  tree,  And  sheds  a  sovereign  balm  for  thee. 

3.  Blest  Savior,    at  thy       feet  I         lie;  Here  to    re-ceive    a       cure    or       die;  But  grace  forbids  that  painful  fear,  Almighty  grace  which  triumphs  here. 

C4-l-g>l^|^-^4A5J4Jt|3;6^;g43   |g_gi^|3^a_34a_i|^yi ;r|i;j_l|I_4_|3_a|3 n_ 

4.     Thou  wilt  withdraw  the        poison'd      dart  Bind  up     and  heal    the         wounded      heart,  With  blooming  health  my  face       a-.dorn,And  change  the  gloomy       uight    to  moin. 

C-I-M-7-g-li^4-r-g^-r-l-UU-i-r-5-l-l-3-3-^g1-«  ry-i^J4-l-r«M  |-6-j|3-4-|g-g|l  || 


IIESIIBON.    C.  M.  135 

Bb  major.  I,,  s.  rtust,  Ms. 

g-l  ■  1 1 i_-s|*.-a|y_-a| i_ 1 1  |»--.-5|«--3|»--f«| ■--M|*--a|V- — »|»- 1 a|»«-3| fa-^i i^  s\s  i-i-iji    |T  \\ 

1  Come, ye  that  love  the  Suviour's  name,  And  joy  to  make  it  known, The  Sovereign  of  your  heoris     proclaim. Ami  bow        before      his  throne.  Hal-  le  •  In  -  jah,  Hal -Ic  -In    -  jali. 

rSi~3J»=~sl*-  «|.»-  -lift  | Bls^JTSfapfsIs-  sl*-  s|.v"   -I |."i  I  s\.t      r,\r» a  s\s- 1 3r£\im  S  .»k   |yit 

2  When  in    his  earth-lv  courts  we  view  The  glo-ries  of   our  King,  We  long    tolove   as   an   -   -   gelsdo,     Indwjsh     likelbem       losing,   Hal-le- lu  •jah.flal-lo -lu    -  jali 
I    \  ,  :  shall  we  long  ami  wish  in  vain  [I<ord,teach  our  songs  to  rise  Thj  love  can  raise  our  hum  -  -  ble  strain.  And  bid         ii  reach     tin-  skies    Hal  -le*lu  -jah.Hal-le 

t|i^l.|l^l^y|lr41|lzA|yrajr4.y|lr^|yr.y|^_^y4y|r3    l|  S4„g|  8438]  8  J  ,1    1|4    JS^j 

i  U,happ)  period!  glorious  day!  Whrabeav'n  and  eartJishaU  raise, With  all  their  pow'rs, their  raptured  lay,  To    rel    •   c  .  brate  thy  praise.  IJ.d-lc  -  lu  -jah. Hal  le  -  lu   -  jah. 

§l-i| r-i I -r-4l.v-.il 1  4 1 1 1  s\'r  1  |«4«l l-ija^-slfr — ala-4 s| r—  i|:ri-5| r4 '-,1 -|i-l-» -»U  1 r  |[ 

SELGGUR.    C.  M. 

C  or  D  major,  itrndinu,   >I«. 

(g-|-its-  ifetg-^t1-^ts    I    6|g     8|4     d  l-8-t^t3-^8-^1-BLts--|-jiT0-"->  1  ■      7|  '     |[ 

When  I       sur-vey   life's  va  -  ried  scene,        Amidst  the  dark -est  hours  Brightravs    of  coin  fort  shine   between,    And  thorns  an  mizea  with  flow'rs 

<Si-m-Tkt  1— »1  s— its-l-iti-tl  2—7t  r- 1" .'  1 1—3  It — « I  si  1 3-  hi !  i    1 1  n*1 3~1I 
©=-*—» I s — » l-« — s l-« — ?- {■i-4-l\5-HUt~s\s-\--a-ls-s\ii--s\-s--f\i-  ]-}  I-1-  «|.-5-.i|.i_|(- 

When  I      sur-vey  life's  va  -  ried  scene,        Amidst  the  dark  -est  hours,  Bright  rays    of  com- fort  shine   between,   And  thorns  are  mixed  with  flow'rs 

ARCADIA.    C.  M. 

A  major.  A.  C.  FARNIUJI,   Shawnee  Nation,  Mo. 

g-l-irfttir^^^^W^nB^^-^^n-?  5  I  s  I  i-51i-3  -« 1  -m — 11- 

1    Bright  glo-ries  rush  up  -  on   my  sight,  And  charm  my  wond'ring  eyes —  The  re-gions  ol       im-mor-tal    light,      The  beau  -  ties        of     the  skies. 
•~  All  hail, ye  fair,  ce -les-tial  shores,      Ye  lands  of  end-lessday;  A  rich  de-  light  your  pros-  pect  pours,     And  drives    rny      griefs     a   way. 

&i  3U  is  »U  +-*■  I  sis  s  &  *-fc-\~z\y-}---r--s\i—4r  5  I  3l  si— ii — 3— s  1 .1  II 

3  There's  a     de-lightful  clearness  now;     My  clouds  of  doubt  are  gone;        Fled   is     my  for  -  mer  dark-ness    too;  Mv  fears  are  all    withdrawn. 

4  Shortis    the  passage,short  the  space,     Between  my  home  and  me;    There,  there  be-hold    the     ra- dtant  place!      How  near  the         man-  nions  be1 

®4  'If  I1  *  'If  f  8  1  8lf  f  8  2la~  l-fMM*--4--8- 1  *-  -  ?-7-M  I  M" — ■-■■ 1  *  -H. 

5  Im-mor-lal  wonders!boundless  things  In  those  dear  worlds  appear:  Prepare  me, Lord,  to  stretch  my  wings,       And  in    ilm.-e        gl<>  -  nos  share. 

^-UiU-i-s  -« j-5-5-1-4-1-!  M-y-e+s^-M  l-W-s-e1  U-As-l-sU-A-  -«-.?  k-41 


136 

Key  of  A  major. 

-M— 1+3-9+3-3+1 


BLESSED  IS  THE   PEOPLE. 

H.  W.  DAY.     Theme  by  L.  CHAPMAN. 

3-3-1+3-3-4+ lr-l-tf    A   |   ^r+l-l-lH^8-gr-^4p3—#-8+l-l-r-F+l 

Blessed,  blessed,  blessed,  blessed     is     ihe  peo-ple  that  know  the  joy-ful  sound,  They  shall  walk  O  Lord  in     the     light      of    thy  coun-te-nance 


&- 1-1+9-3  J-3-3+ 


A 


I 


Cv 


1—1 


-3—3- 


ii  i  i 

Praise  the     Lord,       Praise  the      Lord, 


3     3 


-+-5-4— 5--J-6— r^+-5-*4-+-5- 

Praise      the    Lord,         Praise   the    Lord, 

H-i i+-i-f+ 


i 


3 


-7_M-*-^ 


Praise  the     Lurd,       Praise   the     Lord, 

ill1  r4-f -W*- 


«> 


4 


5    «_3_ 

"T        T  I        I 

Praise      the     Lord, 


1    8       ?    T9- 

Praise  the     Lord. 


5-4-  3  +-4-3—  1  -+-3- 1  —  4 

i _i      i     l    i_ _i      i     I    i_ \       • 

Praise    the         Lord       fur  ev  -  -  er  —  more 


} 


o 5 
3~3     1 


"1 T 1 — 

Praise     the 


for  -  -  ev  —  er more. 

44-£i-i- 


i4 


s 


Trio. 

-1—1  +  1—9- 


3+1—4 


M 


7T7 


I 


-3-H3- 

i    I   i 


1— 3+-4— 3— S 


For   his   mer-  ci  -  ful  kind-  ness    en-  dur-  eth     for  -  ev  -  er  ;     for  -  ev  -  er,     for  -  ev 


■rttf-tfHItf- 


n 


5  \  3 


-1-+3- 

i    l  i 


Th~ 


»•    313     4 5+6     6     319     »     4|i     3 

i^e-i-i+s-^U-s-s+i^i-^ 


er     and     ev 


er-  more,  for 


4^-3^ 


5     314  3    3|3 


ev er  -  more. 

1    'i         i 


/ 


F-^flf-f?^ 


^-l_l^lH^/.a_3-t4-^3-4-r^6-^4-3-3-tl^tFH-31-4- 

Praise  the  Lord,       Praise   the   Lord,       Praise  the     Lord    for  -   ev  -   er  -  more, 

C^3-^4^^/-7-M-^+-SM4^_3^ 


~t         i    ij  «       m         r-r~ i     i r- •— i r~ 

Praise  the  Lord,       Praise   the   Lord,       Praise   the     Lord     for 

C--i    i  1  i  f4-/^-i4^-p|  i     f|»f 


A  -  men  '. 

-P-^lA  r   r|g5    t^     '15413' 


T      I —     I r 

•    ev  -    er  -  more, 


~r 
A  -  men ! 


A 


i 

-5- 


4-f4n:M^i4-4-F-r4  5-5-4  4-3— P— P+-»-«if-|- 1— f||- 


BENNISON.    7s.  &  6. 


\ 


\ih  major. 


137 

Arr. 


1  Time  is   winging    us      a -way      to   our     e  -  ter-nal  home;  Life  is    but    a    winter's  day — A  jour-ney  to  the  tomb:  Youth  and  vig-or     soon  will  flee, 

&-l-*-*U-&  a  ik-  |g  g  *hr*t»=  li  ila-i  s^ i 4-|U  elg- 4krttr^t3^r;-?-,1  b-  1 
^-MLijX-^  t  ij'-ir  ^4*=^M-Mf44JM  »  PIMM  M'-giarl   -  I       ■ 1-4 

2  Time  is  winging   us     a- way     To  our     e- ter-nal  home;  Life   is    but    a    winter'sday — A  jour-ney  to  the  tomb;  But  the  Christian   shall  enjoy 

&  2-i-i+1^5^^3|443-2-243-4k-+i-i+l^-6-3^4^3-4-4|5"-5|l^ 1 1 — I 


Blooming  beau  -  ty    lose  its  charms;  All  that's  mortal  soon  shall  be   Enclosed  in  death's  cold  arms. 

(§~^^1ir-^-lI-5t3^-dtS^^3^lT4^Ti-«t5--4l3-ir 


®-?-^^ 


■_H_i4JM  }  M'-IF  f  U±^Ucb 


Health  and  beau  -  ty      soon  a-bove, Where  no  worldly  griefs  an-noy,    Se-cure  in    Je-sus' love. 
|@-F-P-| -J \-i-i]-l±-S-d-3\-*-\-3-A-AUr-5ll~M- 


RIDAY.    C.  M. 

A  major.  II.  W.  Day. 

1  To     our      Re- deem- er's     glo- rious  n:ime 

(gi-stsjrsts-    sis-    si .-»-"! 

2  His    love   whatmor  -  tal  thought  can  reach! 

3  Dear  Lord, while  we,        a -dor    -    ing,  pay 

.1-*+*-    i|«-    *|.Q  a4 B4 

4  O,  may      the  sweet,     the    bliss  -  ful  theme, 

fe-S-i4ir — i4-i= — *4-g= — «4J-=4 


( 


^->i^^n^,l-T-B-t^-|-lts^-l1X5~^-  a-i^r-t-irt-1-3--«-tf-^3-a1  ■= — It 

A-  wake      the       sac    -    red       song!  0,     may      his    love —  im   -   mor    -    tal   flame —      Tune     eve    -  ry  heart       and  tongue. 

&-3tSP-     ff|g-         <4     \5T-\    g|g: .1 1  4- rhF~     ~1_tT=— tTllTF l1~Mj{     5 1  TT^it 

Tm-ag      -     i  -  na    -  lion's  ut       -      moststreich  In     won    -  dcr  dies  a  -  « ;iv. 

May  eve     -    ry  heart       with  rap       -      ture   Bay,  "The     Sa    -  viour        died         for 


Whatmor    —    tal  tongue  dis   —  play! 

Our  hum    —   ble  th.inks  to        thee, 


Fill  eve    -    rv       heart  and  tongue,         Till   stran  -  gers   love     thy  charm  ing  name,  And   join         the     sac  red  song. 

g_L|.*:__I  lV_lja_a— Is-      |     l-j-lr 3|4z 4  I  2  3  4*4  !--3--4-14-A- 3-4-4— S—T  r-r-   ir 


1- 


138  BROOKS.  LM 

Eb.  Major. 
p-3-3-5-3-)-  ^4-a-J-  P6-5  f-4-3  j-"-  \  A-G-3  -j-4-3-6]   2  3-tf4  -J-Sr-f 

1.  Zi-on,    a-wake,    thy  strength  re  -  new;  Put  on    thy      robes   of     beau-teous  hue; 

2.  Soon  shall  thy  radiance  stream    a  -  tar,  Wide  as  the    hea-then     na  -  tions      are  ; 


HS-S-35  IO_   8-}-ar-3-  ^4--| — -f- 

Church  of  our  God,       a  -  rise     and    shine, 

J-S-3-2-J-I--  l-fyi- 1- 1  lif— f 
[  _  {  3    8    7  1 6-    ff  \S-   g|ff-j  .  | 

Gentiles  and  kings  thy  light   shall  view  ; 

jkJUM^-i4r-*i^,4 


\ 


(g_8_7_6-|-5-6-4-2[-lr-2-t-l:-it 

Bright  with  the      beams  of  truth      di    -     vine. 

-3-5-l-[-l-—  2—  |-l,-y-|-l—  ft 
5   S    8    j    8  6'   y      (-»-•'  4    I    3^-H 

All  shall  ad    -      mire  and  love      thee    too. 


e- 


14    4 


3     1 


-5—5- 


a 


H 


W1LLARD  8s  7s 


Key    of  D  Major. 


1.  Praise      the  Lord  ;  ye  heavens  a-  dore  him,    Praise     him,     an-gels,      in  the 

&f-r-   t    U  ill    i    1 1  iHJ  &tfc?_»\^_i\ 

2.  Praise  the      Lord,  for    he  hath     spo-ken  ;  Worlds     Ins     might-y   voice   o- 
^l_3^_3^4-5-3-r-4-3-344-4-3-|-5 5 [-5-5-1-5-84-1- 

3.  Praise  the    Loid,    for      he        is  glorious,     Nev    -  er  shall  his  pro-mise 

#-3—1- 


i— 1-i-  l-r-ifi-J— 4- 1-1+-5- 


1.     Praise  the      God    of     our    sal  -    va-tion  ;     Hosts  on 


^-5-y4-3-3-r- 
high  his  power  pro— 


\ 


height;     Sun       and      moon   re  -  joice  be  -  fore  him  ;    Praise  him  all  ye  stars      of        light.     Praise  him    all    ye        stars        of      light. 


height 

&--r_tr — r 

beyed  ;  Laws  which 

©—5-4-54-3^64-5-84-8-74-8-81-8 8-4-8-84-* 

fail  •        God      hath     made  his  saints   vie  -  to-rious ;  Sin         and     Death  shall      not      pre 

4-i i_4^-i4-3-54-i-i4-i — i-4-i-i-H* 

claim";  Heav'n    and      earth,  and      all      cre-a-tion,     Praieeand      mag  -  ni  -  fy 


P5  1  3  4  1  5  3t^3^i[1-3-i4^--i-i-^-r-t^-443^43-an^-_^4~i4t 

-  ver     can    be    bro  -  ken,       For     their  guid-ance  he        hath      made-     For  their  guidance       he        hath      made. 

'  -5^4-5-8-4-  8-84S 5—4-4-3-  tt 

vail.         Sin  and  Death  shall  not         pre     -     vail. 

-j-i^4-i-i4i-i4« — g — l-i-H- 

name.     Praise  and   mag-ni  -  fy  his  name 


5~ 

his 


\ 


YILL0W.7S.  139 

F.Major    Slow  and  fall. 

1.  Glo-rious    in    Ihy  saints   ap-^pear  ;  Plant  thy  heavenly  king-dom  here  ;  Light  and  life  to  all   im-part  ;      Shine   on     each         be  •  liev  -  ing  heart. 

frl-i-n^-lts  T.|a-  I  *-ft*-i    I '  -7|  '•  i  5  ;i| '  -«-|«  ,-il.v  hr-  « I  >      ■    -  I «  r!  "It 
&U4I^  r-i-y-M-l  -M  |>»  . «  - 1  -  j !  M  -«-4 1  M4*-HM  H*  H4 — 6     lg  f  I J  & 

2.  And,  in     eve  -  ry  grace  complete,  Make  us,  Lord,  for     glo-ry   meet.     Till  we  mum!  before  thy  sight,      Part  -  ners  with     the        saints    in  light 
*iU-44-M  r-3-aiM   '     f  I  3-3"l  U-5  |  M-7-4  U-3  k-^M--1-^  I  6—4—1  S-h  f  *  |r 

DAVIDSON.  8s.  &  4  (orL  M.) 

F.  Major.  Wood. 

|^-3-3|4-3t3-lt7-ltSt3t4-5t6-.Tl-^,|  1 .1 J  .1  |  71,    r,  I ,  8-3+4-3-24 j- P*  J-l^j  S-^S-lfl-  -0|  -Jf 

1.    There  is  a  calm  for  those  who  weep,  A  rest  for  weary  pilgrims  found;  They  soft  -  ly      lie   and   sweet-   ly   sleep,  Low  in  the  ground  Low  in  the  ground 

^l-^-^er^f-^VI^^-Hf-tilr^l^    '    |-1-1t1-Trl7rt,-t1-1t1-|ll    itstt 

S.The  storm  that  sweeps  the  wintry  sky  No  more  disturbs  their  deep  repose,  Than  sum    ner  evi   ning's  la   -test    sigh,  That  shuts  the  rose.That  shuts  the  rose 
3.  Thee  tra-veller  in  this  vale  of  tears,  To  realms  of  e-ver-last-ing  light,  Thro'  time's  dark  wil-der-ness    of     years,     Pursue  thy  flight    Pursue  th'  I 

C4g|g-JM-^   n  |  S   »|  »|  ?  1  ft-  3  1  4-*-j3-g  I  - 1  »  |  s       3-6  |  «_S(-6jS_4  _j  S3 1  :s  «  |  5    6|3    II     1 1   I  [  | 

1.  Thv  soul  renewed  by  grace  divine,  In  God's  own  image  freed  from  clay,  In  heaven's  e  -  ler-nal  spliere  shall  shine,        A     Mar  of  d  iv     \  Mar  of  dav 

C£1}LA  1  *   « f  »    1 1 ^l|6^^34.^S^|Ap--l-.pL-34.ia^_.j.5    |  I     |  I     l|i    314-41-ltt 

HARMONY.  7s  6s  &  8s, 

1.  J  Je  -  sus  let  thy     pi  -  tying     eye  Call    back  a    wand'ring  sheep;  ) 

I  False  to  thee,  like  Pe-ter,  1      Would  fain,  like  Pe-ter,  weep.    J    Let   me    be  by  grace    restored;      On         me    be      all  long-suffering  shown  ; 

Turn,  and  look  on  me,    O    Lord,    And  break  my  heart  of    stone. 

^~^-^^^^^-»[^]-ir^^^n~Vt^^^^iir}-r7't^r^^ii-A  t*i  I  - 5^-ft 
£-*-«MM-A-k-M-i 1 1- MM  a  «  it-- 1  M-M -}-?- 1  -*-| -14-7-J-MMM 4-r  (I 

;  Savior,  Prince,  enthroned  a-bove,  Re  -  pent— ance   to   im   -  part,  \ 
Give  me,  thro' thy  dying    love.    The    hum-ble  con-trite  heart.  \   Give  what  I  have  long    implor'd,         A      por— tion  of  thy  grief  unknown. 

Turn,  and  look  on  me.  O     Lord.  And  break  my  heart  of  stone. 

C4_i.«_i-!-k-5 — 6|3-4-^3-4-5-1-i^:4-W-M-1,-«tl-5-!  &4-5--M-?  V-&4-*  II 


LAND  OF  BEAUTY.    Hymn. 

-3-l-l^^l-2-3^^3-f5-^-2j-^-2-lH^3-3-3-5-|-4-3-2-F--j-! 

'sa    glo-rious  land     on  high,        Far   beyond  the    star  -  lit    sky:       All  things  there  are  fair  and  bright:   L 


G  major.     Slowljr, 

-?-3 


1  There 

2  Liv-ing  splendor   beam- eth  there 


Miis  ,   Mich.     Ait. 

2-2-3-5^6-i4-5H=- 


All 


and  of  beau-ty!  land  of  light! 
is  rich  with  spotless  white:     Land  of  beau-ty!  land  of  light; 


4-2-i-it^^^i--F-ti-»-«-^t2-1|-^-1-F-t,-l1-1-1|t?-1,-r-F-ty-^-lI-,t1---!"7-[ 


1 


Ho- ly    fragrance  fills     the  air; 

3  There  no    an-  gry     tem- pest  blows;        No  red  bolt  the     thun-der  throws;  No  dread  gloom  is  spread  by  night:    Land  of  beau-ty!  land  of  light: 

4  There  the    ho-ly     mountains  are,       And  sweet  valleys.stretched  a  -  far:       There  are   riv-ers,  pure  and  bright:   Land  of  beau-ty!  land  of  light! 

4  3  3|g <Lj^4«4JL|LjfijM^i«  f  g  Hs  g  s  M-5-5-  g-  318  M-p-i- 

5  Radiant  verdure  decks      theground;   Love-ly  flow'rs  re  -  ;oiee     around:        All    is    glorious  to    the  sight:       Land  of  beau-ty!  land  of  light! 

M1^— ^1^1-3-4-4+5— 5  J-M 

D  major.  STAR     OF     BETHLEHEM.       L.    M.  A.  H    KnUer. 

(§i_o|a6_5ls^"3li|5ilg_24f4'3"t5|6-Tjt«o~1i^li".'l*4_t5-t 


'4-4- 


f*.  « 

Lv-4 


Land  of  beau-ty! 

Land  of  beau-ty! 

r-^-5+3-ir 

Land  of  beau-ty! 

Land  of  beau-ty! 

Land 

Cf*3- 


land        of  light!  I 

land        of  light!  1 


land 


"7t 

of  light! 
of  light! 


4J3 

-t — hr 


4.  -  |  5.5 44.3^|| 


.3-^_i^.43^_i_54_i^4]. 


1   When,  niarshall'd  on        the 
2  Hark!  hark!    to  God       the 


night    -  ly     plain, The  glilt'ring  host  be  -  stud      the  sky, 
cho    -    rus  breaks, From  everv   host,  from   eve   -  rv  gem; 


&i^3 1 343 ! 3J~  8J 1 3~2T~yl£  1 24  1 3 tl-H  |43~S  1 3~~2~-±J  i^" |" 


3  Once  on 

4  Deep  lior 

-3       111- 


the    ra   -  ging     seas  I     rode, Thestorm  wasloud. the  night    was  dark; 

-  ror  then       my        vi     -     tals  froze;Death-struck, I  ceased  the  lide    to   stem; 


C,!-!|I-—«|o— 5-I0-—  3_|ar-4~I-|l--l|l-— «|»l-7-6-lar4- 


5  It  was    my  guide,    my  light, 
6  Now, safe  -  ly  moored,  my   per 

C:-i-iU— ill— 1-|  1- 


jria.     Duett  or  not. 


my 

ila 

/    tttUi. 


all; 
o'er, 


It  bade  my  dark    fore-bo 
I'll  sing, first  in    night'sdi 


liU^ 


riinns  cease; 
a  -  dem, 


4|1 — -1)1-  2-2— 


^t^^ts^t1--?^,1^^ 


One  star      a  -  lone,  of   all      the  train,  Can      fix  the 

But  one      a  -  lone  the  Sa-viour  speaks — It        is  the 


sin  -  ner'swand'r  -  ing     eye,    Can     fix       the     sin    -  ner  s 
Star        of       Beth    -   le  -  hem!     It        is       the    Star         of 


wand'r  -  ing  eye. 
Belli     -    le-hem! 


(g-stap-y  tsP'a  ts^sjt  ts-  tot  %t&~  Htsfchr  ?±7  jharrjj  it 3t»3~4t  423_i^t4  w  t^[  i  -tt 

The    o -cean  yawn'd, and  rude-ly  Mowed  The    wind         that      tossed     my    found'r  -  ing    bark,  The    Mind   t  hat  tossed      my  fotind'r  -  ing  bark. 

When  sud -den  -  ly      a   star       a -rose — It        was  the        Star       of       Beth     -    le  -hem!     It      was     the    Star        of  Belli    -    ]e-hem! 


£-7+7^-1-7^7-1^-3-45^-1 1  '-    -   »- 

And,  thro'   the    storm  and  danger's  thrall,    It    led  me 

For- ev  -  er,      and  for-ev-er  -  more,  The  Star,         the 

i':-5|5-5— U=-5J-1--1— 1»--Il+I^-— 1- 


-15- 
to 
Star 


-5-1-5- 

the  port 
of  Beth 

A. 


5^5 — —3 


-5-+5-4-5I5-— 14--1-— - '— T-1 

of       peace,    It    led         me    to  the 

le    -    hem,  The  Star,      the  Star        of 

-16— -kMl-U  — 1-1-1  — 1— r- 


port 
Beth 


5-4|3-U 

of  peace 

-       le-hem! 


,1 


-5' 


:]r 


APPLETON.    L.  M.  141 

Bb  major.  Wood. 

1  Othou,     my    soul,  for  •  get         no  moreThe  Friend  who  all        thy  snr  •  rows  bore;   Let  ev  -  er    -    v  i     -    dol      be        for*  got,     But.O   mvsoul,    for  -  get    htm    not. 

2  Renounce  thy  works  and  ways,  with     grief,   And  fly  In  ihis  di-vine    re  -  lief;     Nor      Kirn        for    -  eel,     who  left         his  throne,  And  for  thy  life  gave    up     his  own 

3  E-ter  -  nal  truth  and  mer  -  ev      shine      In  him, and  he himself     is   thine,  And     canst      thou,   then,   with  sin         be-sel,8uch  chnrms.such  match 

fctJUS-M^ft^iJ  Wi_iJ^MMlT-*-l»4f4 1 -1 1-4  i\  ■  ■  rl  up|»- 1| '  |r 

4  O,  no;     till       life     it  -self     de  •  part,  His  name  shall  cheer  and  warm  my  heart;  And,      lisp    -  ing      this,  from  earth       I'll    rise,  And  join  the  cho  -  run     of      the  skies. 

C:a-l|l-l-|l-lJ4 5-|  1 -4- 1 1 1-1,5^ 5|2-SS-|54-P-I 1 1 1-4  4|»--3|  1  -1-    |s-5-  \l\[ 

BRADLEY.    L  M. 

Bb  mnjor.  G.  W.  Bnrtlrtt.     Ar. 

(81-s! i;«|^*|«f-ffl ■  t1  W~l\**-?* W  o  \a\5\f*-f?\ t-*]??-?* \Ytste—>r\*-*\£*-£*\ « || 

1  Come  hither,  all    ye   wea  -  ry  souls, Ye  heav-y   -la    -  den   sinners,  come;  I'll  give      you  rest  from  all     your  toils, And  raise  you  to  my  lieav'n- lv  home. 

(81-st5;7st3^trQ-4-|3t3^ 

2  "They  shall  find  rest  who  learn  of  me:  I'm  of    a  meek       and  low-  Iv    iiiind;Bnt  pas  -  sion  ra-  ees  like        the  sea, And  pride    is  restless  as       the   wind. 

3  "Blest  is  the  man  whose  shoulders  takeMy  yoke,  and  bear     it   with  de- light:  My  yoke       is     ea  -  sv    to      the  neck;My  graceshull  make  the  burden  light." 

C=l^r«-A|^a}i_:.^_|Js4^|s_3{a — a»13_ai|ri.l]fs_«4|a_JI|a — a_|aLl|4 — a|l_y|i__{5_|-5u 

i  Jesus, weeome  at  thy  command;With  faith, and  hope, and  hum-  hie  jeal.  Re-sign       our  spir-its  to        thy  hand, To  mould  and  guide  us  at     thy    will. 

C4-5|3-i|5-5|i— a-ji-l-i  l»-ilT — ^|*-»-|a4-t|  J — l-l -■-- e|4— »4~|a-|-»|4 — alo-rl  ■-    5-|i|[- 

Six  Line  CHANT. 

G   major.  Wood. 

g-l-        -» -t^to-t 9~      -|i— 9-J-3-+—    -« f-a-a-j-i-y-j-irfl 

1  Sweet  is  the  tho't,  the  promise  That  kindred  souls,  on  earth  Their  mortal  eares  and  sor- 

sweet.     That  friends,  long-  disjoined,  Shall  meet,  from  rows  o'er,  And  mingle    hearts  to  part  no  more, 

severed  -       -        friends, shall  meet;       earthly         -        -        -      dross       re- fined, 

<g-l —        -5-  ~t4~SlH~t~  "&-"         ~t»       5  |5-  I  -S  fsnsfjST5f9--\\ 

2  But  for  this  hope,   this  blessed  0,  who  could  view  th' expiring  Who  could  receive  their  part- 

stay,  When  earthly  comforts    all     de-cay,       eye, Nor  wish, with  those  they  love,       to    die?       ing  breath,  Nor  long  to         fol-low  them  in  death? 

k_! 1 k-i+M *= 4ft-r- 1 M *5 ML^I :t  *  i :t  \[ 

3  But  we  have  brighter  hopes:  we  We  know  that  our  Redeemer  And  part  in  hope  to  meet 

know  Short  is  this  pilgrim    -age  of  woe;         lives;  We  trust  the  promi     -    ses     he  gives;         above,  Where  all  is         joy,  and    all    is  love 

C:-| 1 45-64-4-4 2-        -45—5- 1  t-| 5 1-3-4  [-5-5  |  I  -|| 


142 


CHAPEL,  7's. 


D  ]Wnjor 


w 


i  s 


1    Chil- dren       of   the  heav'nly  King,  As  ye  jour- ney,     sweet-  ly      sing;  Sing  our  Saviour's  worthy  praise,  Glo-rious    in        hie      works  and  ways. 
■2.     Ye     are     tiav'ling  home  10  God,    In  the   way     the         fa-lheis     trod,  They  are  hap-py  now,  and  ye,  Soon    their    bap  -  pi    -     ness    shall  see. 

&_^l_^a-^,_^tlTta-,tM_.ttf_  ^tyTi5^t5^tT_^t3_^t^^^-tt_!t 

3    Shout,  ye        lit-lle  flock,  and  blest.  You  near  Jesus'    throne      shall  rest;  There  your  seats  are  now  prepar'd, There  your  kingdom      «nd       re-ward. 


4.  Fear  not,       brethren,  joy-ful  stand  On   the  bor-ders        of 

5.  Lord!  sub  -  mis-sive  make  us  go,  Ulad-ly   leav-ing        all 


your 
be 


land  :  Jesus  Christ, your  Father's  Son,  Bids  you    un  -  dis  -  may'd,   Go  on. 
low  ;  On  -  ly  thou  our  Lea-der  be,  And     we      still     will      fol  -  low   thee. 


|C^-S-i-4-i-^.-5-^i4i-^i-^U2— ±_U4s^4*-±U-*l-i4 


FRANCONIA.  7's.  &  6's. 


B 


j i_ 


i 


-yfMI 


Glorious      in       his  works  and  ways. 
Soon  their     hap  -pi-  ness  shall  see 

There  your  king-  dom    and    re-ward. 


Bids  you    un 
And    we  still 


& 


dis-may'd,  Go  on, 
will    fol  -  low  thee.      f 

Ifc-i-W-i — i-U-44-i4l-v 


Bb  Major. 
1  —  1 


-3 

i 


'i-1 


a 


•l- 


-3—3-4-2- 

i       i    I 


G.  J.  Webb. 

1^1-3-1^-1  -fl-. 


*  i)  I  f '     ;  i    i    '      o  i  i    i  •»     i       i       ii         i»ii       w     i       i 

1    The  morn-inc  light    is     breaking,  The   dark-ness  dis  -  ap-pears,  The   sons     of  ear-th  are   wak-ing, 

2.  Rich  dews  of  grace  come  o'er  us       In    many   a     gen-  tie  shower,  And  brigh-ter  scenes  be-fore     us 

3.  See   hea-then     na-tions  bend-ing      Be- fore   the  God   we   love,    And   thousand  hearts  as- cend- ing 

*    i-i-iJ^-J4A4-ML-7-44-y-^-T-lf-  I   f    Mc4l 


C-t-7 


-6- 


■9 1 1 — r~w      i     i    i 

4.  Blest  riv  -  er      of     sal  -  va-  tion     Pur-  sue   thy  on-ward  way  ;  Flow  thou    to      eve-ry 

,C^-^i_S_i-^4-44-44-3-3-2-k4-^4-iM4-l-i-J4-4-4| 


&-l-^l-3-ni^^2-l-2t3-3-t^^ 

To  pen  -  i  -  ten-  lial  tears  j  Each  breeze  that  sweeps  the  o-cean,  Brings  li-  dings  from     a  --far        Of     na-tions 

^^     .  '  i  r>       i     .-      1 --. : A  _k..,i, Unt   ^newdrs  lirinfr      Andhpnvpnv 


is     com  -  rao  -  lion,  Prepared     for     Zi  -  oil's  war. 
I  I    I  '     I      '    I     '       "         ' L 


Are  opening     every  hour  ;  Each  cry    to    heav-en    go-ing,     A-bundant  answers  bring,  And  heavenly 
tude    a-hove;  While  sinners  now  con-fess-ing,  The  gos-pel    call    o-  bey,     And  seek  the 


! 


In  o  rat-  i 


cj%BiXA*<4i4*4-4-*i'  mat  f-*\*jm 

Nor  in   thy  richness  stay  ;  Stay  not  till    all    the   low-ly   Triumphant  reach  their  home,  Stay  not  til 


.»     3  I  4  .  4  I  fi  |  5-  3    5    4  |  3T . 

ales  are  blowing, With  peace  upon  their  wings. 
Savior's  blessing,     A     na-tion    in        a   day 


ii 


i   i   i 


T 


6 


\ 


i  I  i. 


is    i 


all    the    ho  -  ly     Proclaim  the  Lord  has  come. 

-1— 1  U— 4-I-4J3--1-5— 5-r-l^H- 


BAXTER.  C.  M  113 

Eb   Major. 
1.       I'm    not  ashamed  to  own,     my    Lord,  Or    to     de  -  fend  his  cause,  Maintain  the  honor  of  his  word,      The    glo  -  ry  of  his  cross. 

«1-:Fi-3-^  I  »"«  l*FM^  I  I_ f:s  i  '-yt8— V1!  I  7  M  i  "-  s  |  *-s  |  3-3 1-3|- |F-i  '  it  a  I  a    r|  a  || 

•J.        Je  -  sus,  my  God,  I    know    his  name;  His  name  is  all      my  trust;  Nor  will  he  put  my  soul  to  shame,      Nor  let  my  soul  be    lost. 

* 8_8  \3SL\S g     j.S'|„  !■:  g|g«    5  *  I  «  J  1 1  4_6  j  *._,   |  S    .1  |  .7 1 ! !  |_8       f  fi  |  S       |  3-JJ. 

3.  Firm    as  his  throne  his  promise  stands,  And   he  can    well   se  -  cure  What  I've  committed  to  his  hands  Till  the  do  -  ci  -  sive  hour. 

^|_i — MM-1-1!* — s   I1 1-  I-  A\ff'ff\9\ J I  -»-*  I  ^-,^45|L^  ls-s  I  -i-||. 

4.  Then  will  he  own  my  worthless   name     Be  -  fore  his  Fa  -  ther's  tace  And  in  the  New  Je-ru-sa-lem  Appoint      my    soul    a  place. 

ASAPH.  C,  M. 

Bb.Mnjor.  « 

1.     O  for    a    closer  walk  with  God    A  calm  and  heav'nly  frame!  A    light    to  shine  up  -  on  the  road    To     lead  me  to    the     Lamb! 

■i.  \\  here  is  the  blessedness  I  knew  When  first  1  saw  the   Lord  ?  Where  is  the  soul  re-frcsh-ing  view     Of   Je  -  sus  and  his     word  ? 
;$.  What  peaceful  hours  I  then  enjoy  'd  How  sweet  their  memory  still!  But   now   I   find  an  ach-ing  void  The  world  can  never        fill. 

7  (t_i    UfJ  3   4   3_4_^_4_i_V-1^4£8j  J4JL4L-!^.  M-M4-74-L7-L:1- 1  -.TS-\l 

J.   Return,    0     ho  -  ly  Dove,  re-turn,     Sweet  mes-sen-ger  ot      test  ;  I      hate  the  sins  that  made  thee  mourn,  And  drove  me  from  thy      breast. 

5.  The   dearest    i  -  dol    I  have  known,  Whaie'er  that    i  -  dol         be,         Help     me   to    tear   it     from  thy  throne.  And    wor-ship    on  -  ly 

^_^a-^MUU-l-i-l4^-^--g-A-645^1    I   1    '    7-i-g-r-fr-i^l4-^-T-3-4-g-g-  !    y'-H 
6.  So  shall  my  walk  be  close  with  God  Calm  and  serene  my  frame  ;  So     pur-er  light  shall  mark  the  road  That  leads  me  to  the    Lamb 

KILMARNOCK.  CM. 

P.  Major.  lining  lit  from  the  Highland*  of  Scotland,  by  a  Stndcnt  In  the  Princeton  Thro    Bem 

1.  We  come,  O  Lord,  before  thy  throne  And  with  ii     -  ni   -   ted     pleas,      We   meet  and  pray     for    those  who  roam   Far  off     up  -  on     the     seas 


«i-^3-It,-,-|1-7l,t4t3-^JtI-,^f|-7t--n,-9'«!:l-I-.tU— 71  ■!■+ i-i-?|  i-y-)  i-tt 

3.     O,    may  the  Ho  -  ly   Spi-rit  bow  The  sail  -  or's  heart     to      thee,       Till  tears      ol    deep     re-   pen  -  tance  flow   Like  rain-drops    in    the      b    i 

3|S   3|4f6|g   4|3|8|,g    pf^Sj^  5_l  .3  j  4_J?_|  .1    S      |  <Tl    .-  \  r> ,  |  |  :j    gT  «  j  -    5*1411 

3,  Then  may  a   Sa-vior's  dy-ing  Hve Pour  peage  in  -   to     his      breast,     And   waft  him     to    the  port     a-bove    Of    ev    -    rr  -  last  -  in?   rest 


144  HALLELUJAH  TO  THE   LORD,  or,  Dedication  Anthem. 

D  original  key,  C  or  Bb.   ,   ,  -—^  -  -     ,  «,...-  Schnltz,  Arr. 

forte.  ,— ^  f  firmly.  , *  jasUr.  _^        , — , 

la-s-ii-s-irtT-'-t-^-^t'^-y-^i  i  la  »-ti  « u  ew^-p-^^'-^try-F-^tg-gt 

Praise    ye     llie     Lord,  all        nrj-  ture      join  In    work  and       wor-ship        so      di  -  vine,  Let  heaven  and  earth       u  -  nite    and 

sTI^o- 3  |  i    5  |  «  "Sts-ts^t  lis    a  hi    a  I  »  "St^tai  r  r  a  Is    5t^^ht»U    set" 
^-1-4-^-3-r-l     8  1  g     7^5^4-1-4-5-84-1     g  1  »_  »l^-P-p-i4«_-glf>   f^-pL-74- 

Praise    ye     the     Lord,  all        na  -  tare     join  In    work  and      wor-ship      so      di  -  vine.  Let  heaven  and  earth        u    -   nite    and 

C4-1-1    I   5     3-4-1— 34-4— 5-r-lr-r-i^4-l  1  5     8-4-1—  y-4-1—  ^§4^-^-^4-3— 544-7-0-34-4-^54- 

raise   High  hal  -  le  -  -  lu  -  jahs  sing,  ex  -  alt     his  praise, While  realms  of     joy     and    worlds      a-  round,  Their  hal  -  le  -  -  lu  -  jalis     high     re- 
&    3  ~  *i  I  6      6    I    6     6     tt     5  |  5     5   I   5ro|»      I~1    3"    3  I  rt'Thh'1'    5    |    «      Tf-1'    3   \   5    *lf 

C^^4-6--14^-^^?— r^-r^y-^^s-i-hs^^^-^l1-   M  '    Q  M*-   ?  I  *    8I 

raise  High  hal  -  le  -     lu  -  jahs  sing,   ex -alt     his  praise,  While  realms  of     joy     and    worlds      a -round,  Their    hal  -  le     -    lu-jahs     high     re- 


Staccato.  / 

P-»;-S+3-2-4-3f  3-3-5-2  I  3-2-4-2+3-5-.l-3+3-2-4-afl— yf-l-f-f* ^=-^-1-8+3-? \- 

Q)  1    I  i      1      1      ,    I  1      1      1      1    I         i      1      1    I  1      1      1      1    I  i      1      1      1    I        #  I  1    I  I        "1      1I1  I 

sound,  Let  saints  below  and  saints  above  Ex-  ult-ing  sing  redeeming  love,  Ex-ult-ing  sing  redeem-ing  love,  Well  toned  and  strung, 

n III        1        1        111        1  '        111        1       1 l_i 1 J, 1        1  1 1 1 L 1   I  _ 1 — Li  » i_p 1 1 _L_1 — L    ~ o i_ 

&    5'  5  I  5    0    5    5  I  5    o    5    .1  |  5    5   3    5  \  5   5   5    515   3    6    «  |  5    5  |  3  F^  I  '     3    3    515'  ^ 

Well  toned  and  strung, 

(W-7i-M-1M4-f  3  »-^44-y^y^3-^^-y-F-^4^^44l^--^--3-5-y^<-^-— 4- 

sound,  Let  saiuis  be  -  low  and  saints    a  -  bove   Ex  -  ult  -  ing  sing    re-  deeming  love,  Ex  -  ult  -  ing   sing    re  -  deeming    love,  As  instruments  well  toned  and  strung.  We'll  praise  the 


HALLELUJAH  TO  Till-]  LORD.   Concluded. 

Semi-chorus  a  little  slower. 

g--^-|l-?t3^.1-l-a|-3-.^I-2|-3-5t3-lt-5,-r   f-    __    -|_    _ 


i 


145 

Chorus  quitktr. 
"         r     ?1 


wiili  heart  and  tongue, !Jalle-  lu-  jali,  Hal-le  -  lu- jah,  Hal-  le-  hi  -  jali.  High 

3  3   5 N    S  6  .i\x  s  A  Ms  g|»  i  la-  -ilu  a  i  »i  1  :i  .i  4  414  >i  4  »|s  s  i  i I 

with  heart  and  tongue, Hal-le-  lu-  jah,  Hal-  le  -  lu-  jah,  Hal-le  -  lu  -  jah, While  life  remains  we'll  loud  proclaim  High  lialle  -  lu-jahs  to  his  name,  Hi"h 

T:  ^±^iU-&-*-iU^&-i  1  »    5  I  3    »  I  ff^44^^+j-44M^-M4-M  -»_7  I 

Loud  with  heart  and  tongue,  Halle-  lu-  jah,  Hal-le-  lu-  jah,  Hal-le-  lu  -   jah     ----  .....         ..  High 


C^-5-5-3— 5^4— 5-3-£»44-3-3-5  1^-^3-1 


4* 


-si 


< 

/ 


-3-2-4-2+1-^1— -~ 

Hal-le-lujah's  to   his  name, 
Hal-le-  lujah's  to  his  name. 

p  i  j-iai3  ail  r  _ 


y  Presto  forte. 

-+-F-4-4-44-9- 

l      i    i    i   l  i 

Hal-le-lu-jah, 


6  «  « 15 

Hal-le-  lu-jah, 

-111  !  1 


^4-4-4+3  2-3-2+3  2  3-2  13- 

i    i    i   l  i    i     i    i   I  ;    i    i    i   I  i 

Hal-le-lu-jah,  Halle-lu-jah,  Halle-lu-jah, 

_r i  .  '..  i-L  1 l i     i  i    i     i i     i  i    i 

it  *i  ■»  I   *    a    ii  «  Li  *  t 


«  O  7 T"  5   3  5T5~5  5  .'5Tor 
Hal-le-lu-jah,  Hal-le-lu-jah,  Halle-lu-jah, 


Hal-le-lu-jah's  to  his  name,Halle-lu-  jah 


C^Ui+5-,U4-W4^ 


f— i — - 

-  Hal-le-  lu-jah 
1     I     1    1  I  f 


M4W,-y-M4- 


-7-r-7+« 


Ritard.    Loud  as  possible. 

t8,-t-l_-}-r.-14--tf 
Hal  -     le     -     lu     -    jah. 

I*  |g-  l4-  la-  || 

Hal     -    le     -     lu     -    jah 

L4-     1 3- 


i      i      i     r 


Hal-le-lu-jah,  Halle-lu-jah, 
li     14:  1  1   ±  1  ill 


Hal     -   le     -     lu     -    jah. 
-4M-5"— r-5— T-l  —  ll- 


{ 


A.  II.  Raker. 
3 


SPRING.  8's. 

G  Major. 

3-3-3+3-2-1+4-3-2+3-^^^^ 

l.The  win-ter      is      o  -  ver  and  gone,      The  thrush  whistles  sweet  on     the  spray,    The     turtle  breathes  furth  her  sod  moan,  The  lark  mounts  and    war    -    bias     away. 

SrliU  i  «U  i  Ms  I  ftM-ftF  i  Mt  I  i\i  s  Ms  s  Jt'-Ht.-.-f.f-  -£l~in 

2.  Shall  ev  -  er  -  y    creature   around    Their  voi-ees     in    concert     u- nite,    And     I,  the  most  favored,  be  found,     In  praising,  to  take  less  ih 

3.  Awake,  then,  my  harp,  and  my  lute!  Sweet  organs,  your  notes  sufilv  swell!  No  longer   my  lifJS  shall  be  mute,  The  Savior 'a  high  prais  •   ea      to  tell  ! 

4.  His  love    in  inv  heart  shed  abroad,    My  graces  shall  bloom  as  the  spring;  This  temple,  his  Spirit's  abode,        My  joy,  as    my      du    -    ly,    to  sino\ 

r:lr!«  7 -n\  i  dMtM44l-M  '   '  *  rl.fUU  .1  444  *  sU  I  l   ll  .!.-,      8    sfitt 

19 


146  HATCH.    C.  M. 

G  ranjor. 

'l<g-*-I-|  8~3-f-S~4f  3-3-f-l--|-3f  5r«  \  1-3  [  2-|  3t  4-3-frj-«--3-|-4-a-3-}-3--|~3r|-s-4-a-J-SS-i-r|-l~j| 

1  Nor  eve  hath  seen,nor  ear  hath  heard,  Norsense  nor  reason  known, What  joys     the  Fa-ther    has      prepared      For   those  that    love     his   Son. 

2  But  the  good  Spir-it      of  the  Lord        Reveals    a  heav'n  to  come;  The  beams      of    glo-ry     in  his  word       Al  -  lure    and    guide    us  home. 

3  Pure  are  the  joys   a- bove  the  sky,      And  all    the    re-gion  peace:   No  wan  -  ton  lips,  nor    en  -  vious  eye,       Can     see      or      taste    the  bites.  • 

Cf^^-l-l^l-l^r-g-l  g--4 1  *-  4   *  1  *•  S 1  *"  *  1  7"  I  g  1  ^*   4 1  *"  *  1  7~g  *  1  *~  A  3 1 0   g|/»-  »  1  *•  ft 

5  Those  ho  -  ly  gates  for- ev-er    bar         Pol-  lu-tion,  sin,  and  shame:  And  none  shall  gain  ad  -  mit-tance  there     But     fol-low'rs  of      the  Lamb. 

JORDAN.    C.  M. 

A  major.  Billings. 

1  There  is    aland      of     pure        delight, Where  saints  im-mor  -  tal  reign;      In-fi-nite  day      ex-cludes     the  night, And  pleas- ures  ban -ish        pain. 

(gi-5f5-5|s-Ml5~_^I^Nf5_4^t6"^|3-1J'5ts-5fs-5ff4tS       5~  1 6 1 7~  I  *      «~  I  ^_"  3       Is  t 
&!-J \ \--^^^l-Al-^mm^r-7\i    *\1    g    l8_y.41^gV4_4gl4S[84 

3  Sweet  fields,beyond  the  swell  -  ing  flood, Stand  dress'd  in      liv-ing  green:      So  to  the  Jews  old    Ca  -  naan  stood, While  Jor  -  dan  rolled       be-tween. 
2  There  ev  -  er-last  -  ing  spring      abides,  And  nev  -  er  -  fading  flow'rs:Death, like  a      nar  -  row  sea,  di- vides  That  heav'n -ly     land     from  ours. 

^ — r — — i — | — — i — " — M — t~~"~  t — i"t~~3f5~5-.5~5-tG_«rl5t5-t5    WjHN"^!  wr\t 
&!,    1-4-1      -      1-1      1 ]---^^7ll-^47-^|^P|i^-|^--Pir4-p]-^4H- 

6  Could  we  but  climb  where  Mo-ses  stood, And  view  the  landscape  o'er, Not  Jordan's  stream, nor  death's  cold  flood, Should  fright  us     from      the  shore. 


NEWROXBURY.  L.  M.  147 

C  Major,  muderately. 

1.  Sweet  is  the  work, my  God,  my  Km;.  To  praise  thy  name,  giv       aui.-.  Jt  miij.To  sho  a  thy    love    by  mom  •     ■  ■  "  ^^ 


light, 


Ami  talk    of         all    thv      Iruib 


at        ni^'lit. 


t&i  i\s  i\v  ...;^  thtUki  -«l=i-5l<i-;i-4!s|s4|3-a|i--s  ■alia-ajjl^lsl.r  i|*«%|*trsl»tt 

8.  Sweet  is  the  day  of  sa-cred  rest;  No  mortal  care  shall  fill  ray  breast;  O,  may  my  heart  in  tune        ho     found,   Like  David's  harp  of      sol  -  eiiin"sound. 
3.  My  heait  shall   triumph    iu    ihi  Lad  bless  his  works  and  bless  his  word  ;  His  works  of  grace,  how  bright    they     shin.'!   How  deep  his  couo  -  cils,        ho«        di  -   »tne. 


£14 |1_«1_| \te  -d\M\ L_i[-l_a^_i  l7^\ — 1__. 


i 


4.  And  I  shall  share  a  glorious  part,  When  grace  hath  well  refin'd  my  heart;And  fresh  supplies  of  joy      are   shed,   I, ike   ho-ly  oil""  to     cheer  mv     head 

5.  Then  shall  I  see,and  hear  and  know  All  I  desired    or  wish 'd  be-low,  And  every    power  find  sweet  em  -  ploy    In  that     e-ler-nal    world     of 

C^iU-i|i-:t|iy-^|i4i|«-3|-^|^-2U|-!  -    I 1^ 1 — l-J+i-al-i^Mla— .^-1 1 II- 

ORGAN.  I,  M. 

Kb  major. 

I&i-*  f3-4-.l-5t6-7tI  j-3-j  6-5-7-4+5-3^*  I  l~  l  "^^1  5**   I  «  \7\  J    .1-3    1^4  3-2-,  141 

l.     My  dear    Redeemer  and  mv  Lord.  I    read    my    du-ty  in  thy  word ;     Hut   in    thy  life    the    law    ap-pears,    Drawn  out  in    liv-im-     char-ae-ten. 

-   ch  was  thv  truth  and  such  thy  zeal  Such  deference  to  thy  Father's  will  Such  love.and  n kness  so  di  -  vine,  I   would  transcribe  and    make  them  m  tie 

:;■  Cold  mountains  and  the  midnight  air  Witness'd  the  fervor  of  thy  pray'r,  The   des-ert  thy  temp-ta-tions  knew,  Thy  conflict  and     thy  vict' -  ry 

|  £_«+«-«   3   5|4   5  l«  l_344_«_.«i_5.^_5  ^.5 1   4  I  3__3   4   4.  |2_6  |  .5 1 .»  |  5   5   5    8_«  |5   54]  a  ||. 

1.       Be  thou  my  pattern;  make  me  bear  More  of  thv  gracious  image  here  Then  God, the  Judge, shall  uwn  mv  nam.-  Vmonir  the    followers     of      the  I  amh 

CI    ■  ]■    a   3    1|4   g|l|3!4   3   8_l43_l^fg|_5  |  t_±_l_±y*_£  |  r,|  »  |  ^1_1_84.[«_5_  jj|J 

Eb.  Major.  MAXIM.      L.  M. 

1.  Thas  far  the  Lord  has  led     me     on;  Thusfar  his  pow'r  prolongs  my  days,  And    every  evening  shall  make  known  Some  fresh  memorial   of        his  .-,  ,  , 

^-i-i-i|:5    (|^i-2-ib_ti-j-i--ti-i-|r-7|i_ri^-:{|i---|o_ a...,a_.|a_.a_l,.>_I|^«j,i  j, 

2.  Much  of  my  time  has  ran      to  waste,  And  I,  per-haps,  am  near  my  home:  But  he  forgh fol-  lies   past  .  He  gives  me  strenglhlordays  to  come 

3.  1    lay    mybod-ydown      to    sleep  ;  Peace  is  the  pillow  for  my  head  ;  While  well-appointed  an -g  Their  wal  ly  bed 

k|3   4   g|J   gjg g4jg4ff_«_848    6    |5   gj5-|5§    8)8    «_]76J?^]7_J5    g_tfjg_ff|g     54|3  |[ 

l.Thus, when  the  night  of  death  shall  come  Mv  flesh  shall  re6t  beneath  the  ground;  And  wait  thv  voice  to  break  mv  tomb    With  sweet  salvation  in      th»  s„„„^ 

^i_4_?|i^^_yj4^_i_^4_4_]6_5|i4j  i  i,fl  -  [2_^|^j._i_4|7_i|5_.^T-4 


1 48  TURNER.  C.  M. 

b-i-i^S-W-^t^  — f-t5rt3-L3twl-t 

1.  Come      ho-ly      spi-rit,      heav'nly  dove.         With  all  thy     quick'ning  pow'rs,  Come    »hed    »-  broad     a  Sa-vior'»  love,  come 

«-'-3-t^-»-^-^-t^-r-^t^t6-6~^irt^-pi 1 " h"5 -*rf 

Come,  &c. 

C^4JLPM-tMIM^  ?  a  I  M-4-4 — MO-MH 4— JM  f  f  *ftg?4 

Come     ho-ly        spi  -  rit,  heav'nly  dove,    with  all  thy    quick'ning  pow'rs,  Come       shed      a- broad      a 

G-LA   |  i  i   a   a_4_^_^|_i|j_^_ 5-54i4dU-5-5-«W-M---£L^ 5-4- 

Come  shed  a-broad    a  Sa      -       vior's    love,  And 


shed  abroad    a      Savior's    love  And  that    shall    kin-die    ours.     Come  shed  a-broad    a      Savior's  love  and  that  shall        kin-die    ours. 

C_i  a  a  a  ,  |fe p..|_jyaa_4__g4_g^_|,,i  3  l  l  |  t   l   14444  s  «j*| ??*+MI 

Savior's  love,  And  that  shall  kin        -  die  ours.     Come  shed  a-broad    a    Sa-vior's  lore,  And  that         shall      kin-die  ours. 

C44--4-M-JA [UU-s'-a1— J4-^4-g44-ll  f  1  1  i44i4^ F    I1   «+i-tt 

that  shall    kin-die    ours.  And  that  shall  kin  -  die    ours. 

REQUEST.  7s. 

F.  Major,  PP-  <™s. 

1.  They  who    on        the  Lord    re-ly,     Safely  dwell,  tho' dan  -  ger  's  nigh  ;  Wide  his  shelt 'ring  wings  are  spread  O'er  each  faith-ful  servant's  head. 

2.  Vain  tempt  -  a  -  tions  wi-ly  snare:  Christians  are  Je  -  ho  -  vah's  care  ;      Harmless  flies  the  shaft  by  day,      Or      in      dark-ness  wings  its  wav. 
3.  When  they  wake,  or  when  they  sleep,  Angel  guards  their  vig  -  ils    keep  ;  Death  and   danger    may      be  near;  Faith  and  love  have  nought  to  fear. 

C^J— M*4-*4M34!-i]«— Mr-4~[5=4 1— I U4^lR44l5^4 


LENOX,    fl.  M.  149 

C,  original  Key.     Bb  or   A  major.  May,  or  may  not  lit  repeated.         Edson. 

Si-1-!-,1-.1  &  *\B-Wl-^-?-? I  ,t1t?-f5-»-,1ta-f*tf,-,1-?-^t,-t^1^-     -iti-i-i-it 

Ye    ho  -  lv  throng  of 

&^1irtt-£t*\tfJrir&-tU\{i\&  iriritr-tifti  A  A  ili-'|:r|-  —  ■  -f  —  -f 

Ye  tribes   of     Ad- am,  join,  With  heav'n  and  earth  and  seas,  And   of  -  fer  notes   di  -  vine,      To   vour  Cre  -  a  -  tor's  praise; 


_ 4- M- 

Ye  ho-ly  throng  of  angels  bright,  Ye 
<>4-l4-i-i-3-4!545|6-5-^5+lll+i'-a'-3-3^^ 


LISBON.    S.  M. 

Bb  major.  D.  Read. 

angels  bright, Ye  ho-  ly  throng  of   angels  bright, In  worlds  of  light  Be-gin    the  song. 
Ye    ho- ly  throng  of  angels  bright, In  worlds  of  light  Be-gin    the  song. 

( ':  *_S_3_14*_2_3_143; 3|1, 14  r ._» |  14 


ho  -  ly  throng  of  angels  bright, In  worlds  of  light 


&-l-*U-*j-*-i\  .1  ts  i  i-3-i-Ti-t 

Welcome  sweet  day   of  rest, That  saw  the  Lord  a  - 


Be-gin    the  song. 

-ils— ffllrlf-  I  [Ct4— i-r-i— s 6-g^1  I  *  l.^-ft-4U-ji- 


B" 


2,  -H 


I 


-jfc-+-l-l-l-8-t-3-3-3-«-t    1^9-3. 1 


1-5- 


rise; 


re     -       joic 


ing  eves. 

ir   It,  If 

ing         eyes. 


1_4 — 8__4_8_|_8_ 2 — j_. ,  __j|. 

Wel- come  to   thii    re    -  viving  breast, And    these        re   -  joic      ... 

-t- 41  it  5  ,i  tt*— s~ g  a     I  e- 

Wei-come  to   this   re    -    vi    -   ving  breast, And        these 

.] . |_ P-l   ?        ?        3_3a  1    1   1   1-f* |j^?AfLJMMJ'4l 

Wel  -  come       to         this       re     -     viving  breast, And    these     re  -  joic-ing   eves. 

C*-aM *  \  d  i  s  9  \  ^-6-6-iM-^ a»-T-i' — 1 — 1-1 — r-4--Js-o — ?• — 1-«—   —a — |-i  •  Jj. 

Wel-eorneto   thii   re    -    viting  breast,  And  these  re   -joic    -  ing     eyes, And  these         re      -     joic      -       ing  eyes. 


150  HIGHLAND.    L.  M. 

F  major.  B.  Ar. 

[.  YeChnsuaii    heralds,    go,  proclaim  Salva-  lion     in    uii  -  manuel's  name;To  disian t climes  the       ti- dings  bear, And  plant  the  rose   of  Sharon  there. 

6-3—1  j  i-i-j  i-i-ti-i-1  it3|»^-|a-i-|  »~6-|y  ttfo&ll  '-tflr^f-^in,8!1-"1!1^-]^!^ 

2  He'll  shield  you   with  a       wall  of     fire, With  holy     zeal  vour  hearts     in- spire, Bid  raging  winds  their     fu  -   ry  cease, And  calm  the  savage  breast  to  peace. 

ca-s-i&gf i^MMg-tf \*m*%-m  i1  ■-  ?  |g^^-^4-|g— S4*m£&\^-mm 

3    \nd   when  our     labors      all  are  o'er, Then  shall  we  meet  to  part    no  mdre;Meet,  with  the  blood-bought  throng  to  fall,  And  crown  the  Saviour  Lord  of  all. 

C4-MML-lI-^|*^l?4-;i«-4-|3-3-|4-^--|5+5l3Sll-,1-|i M  Wi^lSUl|5-5rl4l- 

SHAY.    L.  M. 

F  major.  ^  , ,       Wood 

1    I  o1  round  il,e  throne  .at  God's  right  hand.The  saints,  in  count  -less  myr- lads.stand.         Of    eve- ry  tongue,  redeemed    to  God,      Ar- rayed     m     gar  -  ments  wash'd  in  blood. 

2  Thro'  tnb  -  u  -la  -lion  great  they  canjeyThey  bore  the  cross,    dea-pised  the  shame:      From    all   their  la  -  l.ors  now  they  rest,       In  God's    e  -  ter     -    r.al    glo  -  ry  blest. 

3  Hun- ger  and  thirst  they  feci      no  more;   Nor  sin,    nor  pain,     nor  death      deplore.         The  tears  are  wiped  from  eve    -   ry  eye,    And  sor  -  row  yields      to       end -less  joy. 
i  They  see  their  Sa-viour  face      to  face,  And  sing   the     tri  -  umphs  of        hisgrace:      Him  day  and  night  they  cease-less  praise;    To  him    their  loud      ho   -   san  -  nas  raise. 

5  Wor-lhv  the  Lamb  for     sin- ners  slHin,  Thro' endless  years       to    live    and  reign;      Thou  hast   redeemed  us    by       thy  blood,  And  made     us  kings      and  priests  to  God. 

PARIS.    L.  M. 

C  major.  t N 

&t-*-*rft»rBtwT«-hrtt  »  Ale-  ate  tl1--^3^1^1^^^^—^-^  ^-^'i,- 

i   R™,r.nn   9n»nH  whilp  Zi   -  on       s'tnss  The  iov  that  from  thv  presence  spring*:To  spend  one  day  with  thee  on      earth  Exceeds  a  thousand    days      of  mirth. 

&i~iritirst««nB~hrt'ji -T-^ti"4t^H[3-T5|s="5r»-  sis-  -4  hjrt  ;     l^s  a  g^tf &t~3|gjr 

»  Mi^ht    I      en  iov    the  niran  -  est     place  With  -  in    thy  house,  O  God  of  gracc.Not  tents  o<  ease.nor  thrones  of    power.  Should  tempt  my  feel  to    leave    thvdoor. 

"j  God    is    our  sun— he  makes    our      day;    God    is  our  shield— he  guards  our  wayFrom  all  th'assaults  ol  hell    and      sin;  From  loes  wuhoul  »w1    tors    with-in. 

4  All  need- ful  grace  will  God        be -stow.And  crown  that  grace  with  glory  loo:    He  gives  os  all  things,  and     with-holds     No  re -al  good  from  up  -  rigbl  souls. 


C  Major. 

1:1  -xfar»- 


WUENTHAM.  I,  M. 


151 


1    I.  ml.  let  thy  goodness  lead  our  land,  Still  sa-ved  by  thine  Almighty  hand.  The  tribute  of      its      love      to    bring,   To  thee,  our  Savior  and  our  King. 
J      Let  eve  -  rv  pub  -  lie  tem-ple  raise  Triumphant  songs  of  ho  -  ly  praise;  Let  evu-ry  peace-ful,      pri  -  vate  home     A  lem  -  pie,  Lord,  to  thee  be He. 

r:iii>:_i|i  -ilM^lo-Wr-rli^l^— J|7  4-1 — — 1 — - — I — I— WiM-Jl  -6|.i  -g|g  II 

3.  Still   be   it    our    su-preme  de-light  To  walk  as  in     thy  glo-rious  sight;  Still  in  thy  pre-cepts      and      thy     tear.  Till  !i!e's  last  hour  to   per-se-v.  re. 


C&il*— l\r--9\4^5\v4-l\&-s\f~-t\i3-ii\SA~\ I—— I- 


I ll-- 3-3-14— 4  5: 


II- 


VERNON.  L.  M. 

C  mnjor.  ri.iril.  v. 

1.      My  spirit  looks     to  God    alone  ;  My  rock  and  refuge     is     his  throne;     In     all  my  fears,  in  all  my  straits,  My  soul  for      his        sal-va-tion  waits, 

fi-Hlr-aia— ^Lx — :4lati|-Ti-rf-t^-a*tt34r-sk-|«  r-i-ha-iil^-dfl-^-^^ls  |«fc|» — sf%!«— i-lT-yl  i1f 
Cfl-glg-glg     Plft  f^H7^W-s\^i~^7l44^7\l^^^\U^--^\i-4-\s  g|g|* 

■2.  Trust  him,  ye    9aints,  in  all  your  ways,  Pour  out  your  hearts  before  his  facu;  When  helpers  fail  and  foes  in-vade,  Cod  is  our        all  -   snf-  fi-cient  aid. 

(^-l1l-lV9-3|4---3|G+3|-^^^^  1^-4-13-4-1.1-^1 1  ||- 

GROVE.  S.  M. 

F  major. 

^■i-g-t-8-1   |  fl   y  |   1-|^^1_g-|-3-1-1-i^3^4-ff^_3i^y4ts  j-j-j-^-.VO-!   3 2  |  -M|. 

1.     Ex    -alt    tht      Lord    our    God,     And    wor-ship    at     his    feet;       His    na  -  lure      is     all     ho  -  li  -  ness,     And    mer  -  cy        is      his 

rgi-'-i-1   g  I  6  g  lirtirhrrl-1-1- 1  -ir  |-1i-I-|i-,-1-hrs  I  *  h't"-  -""i  -»-r  I'll 


2.  When   Ts  -  rael   was    his  church.     And    Aa  -  ron    was  his    priest,  When  Moses  cried,  when  Samuel  pray'd,   lie    gave      his        pen-  pi,   rest. 

3.  Oft      he      for-gave  their    sins,     Nor  would  de-stroy   their    race;     And   oft   he  made  his  vengeance  known,  When  they  a-  bus.', I    hie 

Q.f    3   |   g     g   |    II .  [._3_4_g_4_3_g_4_g_3_.[_«  j   .1   j    «    3   J.I    .7    |   .1    2^2|   6    56    ."»  t|   3     I       3|| 

i.       Ex  -  alt       the    Lord  our    God,   Whose  grace  is      still  the   same;     Still  he's      i      God     of      ho- li-  ness.     And   jea  -    Ions       for     his    nam. 

ICgjl       I    '      3-J-4-g  1    '   I  g  I   3    8  I    '    *  -r-g-M-l-6-g-U-l-l-g    *U\    '  M         31  I   o    gj    Ml 


J  52 


ZION'S  HILL.  &  P.  M. 


Rb  or  C    major 


M.   Arr. 


f  lively.  Dim. 

(S-rrBf»-^-^il%Tt-Hs-?t,-yt,-r2t3-2-tW-11t7-e-tst--tJ-     -*\tilninttwrft 

&-£""  h    — -  ~t l~-"S  1  «:-6f5-5t5-1-5ts-3-1-^^-itt5-«I-t5l-5t^-4-^it^ itfnlt 

1.  How  p|.*ns'd  and  blest  was  I     To  heai  the  peo-ple  cry,  '  Come  let    us         seek      our  God  to  -  day!"  Yes,  with  a  cheerful  zeal,  we  haste  to 


C4-ol  <-3-3-i  ua-MM4--^4-?4-7^-74^ — £4^4-1-74- 


811 

-t — hi— 


1      1      1 


C4--4-- 


4JM4- 

Yes,  with  a  cheerful  zeal,  we 
— |--3r-4  •-2+5-7=4-14-5-1-— £^-Ui^l-4-i-|-2-9-l54-5+5-6-i-5-r-l- d4  4-4-1- 


2.  Here   David's  greater  Son      Has  fix'd  his  royal  throne  ;  He  sits  for         grace    and  judgment  here  ;     He  bids  the  saint  be  glad;  He  makes  the 

3.  May  peace  attend  thy  gate,     And  joy  within    thee  wait.    To  bless  the      soul       of    every      guest;     The  man  who  seeks  thy  peace,     And  wish-es 

4.  My  tongue  repeats  her  vuws,  'Peace  to  this  sacred  house!'  For  here  my  friends  and  kindred  dwell ;     And,  since  my  glorious  God         Makes  thee  his 


^-•?-9-?-7-1'14rt3-rtW-?t,-7t-,-tt 
<S-5jHL?~t345t5--i  l-s^-^ts-4t*it 

Zi     -    on's      hill,     And  there  our  vows    and    hon-ors    pay. 

C4-5-5-54547-I-  *  ^4JL-f-^U-54-*  4 

haste  to    Zi-on's  hill,  And  there  our     vows    and    hon-ors  pav. 

C4-5 — r>_4i454-W>-U^-4l5->TT-i-H- 

sin     -     ner        sad,     And  humble      souls     re-joice  with  fear. 

thine  in  -  crease,     A  thousand       bless  -  ings   an  him  rest. 

blest  a  -     bode.  My  soul  shall      ev  •  er    love  thee  well. 


CAPE  TOWN.  10s. 

Bb.  Major.  H.  W.  Day. 

1.      A-  gain    re  -  turns  the     day     of    ho  -  ly     rest,       Which, 

-i  a  1  3   a   t  Trt'A   5   s   s  ]  &~  |-7~t 

con  -  se  -  crat-ed      day         To 

«     4_LJL4^4JL4 


2.  Let         us     de  -  rote  this 

P.  M     I     I       1      1       I 
Vj-r~2 1 — 1 1 

3.  Fa  -  ther  of  heav'n,  in     whom  our  ho^es  con  -  fide,     Whose 


1 
7 


C^-i-44-4-1-1-4-31- 


1 


S-^SZ^s^. 


when  he  made  the  world  Jehovah  blest  :   When, like  his  own  he  bade  our  labors    cease,    And    all    be    pi  -  e    -  ty    and  all    be    peace. 

<8^-r,-7-.rt%i-2-sr-2i^1-5-h5-^^ 

learn  his  will,  and  all  we  learn  o  -  bey;    So    shall  he  hear  when  fer-vently  we  raise       Our     sup-pli-ca-tions  and  our  songs  of  praise. 

C^4^--U-"-^7-«4-74^44^^ 

power  defends  us, and  whose  precepts  guide.  In  life  our  guardian,  and  in  death  our  friend,  Glo  -  ry  supreme  be  thine  till  time  shall  end. 
Ci_5_5_5_I_  |-3-9_S_a-  I  -54  '    I    r- S-6-34-4-3-8-1-  1  5~4  -5-1 -5-5-5--T-  14 -3- 4- 5-1-1 41- 


WINTER.  CM.  153 

F.  Major,  or  E.  Read. 

£-1-1  j ^-.itc-a-i1-^*!!  jr,|5^^ 

His  hoar-y  Trust.  Ins  flee-cy  snow,  Descend  &  clothe  the  ground;  The  li-quid  streams   for  -  bear  to      flow,  In      i      -        cy      fel-ters  bound. 

g-j-i-j-i-i-(-i-i«|»-a-|»tiji-i|i- jif-s-j-sfi— a-fi-j-ajs— »-    j»-  |:i|3i-»~  -j  1 -^j  i_|j 

1.    Ho-san-na      to    our  conq'ring  U i n ir '  All  hail,   incarnate  Love!  Ten  thousand  songs  and     plo    -    ries     wait     To   crown       thv      head    a  -  bo 

ft.l-ll3_g|8   5    |^g_|g4,4|3_6[a    _gp|7|8|6      6    |.l     .11^1    5__|«4«|8 7_*  J  ..    5    Jf^ 

■2.  Thv  victories  and  thv  deathless  fame  Thro' all  the  world  shall  run,  And  ev  -   er  -  last  -  ing    a     -     ges      sing     The  tri    -    umphs     thou  hast  won 

SHERBURN.  C.  M. 

D   Major  Head. 

r^-3-ji-i  i  tf-d-i-itrt,1 1  ^-i-i-iit^l-1  -^|»-«-3-»!«-4-ti-^l«-    nttrtririt 

While  shepherds  watched  their  flocks  bv  night.  All  sea-  ted    on  the  ground,  The  angel  of  the  Lord  came  down,  And  glo    -    ry  shone  around     \1 

&-t-\-i-tti-^-ir^tvrnn—iri7i  1 7: 1  ft— I •    Ji  i  d  il^zgzgzgtt--       4  I 

The  an-gel  of  the  Lord  came  down.  And  glo     -     rv 

Cri-5-5-3  \-UH£t4—*W-A  6  I  7 5-3-5  l&A  I  =      1 1 * flf     f1    ?    i'l»-6-6-  5  [ 

While  shepherds  watch'd  their  flocks  by  night, All  sea-  ted  on  the  ground,  The  angel  of  the  Lord  came  down.  And 

The  angel  of  the  Lord  came  downj.Ynd  glo  -      -     -     -     -     -     ry  shone  around,  And 

'&-& *hh*-s [ — r-Attrt-t-}  1 5  g  i  ill- ili  i  4  A  1*414  4  sty-t^H 

glo        -    rv  shone  a-round.  The  an-ge!   of  the  Lord  came  down, And  glo     -        ry  shone  around.  And  glo-ry  shone  a  -  round. 

&ih^h£te ty a la  i  i  - ! 3 — 3-3 1 3-s-:i-i  1 a-i-i^i 1 jri 1 3^    -tar! "  H 

shone  a-round, And  flu  -    -----    -  ry  shone  a-round.     The      an-gel  of  the  Lord  came  down,  And  glo-  ry  shone  a        -      round. 

&&■ «  I -C-6-6-3  I  5= 5  L 3-3-3    -  1  -•  -3  I  5    .1    ,"t     5  !  6    «    «-f-  |  7^?  I  M>     ■  j  I--J-F-JI 

glo        -    ry  shone  around.  And  glo  -     -     ry  shone  a-round.  The  an-  gel  of  the  Lord  came  down,  And  glo-ry  shone  a  -  round. 

C-2=-       -4a- £\-5-5-s   I  ■• i-l-i-i-i'-i  ,5-3-1— 3-l-s- i—j-3-54-1 1  i-i-p-JJ 

glo     -----  ry  shone  a-  round.  The  angel  of  the  Lord  came  down,  And  glo       -     -     rv     shone  a-     -  round 

20 


154  THE  RESOLVE. Anthem. 

F  Major.     Soft  and  slow.  r*  o  J.  White. 

Come  hum  -  ble      sin-  ner      in      whose  breast    a    thousand  thoughts  re  -   vol  ve,  Come  with     your   guilt      and    fears       op-pressed     and 


p.  * 3  I  It  3   5  6|8.    6|54    82|.l.    5  1  fi     8  I    1    8        I  3.9I5J  5311^  1  2  2  I  a  6    3  4  I  S  4  5  3  I 

\j-r-4 — ■ r~i — i — t — t — h— ^ — i — r~\ — i t — i — I 1     1      r 1       i — ri — I  — ~~ — i — i — r«-r  i    i    I  rn 1 — i — hrf- 1 — i    r 

Come  hum  -  ble      sin  -  ner      in      whose  breast   a    thousand  thoughts  re    -  volve,  Come  with      your        guilt    and    fears      op   -  pressed  and 


I 


/^  Chorus.     Moderately. 

#-4-6—4+3-5- 1 +9-3-4-9— 4- l-A- 5+6-4-6+5-3-5+5-4-3-9+3  -f-f— 3— 9 — l-f-9.-3-f-4-3-9+3— 5+ 
Q)     i  ill  I    I  I     l     i       i         I        'ill  ill  ilii       i     i    I     ~  I    '»     i        k>       w    \     \        f    \  ™    I  i         .•  1 

make  this     last     this       last  re    -    solve,  And  make  this    last     this     last         re-  solve.  I'll     go       to        Je  -  sua  though  mv       sin,  hath 

&-!,— iti.     j(ffi  6    j  gShi-t-i— ftlA—  Ft1— ^1-n-f-Ttti-^li^iltt^-i+ 

f>.  4.       6  15  3    3  14.14    4      13  9    5  14  6    4  13  5    3  13  6    5  41  3-1   ?    5     5     9   1   2.    5  I  6    5 15.    51 

\j-. r+i — — — i — h — r— i i r^T 1 — hr^ T-+"r^; — i — tt^t — i — rH r~ * — i w s» — I — i 1» — I — l — l ri w  . 

make   this    last     this       hist  re    -   solve,  And  make   this    last     this     last         re  -  solve.  I'll     go       to         Je  -  sus  though  my     sin,  hath 

C-6^-4  P^m-3^^+5X3+4^i^ 


P-6.-5-6-7+I-— -l-4+3-2+6+.'5-4-S-rs+5-4-3-|+7— 6— «-4+7-fi-»-«+5— 5— 6-6+7 7 iM^-f 


like       a  moun  -  tain       rose.    I  know  his  courts,  I'll  enter   in,    I  know  his  courts,  I'll  en-ter    in,      I  know  his  courts,  I'll  en  -  ter       in,   What- 

&-^4-4+3J^l^|4+l+fl-;-l-ltl-^l-+i ■       .     jr  1^1-+l-I-l-4+4— 4—  3j3r9+ 

P.  4.3  4  5 1  5      6      |  5  5 1  4  |  3    6    5    41555    615    4     3    61  5    4    3    313     3    4    415      5      515    7 1 

V^-~l — ■; — ; — s» — l — i — r n — w~^-r\-» — b» — f — ?~tt* — u — w — 9~rw * — w — rrv — w — w — 9~  tt»      v      s»     w  r  v w        ni       i    r 

like       a  moun— tain        rose.     1  know  his  courts,  I'll  en-ter    in,     I  know  his  courts,  I'll  an- ter    in,       I  know  his  courts,  I'll  en-  ter  in    What- 

C:^m«-e^;5^m-4^-S42-*-4-r4 |-f ^4+^4-#-5 1  ^y^fr-i+ 


THE  RESOLVE.  Continued.  155 

Verse  P&nitento.  >        /?> 

t-v   -  et     may    on-   pose.        Pros-Ira-ted    lie     be  -  fore  his   throne,  And    thus     my  guilt  con-fess;     I'll     tell    him  I'm      a  wretch,  I'm     a 

&-1-P-1  |-i  i ..jii-j-^-j^ji-i^.,^^,—!,.*!  -aji-yirt  |-i-|-r  g  v*-  ft1-  sHh 

ev  -  er     nuiv    op  -  pose         Pros-tra-ted    lie     be  -  lore     his  throne,  Ami  thus     my  ;     Iti    n     is;     I'll     tell    him  I'm      a  wretch,  I'm     a 


.^^  s  , s:r^  Chorus  brisk.  .  w 

wretch  un     -    -    done,  With- out  his       sove  -  reign  grace.  I'll      to      the     gracious   King     approach  Whose  sceptre  par  -  don 

I ':  iM#—  I »— :8 1  «j*>? !  £p5-?- 1  :M  8  -  -  I  :t    "I  £?  V  !  *    "» !  -  ••  I  *    P I  L:1  -    I  ?J  I 

wretch  un done      With  -  out  his      sove  -  reign  grace.  I'll      to      the      gracious  King    approach  Whose  sceptre     par- don 

£-3-6^'  f  I «      '4-y i4«^»-*l-j4-![-r-3-!  a    .i  I  :«■— 5- !  f    flf-  »!»•  |tt?lH*3l- 

,  ,  =^.     ere».  "7        —_  moderately  m. 

fr-»  r«---  :t  j  4^,4  i-y^g  i «. -y tM-*-»y  U~7  i  ■  I  !  3"^-ft?f-^1      8t1*t3  :t  HtfCfl 

Per-hapi    he  may   command      mv  touch  And  then    the         suppliant  1;  ipa     he     will      ad  -  mil    my  plea ;    Perhaps  will    hoar     my 

frglfrg-r-JM  fl^MBM-IJ^ HL4MX44-5_a    14.*     JMU^   «1»-|«  a  g[fya    [ 

Perhaps    he  may   command       my  touch  And  then  the  iliant  lives.  Perh  ill        ad  -   mil    my  Perhaps  will    hear  my 

(VSli-jr^  a|«n.7i«-  5IM-     l.i-rJH!    ■-  i   o;!^  :fi  !.t  s\  i^I  -■-?-■■  It— g-4 


150  Tllti  liESOLVE.   Continued. 

^— s  , ,  P  cres.  ^~T-  full. 

^-Sr— 5  j  43*5  5  | 7^»-7 -'-5- 1  -8 — »•+-»—*■  j-5— 5— 4— 4- ]--».— 4- 1  3—3—2—3  |  l-f-7-e  j  3.-5-  f-6— 0--F-F4- 

prayer,  lint    if  I      per    -    -    i.-li        I      will  pray   anil    per  -  ish      on  -  ly   iliere  :  and     per-ish     on  -  ly    there  ;    lint   if        1 

g-f;-i-|-fi-i-|-a — *-}-\»- 


p.  2.    3145  4  5  15. 


5  I  5 


prayer,  But    if  I     per    -    -    ish      I       will  pray   and  per-  ish      on  -  ly   there  :  and     per-  ish     on  -  ly   there  ;    But   if        I       per  -  ish 

!&-&-im$*\*      ^i34_g^a_^-443-3-a--54l--44^-5^-5^l^-;8--^4~4-fL^- 


\ 

( 


--    -^  ,, ,  Chorus  lively.  ~ 

g-7-.  -5 +-A-7-6-5-j-4-3_2-5-4-|-3— 2 )  - 1 —|-|-3— 2— 3- -J-4— 3^2t-3-4  -|-3— 5-f^— «— 4— 3-JH8— 5-*4— 5-}- 

•   I     will   pray      and    per  -    -    -   ish    on  -  ly   there.  I     can    but    per  -  ish      if      I  go,      I       am     resolved     to     try,      I       am     re- 

P.  5.    5  15     4515  3615    41  3-  If    1     $     112     112.  1  -  II .    3  14    5    5     515    5     2    51 

*-'•  1 — r -} 1 — I— -— -— 1 1 — r 1 -f—i 1 "# w— I — 1 T TT 1 — /    I    I     9— V- Of — ~9~ K -9~T~9 9 "T ir-|-. 

I     will  pray      and   per  -  -    -    ish    on-  ly    there.  I     can    but    per-ish      if      1^      go,      I       am     resolved     to     try,      I       am     re- 

C^M*4-MN^+r4-4U^Ua4-^-^ 

■0-6^4+S-.— 5-4-5— 5— 5— 5-1-6 F f-6— 6— 6— 6-f  7 F [-''—7—7—7-1-8—1-1-1-2-3-+ 

solved     to    try.  For       if        I     stay      a  -  wav,  if      I     stav     a  -  way,  if       I      stay    a  -  way      I      know    I 

&-G*-*\+-^x* M-t-i-i-i-jt* p — h?-?-?-?t? 5 — h^-Si-M— t 

For      if      I     stay     a  -  way,  if       I    stay      a  -  way,  a     -     -    way, 

P- »        211.313     3     3     3[4  „         1  *4    4    4     4  15  15    5     4    4  13.    3   13    4  5  1 

\j-r~[  1 hi 9 \—9 9 — ~9 BT — i — | 1 \-~W 9 ~9 ?H — I 1 +V 9 9 9~ \~  1 9 1 1 — T 

solved      to   try.  For       if        I     stay      a  -  way,  if       I     stay     a  -  way,  if       I      stay    a  -  way     I      know     I 

0    1         2 1  ij.    a    I   r  m      11444412  r         155    5    5  13  2         1   1.    1    I    1    1       I 

V;.~i  — i     r*»       "T I    r 1        ? — \~ s» p p dt-| — -, 1 1 — 9 jp — -jr 9~T~^r — ' 1 H — r  t* — r- n 1 r 

For     if      I     stay     a  -  way,  if       I     stay     a  -  way,  a  -     -     way, 


\ 


THE  RESOLVE.   Concladcd.  l.>7 

Dim. ,-.  ,  Ritard.  Dim,  slow. 

J    4  3    3  5    5.3    «.»|.K|6     6    «-fi|5  -      -111       1      4b3 — 8-1-3      1      .1      «  I  3     8  |    I    II 

must      fur     -  ev     -     er       die,  If      1     stay     a-  way,  it"       I      stay      a-  way,         1     know     I    must    for  -  ev  -   er      die 

<g-f — f- '   -Mf-M [-I-S-5-I-W  — * — hf-nh-S-5-S-Si-?    * 1  ■  II 

]I       I      stay     a-  way,  a    -    -    way, 

p.  6  5    5  3 1 3.5    4  3I3_~| 13    3     3    318  8        135   5  15     4     3     6  15     4  I  3  II 

must      for     -  ev     -    er        die,  If      I     stay     a-  way,  i!       I      stay      a  -  way,       I     know     1    must    foi  -  ev  -   er      die. 

( ):}      }    \}—}-  k*  r  i  #  $  $-4  \  £ p |»-g-^-S|  }      all    0-3-1-1  -5-^  !  J- 1 1 

NEW  JERUSALEM.  C.  M. 

G  original  key,    F  Major.  ImrallB 

-3-1-3  2 1  i-ff^tf  tf-f-f-M 9  if8-  t  — ~— 3 1-5-5-5-3 1  *-9-2-1 1 «-- 

From  the  third  heav'n  where  God  resides,  That  ho  -  ly     hap-  py  place,  The  new  Je  -  ru  -  sa-lem  comes  down,  Adorn'd     - 

&-!-5-5-5tT^-l-6- 1  T  H  i  f-f-f-}  I  Tit^ " 1 " 1 I     •  p8 

jp^3    S    S|3    S    3     g|a4^4g_5_3,s4|5.,|^| „ (_ 3!_5_5_5„3|8    '■    S      | 

From  the  third  heav'n  where  God  resides,  That  ho  -  ly     hap- py  place,  The  new   Je  -  ru  -  aalero  i  »n,.\- 

The  new  Je-  ru-  salem,  comes  down,  Adorn'd      -    -     -    -  with 

ft ft?-*-*— [-= 5t^5-»-5tfr— 7--^r|^-5-4-4|5.-5|<r^_l    .I|3      9     -j-l.*J| 

-    -  with  shining  grace,  The  new  Je  -  ru- sa- lem,    comes  down,  Adorn'd  with  shining  grace, A-dorn'd         with  shin  -  ing      (jrace 

grf-w-hhrtTH-^1     ^     m|7**- fs.-.^|  1-1-1-1 1 7.  itiy  ,i  its    7    ;'-;ii 

new  Je-rusalfin  comesdown. A-dorn'd     ....  with    shin  -  ing     grace,  Adorn'd  with  shining  grace, A-dornd with  shin  -  ing       gi 

p.  £~      TjL 513   3    3        13        3  511    12    515.514    5    «    0  18.3  hi  8  13     I     I  5  .1    I  II     II 

Oi 1 1 — h 1 ' 1 1  —j     r  "l  — 1 — I 1     I  r!        T I  —  ■■■ 


dorn'd  -     - 


f 1 ■      ■      -    )■  — J      t-I   — T— I 7-   t  T-T-T-  1  n  rTI         I ,111 

with  shinins  "race.    The       new  Je- rusalem.coines  down,  \dorn'd  with  shinim'    [race, A  'i"n.  <1        «  uli  Mini  -  ing 


C:f  M-l- sH-W-W  Ifff? ! ■  - 5  5  |14W  -M-J  I*. « 1 1 5-4;  1 1  a    .-,    it  \\\. 

sliming  grace,  The  new  Je  -   ru  -sa-lom,  comes  dowi,,AdoiVd  wuh  slanmg  gTacc.Adciu'd  «iih  shin- uig  graco,  A  -  doru  d  uitii  >lnu     -    ing        gruce. 


DAWN.    L.  M. 


A    major. 


Whitaker. 


I   Awake,  my 

3  Wake, and  lilt 

3  Glory    in 

4   Lord  I   to 

5  Direct,  con 


soul, and  with  the    sun  Thy  dai- ly  stage  of  du   -  ty  run, Shake  off    dull  sloth, and  joy  -  ful        rise    To  pay  thy   morn-ing    sacri  -  fice. 
up   thyself,  my  heart, And  with  the  angels  bear  thy  part,  Who  all    night  long  un-wear  -  ied      singHigh  praises      to   th'e-ternal  King. 

thee, who  safe  hast  kept,  And  hast  refresh'd  me  while  1  slept:  Grant  Lord, when  I     from  death  shall  wake, I  may  of     endless     life  par-take. 
thee  my  vows  re  -  new;    Dispel  mv    sins  as  morn-inu  dew;    Guard  my  first  springs      of  tho'tand  will, And  with  thyself  my    spir-it     fill. 

-  trol,  surest, this  day,    All  1       design,  or  do,       or    sav,      That  all  mv  pow'rs,     with  true  delight,  In  thy  sole    glo-ry    may  u  -  nite. 


CONFIDENCE.    L.  M. 


G  major. 


Iloldeu. 


1    Now  can  mv  soul  id  God       rejoice     I  feel  my  Saviour's  cheering  voice. .My  heart  awakes  to  sing- his  praise,  A  rid  longs  to  join  im-mor- tal    lays. 

0-113  113  8  1      ^^\^4J^Jjaj^lJ\ltf^UIL^f^f     1[38     \+\*f%££±&4 

Now  can  my  soul  in  God       rejoice,     I  feel  mv  Saviour's  cheering  voice, Mv  heart  awakes  to  sing  his  praise, And  longs  to  join  immortal       lavs.    Hold  me.  O  Je-sus.  ui  ihiueatms. 


&-*\ 
&~*\ 


Till!      awake  in  realms  above,For  ev-er   to    en  -  joy  thy  love 

i  ■  i--iri — - — t— -~r\ t-\^t*\M-mt-}-}mw-mi-7\t^\t 

Andcheerme   with      im- mor- tal  charms,  Till    I      a -wake  in  realms  a- bove,  for- ev-er   to    en-joy  thy  love,     Till  I     awake  in  realms  above,l''or-ev-er    to  en-jov  ihy  love. 


C-?|«-(i-4-^|i-7|64F-lP 


LEOMINSTER.  8s.  7s.  &  1.  J  5<) 

G.Major  ^  A,  II.  Raker. 

&-* -3: -3-5-3-J-4  3-3 f5-5-f.lr  4-3-2  fl-2-y  |-l_-f -|-»_  3  j  3-3-  | 5_ -5-| 3.1-f  «_  «  |  .7    .1 1  |~3    3  )  l_j| 

1.      Yes,  we  trust  the  day      is  break-in?  ;  Joyful  times  are    near     at    hand;     When  he  chooses,  When  lie  chooses,  Darkness  flies  at  his    cimi-iuaud. 
God,  the  migh-ty  Uod,       is  speak-ing,   Uy  his  word,  in     e  -  very  land  ; 

£_.,_lv-i_,_,  t ,_ -*ty  7-Yrt-i-i [\^s~n I .,---  |«  «> | «  «- 1 7--7I «   i-fi- 1|  i_-i  \-i-_— y  |  ■_ || 

9.   While  the  foe  be-comes  more  darling,  While  he  enters    like      a      flood,     E-very  language,  E-very  language  Soon  shall  tell  the  love      of   God. 
God,  the    Sa-vior,    is      pre-  par-  ing  Means  to  spread  his  truth    a-broad  : 

( >:gg.g   3   g|6S   3|3  8:|g.g    1    8|3  4   8|  3' .:  (  1- 1 1  1    1.  [8-3  |  3    3_|4-4  |  l_  _I_|  <;  .1    I  j  3  || 

3.  0, 'tis  plea-sant,    'tis      re-viv-ing      To  our  hearts,  to    hear,  each   day,  Those  enlight'ning,  Those  enlight'ning  Who  in  death  andTarkness  lay. 
Joy-fal  news,  from     far   ar-nv-ing,    Huw  the  gos-pel      won      its    way, 

a     »_4_1  |  b — I  Is-s-l^i^i  _£  j  5_ 5  |  ,__.:  |  <;-_,.  U-6--I-5-  -.1 1 .1    .1-|  I     I  1  3    3  I  I  .1    .ill    |r 

4.  God  of     Ja-cob,  high     and  glorious,  Let  thy   peo-ple  see         thy  hand,  ;  Then  shall  i-dols,  Then  shall  i-dols,  Per-ish,  Lord,  at  thy    com-mand. 

Let  the   gos-pel   be        vic-to-rious,     Tl.ro'  the  world,  in  e  -  very  land  ; 

JUBILEE.  CM. 

^^^^-3-8-1-^-1-5-^1-^-^5   \s   |  1    1-3-2   |3    4    3  ,*jJ|i     I    l-^flVl-j- 

1.  What  hea-venly      mu-sic      do       1  hear,     Sal-va-tion  sound-in,'      free!      \ V     souls  in  bon-dage  lend    an  ear,     This     is    the      Ju  -  bi 

2.  Good  news,  good  news  to     Adam's  race,     Let  Chris-tians  all    a  -  gree  ;     To     sing  re-deem-ing  love  and  grace    This    is    the       Ju  -  bi 

<8-1-3-1-5   5   5   5  I  5-i-rf3-t4-i-6-4-1"3yt3-t"3    5   5    .1   |  .1    5~5  I  .11  I  3    3    ."»    -1     3   3 1 

3.  The  Gos  -  pel  sounds  a  sweet  re-lease,     To      all    in    mis  -  e    -     ry,     Aed  bids  them  welcome  home  to  peace,  This      is      the  Ju  -In  -lee. 
1.       .Te  -  sus      is      on    the      mer-cv  seat.      Be-fore  him  bend  the      knee,    Aet  heaven  and  earth  his  praise  repeal    This      is      tin-  In  -  In 

5.  Sin  -  ners  be  wise,  re  -  turn  and  come,     Un  -  to  the   Sa-vior       flee,     The    Sa-vior   bids  you  welcome  home,  This     is    the     Ju  -  bi  -  lee. 
0.       Come,  ye  redeemed,  your  tribute  bring,  With  songs  of  liar  -  mo  -  ny,     While  on  the  road    to    Ca-naan    sing,  This     is    the     Ju-  bi  -   l«w 


C4-i-4-l-3-.-i-.l-!  J~»-M-i44-4~l-4-r-I-I-|  i    1-1    3-5-7  |»    »     '   |  5-k-6- 


-  ■    IB-    0 


>> 


1)3-3^11.1^ 

This  is  the  Ju-  bi  -lee. 

c8--.-i|3-5-4-4|33lt 

This  is,  &c. 


F  Major. 


REST.88&  i. 

gi^3-3-3f3-5f5-3f3;  ft --.W|6-«|5    1(3.  |  1-11 1  l-S-3-3^  |  1 1  M  1 1   || 

1.    There  is    a    calm  for  those  who  weep,   A   rest  for  wea  -  ry  pilgrims  found;  They  soll-ly    lie  and  »weet-lv  sleep,  Low  in  iho 

gi^r-l-l-|tt-lr7-7|»i-i-J-Jt1-1t,-7t1l!-i^-3    .licr-«-J-J|7|.-i|.-,  «|.l'il 


CJ*ULlt-i\lJL 


l  is.  &c. 


C 


2.     The  storm  ili.it  wrecks  the  winter  sky,  No  more  disturbs  iln-.r  di    p  ic i,    TlSan  eummei  evening's  I  ileal       :.    Thai  shuls  ll  i 


3.      Ah  Christia 


ong  of  storms  the  sport,  With  weary  pil-gri-mage  to  roam.    See,  Ihou  shall  reach  a  slnrmless  \ 

IMl3-.ll,1- 15   •  ili  4il*-iW4M-fl**-J-4  il.il'l'  'I'-l 


\.    But  shall  Ihe  dual  thy  soul  con-fine  7  The  ris- en   Jo  -  sus  tells  thee  nay  ;   it,    in  ee-lea-tial  spheres  shall  si 


160  KEDRON.  lis. 

A.  Major,   slowlv.  Billings.   Arr. 

1.  Thou  sweet  glid-ing  Kedron,    by      thy  sil-ver  streams,       Our  Sa-vior    at    mid-night,  when  moonlight  s  pale  beams      Shone  bright  on  the  waters, 

2.  How  damp  were  the  vapors  that      tell      on    his  head  !       How  hard  was  his      pil-low,how   humble   his   bed!         The   an  -  gels  astonish'd,  grew 

3.  0-<rar-den    of    O-livet,  thou     dear  honored    spot.      The   fame    of     thv    won-ders  shall  ne'er   be    for-got  ;         The  theme  most  transporting   to 

fei-i-ULM-iv  Mftli8  I  l+m-g-t-g  9  9\f    ?-g4?  ?  I  1 7^74#-#-g+M-44 

4.  Come  saints,  and  adore  him  ;  come,  bow    at   his    feet!        O    give    him  the      glo  -  ry,  the  praise  that   is  meet;        Let    joy  -  ful  ho  -  san-nas    un- 

fre  -  quent  -  ly    stray,  And        lose      in      thy     murmurs  the      toils      of     the      day       And    lose      in    thy  murmurs  the  toils  of  the  day. 

sad     at     the     sight,  And     fol-  lowed  their  mas-ter  with        sol  -  emn  de  -  light.     And     fol-lowed  their  mas-ter  with  sol-emn  de-light, 

ser  -  aphs  a-  bove :  The      tri  -  umph   of    sor-row,    the      tri-umph      of      love!      The    tri  -  umph  of     sorrow,  the  triumph  of     love! 

&74-£-?4?4^fM--l 4— 4- M*-=4£-lg— g-gl?   HIM04Mft 

i  J_ll,'  <0 

ceas  -  ing  a  -  rise.  And      join    the  full      cho-rus    lhat    glad-  dens      the    skies      And  join      the    full  cho-rus  that  gladdens  the  skies. 

>~*-^U5-J^-] l— r- 4-^4J44M-4tf3£4W^U*^ 

MONADNOCK.  6s.. 

G  major.  A.  H.  Baker. 

1.  Once      more    be-    fore  we   part,     Bless  the  Redeemers  name,  Let   ev'  -  ry  tongue  and  heart  Praise  and  adore  the  same  Praise  and  adore  the  same. 
Lord;      in      thy      name    we  came,  Thv  blessing  now    im-part ;  We  meet   in      Je-sus'  name,  In  Je  -  sus' name  we  part.  In  Je-sus' name  we  part. 
3  While    on  thy      ho  -   ly  word,  We'll  live  and  feed  and  grow;  Go  on  to  know  the    Lord,  And  practise  what  we  know.  And  practise  what  we  know. 

Ci-144-i JLk 5^^5-^-TU4^-5;»44l^--5|o--^|^4-^-Ll|i__^|l-^i-4-4^-^lU 


< 

( 

\ 


jay.  rs.  161 

Key  of  Eb  Mnjor.  R-  H.  Williams. 

^S-f+3-4-  r-»-5-t5-t3-5-t<i-i5-  f-4-3  |  SH=  |  ,V   3- 1  -1      2  |  3-^5^8^  6JJ-4  j  3    ?  |  1  F  j  j 

1    Gracious  Spi  -  ril — Love  di  -  vine  !  Let      thy  Light  with-in    me  shine;  All     my    guilt  -  y   fears     re-move;     Fill  me    with  thy  heavenly  lovi 
g-j-l-3-l-t-l-t-f     7-|4-|l    -1-j    I      !    |-^l|7-t3--l-|4^1l-a|2--|1^3t4:«V»|l-7ll- 

■J   Speak  thy  pardoning  grace  to      m«  ;    Set     the  burdened     sin-nerfree;    Lead   mi       to     the  Lamb  of  God ;     Wash  me      in     his  precious  blood. 
::     Life   and  pe-ace  to      me     ira-pari;  Seal     sal   -  va-tion    on     my  heart ;  Dwell  thy-self  with-in      my  breast,  Earnest      of      im-mor-  ta 

C-4S     g|5     6|ff    4|-8r|ff     S[4    S\S_S  |  3^4  «    f\*     f\  8-*\*r\8      f\*       }  I «     »  I  Ipft 

4     Let     me  nev  -  er    from  thee  stray  ;  Keep  me     in     thy    nar-row   way;  Fill    my    soul  with  jo;      di-vine  ;  Keep    me,  Lord,  for-ev  -  er  thine. 

cgi   i|i    m^M^I1   814  ?  I  g-4-Url  *  M8  ?1*   e  k*l»    fl4    4 1 5-a  l-MI- 

PARADISE.    LM.   Double. 

Now  to   the   shining  realms    a-bove,     I   stretch  my  hands  and  glance  my  eyes  ;       O     for    the    pinions   of   the  dove,     To   bear     me     to     the 

S-M-rtt*-: i—i-*ts+s  1 4    4  a~fr  I  ms  1 2  1^3  1 1-3-33 1 3  3 1  3  N  I  -373  -  3  31— I 
Cj-i-3H8  Ml1  6-a^-U-U-UU- a— MM -5-1 1 .rl - c i « -4-4-7 1 <^a I  e  U Uk- a- '  !__? 1 

Now  to  the   shining  realms    a-bove,     I   stretch  my  hands  and  glance  my  eyes  ;       O     for    the    pinions    of   the  dove,     To   bear  me      to   iluT 

&4-i-i-iH-i-i-iM  i+a— a— a i  i  -3-2-I  ^1 -g-| ^-^-nl^-sUA  o I  3  3— 3  3-J 


up -per  skies.    Therefrom  the  bosom     of  my  God,     Oceans       of       endless  pleasure   mil  ;  There  would  I    fix    my    last    abode,  And  drown  the  sorrows  of     my  mind, 

&lT-st34-3-r3-3  5ali   1  1 3  |3   1   3    Is-S-ff-gfs-       Is  I  :t  :J  3  :t  I  l    14  NJ3  3  a" I [«T  I  3  11 
■ '  ^    5  I  6- 1  ~*  i  M  ?4- 1  g-a  1  3- 1  5-3  4 -|?4-7-7|7-C,  7  M  7  I  }   }-5  4  I  1-4-M  7 1 '     '    7-6'aJ  ?|  ■      | 

up  -   per  skies-     Therefrom  the  bosom     of     my   God,      Ocean-;       of         endless  pleasure  roll ;  Tin-re  would  1    fix      inv    last    abode,  And  drown  the  sorrows  ol        my  mind. 

C-3-3+6  4-iH-i  i  1 1 1   1 1 1  I  is    i  -|i  i  .i  -ala—  U\  i  -i  -3-3-1  4  -4-44al3-J-a-ola---.il  r  II- 

2i 


162 


BLESSED  IS  THE  LORD.  Sentence. 


G   Major.  Maestoso. 

Soli. 


T\dti. 


Soli. 

f5— 4— 3— 2+1— +67 

I  i       *     i       *  I         l  i 


5— 4t 

*     i 


Dr.  Thompson, 

Tvtti. 


Blessed   bless-ed     blessed      be      the  Lord      for  -  ev  -  er  -  more,  Bless-ed      be      the  Lord,    blessed      be      the  Lord,    blessed      be      tfce 

0^9  B\s  ,8j . ^^4^— g-4-g  -  1 -U4 1  .  1  fMMMEl 

Blessed,  blessed,    blessed      be      the  Lord      for-ey  -  er  -   more,  Blessed     be     the  Lord,    blessed      be     the      Lord,    blessed      be      the 


C: 


*  1     1 


_p_i4»_»_U-_ I- 


1.    2     3. 

~l V 1 — 


I 

~9 


$-+-*  -4t3-n  -3—  i-?*-* 


-a- 

i 


L-j-7-6-3-4-|~3— 2 


3. 


5 

i 


Lord     for  -  ev  -  er-  more, 
-1 1-1— y-j-1  — 

56  |5    5.1  5 


Lord     for    -  ev  -  er  -  more, 


Bless- 


be      the     Lord      for     -      ev  -  er  -  more,  A  -    men   and 


men, 


f   1,-1- 

15.    5 
~t — i w- 

Bless  -  ed 


l-J-1 


-\-l-J-\-l-l-]- 


-1— +-1— 


1—1 


trr-fi 


A 


4   I   3     3  15.    3 


1654 


men. 


3- 


1t 

it 
41- 


C^JL-3-4  5-a  I  '     -  •-*- 


+4 


II 


.*» — i 


Bb  Major. 

«8-I-5-ftB-5t6^-*-t2^t2 

1.  Soft-ly   now  the   light     of       day  Fades 

&_f-3-Tfctr^ti£]£~ff" 

»!*  M1  f if?  1/1*4-* 

2.  Soon   for   us  the    light      of       day  Shall 


be      the   Lord       for     •        ev   -  er  -  more,  A   -  men  and         a    -      men,  A     -     -      men. 

-3—14-4— 344-5-5-4-g   »  1  '•  }  |^g-PL---4^g~4^ 


ESPER.  7's. 

up- on     our  sight  a-way;  Free  from  care,  from  labor  free,    Lord,  we       would      commune  with  thee. 
5— 6t5^t3^t3-^t4— 5t6— 5t^tt5-4— f5 ^%f5~iiw\\ 

^|JL^4-L7^4^?^-44J-?4-74i-4-+3J-^6;5-5;541- 

for.  ev  -  er   pass    a-way;  Then,  from  sin  and  sorrow   free,    Take   us,        Lord,      to    dwell  with  thee. 

-5+3-4+5-5  j- 1 44  - 1 4-4— 3  4-4— i-r-«4i-*^4^*-<^+5-S-T-  1  -  II- 


OCEAN.    C.  M. 


163 


F  major. 


Shu  11. 


g-f-5r  +  56  5  4  3—*  J--?-!1— P— 7*6  j-a.-  |-r j-5-5— 5      |~3  |  3—  [-1  |-5t-     -5+6,-6  |  5~6— fs— 1- 

Thv  works  of     glo-ry,migh  -  ty     Lord,  That      rule  the  boist'r  -  ous     sea,        The  sons  of  cour-  age   fhall  re   -cord 

1    1  3-      -Tftf-f-^-f-t1'-ff-  I  3-4-3-£i-J  y,-  l-l-f-i^-3-l-j  1 .- i-j  3-  -4-  -3    t 


Thy  works 

IG-1  '-i1- 


*    .»      .» 


of  cour-age  shall 


1 1 — t 1 1 T~ i — — n 1 r 

of     glo-ry,might  -  y     Lord,   That      rule  the  boist'r-ous        sea,        The      sons 

3 


_, 

re     -    cord 

«  1 


■| 


(S-7-C-f>-l[3-2tl,-rt 

Who  tempt  thatdang'rous  way. 


1  +5-5—5—3  I  6-6-6-4+5-32- 1~3— 3^41  5— h 

i   I  i      i       i        i    I  i        i       i       i    I  i  I    - 

At  thy  command  the  winds    a  -  rise, And  swell     the         tow'r  -  ing  waves 

nrtl-itftf-fi^,l1f-?-^-ft*-      -2t?-3-  -f-  -f-  t-8~3-i-i-4 

At  thy  command  the.  winds  a- rise,  And  swell  thelow'r-ing        waves,      And      swell    the    tow'r-im> 

*lg-  :lfi4-  —  4-  ■—  -4—       -£+£- 5 — 5 — A|3   3  s_J2± 


~l r 

VVTho  tempt  that  dang'rous  way. 


C-5-6-r-1^5-^+J^-4^44-^l-645-5-^-»4^ 


At   thy    coin   -  mand 

81  1      1 

I     I    I    T" 


the    winds     a -rise.     And 


1- 


At  thy  command  the  winds  a  -  rise,  And  swell 


4 


the  tow'r- ing        waves. 


& 


& 


— 3- 


The 


•1—6— r'-f-f^G— 5~1— 3— g-j-e.g-c— «-| „i  e  5  13-3  |  1^-ff 

men       as  -  ton- ish'd  mount      the    skies,And        sink         in  ga     -    ping  graves. 

1-3-3  t  a-    :r5-i-it  i  -     -34  i^         7   . 


t   1     5 


P.    5.  8  5  6  7   18     5  8    6    5  3I3._3_3 I  Ji_»a 

swell  the     tow'r  ine  waves   The         men     as -ton- ish'd  mount    the 


4' 


4-M 


i. 


5     :c  i:ui.-,    r,    r, 


Cf- 


■  i  iii 


skies, And  sink 


i 
in 


1t 


ping  graves. 


_l-U,__45-5+^-W 


p. 3 


jfi4  JORAM.    S.  M. 

l""The  Lord  is  risen  in-deed"       He    lives  to    die    no  more;  He  lives  the  sin-ner's  cause  lo    plead,   Whose  curse  and     shame      he     bore. 

*   o  "The  Lord  is  risen  in-deed;"     Then  hell  has  lost  his  prey;        With  him  is   risen  the  ransomed  seed,  To  reign  in      end      -     less    day. 

3  "The  Lord  is  risen  in-deed;"         At  -  tend-ing   an-gels,  hear;  Up    to    thecourtsofheav'n, with  speed,      The  joy- lul        ti -^    dings  beaf. 

4  Then  wake  your  golden  lyres,         And  strike  each  cheerful  chord;      Join,  all    ye  bright,  ce- les  -  tial  choirs,         To  sing  our     ris -      en     Lord. 

KINGSTON.    S.  M. 

G  major.     Andante.  ^_^  T* 

o_3_«i+«*-o-a-l+-— 4-1^2+3-3-5-4-3  43  I  2r-^  5-5-5|37-4-4-4  f2r—4  2-2-3 +  4  3-2+  It — h 

1  Howten-der    is   thy  hand,         O     thou  most   gra    -    cious     Lord!        Af-  flictionscome   at   thy  command,     And  leave  us         at      thy   word. 

C^^+5_4_4_3^2_4J5_45_5_l4_5 |.^4_2^^|3_«_«_Gj  5_+_5_5_5|^_44  £_ + 

2  How  gen-tle  was  the  rod       That     chastened    us      for  sin!        How  soon  we  found   a    smi-ling  God   Where  deep  dis  -  tress   had    been! 
C^-HW-5-5^5-4--3-5+|-4-f--A r5^-5-5-S4-«-I-I-a^5^-|-5-5-l4-4ji--5.4-^-4 


3  A      F?  -  tiler's     hand     we  felt,       A    Father's  heart         we      knew;  'Mid  tears  of      pen   -  i-tence  we    knelt.   And  found  his  word  was  true. 

r-J-?-y-™t<^-4t3-tfr^^ 

4  Now    we         will      bless   the  Lord,    And    in    his  strength      con  -  fide; 
n  „      I     .  I  ,.   1  „  y.  |  _.  I  =•   I  3    3    3|4~3    5    5    515. 1.1    5    Si]  65    413    II 

(j_i_j^ K (-"^ hr— f- =1 F-r-~— r-t—  \-v— v< — tr+1 — w—\r—v — fr+i Mr— s»  —  wTt~  i t— I — ~tT 

For-ev-er       be      his  name  a-dored,       For  there  is     none     be- side. 

VJCs-q P— I-8 -MM-q P4- ^4*-l-m^l-l^U^5-5-n4-5-5U-l\- 


METH1NKS  I  HEAR.         •  165 

I)  Major,  quite  slow.  v.-uii.  < . 

1.  Me-  thinks  1  hear  in  whisp'ring  breeze  that  round  my  pale  brow  plays,  The  breathing  of    a         ho  -  ly  voice,  the  voice    of    for-mer  davs     That 

<TS  A  1  *'-$  ii\i  i  l  i\i  4_y_yJ  1 1AU  3-3  a  1  4  i  i  3  |-*-*tH  -hi 

2.  I      list-ened     in    my  youth  to  sounds  that  charm'd  mv  lisi'ning  ear,    And  threw  a  spell    a-round    mv  heart,  which  aye  it  loves  to  wear  •      But 

( \.t_i__4_i_s_4_s4^_4_4_;i  \  -^_o-^-5J-5^|  .i      15-5-&-6  I    *     *    *    1    I   7-4-S-jL  k-M  ,'  4- 

3.  But      yet  that  voice  of  for  -  mer  years  still   lin-gers   on  mine  ear:       I      hear    it      at   the   mid-night  hour,  when  all  a-round    is  drear     While 

C4-i— U-i-i-i4-i-i-i-il^^^-^i-^-i-\-i-i-i-i4-i-i-i-i4-s-^-fi-si  \^U\. 


fell    up  -  on    my        ears        as        sweet      as      tones  from  harp  atrings  fann'd.  When  waken'd  in  -  to  breath-ing  life   by    touch    of    gen-tle    hand 

&-A- 1  k£  1  i—Fs  A  iTi  t^q^r^ntti  rl  Al  3  3  3,3  1  a-~inh*rN — rt-yl-rHl 

ah  !  that  voice  of        inel     -      o     -     dv        in    death's    re-pose  was  calm'd.  Like   dv  -  in?    of     a  lute  -string's  wail,  when  snapp'd  bv  stranger's  hand 

sleep  is    brood-ing  o'er        my      brow        and        si-lence  o'er    my  breast,    It     sweet-ly  breaks  up  -  on  my  dream,  and  soothes  my  troubled  rest. 
Cf-4-4-2-2-4-5 6~3-4~3-2~l-4-y-^-~ ^— ±\  1^+1—  I    l-l-i-l-  r-l'-l-l'-l'-j-j ^-^    ^  |  l-"-|l 


ROOKS.  L.  M. 

E  b    major. 

1.     Zi-on,  a- wake,  thy  strength  renew;         Put  on  thy  robes  of  beauteous  hue;  Church  of  our  God, arise  and  shine,  Bright  with  the  beams  of  1  ruth  i\\ 


<8-I 


M-3-1  U-3-*tl--l 


-j-7-If--j5-4-5|2-l-l|I--  «|9rf-|3-3-«|l"l|yrltl--f-f3-ff-l|l— a-Jl^fi-Ji 


('.  =jg    8    5|.1-     7|8-    5 1  5-  |_|3    4    3|6.>  S|«- 6|7-|_|3    8    7|6-  X\5-  g|<r|_|g   S    8|8fi  9_|3_4|8_|l- 

2.  Soon  shall  thy  radiance  stream  a-far,        Wide  as  the  hea-then  na-tiuns  are  ;  Gentiles  and  kings  thy  light  shall  view;  All  shall  admire  and  love  thee  too 


166 


MONTAGUE.   L.M. 


D  Minor.    Do  on  F. 


Swan . 


Ye  sons   of  men  with  joy   re-corcl  The   va-rious  wonders    of     the  Lord,  And  let         his      pow'r         and   good  -  ness  sound, Thro' all  your  tribes  the 
Ye  sons  of  men  with  joy  re-cord  The  various    wonders      of    the  Lord,  And  let 


G-l  6-6-6+JLl_  ^6_|3,;3[1^_3_3_|6_34646|6. 


his  pow'r 

_3|?L_ 


Tl TT"1"1 r 

and  good    -   ness  sound.Thro'all  your  tribes  the 

_4|I 6|^4?lfr-e-44l 


TM  ile\m\—'— f  tf-ff-f  . 5  5  5  '  I55  5  -fl? 3  3*  I  ^  '  ~f  1 iF  ±?  ?-3t3  ^°-    i 

world    a    -  nmnd  Let  thehi°h  hen  vn's  your  song-;  in  vile,  Those  spacious  field*  of  brilliant  light,  Where  sun, and  mooned  planets  roll.  Where  sun,  and  moon. 


world     a  -  round, 


C^4  ciekL3-?  Ml©  6  6-6;^^Lc|3  ?  *-r,!6 


Let  the  high  beavn's  your  songs  invile/Those  spacious  fields  ol  brilliant  light.  Where  sun,  and  moon,     -    - 

_3  ]  3_3_3_G|7_7_7_^|6 6 ^5 6 |7     6    s5 |  6*     $7g£\ 

Lei  ihe  high  heavivs  jour  songs  invite,Tnose  spacious  fields         of         bnl  -  liant    light,      Wliere        sun,    - 

3  1    I  II' 


6 \S— 6 7— ?-f6-6-6- 


Let  the  high  heava's  vour  songs  invite  .Those  spacious  fields  ot  brilliant  light,  Where  sun,  and         moon,        and  plan  •  nets      roll,Wheresua,and  moon, 


I 


MAJESTY.  CM. 

F  Major.  Billings. 

I.  The   Lord      de-scend-ed   from   a  -  bove,  And    bowed  the 

rr,tP3wi^|-|-tM3JJt,-|-t 

C^-3-!^— ^-lg-g+e-^-1545-  1  8  8— l 

3.  He  sat  serene       up- on  the       floods,  Their     fu- ry 


nnd  planets    roll,  And  stars  that  glow  from  pole  to  pole.       I 

r-7--7-!-3i  ijjj 1 1  t»-»-f-»i  mj*-t\  ,;tt } 

-    -    -     and  planets    roll,  And  stars  that  glow  from  pole  to  pole.       / 

p.r;5    G    333     3  616   5    6    7I87S65  313-11     j 

and  moon,  and  planets    roll, And  stars  that  ?lnw  from  pole  to  pole.        f 

03 6-gI© e^G-P-^lGT^G^lGlK 

and  planets  roll,  And  stars  that  glow  from  pole  to  pole. 


MAJESTY.  Concluded.  167 


SIva 1-  ue  L«~ia'«nfori! 


I 


£-5-6-7+^  f5  (  642«  |53  1^|432  1+5  t4f3  1  3f  t^L«!5 ^f  ?t,H— t"   —    -f— 5~t 

heavens  mosi  hi lx li ,  And  un  -  der  -  neath    his      feet       he  cast  The  dark  -    -    -    ness      of        the    sky.  On     cher-  u-bim  and  ser-aph-im  lull 

£-1-4-^  3.  ff|       ■      | —|—1  --ffl-1- |3    2_4  32iy  |  l'_t:—1 1—*— t 

Cs-§-g-4g4?  1  ff-fl^£g|g- WW? -I f^^M?-?-*  :g 1 3  I  •-    1    •  ■ 1— *— I 

to     re  -  strain.  And   he  as  sove  -    reign    Lord    and  King  For      ev     -     -     -  er     -  mure    shall  reign.       On  chei-  u-  bim  and    ser-aph-im    full 

8  9  1HH    -    I  -  *     \Ui-&*U\£   4MMW-4W:-1!3  f  ?  f I?  f  M4- 


(§4-7-6-7-14^ — |^^4-rL<H<U-^-^+^ 

roy-al-ly  he      rode.         And      on  the  wings  of  mighty  winds  Came  flying  all  abroad,         And  on  the  wings  of  mighty  winds  Came  flying     all    abroad. 

fi-S  3  I --I—  3^3  |-1  213-3-31  +  1-2— 1—1  I  1  1  2  212.--  12  1  3-3-1-34-1-8— 2— 1  +  1-1-1-^1 1  M» 

J>     l      I  I        _     I   U_l    I  I        I        I        I     I   1       I  .  ill  III  III        I         I         ill  ill        I  <  1 1 

p.  .1  .1  <>  .1    '.1.1  413415    5    5    314  4    4    .1        .1  .1  *\7  65  |5  I  5    5     1    413  5     4     113    O    5.11.1:11 

v^t-t — i — i — sj-|- — a-f-a  h 1 1 — T — M — I 1 t-tt — I — ;        i       -  i-l-rli 1 — i — i — hi — i 1 r+T 1 1 — i  I       .  \r 

roy-al-ly     he         rode        And      on  the  wings  of  mighty  winds  Came  flying  all  abroad,         And  on  the  wings  of  mighty  winds  Came  flying     all     abroad. 

<^M44M±-  _41__|1     1     1    3(2  3    2    3^4  3^4|g^^g|l_^2_24^_l_2^243    4    B  ±\1<\\. 

HOPE.  7's, 

D  Major. 

&~i~3   3  I  8    4  I  5    6  I  5-  I  4    3  t~2   2  I  1    S'lTf-ill    4  |  5     ^T" 6~h5-  I  6    7  I  '     3  I  3    ar|~Flt 

1.  Come,  saith  Je- sus'  sa-cred  voice,  Come, and  make  my  paths  yoor  choice;  I     will  guide  you     to   your  home;  Wea-ry      pilgrims,     hith-er  come. 

8"1"tt  t"T—rlTTtT-tsrT  1  f~fj  6~f  1  i-  hr~ 2  I  3-3  I  2  1  l7rhn  I  3  1  frz7    HI 

C^i-5-5-l-.l— 613-4-1-34-5-5-1-5     1  |  3    .1  ]  .1    |  .1     .1  I  .1-  .1  !  S-,-44^5  4  — 5-1-5— 5 1-5—  I  !  3   ||- 

2.    Hith-er  come;  for  here    is   found    Balm  for     ev   ery  bleeding  wound, Pence  which  ev  -  cr     shall  en- dure,    Rest,  e  -  ler  -  nal,    sa-cred,   sure. 

Ci4-i-r4-i— i4-i-i4r  1  a  a  1  s  g  1  6  $\  i4-i— i4i— i-  1-2— a-l  s-\  4-2  1 1—3  I  5-T  { 1  \[ 


168  N0RTHF1ELD.    C.  M. 

C,  or  Bb  major.  Insalls. 

(81- s -^r*t*-*-F"f  i  -  ■-tn?-?-?-i-r*-i-^ — m-^m^w-rn?  *>*  «ji 

How  long, dear  Saviour,  O  how  long,    Shall  this  bright  hour  de  -  lay?  Fly  swifter  round  the  wheel  of  lime,  And  bring  the  welcome 

&-l^-ttt^£-ttiw-t-£$£-g-&  «  is-   I  r  1 1-  y—  -^t5-^-a-3t«-i-5-tf%1- 

Fly  swifter  round  the  wheel  of         lima  - 

CJ  i  i  4i±±±u+-iJ\}  }'?  n4T*-4-*M — -J — 4- |4i-?-?-^-4 

How  long, dear  Saviour,  0  how  long,    Shall  this  bright  hour  de  -  lay?  Fly  swifter  round  the 

Cf2-l-i-S^3-i-i-i-r-5— l-5-r-^-?— 7-6— 1-5^— l-S-r-i1—  «i-6-«-r-?-5-5-5-r-l-l'-J-l'-T-2 5 1 

Fly  swifter  round  the  wheel  of  lime, Fly  swifter  round  the  whesl       of 


s 


dav,         And     bring         the    wel -come day. 

%T5; — oiS7       3~ |o     5|s4t 

-     -  And  hrtnff  the      wel-  come  day. 

p.  SB  1313^1  a    liia  213-M 

vt-ti — r~T-t  t — i»-i — r lr"P 1 — it 

wheel  of  lime. And    bring     the        wel-comeday. 

ft-1*-^ 3-|4— ff|l=tt 

lime,      And  bring  the      wel  -  come  day. 


Maxim. 

-3-|2~2-2-3~4+ 
i      ii     i     i  i 


BUCKFIELD.    L.  M. 

Bb  or  C   major,   Original  Key. 

When  strangers  stand  and  hear  me  tell, What  beau-lies  in     my  Saviour  dwell.  Where    he    is   gone  they 

&f-rirWr'i  «  i\A\i-Jrffl-*itttFY>i — ■ — t — ■ — t 

C4^-L-5-3U-0-5->iV4-7-^-^l^-3-^|74^4— — I- rM- 

When  straogers  stand  and  hear  me  lel!,What  beau-lies  in    my    Saviour  dwell,  Where 

Where  he  is  gone  they  fain  would  know, 


(g-5-.T5^-|-^-l-|3-3  3-2|l-I-l^-, l|a-^^|^-^^t|I-l-l-3ll|3-2-8t9|3--l--2-3|a-l-y|llt| 

fain  would  know.  That  they  may  seek  and  love  him  too,  Wherehe  is  gone  lliey  fam  would  know,That  they  may  seek      and    love       him       too,    Thalthey  may     seek  a;id  love   him  too. 

Where    he  is  ^one  they  fain  would  know,  That  they  may  seek  and  love  him  too,  Wherehe        it      gone  they        fain    would  know.Thai  thpy    may  <rek  and  love     him  too. 

be  is  gone  they  fain  woi,ld  know,  That  ihey  may  seek  and  love  him  too,     Wherehe       isgr.nethev         laiu       would  know,         That  they  may  seek  and  love  him  too 

C^_-4-|iG-5-.»-li-S^^4---H,-T^^U|i«-5^-|- -s(i-i-l-l-|.-;-5-5;.-ilTi-^-.Vs|4-5|l-H. 

That  they  may  seek  and  love  him  mo.  That  they  may  seek  and  love  him  too,  Wherehe       is    gocethey    fain  would  know.Thai  they  may  seek  and  love  him  loo 


IN  THY  BOUNTY.    Sentence  for  Thanksgiving  or  Fast  day.  Ifigi 

D  major.     Stoicly.  lOrk. 

1  In   thy  bounty,  God  of       ua-ture,        In   thy  bounty,    God        ot  na  -  ture,    More  than  earth-  ly        bliss        is        felt,        Mure      than 

&-t-frllVi-i-rtyr>- r  *3l**  t*  » a  1  ^r-i-F-t-tt^-^--dr-S-l-t-p-^-— a—j- 

2  Lord  of  heav'n, and  earth, and  o  -  cean,     Lord  of  heav'n, and  earth,    and  o  -  cean,     Hear  us  from  thy      bright       a     -    bode,      Hear        113 
3  Health  and  eve-  ry    needful  bless   -  ing,  Health  and  eve- ry     need  -  ful       bless  -  ing,      Are  thy  bounteous     gifts        a     -     lone,      Are        ihy 

C*    *■    5  1   1     *           1  1    1                   *    fiij                     iii          1         >>    «»    1     1         ■                    ■                    11 
\-l-fr-5  I  S^SS-S  1 .1 S-F-9^3  bS-3-5 5 — \-S 5-F-#-?  |-f-| ,' 7 (--#— F-« 5 |- 

3  Thee, with  bumble    ad  -  o  -  ra   -  tion,  Thee, with  humble   ad     -    o     -     ra  -   tion,     Lord, we  praise  for      mer  -  cies        past,     Lord,      we 

._         ~        —        —  —  —       — 

earth  -   ly       Miss        is     feluThanks  a-rise  from  eve-  ry  creature, Who  to    worship  thee    has  knelt,  Wh.i   to      wor     enip  thee  has  knell 

from         thv  brieht     a^bode.While  our  hearts,  with  true  devo-tion,Own  their  great  and  gracious  God,  Own  their  great  and     graciousGod. 

boun  -  teous  gifts       a  -  lone;  "Comforts  un-deserved  pussess-ing,  Here  we  bend  be- fore  thy    throne,  Here   we  bend      be  -  fore  thy  throne. 

praise    for       mer  -  cies     past;  Still  to  this  must  fa-vored  nation, May  those  mercies, may  those  mercies  ever  last, May  those  mercies     ev  -  er    last. 

CAMBRIDGE.    C.  M. 

G  major.  Dr.  Randall. 

S-|-r-S-3J»-l|4-Sj^l-3-ail-^1rtl-3-3ta-114-3ji-|-|— — j-^  |— ^-j^flj,^,^ 

1  Oh  praise  the  Lord— for  he     isgood,     In     him       we    real     obtain,     His   mer-  ey  has  lino'  ages  stood,  And  ev  -  er    shall  remain. 

rgi-s-s-.'jl-i-sle-.il..- 1 .?-  «~e  irts-  Ui-.i--MrfiUi-.-i\s  f  I — - — l^thhhtfsfthirii-  fa  .1  Ml 

"  Lei    all    ihepeo-pJeof    IhcLord    His  prais-es     spread  around,  Let  them  his  erare  and  love  record,  Who  have  nalvation  found,  Who  have  salvation  found 

3  Now  let    theeast    inhim    rejoice,  The  west  its       trib-utebring.The  north  and  souih  lift  up  their  voice  In  honor  cf  their  King,Inhon-or     ofthi     K 

■l  Oh  praise  the  Lord— forhe    isgood,    In    him      wcrest     obtain;    lbs    mer -cy  has  thro' ages  stood,  And  ev-er  shall  remain,  Andev-cr      shall  remain 


\ 


170  THE  EARTH  IS  FULL  OF  HIS  GLORY. 

Original  key  C,   Bb  Major.    -,  Grann. 

Ho  -  ly,  Ho-ly,     Ho  -  ly     is      the  Lord,   is     the  Lord   of       hosts,    Ho  -  ly,  Ho  -  ly,    Ho  -  ly       is      the  Lord,  is     the   Lord     of      hosts. 

&-f-r-6tr-6l-?-yt^  &  a  la  a  I  a  a    I  ^^S~^e-e-fsrift^B^1^^^\^r^S=rf; 

(K*    3    3|1   4|  3    8|3^4_y  |  1     1|1    f^Jf±\\     i\l     1  l'"»  ■«!  1.    |    8)3   AJA^l^. 

Ho-ly,  Ho  -  ly,     Ho-ly     is      the  Lord,   is     the  Lord   of        hosts,    Ho-ly,  Ho-ly,    Ho-ly       is      the  Lord,  is     the   Lord     of     hosts. 

Cs-I-S— e4-e— «4^S— «4-  e*-6-*s-4-4— *  -1-3-3-4-3-4^-^^-^7-7-44^-4-7-1-6— e^-s-^—isM- 


Allegro  moderato.  ^^_ 

Full  are  the  heavens,       the  eartk  is     full   of    glo-  ry,        the   earth    is    full    of    glo-ry,        full      of    his         ma-jes  -  ty,  full      of    his 

&-rrt-7irfth^6-^^ 

C^i-3-^WU4;-4-7-4-W-4^44-4-7-J^^ 

Full  are  the  heavens,       the   earth  is     full   of    glo-  ry,        the   earth  is     full    of   glo-ry,        full      of    his  ma-jes  -  ty,  full     of    his 

(^-i_3-*44U^4-3^5-«-SW-^^^ 


£-?^-3t3-?it7^1 ■■    Ijrtey-tftf—rf p — hr?-5-3-t-3t^-^ 


glo-  rv,  Hal- le  -   lu  -    jah,  Full     are      the     hea  -  vens,  the      earth  is     full      of   glo-ry, 

C^-f-4M4-frf^-F  |-7j-^-4=34?-5--- 1 7jL--f-3_4  _3;s__.^ p — ^_S-S-7  _f4 

glo-ry,  Hal-le   -  lu   -  jah,         Full      are        the     hea  -  vens,  the  earth  is     full    of   glo  -     ry,  Full   of    his    ma-jes- 

|0-7-7-2-!-r,-3—  I  5-r  \£6-7-}--*J.li— 5— F—  I  £g-7-1%-1\  7 5 -P 45-5-5-4-14- 


THE  EARTH  IS  FULL  OF  HIS  GLORY.    Concluded. 


171 


2-3— 3— «— 4— 4-t*-P—    ~P 

i       '  -     - 

Full     of      liis    ma- jes  -  ty, 
&    5     O     0     7     7  hi  ^ 
P.  1 r         I  1     2    2    3    314 


i-j-j  f -f r o 


1 

I 


4-1-3-3  12-2     3    2-3-2! 


Full    of     Ins    ma-jes-ty, 

I  I   S   2  5   IU 


Full       of  liis     ma-jes-ty,   Full    of     Ins    ma -jes 

I  o     35^5i55o5o^ 


"T" 

ty, 


T::i 


Full    of    his   ma-jes-ty, 

44-4-4-,7-f-W-F- 


-6-7-7-1    J|  »*-7-f-J       «    |  7-7     «      7      »  -7 1 

Full  oi     In-    ma- jes- ty, Full  of    his  ma -jes-   ty,  Full    of     his    ma-jos- 

r-4— 4-4—  3     3  r-2^2  2-2-1— 1-|   5-  5 -■  -5— J—  5  I 


.1  I 


ty,   full    of    his     glo    -    ry,   Hal-le  -  In     -     jah,        Hal-  le  -  lu     -     jah, 

C 


I1- 

Hal 

1-3-1 


-11-13  21  I    ' 

l  «»     *     i    ill 

le  -  lu  -    jah, 

I  f        s         '       III 

310    O    3  113 


4_f_l_f_l  |1    |  *_~     ~  |        .1    5  I  5 


'   7  I  ,« 


C: 


ty,  full  of    his      slo  -    ry, 


4-5-J 


£    ill 


-5  I  -""--  5-5  1-5    .1 1 5  0^7- -J-lj— |- 
Hal-le -lu      -    jah,       Hal  -  le  -  lu-jah,     "lUtl      ~         le  -  lu   -  jah, 
F— 5-5-1-5-      Si'    5    3  1-5    5  |  1  2-   -3 11-1-5 -^U- 


Hal-  le  -   lu  -    jah. 

I  i    i   32 1:1    || 

15    6-5-  IS-  || 

Hal  -  le  -lu     -     jab. 
I     1-5-      I      | 


BRAINTREE.   C.  M. 

D  Major. 

Srtjnt^^jWMttliU    r-f'jNtstyW  5o!.v  alfW; tfhiiy-'l^^   I'll 

1.  In  God's  own  house  pronounce  his  praise;  His  grace    he      there  reveals;  To  heaven  your  joy  and     won  -der  raise,  For  there      hisplo  •  ry  dwells. 

&-|-t-3-5tt  i\iJ\rft\^mH^^\i^^n\-^7ti\'Q:i\i-    s^slstsfa      tfltf  21I3II 

■J.   Let  all  your  sa-cred    pas   -   sions  move,  While  you  re—  hearse  his  deeds:  But  the     r»n*:it  work  of  sav     -     in?  love  Ynur  high  -  est  praise   i  % 
I '    l  1     3    5  ]l-$  [± S—\5-\5  \  '       TS\S     =1  I  5|  35 &\a-    5'o[l3  51 17  I  '  I  '       5  5  0  5  5      kill 

3.   All  that  have  motion,  life         and  breath,  Proclaim     your  Ma- ker  blest;  Yet  when      my  voice  ex-pires       in  death,  My  bo nl  shall  praise  him  best. 

C.--*-i-3-a;]-i-al64— 5— |i    |rlr>25  -!i_2 2  la!  1I123  1I32  1 1 1  -  -i— |.?HI  1T12  i| ijs ^    la II- 


172 


(1   >I:ijor.     Mod  em  to. 


COME,  LOVELY  SPRINfJ. 


r-r*^*-m^-m-j-f— Jtf— m-f 


Come,   icivr-ly  spring.  Thou  gift  of     hea-  ven     come,  Come,         cooie  ;  The  death-like  slumbering  earth  awake,  O    love-ly 


*** 


■tsk-^-— £{5 


«T5  7  |6'6  7|  f  J  f 


it 


I    5.  4  3  4  13.3  2  11  2  3  1  413.   3  314  3  3  -  1  213  a_j- 312   1  ~  1  211. 1  515  5  6   21 

Come    love-lv  spring,Thou  gift  of    hea-ven    come,         Thou  gift    of     hea-ven,  come,  The  death-like  slumbering  earth  awake,  O   love  -  ly 


C6   J      J. 


Thou  gift  of  heaven,  come, 


The  death-like  slumbering  earth, the  slumbering  earth  awake,  O  love-   ly 


9pring  ;       Come  love  -  ly    spring,    a   -  wake  the  slumbering  earth, 


\—r 


2tb3-2-l^l 


The  death-like  slumbering  earth, 
5|*4     4    4       Jlr     '   ' 
p.    2.2   -  1*4.  2      212.2    21-4  2 212   a_~    CI    1     2  t82  3  1  2   g   „ 

spring  ;       Come  love  -  ly   spring,    a  -  wake  the  slumbering  earth,         The  death-like  slumbering  earth, 


-5+5—5—5 — 5-4  5t5-5-4- 

»  l  i         *      i        *   l  1     1      *    \ 

Awake,     O    love  -  ly     spring,  the 

514      3    23  4  1 3.3    5   | 


A-wake     O      love-  ly     spring,  the 


Cs-i  ^\-^4-^U^-7]^-^-^^U-^-^h\-s-^-5--B-i-^H^^ 


OS — 5—5 — 5-f-5— 5r+-«M4-3  245 — 5-5-1+2-3  -4-1 -2-g+l  1  "  1  i  5-4-3-4+3t3 — 34-2-6-5  4-3-4+ 

i>  =•  W     I      I  ill  —        i»    I    I  H»        I  *    I     —  "        _        •     I    I  I    I         _        »'  V    I       „        ^      |_J        *    I 

death- like  slumbering  earth  :  0      come  love  -  ly  spring,  0  spring, Thou  gift    of     hea-ven,  come,       Come  love- )y   spring,    Thou    gift    of   hea-ven, 

P.  4      3    2341  5.    4.  1   8,45  41212    3    3145    65      4  I  3  -,  ~  «,  I  I  6.5.4  5  I    I      56.         I 

*-'— i  w       ss      s> — i-t r — I     i — — i»~r "E3     »»      i !»"  i    —  — f — i »r~r-r— H      H - -)--, =i — sr+'n n — | 1- 

death-like  slumbering  earth  ;  O      come   love- lv  spring,  Ospring,Thou  gift    of  hea  -  ven,  come,  Come  love-ly        spring,   O 

Cs4L_|_^if.ML-f444L-«  |  7^6-54-614-3-2-5— 5-14-^ r— V - I 


\ 


\ 


COME,  LOVELY  SPRING.   Concluded.  173 

OS    1   r    II  5-4-3-1-1-3-^-=!  I  f  ;7  6  7H  ^7-6  1 .17.7  3    «  1 .1  f  -.'5— 3-3  -3  I  1 .    2     3    '    S    '    1 1  3?3  '  II 

come,  Come,  love  -  ly  spring,  Come,  Iove-ly  spring,  Thou   gift     of,  thou  gift      of      heaven  come,  come,  come,  come,  come. 

&-7-H^i  i-.-i— f-fi-*H^fi^-l\-}.--i\  ri^-aia^-Shi-fi-i^^i-i-^Mi-iTi--  |j 

C^L^-^.i-g-6    f|fnP-flff    fl?-*»lft  s  144— g  g    gl8-  f  I?  i  ?  i  -l-^'ll 

come,  Come,  love  -  ly  spring,  Come,  love  -  ly  spring,  Thou    gift     of,  thou  gift      of  hea- ven  come,  come,  come,  conn  ,  come 

C-5^  U3-H^4^  7  I  6-5      » !  i-*4  !  V>>  3    I  I  S— &-g— SI*'    *  1  f    1  B-.M+A*  H- 

come,  love-ly  spring,  Come    lovely  spring,  love- ly  spring, 

GRACE  'TIS  A  CHARMING  SOUND. 

C  Major.     Moderato.  Tho».  Clark. 

&-*■*  &&\&Ji*\t  \*\-t+**ttti*\*»\i*  A'  31*  i  *  *\f — "■ — I —     ! 

Grace 'tis     a     charm-  nig  sound,  Har-  moui-  ous        to        the       ear ;  Heaven  with  the      e  -  clio  shall    re-sound, 

J,        '        a  I    i _U_ 


firhnlrtttjh*  7  J  r  I  *  t  sj^fr-yTi  ti^tt"  — — I —    ~tr  a    3-  tfsas  -art 

Grace 'tis     a    charm  -  ing  sound,  Har-  moui-  ous      to         the       ear;  Heaven  with   the    e  -  elm  shall    re 

c  1 5^ 4+t*— 4i3 1 » i i  ^m*— g-4s-— u-r-^-ig-i  yyiy  --—4-    . 

Grace 'tis     a  charm  -  ing     sound,  Har-moni- ous  to      the     ear;  Heaver  w.th  thp    e  -  cho  shall  re- 

0-1-1-3-4^—5-4  1-4-14  l—l-Uj2j\5-l\-  -, [ U-i-j^U-l-S   -I  I 


Heaven  with  the  echo  shall  resound,  And  all  the  earth  shall  hear,  And  all  the  earth  shall  hear,         And  all  the  earth  shall  hear  .shall  hear, shall  hear. 

&-s  aW-llii  ,g  dla-MaV*  3  sllav         sts-s  .i  .vv         s  i   i  5  tin  i  Li  7 1  Ml 

sound, Heaven  with  Ihe    c-cho  shall    re-sound,  And    all   the  earth  shall  hear,  And    all     the  earth  shall  hear,  And    all    thi        ll  lall  hear,  iha 

C:-     5-6'-6  1-7-5-7-44-74-4--—   ~    '     '     *    i[±—    -7-r40-M  I  6-6    5-6  I  5?  I  I    «    :MI 

sound, Heaven  wiih  the    e-  cho  shall    re-sound,  An<l    all    the  earth  shall  hear,  And    all    ilic  earth  shall  hear,  ill    ■  thai  I  hear,  shall  heaj 

i ':  .l-5-^^45-7-i-2-r«4^4— 5  U«     1-3-5+^ g|M     f     M4-4-3-4+5-5  I  1    5  I  1   II 


174  TEMPERANCE  ANTHEM. 

n    major.  Words  and  Music  furnished  for  this  work.  B. 

£4-1=  i -t ^i-t-i>»i-i-fffB-fa-»-ita-7-i--|«  ?  a-n^^^^ts-^1    Ws^"  I 

^-^3-3^+^4^-3-3+3-5 — 5-3+1-1-3"  Is  5  5~s+ ^^ha~»~at T~ij^j^j1 a;#i — I" 

Raise  a  -  loft  the    temp'rance  banner, Wave  it        high  on    eve-  ry  breeze.  Shout  with  joy  the      loud         hosanna,  Let        it    ring  o'er  land  and  sea. 

£4-5-5-5-5+5—5 S,  *  I  *    }i-t-M 6-5-5—1  7^-7-7-7+5^ S-ghS+^hN-S-  '     i1   7-1— + 

C=e— 1  — i— 1— l-l-jj — 5 1-1+1-3J5— i-6+4-5-1 1  5-5-5-5+1- ^5-5+1*4-2 i^*4^5  5H— 4 


Interlude. 


p -4-3-5^-3-2^^-5-3+2-43-2-  L2-J-8 — 9- 1 1  5-34-5-6*5 1 6-5-4 1 6-54-5-34  [5-4-3  j  3V6^-7~6-5~4 1 3 — 2- 1  ^ 
g-j-l^i-l-^l^M-l^  £j|  ^^fl^rsl*  "** *  ~&\t  -*  2j4  3^-3  1-213  2  111^3  4^511  3^11^^^ 


Voiees. 


£-4-4,-4-4v-4^4-5-6-6^6-6-6-6f6-85-6-— ^1-1^5^-55-3+1-7-6-^1-7-1---^ 
&_t_2~r~£"''2r~2l"2—  3_4_lt3_3_  3_3i3~3_3_"_l3~3_3_3t4~3_3~3t3~2~l— T+3~2~S  [ 

Hear   the  drunkard's  sad  complaining, Lis-ten    to    his    dy  -  ing  sigh;  By  the  love  of  Christ  constraining, He  who  bears  the  sin-  ner's  cry; 

0,4-6-6-6 ._i-U-JLJ_llJLJLJLJ.  1 1-  7-1 4i-5-5-l+»-l-I-i;5-5-6-145-5-5 i- 

C4-t-4-i-4-4+2-l-4-4+B-g-6-5+3—3-g— +1-1-1-1  U-4-1-1+1-2-3-415-5-1 1^ 


I 


TEMPERANCE  ANTHEM.  Concluded,  175 

&-*---i   6   S\  6   6   fjnr]  T6     6    6  !  O    *5    6   *   |I«-6-l'«-.'i  |  G    6-  5-5  j  6-5-5-1  j  3-3-  3_  f 
&   3     3  4   3  1  3  3     3   3  1  3   3     3    3 1  3     3   3  "  1  33-3-3 1  3   3-3   3 1 3-3-3-  a  |  1-y-lr  f 

Come  and  help  us,  come  ami  help  us,    We  in   griet  and  anguish  lie. 
C^g     1    1    1    |    i    1      y-y4_t-i— 1     ljl     y    1    ■  [1    1     y-_y41_J_.y_y  |  i     1     I    .y+fr    ,-t    G    | 

C:  1  -1-4-1    !   g- «•— 3-3   I   g-6^<r6^3-"3_6^  I  G-6— 8— 3-1-6-6— 3-3  1-1— I— 1— a  r  3— 3    <;     I 

Vocal.  f.  oil  Jf 

g-l^-y  t  i-1"^  ^-7-»-7-!  «-«-««^6  6 i>s-«r  I  s--6  tw-t^-^rii  41s- 4  ^  5  M--7 1  '-  .>  | 

(8~I-3   3  "  |  I"Trt3  T^~l 3— a1  3   3~ St^  1  4    4  [~4   4  "  I  ^-ITf*-*!  S^a^S"    a   3    .1    33  I  3    •>    3    3  I 

Onward,    onward,  onward  then  and  light  the  butttle,A\  ith  the  monster     in  his  lair,  Make  your  glomus  armor  rattle,  ( ;<>d  is  with  us, 
C:_.?-3-5-  I  6    6-1  5    5-5-5)  5    5-5-5  U~-±  I  -7-L-  |.Ir_L|.fc.|JL-7_l_7- 1 1,-JL_I_I  |  S    ->  I  3^4- 
Cf-I-1-1-  I  4-4-r-l^— 1— ^r-P-i— l-il-4-4  I-4-4--I  4"-4-r4--4l^-l-^-!-I-l-i-i4  i-5-l  I~-1  I- 


Instrument.  Vocal. 


{&-&-5U--~  [r3S  [WS"\S  -5f 5S—  |  5      I  \  ST  5  ■  t  5     5  |  6      »  |  »      7  ]  "  -"*" 

8m  lS--i;i-,yJi     fl  3 -« t 3-3-^  1  2      ity     7  ■  I  3  ~3t4     4t3     a  1  5^~ 

ne'er  despair,      We  shall  conquer,  We  shall  conquer,  and  the  palms  of  vict'ry  wear,  vict'ry  wear 


/ 


I3  --*'|"       "11 
I  5       1  j  «- 11 


I"       7l"      -I! 
\r.      -     I"    -|r 


T    1      7  I  «    -J     5-5  l-g-^-4^-711     '    ■   !  7     6  I  5-5  -  I  1    J  1 1=-H  5     5  I  5 

T  f-  5!  t^-44-i^yt-t— i^|-l^-gl  *   *  -  Is-  a  1 3-3- 1 1  -l  1-4  -6^r-5l  r 

THE  TEMPERANCE  CLARION. 
<S-i-5t»-st3-5^^  y  |*|6  -y-7 1  'Wtt 

I.    U  -  ni  -  ted      in       a   peace  -  ful   band.Todrtve    In-temp-rance  from      our      land,  We're  joined  in  heart,  and  joined    in        band — The  Cold      Wa-ter         Ar  -     my. 
J   We'll  raice  our  hap  •  pwnic  -  p^       high    In    loud  -  c-M     ac-  cents    to        the      sky;  While  heav'n  and  earth  shall  then    re     •     ptx —  The  Cold      Wa  -  ler      \t   ■ 

(%-^5t5^fI-M^^l!3|7t7-,t5-7i^f^5J.I|5|-,  [*s\rgfr^  hr   Wrtr-jir*t«r  IsH 

3.  We'll  make  the  woods  and  val  -  leva    ring  With  loud- eat     echoes     while  we        sing,  While  all     a- round  re  -  erh  -  oes      bring:,      The  Cold      Wa  -ter     Ar     -  -  my. 

C:4  3I3    5!5    3|^^|I|5|5_3|2_S|a      2~l  |  7  |  r.  |  5    4  |  3     I  |  1__1      |  39 1  I  |  12  a    -  I  ■  .  4  ■ ::  |j 

i    0    Lord,  lei    now     a    c*>  -  pious  shower.  Of  grace  de-  sccnd-big    on        us  pour.  Nor     el    one  hlightning   pros  *  |vrt       lower       rhe  Cold      W  a  -  \>-i      Ar  •    -    mv 

5.   O     mav   we    meet    around     thy  throne,  To  praise  The<3  there,  in  strains    un  -known,  Ind  flow'rsof  love    and  peace    be       strewn,     The  I  W  \\   -    -  mj 

C:-l  J-l  1-5  1 1-  I|5--5-|14  5  I  5-5  I  5-5  I  *-9-   !  5 1  '  I  !  -7  !  1-3  I  4-64  I  5'-  |  3  I  J    -5-5  I  65-1 1  || 


176  DENMARK. 

D  Major.     Firm  and  distinct.  Jl.  Muclan. 

l.     Be-fore  Je- lio-vah's     awful  throne, Ye  nations,  bow  with       sa  -  ered  joy  :  Know  that  the  Lord         is    God  a     -    lone  ;  He  can     create —     and 

0^-1-3-1-3-5-1-3-6 l6-6-r-5^-5-|-5-5-j-6-5 1 6— 54 1 3-4  1-5-5  -5 1 5 5-16-5 Isis— 4-a'i-S6-fM- 

1.     Be-fore  Je- hovah's       aw-ful  throne,Ye  nations, bow  with       sa  -  cred  joy  :  Know  that  the  Lord        is     God  a    -    lone  ;  He  can     create —     and 

fr-i-l-r-l-3-r-l-g lr^4-ST-i4-l-l-r-g-I [*- «-U44rl-i-lll fi\*-5 Il-4-l-3-ll4V 4-1- 


«-  Trio.    Moderately. 

he     destroy,  He    can    create—      and    he  de- stroy.   2.  His  sov'reign  pow'r.wiih  -  out  our   aid, Made  us   of  clay — and  formed  us  men,  And  when,  like 

C7-l_5J-5-i5-f-5'6-— 6+5-541344-^-1-^-1-^— 4-^— U4— 1     ■     1      -       U      I — r- 

he     destroy.    He    can  create —      and  he  de- stroy.  2.  His  sov'reign  pow'r, with  -  out  our  aid,  Made  us    of  clay — and  formed   us  men;  And  when,  like 

ICr5-5-r-l^-l-3-iJ4- 4+5-5-!  1  •--:4-4-l  1 1 1 1 1— 6— U5-g-r-l4^-g-^-»-*4-r-5 -5-I  1— i\-l 14- 


Presto,  f 


- — ■     - —  - — -         i_j    ■ — -     — .  i_i   • — -     ■ — - 

wandering  sheep,  we  stray'd, He  bro't  us      to      his  fold     again,  He  bro't  us       to     his  fold   again.  4. We'll  crowd  thy  gates, with  thank     -      ful   songs, 


&t-*1  jffifttffi  1 1 i  lOifeUJ til* eWgW.fJ 1 rSit  1 1- _yJ 1 sts^ff^-f^t^t 

C*4— 1 — ! — =- — I- 1— I 1     ■     |     -     1     -     1     -     1  -ktsU-4f±5-s\s-- -5-134 

wandering  sheep,  we  slray'd,He  bro't  us      to      his  fold      again,  He  bro't  us     to      his  fold  again.  4. We'll  crowd  thy  gates, with  thank     -     ful    songs. 

Chi — ill— — 4^415— 3-l-4-«^1^6|45-^]-l-i-l-l-i-t^5-6|i5-^l-l4--i-5  1-3-5  U4 Is- 5— U4 


\ 


! 


< 


DENMARK.  Continued,  177 

High  as  the  heav'n.our  voic      -      -    us  raiae;And  earth, And  earth, with  her  ten   thou  -  sand,  thou-sand  tongues, Shall  fill  thy  courts  with  sound-ing 

&  .>  &  ii  1 5  s  1 5^4  a  is  ralj  I  a  •  1 "  i  f  3T~5  1  '"gjra'i's  I  svri  a  I  .iin  «i  I  r I  i  a  \s  is]  ar  a  I  -iji  <; ; 

C^-7-7  I  1^5 5-|«+i-r-3H5  [X-F ji— |L  i^— »  I  i— »-|  »^=-»l  1-1 1 I    3  I  i-5  6  7 

High  as  the  heav'n.our  voic     -     -     -  es   raise;And  earth.  And  earth, with  her     ten  thou  -  ssnd,  thou-aand  tongues, Shall  fill  thy  courts  with  suund-:ug 

&-fr-*-f-*f  •  a  1 4j  gt*-*t¥-TlT-*W  ss^iTflri-rt  '^iHS  It  tl*  a  1 1- 1  a  »  -3  i 

praise, Shall  fill  thy  couris  with  sounding  praise, Shall  fill  thy  courts  with  sounding  praise.  Wide — wide  as   the  world,  is    thy  command,  Vast,  as     e- 

&-»Ttt»n^-i|fifilaTnttTTlT-y^  3-&li  art*  sli-li   1    ■ I 

praise, Shall  fill  thv couris  with  sounding  praise, Shall  fill  ihv  courts  with  sounding  pr;iis.-.  Wide — wide    as  the  world,  is    thy  command,  Vast,  as       e- 

Ca-i  1 5-5 1 5--a  I  Is  <S  1 1-3 1 4-34  3-1-1 5-4^1  p|i--;-l4i^-i-3--2  U-aU^sl-r-l  -I-i-l4- 


ter  -  ni  -  ty — e-ter-ni-ty — thy  love;  Firm — as     a  rock — thy  truth  shall  stand, When  roll    -  ing  years  shall  cease  to       move,     shall  cease    to 

«nHhh ^1^-3^-iM^l^i^i-5^3l^dH  k-i-li^— 7!  1^-1  l3j$  ftli-     i    U.yJ- 

C    G-G-GsU  -•-    3  -8     1     1   I  3     1    3  1 .1  ~  si  «      «       I  O    «"r|I  -    3 1 .1  J    '     <j»      3  '.t         6      |-5      l| 

[Cr  -  ni  -  ly —  e  -  ter  -  ni  -  ty — thy  love;  Firm — as     a  rock — thy  truth  shall  stand, When  roll  -    ing     years  shall  cease    to  move,     shall  cease     to 

Ci     i    i    f!i    3  -9    t\.r\s-i'-9\^i\n    e     |-a--e    kU-s-sl  i--i|a  -«-l.i-a3  4    I*   5! 


( 


178  DENMARK.  Concluded. 

p  crcs.  m 

move.When  roll    -    ing   years  shall  cease       to    move,\Vlien  roll      -       -       ing    years      shall  cease         to     move — shall    cease     to  move. 

k-T^it:^-^ti;"3t33"3jit3;-.t|  5 -5-%f&tti  t$dt-+$T — i~]  T-t^-t  a-Tj  1t 

p-3^5J-5 5-45^-5+5 S — \-S—H-y7$-}-7-e-S W-M-l-rj> 5+* ft— +54ff-<l4  3~43~||- 

move, When  roll  -  ing     years  shall  cease     10     move.When  roll  ■     ing         years     shall  cease       to     move — shall         cease        to      move. 

|C— 1-1  +  1 1— r-l^l-r-1 1— -U^-i+5^ £-  +  1-2-3-4-1-5^ -^+1-2-3-4—+ 5"+-—  i-t-4-1  '41- 

PORTLAND.  L.  M. 

D  Major.     Original  key  F.  Maxim. 

<8~iT5~f  1 6  4 :  i  i  j 2-3^5~3_6-5t1~7t1::tFi      £     i|3~.i~J— s+s's-s^i^sn^f^ls^-^- 1 

Sweet  is  'lie     dav  of  sacred  rest.  No      mor-la]  cares  shall  seize  my  breast;  O  may    my  heart    in    tune     he  found, I. ike  David's    harp  of      solemn  sound, 

&~2"T~i  3  L6-6_7+t7l"_ I i"l_"Ht4_2|3-:.:"i  I '~r~        _^J  1    3   5   »|l    i    32     I Shrt^Tgt ' 

O     may    my  heart  in    tune    be  found, Like  David's  harp  of 

C^!-3-«4-4-»-«-8+5-.'Ei|  3-5-4-5  46-5r54^--[- \ — I— = i +3-5-5-5— 13-3-3-2— r 

Sweet  is    the     day  of  sacred  rest,  No      mor-tal  cares  shall  seize  my  breast ;  O     may  my  heart  in      tunc  be  found, Like 

Cj-a-l-i-i-lg-a-a-i+^jrl— [  1-1-4-3+4-5  [-14-^-1-1-3-5-31 1-1-1 — 4-1"  I  1- ^—  U-l-H-2—  [ 

O    may  my  heart  in  tune  be  lound.  Like    David's  harp  of 

&— * 3=4l5^5-4"3f2-2^-^l-^ s| »?  Jj4  rfrffrifttah*  itU  ft  ft  i^hr^^h^ijFgiT-it 

Like  David's  harp  of     solpmn  sound,  O  may  my  heart   in  tune  be  found.O  mav  my  heart  in  tune  be  found, Like  Da  -  vid's  harp  of       solemn     sound. 

&.i^r  1^"  nflfeqq^lii    irl— —  -1^-  -2l3-3-3^l2^--i-r2|3L-g~i-i-t-1r3--f3it 

solemn  sound.  Like    David's  haip  of  solemn  sound,  O  may  my  heart  in  tune  be  found,  Like  David's  harp  of      solemn    sound. 

C4-2-2-2- 1-1  -^-^5-1 5-5-5-4 i 3  3~45!-^  I—* z\5- ff-7-£l f — 5-4 1  6-4-2-5- 1 5-4—3-4^6 1 5-54 1 5~4 

David's  harp  of     solemn  sound  Like  David's  harp  of  solemn  sound,  O  may  my  heart  in  tune  be  found,  Like     David's  harp  of        solemn     sound. 

-S-S-S-1^        -IS-     -5!t-r3-3-:2li-i-i-i|5-5-^ll-     -i\*-    -^»[i-2-i-4-!5-g-[l^ 

solemn  sound,  -  (>  may  ray  hrarl  in  uwie bo  found, Like DavidV  harp  of  soJ  emit  sound.  Like    David's   harp  ol         solemn     sound" 


( 


A     ui. II. M. 

<g-I — 1^ 


FAREWELL  CHANT,    lis. 


|.»    a    *S 


.1- 


179 

-i1  -f-n 


1  Fares-ell,  my  dear  brethren,  the     |    time     is     at  |  han J  That  we  must  be  parted  from  ||  tliis  so- cial|band;  Our  several  engagements  do  ||  call  us    a-  | 

( ':-5-       -L_  -3-44-3-0-7-I * 4-T-M-l r~ -P_l_3 1 

C-I       -1-        —  a-l-ro  4-V4- i= I  a  5-^4 5= |c-«-«  I 

2  Farewell,  faithful  soldiers,  you'll  j  soon     be    dis-|charged,The  war  is  just  ended, the||treasure'sen-|larged, With  singing  and  shouting, tbo'yjordan  may| 

3  Farewell, ye  youngconverts,who'vc|    list   -  ed    for]  war.   Sure  trials  await  you,    but  ||  Je-  sus  is|near;And  iho'  you  must  walk  lhro'thel|darfc  wilder-; 

4  The  world,  fiesh  and  Satan,  and  |    hell,    all     u-  |    nite,   And  bold  persecutors  will   ||slrive  to  at-  |  fright;  Yet  Jesus  stands  for  you,  he'sjjgreater  than| 


7- 

S 

-3" :__- 


Rilurd. 

-t-o-^t'-f-^'^-tt  / 
«  «  «> I 3   is  i»1  .v    li  I 


NEWBURY.    II.  II. 


F   major. 


9      \ 


118    »    .1     S 


-'       II 


-4—8  -  3     1  \  iS-ii-iS  I  I"- II- 
roar.   We'll   enter  fair  Canaan.and  rest  on   the  shore, 

ness,  Your  Captain's  be  -       fore  you,  he'll  N'ad  vou  to  peace, 
they;     Let    this    ani  -       [|    mate  you  to  inarch  on  the  way. 


Hichael  Hayden. 

'    5|*-|-3]3    9-4    ^ff^ift?    f^^-ft 

1  O  Zi-on,t one  thy  \ e, And  raise  thy  hands  on  h  !     I   ,||    the  earth  thy 

g-l     l|l-    i  -3    v.jOfS|l -I     ^   -|?|-,7|1     8-2-2-f- 
-   He  gilds  thy  mourning  fai .  \\  iih  beams  that  cannot  fade;  His  all  -  respli 

3  In  hiui-or     tohisnami    Reflect  that  sa-  ci  id  that  grace  pro- 

ess ?i?  ?  ■-  *\n*\$  p  ?  -i*  m   - :-  ?  - 

I    rhere.on  his   ho- ly  hill,  A  brighter  sun  shall  rise,        And  with  his    radiance 

C:].i|i_i-7-7|(;UI-a-.i-is.  iML  -I.; .  i    I    ;    ? 


g-J-f-,4  |,^-6-7-fitis--|r|  «-"H-4-at«-.s-t7 1  »^-4  «  r  :*  +*- 1  a  j  xT^s-is ,  g  t4 1 6 ;  a  \  3-«  1 8 ^ 

joys,  And  boast  salvation  nigh ;  Cheerful        in      God,     A  -rise      and    shine,      While  rays      di    -  vine      Stream  far        abroad. 


7';'  7 


1*1 


grace  He  pours  around  thy  head  ;The  na    -  tions  round   Thy  form     shall    view,      Withlus    - 
claimWhich  makes  thy  darkness  bright ;  Pursue  his  praisi      Till  sove  -  reign    love  In  worlds 


di 

-8  1  8 


'1 


\P\PW     7|"-1| 


tre  new  Di  -  vine  -  )v  crown'd. 

a-bove  The      glo    -  rj  raise. 

«4_?  |  9_3_£_*4|   r,  ,  | .-;  (_.!_  _s_  |  q*_  i  r.  |       _5_  |  .i      .  ,  f  j  .t.  j  3  :v  8.y  (         v  >.    8  ,  :t._|. 

fill  Those  fairer,  purer  skies;  While, round  his    throne,  Ten  thousand      stars  In        no  -   bier  spheres    Hi-       influence  own, 

<*:     Ci   ■*     r.5      ?     oi-    -    |!|K.        8)41,        I  .«=  |  »._      %*      -         -U|8.  !!,.  [si;;.        _^.|i_j|. 


ISO  THE  DYING  CHRISTIAN. 

F  Minor.     Do  on  Ab.     Largo.  Harwood. 

Yi-  tal   spark  of     heav'nly  flame,  Quit,  oh!  quit  this  mortal  frame!  Trembling,  hop-ing,   ling'ring,  fly  -  ing; — Oh!  the  pain,  the  bliss  of     dy- ing ! 

Yi- tal  spark  of      heav'nly  flame.Quit,  oh!  quit  this  mortal  frame'  Trembling,  hop-ing,    ling'ring,     fly- ing, — Oh!  the  pain  the  bliss  of      dy-ing  ! 

I&-U    *1  9    f*?!3   3-j-«44-3-i-^t4-^-8-r-3^4^r-J 4-   -     I-       I1    7-r-6a!6-4-|3-34- 


Tasto. 


F   Major.    .Indante.  \ 

g-^^6j^^--4^tm3-^^ 

Cease,  fond    na  -  ture,  cease  thy  strife,     And      let   me  lan-L'uish  in  -  to   life!     Hark!    they  whis-per,       an  -  gels      say,  they  whis-per, 

& -\ — - — f— -f— 15— fs-sste^e t6-5t«--t"5-J-1— — 1 — 1"*- — I — h 

C^A-ilf^yHp  a tfjtf^l1  al'  <Q   I3-8!1-!8   ■  1    .-     1 — ^— 4-*—  4—— I- 

Cease,  fond     na  -  ture,  cease  thy   strife,  And       let    me   Ian-  guish  in  -  to    life!    Hark!  Hark! 

C:    -     1 4—-  I  —  \  «-  L±-7-U-3 43-3+6^  1  '     -    1 — - — 1 — - — 1-4 — I — —4- 

Tasto. 


f. 


*   1 


an  -  gels  say,theywhisper,they  whisper, angels  say — "Sis-ter   spi-rit,    come     a- way!"  "Sister    spi  -  rit,  come   a  r  \vay!"What  is  this         ah- 
Hark!  they  whisper,  angels  say —  "Sis-ter  spi  -  rit,  come   a  -  way!"What  is  this         ab- 


THE  DYING  CHRISTIAN.  Continued.  181 

^-^-f^'fh-^^Si^fS-^h  ]  *4-*3-| M^«.-^a^l-4-j-t47-4-}-Srj- frff-ff-a^l  |  13  3~5  |  54  F3  |  Mf 

sorbs  me  quite,        Steals  my      sens- es,      shuts  my  sifrht, Drowns  my  spi  -  rits, draws  my  breath' Tell  me,  my      soul  ;  can      this      be        death  ' 

Q.    8.  5|5 |  43  36  [  65  53  }  5     5     |  5-    |  8.  8  |  8      8j   8.  .1  j  .1  |  18  3    6      |  68  88  1 5, 8  j  5  ■    j 

sorbs  me  quite,         Steals  my      sens  -  es,     shuts  my  sight,  Drowns  my  spi  -  rits, draws  my  breath'  Tell  me,  my       soul;  can       this  lie  death' 


-3J5^-7jI-4t3-8-t  14  ->-|  \S—S]SJ    3 ( 8. 1  3  8  |  3-f  1  [-6-5+7-1  |4-33j»8    3^1  5-7  | 

Tell     me,  mv  soul,  can  this    be    death!      The  world    re-cedes,      it      dis    -    appears;  Heav'n  opens    on     my  eyes!  my     ears,  With  sound 
£-,-  3    3-8)1      -^|l.|.1-t--3-8):-    -lt6^l-f,44-l-|1^1t4-3|8?i|r77:'    8-2— f 


fr  _. *5  I  6  F  61  5    5.4  |  3- 1   3_3  |  3  55  |  6 3  ]  6       5  5  |  5    |  5  |  8     5  |  5    5  |  5  ,  5  |  5    _5  J  5  6.5 

Tell     me,  my  soul,  can  this  be      death!     The  world  recedes,         it     dis      -      appears;  Heav'n  <i  -  pens  on     my  eyes!  my  ears, With  sounds  se- 

Cf- *  J6>4^5-5-4JL4-mi-- 7  \  6—5  \-£^8- 1  *  - 1  *  l  M»  1  8     M  7-^4-j  5—5  [±—i-4 


S>-}-7-*-G  j  5-  j-^-5-3.-  I J-5--5  fJ 1—  |i  ~-5  j  6-5-61  f  St-5— 5-5  j  6-5— 6-7-j-fT-5-5    5  |  1    K-8-1  |- 

raph  -     ic  ring  !  Lend, lend  your  wings!  I  mount,  I       fly,  O  grave  where  is  thy  vie  -  to  -  ry  T  O  grave  whore  is  thy  vie  -  to  -  Ty  !  0  death  where  is  ihy 

^-^-,1r-t1-8-,-91,"-2il--6-!3-^t — " |— ' FtF-?-?-*t*-5-?   '  7  »-dr?t 

fV.lji       !  :.l||S    5     I    3-5    «Ji_l      13-3     I    3     1    8    3    3     3    3|1    5      I     I    3    3    3    5  o    - 

raph  -     io  ring  !  Lend,  lend  vonr  wings!  I  mount,  I       flv.  O  grave  where  is  thy  vie  -  to  -  rv  '  O  grave  when-  is    thy  Tie- to- ry?  0  death  where  is  thy 

r*--6aJ-?  !«+U   }   \  M-Tle-ftli—  I —         -  M'  :l    i  ?   '  ■■    !   P4?  !   r-el 


( 


182  THE  DYING  CHRISTIAN.  Continued. 

stinT' O  crave,  where  is     thy  vie- to  -  ry,   O  death  where  is     thy  sting?  Lend.lend  your  wings  !     I     mount  I        fly,     0  grave.whereis  thy 

g_^t:ti-i_i--^.i-i-ft4-3-»-itrt1--|l---?tf-f-f-M^ i^t^f-cl 

Q.gra|4     S     4    4|3.3    «   g|4     3,8     1  )  g -|  3    S...448 -3|46S76J«4|4^L3_|  4_6+3_56+ 

sting'Ograve   where  is     thy  vie- to  -  ry,   0  death,  where  is     thy  sting?  Lend.lend  your  wings  !     1     mount  I         fly,     O  grave.whereis  thy 


Unison. 


r^4HjiH^M^ F-3t3-3-3-3t2^}- 

vie  -  to-ry?  thy  vie-  to  -  ry  ?  0  grave, where  is    thy     vie-to  -  ry'  thy  vie-  to  -  ry  ?  0  death, where  is    thy  sting, 0  dealh.O  death, where  is  thy  sting? 

p.  6.  6    7    7  IS.  5    5    3I4_GI3    g«|6. 6    7    7I8.S    g_plg     5   5    gig F_5|5     555^,1 

vie  -  to-  rv  1  thy  vie-  to-ry  ?  O  grave, where  is     thy     vic-to-  ry  7  thy  vie-  to-  ry?,  O  death,where  is  thy  sting, O  death, O  death, where  is    thy  sting? 

|C:?.8gg|1.1     1    1|1.    l\t.    *1\2.2   S_S_\1,1    1    f.|   r     f:f    14J^^^44_^^_14^4 

Adagio. 
Lend  lend  your  winds'    T     mount,  I         fly,  Ograve.where  is  thy   vie-  to-  ry?  thy  vie-  to  -  ry?     Odeath,     0  death,  where  is         thy      Bting! 

^-l_l^ltI-l-I-ltl_         1i_2tl-4t3-2tM-2-2t^?-?l-?!1-t-b7t6^2tS-i--,-7i-1-if 

p^5    5.  4|3 r  31465  7_6g_4|43S|g   S\  5   5\S.*£   4   4|5.g   g|  4|3-|_  g|  4- )  .6  |  g- |  g~!4  |  3-|| 

Lend.lend  your  wings!     I     mount,  I         fly,  Ograve.wherr  is   thy  vie  -  to  -  ry?  thy  vie-  to-  ry'     Odeath,      0  death,  where  is  thy     sting? 

Ic-Ma-J-NLW1,^ I J  •~4-r8-9 1  -1-  -7-r6--«-6-6  r-g--g-S4  -rli-4  -3  k4-4-Up  U—  1  *"4+ 


j 

s 


ADAPTED  TO  HYMNS  AND  SELECTIONS:  ■•©< 

SERVICE    OF    THE    PROTESTANT    EPISCOPAL    CHURCH. 

GLORIA  IN  EXCELSIS. 

F  or  Eb   Major.  Hartley 

&-1-3- 1«'»-4|»_-| Jfc 1 — 4=— S-|~2—  1— J-*-j- 2_-    -j-2-3|4z-| «_   -      -  |  5 -I  j   3  g     it    || 

&-*-:*_-     |««[l^-j — 1-  -1-^-*-t-TT-"-tT=i *=-        l7«|'-|  '  li  '«7i«-- 

Glory  be  to      God  on(higa,]|And  ou  earth |peace,  good[will  towards|men.f  We  praise  thee,  worship  thee    Wi   glorify  ihee,  «vi  thy  ureal  gli 

we  bless  ihee,  we                            ^ivt-  thanks  unto 
ft  -!_?: |^^7|6-4 >1- |,    5    S  I     5*j_  [ o-_j  _    ..1-        _  |_g_g|£_  j 1- .  j  16  |   5  g  |  g     || 

(ilJlz-_|4g_[«T4__3r       j     8    1   |     7_.e4s-4_.g-_ U^_1|G_4_    _4r r8-4-U-g  |>     || 

(Sing  below  to  the  first  half  of  the  Chant  in  the  order,  1,  2,  &e.)  (Sing  bolow  to  the  last  hslf  of  the  Chant,  as  numbered.) 

1.    Glory  be  lo|God  on|bigb,  ||  And  ou  earth|peace.  goodwill  lowards|men.  ]  5.  Tha,  lakes,  away  fbe|sin9  oflbe|world,  j|  Have  |  mercy  up-  |  on  |  us.  II 

o  ^  We  praise  I                  pss     e,  wetworshiplthee,  II  r   ™. 

*"l  We  glorify  thee,  we  jive  thanks  unto | thee  for |  thy  gr.-at|s!orv.  J  ■    ' '""'  ll,a"al '                     |sios  of  the|world,  J  Have  |  mercy  up- |  on  |  us.  || 

3.    OLordGod,|heavenly|King,(GodUie|Fa_er|Al-|mighty.  ||  7.  Thou  that  I                                                                   |  ceivo  |  our  _  |  prayor.  J 

■  JOL                                    Son,|Jesus|Clu  8.  Thou  that  shiest  at  the  right  hand  of|G    !    fa    Father,  |  Have  |  mercy  op- 1  on  |  u*.  ) 

7  O  Lord  Go                    Gorl,Soi)|ofthe|Father.||  <  Thou  only,  0  Christ,  with  the  I  Holy  |  Ghost,  fl 

9.    For  thou  only  |  art  —  |  holy,  ||  Thou  |  only  |  art  the  |  Lord.  |  '  (  Art  most  high  in  the  |  glory  of  |  God  the  |  Father.  || 

Fjaajor.  COMMUNION  SERVICE.   Kyrie  Eleison. 

g-2ng_jg-6|g-3|g-l  |g-g-gf-4-3  f  g-I-|-l-f|  l_-\Sz\SHi\S-3\2-l\5-5-ffS-4,-f4:-9^e-e^ffS-4r3\2_-\a  j| 

Lord,  have  mercy  upon  us,  and    incline  our  hearts  to  keep  this  law.  Lord,  have  mercy  upon  us,  and  write  all  these  thy  laws  in  our  heart:-  we  bed  ech  thee. 

C:«3-|3  4|gg|g9|9   5   g|l    g|4   3  |  3   9|3-|  3^J3  4|g  g[g  9|8    ."»  |  3    «  |  r»    g  |  4_<l  g|g   1   1 1  l~  1 1    M 

r^i-i^-L^j^llr  «l5_-i_54«-«  i4-e|.--5!«-|  M"-*]-*?  «!r  «'.t  sic  « !  r-  ■  I  i-.'i  .3   i  .'.-,  |J  || 

SAXCTUS. 

A    Major.  U     \\      Dai 

&^-l-l^tl-l^l-^3t4^3-a-p4t5,-3t2-2_lY>,  |  a    5- |  «    S    S     I  |  3.-9  j  I     7  '  l/|  ! .  |'|  -|| 
8rtrt*\rt*il   7    «    7      t1   i  -"  -Mr  •"'  17  -.-4-  .fil.-.   r>-    » -i-l    ,-,   .->    i    :t   r.   r>  \«     r>~\\ 

II"- lv,       Ho-  lv.  Lore1' God  ol  Hosts    Heav'n  and  earth  are  full  are  lull  <>l       thv        glo-  ry,     Glo-ry     1"'    to  thee    <>  ,  n 

,. .   -3    3-     1     I  -(3    •»    1)9  .  -|.l    £JS_212..S+S_S      gjj  |  7    ,_  j|     |     .     I  |  1 '.  y  j  1     -    3   |  I       1  .J, 

Cw-1     II     1  -  I  g-g-g  rtf'-F-l  g-i-4-  «  r-g-  I  i  8    9      9      !  .7    5-  |  8-3    3-  i-j-g-g-|-6    0-1-1-4-4    I  l-II 


184 


s 


A  major. 


come,   let     us  |  to  the 
sing  un- 


tar4t4~3t 

I     Lord,    || 


VENITE  EXULTIMUS.   Morning  Service. 

— 2r j-3-5-f-4-3j-3-2|— yr-1— |2-»-4-]-3rf- 

— w — t3~srtT~*t  *-t  [— s- ["a — 51  5  1" 


Rev.  R.  P.  Goodciiotigh,  Arr. 

-3.- 4 — f-5-4-^-3-2  j-  «r-ff- 

1-— i-f»- 


Let  us  heartily  |strenglh 
rejoice  in  the        of 


|  our   sal-  |  vation  [|  Lei  us  come  be-  [with  thanks- 
lore  hispieseuce 


giving,j|  And  show  ourse!ves|  .glad 


-4-1 
4-i 


i 


■PLJ4. 


.I_3J»_S4  «r-4.__a. 


-i -1-J--4- ^ — n  3|g  i4^_|_^ 


4*4- 

45- 


91  1 


I 


a. 


3 


21 


t5-4l34f 

|  him  with    [psalms. 

II 


i^-l 1^ 2— r-3-4— r-5-5-r-l-|[ 


PSALM  95. 

O,  Come,  let  us  sing  un-  |  to  the  |  Lord,|| 

Let  U3  heartily  rejoice  in  the  |  strength  of  |  our  sal-  |  vation, || 

<  Let  us  come  before  his  presence  |  with  thanks-  |  giving, || 
(  And  show  ourselves  |  glad  in  |  him  with  |  psalms. || 


CHANT,  for  Hymns  or  Selections. 


3. 


4. 


For  the  Lord  is  a  |  great —  |  God  ;|| 
And  a  great  |  King  a-  |  hove  all  gods.|| 

his  hand  are  all  the  corners  |  of  the 
d  the  strength  of  the  I  hills  is  |  his— 


(In 
I  An 


earth  ;|| 
I  also.  II 


\ 


H.  W.  4ay, 

3-5-4t3-2^-«_^ 

1-l-tl-y1-l_-H 
|6    S[g-     | S__  _4_5_§_|5_4|Ji_j|. 

-1-4-4  a-aJJ-||. 


Eb  major. 

1- ^4_3-j-2;._ 


7- 


A_l-6-l^ 


-I- 

HYMN. 


i  God  of  the  seas,  thy  thundering  voice,  makes  all  the  roaring  |  waves  re-  |  ioice  j||; 
/  Yet  one  soft  word  of  thy  command  can  sink  them  |  silent  |  on  the  |  saud.|[ 


5.  i  The  sea  is  his,  |  and  he  |  made  it  ;|| 
l  And  his  hands  pre-  |  par-ed  |  the  dry  |  land.|| 

6.  <  0  come,  let  us  worship  |  and   fall  |  down,|| 
(  And  kneel  be-  |  fore  the  ]  Lord  our  |  Maker.|| 

7.  <  For  he  is  the  |  Lord  our  j  God  ;|| 
I  And  we  are  the  people  of  his|pasture,  and  the  |  sheep  of  his —  |  hand;| 

8.  $  O  worship  the  Lord  in  the  |  beauty  of  J  holiness  ;|| 
I  Let  the  whole  earth  |  stand  in  |  awe  of  |  him.|| 

9.  \  For  he  cometh,  for  he  cometh  to  |  judge  the  |  earth  ;|| 
(  And  with  righteousness  lojudge  the  world  and  the  |  people  |  with  his  |  truth  || 

.  Glory  be  to  the  Father,  and  |  to  the  |  Son, 

10.  |  And  |  to  the  |  Holy  |  Ghost  ;  || 
)  As  it  was  in  the  beginning,  is  now  I  and  |  ever — shall  be,|| 
*■  World  |  without  |  end.     A-  |  men.|| 

DOXOLOGY  in  L.  M.  [be-  |  low.fl 

Praise  God.  from  whom  all  blessings  flow;    praise  him  all  creatures  |  here  3.   (Glory  ye  in  his  |  holy  | 
Praise  him  above, ye  heav'nlv  host;  praise  |  Father,!  Son,and|  Holy!  Ghost. II        c  ^ 
DOXOLOGY  in  C.  M. 
$  Lei  God  Hie  Father,  and  the  Son.  and  Spirit,  |  be  a.  |  riorcd.||  A.  5  ^el<  t,ie  Lord  I  an(i    nls  I  strength 

(  Where  there  are  works  to  make  them  k:ioMii,or  |  Saints  to  |  love  the  |  Lord.jl  \  Seek  his  [  face,  seek  his  |  lace  ever 


L.  M. 


\  If  but  a  Moses  wave  thy  rod,  the  sea  divides  and  | 
1  The  stormy  floods  their  Maker  knew,  and  led  his  | 


4.  (  Anon  they  plunge  in  watery  graves  and  • 
I  Yet  the  surviving 


owns  its  |  God  ;|| 
chosen  |  armies  through. || 

i  How  is  thy  glorious  power  adored,  amid  the  walery  |  nations.  |  Lord  !  || 
(  Yet  wicked  men  the  ocean  trace,  behold  thy  |  works  and  |  curse  thy  face-H 

>me  drink  death  a-  |  mongihe  |  waves  ;|) 
crew  blaspheme,  nor  own  the  God  |  that  |  rescued  |  them.  || 

5.  <0  for  some  signal  of  thy  hand  !  shake  all  the  seas,  Lord,  |  shake  the  |  land  .|| 
(  Great  Judge,  descend,  lest  men  deny  that  there's  a  |  God  who  |  rules  the  |  skv  |i 

PSALM  105.   1-- 4. 
l.JO  give  thanks  unto  the  Lord  ;  call  up-  |  on  his  |  name.|| 
I  Make  known  his  |  deeds  a-  |  mong  the  |  people. || 

2.   (  Sing  unto  him.  sing  |  psalms  unto  |  him.|| 
>  Talk  ye  of  |  all  his  I  wondrous  I  works. || 


Let  the  heart  of  them  re-  |  joice  that  |  seek  the  |  Lord .  [| 

'.  5  ^*ek  the  Lord  |  and   his 
^  See 


Eb  or  F  Mnjor. 


|1 


"»!:{ 


JUBILATE  DEO.  Morning  Service 

-5- 16-.1|  I3|2  |   — 3— 


—after  second  Iessou. 

|l.l|6rf 3 


O  be  joy  fill  in  the  Lord, 


>7l'-   t 


I 


i' 


1 1  y  *  I  r- 


OJ-# 


0:4- 


I  ye|  lands;    Serve  the  Lord  with]prcsence|widi  a  |  song. 
_; Iniiness,  And  come 
before  his 


i 


i-    iri|i.|  ■— i- 

Be  sure  that  the  Lord | he    is|God;  ||  Ii  is  lie  din 


1.S5 


|gg|g- 

13811- 


l* 


4    5|7  8|g    | 


1- 


|«3|4   | 


7     Ml 

t  hath  made  us,  (people  aud  tbe|sheep  oftm|j 
and  nolwc  our&eJvea, 

Wr  are  his 

_g- [.» 3   |  8- 


3- 


3 


-II 

II 


PSALM  100. 
f  Obe  joyful  in  the  Lord,  |  all  ye  |  lands  ;   || 
<  Serve  the  Lord  with  gladness, 
(  4-nd  come  before  his  |  presence  |  with  a  |  song.  || 

Be  sure  that  the  Lord  |  he  is  |  God  ;  || 

It  is  he  tliat  lint d  made  us,  and  not  we  ourselves, 

We  are  his  |  people  ami  tli<-  |  sheep  of  Ins  [  pasture.   || 

to  his  g  ites  with  thanksgiving, 
iiirls  « ah  |  pi 
him  and  |  speak  good  |  of  his  |  name.  || 


-I 

(  0  go  vour  way  in 

3.  <  *Vnd  into  his  |  col 

(  Be  thankful  unto 

,    <  For  'he  Lord  is  gracious,  his  niercv  is  I  ever-  I  lasting  ; 
'■  I  And  h 


his  truth  endureth  from  gene-  |  ration  to  |  gene-  |  ration.   | 

I  Glory  be  to  the  .  and  |  to  the  |  Son  :  || 

I  And  |  to  the  |  Holy  |  Ghost  ;    || 

ginning,  is  now,  and  |  ever  shall  |  be.  || 
ithout  |  end.     A-  |  men,  A-  |  men.   || 


5  As  it  was  in  ih 
(  World  without 


<  Lord,  who 
I  Who  shall 


PSALM  15. 

shall  abide  |  in  thv  |  tabernacle' 
in  ih v  |  holy  |  hill!  || 


.,    S  He  that  walketh   uprightly,   and  |  worketh  |  righteousness,  || 
'  )  And  |  speaketh  the  |  truth  in  his  |  heart    || 

3  <  He  that  backbiteth  not  with  his  tongue,  nor  doeth|evil  to  his | neighbor, || 
l  Not  taketh  up  a  re-  |  proach  a-  |  gainst  his  |  neighbor.  || 

4  5  '"  whose  eyes  a  vile  person  |  is  con-  |  teraned  ;   || 

il  he  honoreth  |  them  that  |  fear  the  |  Lord.   || 
,    <  He  that  sweareth  to  his  own  hurt    and  |  changelh  |  not:  || 

'  \  He  that  putteth  not  out  his  money  to  usurv,  nor  taketh  ire-  ward  a-Jgainst 
6   \  He  that  |  doelh  these  |  ih   i  [the  |  iAWeni. 

\  Slull  |  never  |  be —  |  moved.   || 


G  Mnjor. 
I 1 


—2- 


& 

& 

Cf4 


CHANT.  For  II ymiis  or  Selections 


3 


Mr-  l 


a  3 1  g 


g- 


■  g 
g  g 


s  t 

6  .1 
I  8 


I 

|»»1*M 5" r±-3  I  1  S 

HYMN    «'.  M. 


5-11 
i     II 

1-lr 


.    <  As  pants  the  heart  for  cooling  streams.  When  heated  I  in  the  |  chase  ;  ||   • 
'^  So  longs  mj      ml,  O  God,  for  thee,   Ind  thy  re- 1 freshing | grace  ;  || 

For  thee,  my  God,  the  living  God,  My  thirsty  [soul  doth  |  pine  ;  || 
<>'  when  shall  I  behold  thy  face,  Thou|Majes-|ty  Di-i 

^  Why  restless,  «  Ii v  cast  dou  n,  my  soul'  Trust  God;  who|  will  em-   ploj 
'  }  His  aid  for  thee,  and  change  these  sighs  To  |  thankful  |  hymns  of  |  joy.  || 

.    5  God  of  my  strength,  how  long  shall  I,  Like  one  for- 1  gotten,  |  mourn  ;   || 
(  Forlorn,  forsaken,  and  expos'd  To|my  op- 1 pressor's | scorn  ?  || 

r    »,  My  h  an  is  piere'd,  as  with  a  sword.  While  thus  my  |  foes  up- 1 braid  :  | 
^  '•  Vain  boaster,  where  is  now  thy  God!  And  |  where  his|promia'd|aid!" 

Why  restless,  why  east  down,  my  soul'  Hope  still;  and  |  thou  shall   • 
The  praise  of  htm  who  is  thy  God  '    Thy  |  heaHJTs  e-|ternal| spring.   || 

DOXOLOGY.  CM. 

I.,  i  God  the  Father,  and  the  Son,  And  Spirit, | be  a-|dored,  || 
Where  1 1  hit  are  works  to  make  him  kno  wn,  Or  |  saints  to  |  love  the   ! 

DOXOLOGY.  B   M, 

Ye  in  tol    round  tin-  throne,    \.nd  •  tints  that  |  dwell  he-  |  low,   || 
Adore  the  Father,  love  the  Son,  And  |  bless  the  |  Spirit  |  loo    | 


B. 


:i 


186 

A  or  Bb  Major. 


jjENEDICTUS.  Morning  Service  after  Second  Lesson. 


32  1 

i    i 


tr1 


3~ 

'■  Hlossed  be  the  Lord 


God    of  |  Israel. f|For  he  he  hath  visited]    aad^  re-  |  deemed  his|people.HAn 


.  ;  Ci-i- 1- 1-2-3-44" 


4 


-6— t_4MMM-M4U= 

-2- + 1-4-3+2- 1-~|-5=4- 


Dr.  Dupuis. 

dhath  raisedupamighl>'sal-jva-tion|for  us;||  In  the  house  [  of    his  |servant|David.  |f 

—7- _4-6.1_|- 7-|-7= — li-e-la-a-r-ap-fl- 

—S1 +4-3+2_4-5~ 1 1-4-15-5-1- 1-41 


Luke  1:  68. 

Blessed  be  th=  Lord  |  God  of  |  Israel  :  || 

For  he  hath  visited  |  and  re[deemed  his  |  people-  |) 

„  <  And  hath  raised  up  a  mighty  sal-  |  vation  |  for  us ;  || 
■  *  I  In  the  house  |  of  his  ',  servant  |  David.  || 

_   <  As  he  spake  by  the  mouib  of  his  |  holy  |  prophets  ;  |l 
'    I  Which  have  been  |  since  ti.e  |  world  he-  |  gaii.   || 

<  That  we  should  be  saved  |  from  our  |  enemies  ;  |] 
I  And  from  the  |  hand  of  |  all  that  |  l.ate  us.   || 

GLORIA  PATR1  for  a  Double  Chant. 
J  Glory  be  to  the  Father,  and  |  to  the  |  Son,  || 
(  And  |  to  the  |  Holy  |  Ghost;   || 


; 


As  it  was  in  the  beginning,  is  now,  and  |  ever  \  shall  be, 
World  I  without  |  end.     A-  I  men.   II 


(  O  Lord,- 

1.  <  Keeping  i 
(    them  tha 

(  We  have  sinned,  a 

2.  <     and  have  done  wic 
(  Even  by  departing 

(OL 
I  But 
(    bet 

f  Nov 
<  ser 
(  And 


CHANT,  for  Hvmns  and  Selections. 


43+6 


t«-f 


-|-5 — 4— J-3-2-+ 1 --[j- 

4^3_3^4.5  54|3,||. 
424-6-4+5-5-+M- 


FAST  DAY.    Daniel  9. 
-the  great  and  |  dreadful  |  God,  || 
covenant  and  mercy  to  them  that  love  him, — and  to  | 
i  that  |  keep  his  coin-  |  mandments.  || 

and  have  committed  iniquity, 
wickedly,  and  |  have  re-  |  belled,   || 

from  thy  |  precepts  and  |  from  thy  |  judgments.  j| 

(  O  Lord,  rishteousness  be-  |  Inngeth  unto  |  thee;   || 
*3. 1  But  unto  us  confusion  of  face  ;  as  at  this  day, — 
(    because  we  have  [  sinned  a-  |  gainst  |  thee.  || 

Now,  therefore,  O  our  God, — hear  the  prayer  of  thy 
(    servants,  and  their  |  suppli-  |  cations;   j|  [Lord's  sake.  || 

'  nd  cause  thy  face  to  shine  upon  thy  sanctuary  that  is  desolate,  |  for  the  j 

.   £  For  we  do  not  present  our  snpplicationsbefore  thee|for  our|righteotisness,|| 
'  '{  But  for  |  thy  great  |  mer-  J  cies.  [| 


Eh  Major. 

&-I-3- — |-a-i+i--j— 1- 

Q4_|_5r |  7  8  |  6-  j      5- 

C-U=_4^^+*-4~^- 

PSALM.  C.    M.  • 

.    $  When  Abrah'm  full  of  sacred  awe,  Before  Je-  |  hovah  |  stood,   | 
'  \  And,   with  an  humble  fervent  prayer,  For  |  guilty  |  Sodom  |  sued,   || 

„   <  With  what  success,  what  wondrous  grace,  Was  his  pe'|  tition|  crowned! II 
'  (  The  Lord  would  spare,  if  in  this  place  Ten|righteous|men  were  |  found. || 

,    (  And  could  a  single  pious  soul  So  rich  a  I  boon  ob-  |  tain  1 

I  Great  God,  and  shall  a  nation  cry,  And  |  plead  with  |  thee  in  |  vain  '  || 

,    J  Are  not  tne  righteous  dear  to  thee  Now,  as  in  |  ancient  |  times'  |[ 
'  I  Or  does  this  sinful  land  exceed  Go-  |  morrah  |  in  her  |  crimes?  || 

r   <  Still  we  are  thine  ;  we  bear  thy  name  ;  Here  yet  is  |  thine  a-  |  bode  :  || 
J'  I  Long  has  thy  presence  blessed  our  land  :  For- 1 sake  us |  not,  0|God.  || 

PSALM.  103:  8—13. 
.    i  The  Lord  is  merciful  and  gracious,-slow  to  anger, -and  |  plenteous  in  |  mer- 
'  I  He  will  not  always  chide,  neither  will  he|keep  hisjanger  forever. ||    [cy.  || 

fHe  hath  not  dealt  with  us  after  our  sins  ; — ncr  rewarded  us  according 
to  |  our  in-  |  iquities  :  || 

For  as  the  heaven  is  high  above  the  earth, — so  great  is  his  |  mercy 
toward  |  them  that  |  fear  him.  || 

the  east  is  from  the  west, — so  far  hath  he  removed  our 
gressions  from  |  us.   [|  [fear  him.  || 

father  pitieth  his  children, — so  the  Lord  |  pitieth  |  them  that  | 


(  As  far  as  t 
<  trans-  |  g 
(  Like  as  a  li 


F    miijor. 

g-l-W— |  a 

&-!-+-t»- 


CANTATE  DOMINO. 


Evening  Service- 


O  ging  untotlie  Lord  aew]song;  |j 


1  ]  5_f — 2; 
1^    t 


7-~ 

For 


-tl—  7|-l-5-l|    7 


1 


-after  first  lesson. 

-t«-7tl_|- 

-j-l-4+3  | 


6; 
1 


1  2 
1 


1ST 

1   7  |  >-|| 


-t,_«t5"St5 

he  hath  done  marvel  lo  us  |ihiDgs.  fWhh  his  own  right    i  Haih  he  gotten  him  se li  the  \  icto-   n . 

baud  and  with  Ins 

iff       a | .i  .i 


il 


5r4_ « |  »J»  |  •"»  | 1- 


J_J|:^*'|«-|| 


l 


'  ••  '  _•*-_  j.3_.I  |  a-  |    a-     |fl 

"  "_Jh__ |3li;5r4_5-__;i_.  _4|:J^_l|.5-_  I  |48J  l-|  I-  J-G-l U-.l  |  «   | 

PSALM   98. 

Sing  unto  the  Lord  a  new    Song;  || 

For    lie  hath  d«e  i  marvellous    t  lungs.  || 
j  With  his  own  rfct  liand  and  with  his  |  holy  |  arm.  || 
H;i*h  he  gottenjim-  |   self  the  |  victo-  '  ry.  || 

rd  decided     his  sal-     ration;  t  [heathen.  || 

mc:  hath  he  openly  |  showed  in  the    sight  of  the  j 

He  hath  rememsred  his  mercy  and  truth  toward  the  |  house 


(O 


S  The  Lord 
}  His  right* 

lath  re 
J  of  |   Israel, 

I  And   all  the  en     of  the   world  have   seen  the  sal-  |  vation  | 
I  of  our  |  God. 
-(Show)  mrselvejjoyful  unto  the  Lord,     all  ye    lands; 
ttg> 


CHANT,  for  Hymns  mid  Selections. 

F    mnjor.  Tall  Is. 

,8-1— 3- |3-2j«_t— »- |-*-lt*-»t*-t| 

&-1— i—  ]  1-7 1 -i_-| —  i-— hr^vl*-  7i  Ml 

i -J •>- (.«_« |«4 -5- |g  »|g  s\ a  |[. 

I •  I     '-     |i  5 !  l=|_-Jt_4«_e | ,i_.i |  Mr 


4 


J-5  1 14- 

PSALM  1151. 


7s 


licejiad    give  —  |  thanks 

.  s  Prai      the  I.ordip-  ]  on  the  |  harp; 
I  Sing  to  the  |  Lod  with  a  |  psalm  of 


thanks  |  giving.  I 


.  <,  With  trumpets  hlso  and  |  shawms. 
r}OsI 


show  yourseWs  joyful  be-  |  fore  the  |  Lord  the  |  King.  | 

o  $  Let  the  sea  maH  a  noise,  and  all  that  I  therein  |  is;  !| 
(  The  round  worljand  |  they  that  |  dwell  there-  |  in.  || 

C  Let  the  floods  dip   their  hands,   and  let  the   hills  be  joyful  to- 
9  <  gethcr  be-  |  font  he  |  Lord;  || 
(  For  he  |  comethto  |  judge  the  |  earth.  || 

With  righteousnss  shall  he  |  judge  the  |  world;  || 


.  (Who,OLord,when  life  is  o'er.Shall  to  heaven's  blesl  |  mansions  | 
(  Who,an  ever-welcome  guest. In  thj  holy  place  shall  resl 

0?  He  whose  (part  thy  love  has  warmed;  He  whose  will,  to|thinc  eon-| 
*  \  Bid  lii    !.!>   u     allied  run;  He  whose|words  and|tho'l  [formed  |j 

„S  He  who  shuns  the  sinner's  road,Loi  ing  those  who|lovetheir|God; 

I  Who.  with  hope  and  faith  unfeigned,  Treads  the  [path  by|tliee  or-|dained; 

<,  He  who  trusts  in  Christ  alone;    Not  in  aught  him-  lonc|| 

Ml  I  ">d,  shall  be  thy  care, And  thyjehoicest  blessing  -1 


in 


And  the  |  peopUwith —  |  equi-  |  ty. 


..  (f  Glorv  be  to  the  father,  and  |  to  the  |  Son,  || 
|  \nd'|  to  the  |  I  My  I  Ghosl 
is  it  was  in  thepeginning,  is  now,  and  [  ever  shall  |  he, 
"  \  World  |  without)  end.     A-  |  men.  || 


RESPONSE  after  the  Tenth  Commandment 

I)   major  or  C. 


hs 


i  II 
•  It 


Lord  have  mercy  upon  us,  and  v 
these  thv  laws  in  our 

(';  I _J= +i__ s-.i  I  5-4  I  s4l 


188 


Eb   major 

&-— 3— +3-9+ 

God  be  merciful  udIo  |  us  and    |  bless 


DEUS  MISEREATUR.  Evening  Senrice  after  Second  Lesson. 


2+-3- 


t ~7T 

us  :  j|  And  sh< 


TI.  W.  Day 

6r-  +5-4  J-3-a-]-3r-+}- 

ow  us  the  light  of  |  merciful  |  unto    |  us.  ||  Thai  ihy  way  may  be  |  known  upon  |  earth.  |     Thy   sang     |  health  a-|  mung  all  |natio»s.|| 


-s- 


6-5|5-*4|5- 


-+6-5 1 


,      _a_    _t^_8_^i- 


1 
5- 


15 


c 


\=—ls-d 


his  countenance,  ami  he 

[     5-  | 3- |  I    318  3|3-| 


7-8!r-r- 


I 


Ms4 


~i    2 
.2- 

PSALM  G7. 

1.  God  be  merciful  unto  |  us  and  |  bless  us:| 
And  show  us  the  light  of  his  countenance,  and  be  |  merciful  ]  un- 
That  thy  way  may  be  |  known  upon  |  earth:||  i    [to  |  us.|| 
Thy  saving  |  health  a-  |  mong  all  |  nations.! 

2.  Let  the  people  praise  |  thee.O  |  God:|| 
Yea,  let  |  all  the  |  people  |  praise  thee.|| 

O  let  the  nations  rejoice  |  and  be  |  glad:||  [upon  |  earth. | 

For  thou  shalt  judge  the  folk  righteously,  and  govern  the  |  nations 

3.  Let  the  people  praise  thee.O  |  God:|| 
Yea,  let  |  all  the  |  people  |  praise  thee.|| 
Then  shall  the  earth  bring  |  forth  her  |  increase. || 

L     And  God,  even  our  own  |  God  shall  |  give  us  his  |  blessing. || 


5- 


-+-y-l- 

I    5    5 


-lr|—  lr-ti-i-|-i-Tt,_tt 
4- 1 4- |  3   6|5   5  |  5-  [J. 


-5^ ls-±-U^—^~l^-m-5l±-\\ 

CHANT :  for  Hymns  c  Selections. 

D    major 

«i-s^— tar2-itT7t—r-^i4l-3-^!T7fnr--H- 

CA-tf— 15-6-|*-4-5= JI— 6-|5  4l-3i| 

jCif-1— I3-4-I5— 4—1- 


U-4-|5-5l-l^|f 


(  1.  We've  no  abiding  city  here  ;  we  seek  a  !ai  be-|  yond  our  |  sight,  || 


4.  God  shall  |  bless  |  us:|| 
And  all  the  ends  of  the 


rSinc  this  verae  to  the  "1 
Lliflth^lf  of  the  Chant.  J 

world  shall  I  fear    I 


5.  Glory  be  to  the  Father,  and  |  to  the  |  Son,  || 
And  |  to  the  |  Holy  |  Ghost; 

As  it  was  in  the  beginning,  is  now,  and  |  ever  |  shall  be, 
World,  1  without  |  end.     A-  I  men.  || 


HYMN.  L.  M. 

e  ;  we  seek  a  !ai 
Zion  its  name — the  Lord  is  there  ;  it  shint  with] ever-] lasting | light. 

<  2.  O  sweet  abode  of  peace  and  love,where  pilgms  freed  from  |  toil  are|blest  !|| 
(      Had  I  the  pinions  of  a  dove,  I'd  fly  to]  thee-and  | be  at  ]  rest. J| 

5  3.  But  hush  my  soul — nor  dare  repine  !  the  ti:e  my  God  ap-|points  is|best:|| 
I      While  here  to  do  his  will  be  mine,  and  histo|fix  my  |time  of|rest.|| 

DOXOLOGY,  L.  1 

5  Praise  God,  from  whom  all  blessings  flow  ;  praise  him  il  creatures  |  here  be  -  |  low  j  || 
}  Praise  him  above,  ye  heavenly  host,  praise  Father,  |  to,  and  |  Holy  Ghost, || 


Eb  major. 


RESPONSE  to  the  Decalogue. 


i 


-3_ 

Have  mercy  upon  us  and  incline  our 


C£ 


& 


1- 


"1_7-6_h6~5   |  5     ||  \ 

|  hearts  to  |keep  this  |  law.  K. 

— \jljl\*  g  1 3-  n  j 

4-5-6-+-4-5-+-l^-H-  ^ 


RESPONSE  to  the  Dcalogne. 

C.  Major. 

&i & ta-5-6f-3--3-+-T--|t 

Lord  have  mercy  upon  us  and  incline  our  I   herts  to     |  keep  this  |  law. 
C-l 1 ^I_l_4->5-54-5-+|- 


ca 


-+4-3-4'4-5-g.+-l--|l- 


G>     2 


F  Bfajoi 

-3 H  4" 


M6- 


2  "5-    16 

!t  is  a  good  thin<:  unto  the|Lo 
to  eive  lhanks 

1-        H 


BONUM  EST  IW1TERI.  Evening  Service,  after  First  Lesson. 


1-6- 


i-3+ -a 


t-9--t 


—j -3 j 


I     3 


Cf4 

&4 


.31  •    I 

I-_  -4-6-54-1- 


I  ' 

;||And 
praises  unto 


:     ' 


-,H-7-«1-T--t- 


3-   ij-y-t 


189 

Wood. 

i^fl8— »|-*--H 


5~» 


s- — nn? 

rOAnd  to  sine  |  thy  name-]  0  Most  Highest.  ]:To  toll  of  thy  lov- [early  in  the,  morning:  ||  And  of  thy  [  truth  in  the [  night- 1  season 


4     5   |g    g|    ff-    | 


ins  kindness 
9- 


eason.|{ 


4-3- 


I 


i  i 


r 

Hanks 


4     3   19    1 


-5--4 


a- 


|1«4|_3    |j 
p — 1 3-4— |a— a|  A -H 


PSALM  92. 


.    $  It  is  a  600u  thing  to  gi»e  tanks  |  unto  the  |  Lord ;  || 
"  I  And  to  sing  praises  unto  |lhy  name —  |  0  Most  |  Highest.  || 

,  <  Upon  an  instrument  of  ten  strings,  and  up-  |  on  the  |  lute  ;  || 
'  '  I  Upon  a  loud  instrument,  |and  up-  |  on  the  |  harp.  || 


i  Glory  he  to  the  Father.  a|d  |  to  the 
;  And  |  to  the  |  Holy  |  Gholt  ;  || 


Son,  || 


0   <  To  tell  of  thy  loving  kindness  I  early  in  the  |  morning  :   (j 
I  And  of  thy  |  truth  in  the  |  night —  |  season.  || 

<  Fur  thou,  Lord,  hast  made  me  glad  |  through  thy  |  works  :  || 

I  And  I  will  rejoice  in  giving  praise  for  the  ope- ',  rations  j  of  thy  hands  || 


6. 


As  it  was  in  the  hesinninsr,  is  now,  and  |  ever  shall 
World  |  without  |  end.  A-  |  men.  || 


3a 


h»1 


aa46-i 

< t  inv    sniil  :t 

iai  3 


HENEDIC  ANIMA  MEA.  Evening  Service,  after  Second  Lesson. 

a  3 )  -  i--j — a— j--a-4  ]  3  a"  i  \\ 

'«.-..      .ill 


6^« 


|43-»  9-F 2 


I 


name.  II  Praise 


±*UsA 


5-_  T4      StJRT 

And  all  that  is  within  me  |  praise  his1  ho-1 

I L [JL_J  [itt|*=0- 

5-1- 


-4 — 319-1—1- 

PSALM  103. 


a^ 1  5TS  I  6-  I     7-    I  a~6l  3  .", 

the  Lord,   O   in v  I  soul ;  ||  And  for-|<jet  not  :ill  h  • 

-7- lll|g-l    V     ISl+ljtMJ    || 

a" 1  36 1-2^4— 5"-4-l-4  I  S^S  I  -I'M 


Praise  the  Lord,  |  O  mv  |  soul :  || 

And  all  that  is  within  me  |  praise  his  |  holy  |  name.  || 


3   S  Who  forgiveth  |  all  thy  |  sjn.  || 
'  (  And  1  healelh  all  I  thine  ir-  I  families. 


0  praise  the  Lord,  ye  angels  of  his,  ye  that  ex-  |  eel  in  |  strength  ;  ||       <- 
that  fulfil  his  commandment, 


(Or 

Ye 

(An 


d  hearken  un-  |  to  the  |  voice  of  his  |  word.  || 


<i  Praise  the  Lord  |  0  my  |  soul  ;   || 

(  And  for-  |  get  not  |  all  his  |  benefits.  || 

5  Who  saveth  thy  |  life  from  de-  |  struction  ;  || 
Anil  crowneth  thee  with  |  mercy  and  |  loving  |  kindness.  [| 

i  O  praise  the  Lord,  |  all  ye  his  |  hosts  ;   || 

i  Ye  servants  of  |  his  that  |  do  his  |  pleasure.  || 


J  O  <pcak  rooiI  ol         '  1  vc  works  oflm,  In  all  places  of  |liii  do.|minion.  ( 

(Praise thou  the     l.<>r<l,0|  — my  |  soul. 


I  Glorv  be  to  the  Father,  and  |  to  the 
!  And  |  to  the  ]  Holy  |  Ghost ;  || 


Son  : 


9. 


As  it  was  in  the  beginning,  is  now,  and  |  ever  shall  |  be.  |] 
World  without  |  end.     A-  | |  men.  |j 


II 


ALPHABETICAL  AND  METRICAL  INDEXES. 


INDEX 


Adora,         -  96 

Alton,          -  90 

Alanco,        -  108 

Albamis,      -  51 

Alderbrook  132 

Alfred          -  1011 

Alstead       -  133 

Alvin          -  51 

Alvona        -  12!) 

America      -  117 

Amsterdam  122 

Appleton     -  141 

Arcadia       -  135 

Asaph         -  143 

Ascension  -  55 

Austin  -  51 
Away  from  the  92 
Away  that  Cup  98 

Badger        -  88 

Bailey          -  124 

Baldwin       -  36 

Ballston      -  37 

Baxter         -  143 

Beaver-street  57 

Beal            -  118 

Bellville      -  87 

Bennison     -  137 

Bentley       -  134 

Bermondsey  63 

Bethany      -  125 

Bethlehem  -  81 
BethlehemvillellO 

Billows  roll  123 

Bo  man        -  86 

Boston          -  85 


Bowden       -  93 

Bowers        -  101 

Bowman      -  104 

BoylstonHall  70 

Bradley       -  141 

Braintree    -  171 

Brooks        -  138 

Buckfield    -  168 

Calais          -  35 

Calvary       -  71 

Cambridge-  169 

Canada        -  50 

Cape  Town  152 

Cavreton    -  76 

Cecil           -  44 

Chadman    -  S4 

Chapel         -  142 

Chapin        -  SI 

Charlestown  35 

Christian     -  54 

Christopher  127 

Church        -  36 

Church  Bell  117 

Clarendon  -  106 

Cleaveland  55 

Clifford        -  108 

Conant        -  60 

Conder        -  101 

Confidence  158 

Coronation  88 

Crais           -  43 

Crofts           -  114 

Crucifixion  55 

Daland        -  133 

Daneville    -  130 


Danton        -  70 

Darwell       -  122 

Davidson     -  139 

Dawn           -  158 

Dehy           -  57 

Dennett       -  83 

Departure  -  75 

Desire         -  130 

Digby          -  64 

Dismission  -  68 

Dorchester  65 

Dowe          -  38 

Dunel          -  98 

Elbona        -  46 

Esper          -  162 

Farnesworth  73 

Fisher          -  107 

Fountain     -  48 

Frail            -  36 

Franconia  -  142 

Frankville  -  42 

Friday         -  61 

Fuller          -  52 

Galen          -  42 

Gifford        -  59 

Greenville  -  112 

Grove          -  151 

Harlem       -  35 

Harmony    -  139 

Haskell       -  74 

Hatch          -  146 

Hawley       -  77 

Haydn         -  74 
Heavenly  hills   95 

Heber    '     -  52 

Helmsley    -  105 

Herring      -  84 

Heshbon     -  135 

Hiding  Place  128 

Highland    -  150 

Hillsburgh  -  60 


Hilton 

Holmes 

Hope 

Hunton 

Hyde 

Italian  Hymn 

Jay 

Jennings 

Jerusalem  - 

Jo  ram 

Jordan 

Jubilee 

July 

Karen 

Kedron 

Key  ton 

Kilmarnock 

Kingsley 

Kingston 

Knight 

Leeds 

Leenel 

:  enox 

Leominster 

S  ight  day    - 

Lisbon 

Lithgow 

Little 

Lovell 

Lowell 

Lowmain     - 

Lucerne 

Lyons 

Majesty 

Manto 

Marshall 

Mavoy 

Maxim 

Merari 

Monadnock- 

Monday 


119 

69 

167 

96 

59 

118 

161 

82 

41 

161 

146 

159 

49 

111 

160 

34 

143 

87 

164 

80 

53 

93 

149 

159 

75 

149 

76 

85 

86 

74 

92 

134 

94 

166 

107 

60 

113 

147 

106 

160 

59 


Montague   -  166 

Monterey    -  42 

Moore    "     -  132 

Mortality    -  43 

Nevil           -  95 

Newbury  -  179 
New  Hundred  33 
New  Jerusal'ml57 
New  Roxbury  147 

Northfield  -  168 

Ocean          -  103 

Old  Hundred  33 

Old  Tune    -  04 

Olivet          -  130 

Ope             -  06 

Orsan          -  147 

Orison         -  80 

Paley           -  83 

Palmer        -  73 

Paradise  -  101 
Parent's  grief    70 

Paris           -  150 

Parley         -  113 

Patten         -  34 

Pearl-street  127 
Peterborough  103 

Porter          -  47 

Plant           -  114 

Portland      -  178 

Prayer         -  109 

Protection  -  52 

Providence  105 

Quincy        -  120 

Reading      -  134 

Reed           -  107 

Request      -  148 

Rest             -  159 

Biday          -  137 

Rockwell    -  125 

Rooks          -  165 

Room          -  47 


Rowle  -  901 

Royalf  -  100 
SabbatiEvn'g  115 

Salem  -  131 

Saxoni  -  127 

Scotiaid  -  120 

Sears  -  86 

Selggir  -  135 

Sera  pi  -  124 

Seymore  -  53 

Shaw  -  50 

Shay  -  150 

Sheldtq  -  76 

Sherbirn  -  153 

Sicily  -  82 

Slate  -  77 

Southick  -  116 

Spring  -  145 
Star  ii  the  East  116 

Star  o' Life-  106 
Star  oi'Bethl'm  140 

Stephens  -  80 

Stillwiter  -  58 

Sundae  -  34 

Sunlight  -  93 

Surry  -  65 

Swanwick  -  89 


Sweet  Spring 
Teacher's  p'r 
The  Pastor's- 
Three  Thirty' 
To  God  the— 
Trust 
Turner 
Vernon 
Vesper 
Village 
Villow 
Walpole     - 
Wareham  - 
Warren 
Watchman 
Watch  of — 
Webster    - 
When  I  can 
When  shall- 
Willard      - 
Willow       - 
Wilmot      - 
Winchester 
Winter      - 
Wrentham 
Zion 
Zion's  Hill 


INDEX. 


L.  M. 

Adora  ] 

Alanco 

Alfred 

Appleton 

Away  tbat  Cup 

Beaver-street  - 

Bentley 

Bethlehemville 

Boman 

Bradley 


112 
94 

-72 
-84 

99 
129 
148 
151 
119 

38 
139 
133 
110 

58 
103 

94 

57 

71 
l  I  I 
138 
128 
103 

45 
153 
151 

67 
152 


Brooks 

■     138 

96 

Buektield 

-     168 

108 

Canada 

-       50 

100 

Christopher 

-     127 

141 

Conant 

■       60 

98 

Confidence 

-     158 

57 

Davidson 

■     189 

134 

Dawn 

-     158 

110 

Dehy 

-       57 

86 

Dorchester 

-       65 

141 

Haskell 

-       74 

METRICAL  INDEX.  Continned.   INDEX  TO  THE  ANTHEMS  AND  CIIANTS. 


191 


Haydr.  74 

Highland  150 

Hillaburgh       -  W 

Jenoi               -  82 

I>ovell             -  86 

Lowell            -  74 

lucerne           -  13' 

Marshall          -  60 

Maxim              -  147 

Montague        -  166 

New  Hundred  33 

New  Roxbury  14" 

Old  Hundred  3:! 

Old  Tune        -  64 

Organ               -  147 

Palmer            -  71! 

Paradise  [doubl.  |161 

-  150 
Portland  -  178 
lioyalty  -  100 
Sears                -  B6 

-  150 
Stillwater  -  58 
Ssrrey  -  65 
\  ■■rnon  -  1  5] 
W     i-u t           •  57 

Wrenthatn     -  131 

L    M.  6  llnr-. 

Ppace,  Troubled  115 

Quincy             -  120 

C.    M. 

Alstead           -  133 

Arcadia           -  l""> 

Asaph             -  143 

Baxter               -  li 

Bethlehem      -  81 

Braintree         -  171 

Cambridge      -  169 

Cavreton         -  76 

Chapin            -  81 

Clarendon        -  106 

Clifford            -  ins 
Coronation 

Damon              -  70 
Departure 
Dennett  [double)    ?3 


t  Frankville 
Galea 
Gilford, 

Hatch 

Heshbon 

Hyde 

Jerusalem 

Jordan  -  . 

Jubilee 

July* 

Keyton 

Kilmarnock     - 

Kiogsley 

Knight 

Lithgow 

Majesty 

Mcrari 

Monday 

Monterey 

lerusalem 
Nortbfield 
Ocean 

- 

nt'a  Grief 
Patten 

Pearl-street     - 
Peterborough  - 
P  raver 
Kid'ay 

jurr 

:un 

Mirn 
Star  ofBethlh'm 

i  Life    - 
5 

Sunday 
Swanwick 
Turner 
Walpole 
Wareham 
When  I  can  read 
Winter 

Zion 

s.  n. 

Mild  win 

- 
ton  Hall  - 


42 

Calais 

35 

4'.' 

Charleslown    - 

35 

50 

Church 

36 

140 

Daland 

133 

1 35 

Dowe 

38 

59 

Farnesworth   - 

73 

41 

Fisher 

lo- 

146 

Frail 

se 

159 

Giove 

151 

49 

Harlem 

35 

34 

daw! 

77 

143 

Herring 

84 

S7 

loram 

164 

.  ingstuo 

164 

76 

Lisbon 

149 

106 

Manlo 

107 

106 

Paley 

83 

59 

Reading 

134 

4'2 

Reed 

107 

157 

Three  Thirty- 

-1 

168 

Warren 

58 

!63 

Watchman 

103 

66 

P.  M. 

70 

34 

107 

Shout  the  glac 

-    16 

When  shall  « 

-  Ill 

103 

I..   P.  M 

1-  'i 

- 

38 

137 

O.   I'.   M 

135 

Alvorfa 

129 

76 

Elbona 

It; 

153 

Bel! 

118 

140 

Hiding  Place  - 

128 

106 

Nevil 

95 

-d 

- 

124 

34 

The  Pastor's 

89 

Benefit 

72 

1  18 

S.  P.   Mi 

133 

Moore 

13-2 

110 

71 

1 53 

Zion's  Hill      1 

152 

II     M 

07 

Bowers 

101 

'  rofts 

114 

36 

Darwcll 

124 

Fuller 

5-2 

70 

Lenox 

1  19 

Newbury        -  179 

Parley  113 

nore          -  53 

To  God  the  praise  99 

C.  II.   91. 

Bellville          -  87 

Boston             -  85 

('under              -  101 

Little                -  85 

Mavoy               -  113 

S.  II   91. 

Alderbrook      -  132 

Billows  rcll     -  123 

?•  M 

\     ension        -  55 

Austin            -  51 

1   i     'man         -  84 

Chapel             -  142 

Christian         -  54 

Crais               -  43 

-  1 62 
Hope  -  167 
Jay  -  161 
Orison 

Porter              -  47 

Request             -  I  18 

Villow            -  139 

Watch  of  Israel  9  I 
Watchman  tell  us  89 

8s  4b  7s  M 

•  lecil               -  44 

Digbv              -  64 
Friday 

uville        -  112 

Hilton              -  [19 

Holmes            -  69 
Protection 

Saxony             -  127 
Sicily 

-  1 19 
Willard  -  138 
Willow  -  128 
Wilrnot          -  103 

8s,  7»  rf.  «  M. 

Calvary           -  71  I 


Cleaveland 

55 

Crucifixion     - 

55 

Helmsley       — 

105 

Leominster    - 

159 

Sicily 

89 

Trust             - 

129 

\  esper           - 

119 

6s  4fc  4s  91 

Desire             - 

130 

3s  A.  6s  M- 

Leeds              — 

53 

5»  &  8s  M. 

!!i  lhany         - 

125 

6s  M. 

Plant 

114 

Os  &    Is  V. 

America 

117 

Bermondsey  - 

63 

Heber              - 

52 

Italian   Hymn 

118 

6s  A  5  s  M. 

Church   Bell  - 

117 

Sweet  Sprang 

1  l 

Wl     n    snail    we 

111 

r.s,  7s  sV  s  .11 

# 

Monadnock 

ltln 

Room             - 

47 

Cs,  8s  &  4s  91. 

Dune!             - 

98 

7«  A   Is  M. 

Mortality 

43 

7s  £  .,,  M. 

W   ncbester    - 

7  s  &  f,s  M. 

terdam    - 

122 

-ion 

37 

ison         - 

137 

Franconia      - 

[  i 

Karen 

111 

ith  evening 

115 

thack 

110 

7s,  r.s-  A  8s  HI. 

my 

i   9 

Leeucl 

8s  91. 

Daneville  -  130 
Fountain  -  48 
Slate  -        77 

Spring  -     145 

8*,  3s  &  O  91. 
Teacher's  Pi 

8s  A    J   M. 
Davidson  -      139 

Olivet  -      130 

Rest  -     15!» 

8s  A  69   M. 

Alvin  .       51 

88,  6  A-    I  91. 

Albamts  -      51 

0   liues  8s. 
gs  82 

10s  Iff. 

Bowman  -     101 

Cape  Town     -      152 

UN,  5s  A     1  1,  91. 

■.Hills      95 

10s  A   *s    91. 

Bethany  -     125 

ell        -     1 25 


10s  &  lis  iff. 

Lyons              -  94 

Providence      -  105 

lis  M. 

•Afton               -  90 

Bowden          -  93 

Farewell  i  bam  I7'i 

I      iiiiiay         -  75 

Kedron  160 

Salem  -      131 

Shaw  -      50 

111  A    <",s    M 

A  way  from  the—  92 
1  1»  A  hs   M. 

Badger  -      88 

Us  A   :is  m. 

Lowmain 

I  is  A    Ids    M 
Star  in  the  East   116 

I  1 9     &     129     M 

Humon  -        96 

12s  &  9t  II. 

Rowle]  -      '" 

Sunlight  -      93 

r.-s  ••  is  M 

rid  -     ISO 


IM)EX 


TO  THE 

fVNTHEMS  AND  (II  VNTS 

Away  from  the  [Temperance.]     - 
A«  av  that  r  .   j     _ 

Belmhl  li,. 

Bleasi  d  is  the  Lord  - 

ei  pie  - 

Christmas  I 

.  lovely  Spring  - 

I'urnp,  ye  disxnris 

\  Mil.  I.I  - 

irk  - 

Dismission  _ 

'tis  a  charming  sound 
Harvest  or  Thanksgiving  Hymn  - 
Hallelujah  to  the  Lord 


92 

49 
162 

i 

"7 
172 
ISI 

6 

170 

•  a 

17.; 

54 
144 


192 


INDEX  TO  THE  ANTHEMS  AND  CHANTS.  Continued.  FIRST  LINE  INDEX. 


Head  of  the  <  "hutch 
Holiness  becometh 
Hope  in  death.     Dirge 


44 
39 
45 


In  thy  bounty.  Thanksgiving  109 
Land  of  lieauty.  Hymn  -  140 
Loved  ones  lie  sleeping  -  61 
Methinks  I  hear  -  165 

O,  Absalom  my  son  [canon]  123 
Ogive  thanks.  Thanksgiving  56 
Peace,  troubled   Soul  -   115 

Remember  thy  Creator  -  79 
Sabbath  Morning  -     72 

Shout  the  glad  tidings  -  46 
Songs  of  rejoicing  -     91 

Temperance  Anthem  -   174 

The  Church  militant  -  109 

The  dying  Chrisiian  -  180 

The  earth  is  full  of  thy  glory  170 
The  Filth  Commandment  -  78 
The  Lord  is  King  -     66 

The  Lord's  Prayer  -     40 

The  Pastor's  Benefit.  Hymn  72 
The  Resolve  -   154 

The  Temperance  Clarion  -  175 
To  God  ihe  praise  belongs  99 
Watchman,  tell  us.  Hymn  89 
When  I  can  read.  Hymn  71 
Zion's  brightness  -   121 

CHANTS. 

Benedic  Anima  Mea  -  189 

Benediction  Chant  -  112 

Benedictus  -  186 

Bonum  est  Confiteri  —  189 

Cantate  Domino  -  187 

Chants  for  Hvmns  and  Selections 

102. 104,  184, 185,  186,  187,188 
Dens  Misereatur  -  188 

Double  Chant  -  102 

Farewell  Chant  -  179 

Gloria  in  Excelsis  -  183 

Hymn  Chant  -     39 

Jubilate  Deo  -  185 

Kyrie  Eleison  -  183 

Response  to  the  Decalogue     188 

"  after  the  Tenth  Command.  187 
Saints'  Home  -  126 


Sanctus 
Six  Line  Chant 
Thanksgiving  Chant 
The  Lord's  Prayer 
Venue  Exultimus 


183 
141 
117 
79 
184 


INDEX. 


Again  returns  the  day 

152 

All  hail  ihe  great 

88 

All  hail  happy  day 

92 

All  hail  Ihe  power 

100 

And  am  1 

58 

And  must  this  body 

36 

Ashamed  of  Jesus 

00 

As  pants  the  hart 

185 

As  showers  ou 

57 

Away  from  ihe  revel 

32 

Away  that  cup 

38 

Awake  rny  soul 

158 

Awake  my  tongue 

65 

Awoke  our  souls 

58 

Awake  ye  saints 

108 

Before  Jehovah's 

176 

Begin  my  soul 

118 

Behold  bow  the  Lord 

125 

Behold  ihe  amazing 

38 

Behold  the  grace 

83 

Behold  the  morning 

77 

Behold  the  Prince  of 

35 

Be  Ihou  O  God 

33 

Blest  be  the  tie 

134 

Bright  glories  rush 

135 

By  cool  Siloam's 

106 

Cease  ve  mourners 

44 

Children  of  ihe 

1+2 

Christ  for  ever  lives 

§9 

Christ  ihe  Lord            4" 

i  84 

Come  away  to  Ihe  skies 

90 

Come  hither,  all 

141 

Come  holy  Spirit     102, 

141! 

Come  holy  Sabbath 

115 

Come  humble  sinner 

154 

Come  let  us  join 

49 

Come  let  us  pray 

85 

Come  let  us  anew 

95 

Come  O  my  soul 

33 

Come  saith  Jesus' 

167 

Come  thou  Almighty 

118 

Come  thou  soul          129 

,  55 

Come  ye  disconsolate  131 

Come  ye  that  love  135 

Early  my  God  133 

Exail  the  Lord            70,  151 

Faith  is  the  Christian's  123 

Farewell  my  dear  179 

Far  far  o'er  hill  117 

Far  from  mortal  1 12 

Far  from  ibese  8? 

Faiher.  God  we  glorify  116 

Father  I  stretch  59 

Firm  as  the  earth  87 

Fountain  of  80 

From  every  stormy  39 

From  ihe  third  heaven  157 

God  of  the  seas  184 

Glorious  in  thy  saints  139 

Glory  to  God  G3 

God  in  the  gospel  OKI 

God  is  a  Spu  ii  .,2 

God  is  love  his  52 

God  is  the  fountain  107 

Go  up  with  shouts  114 

Gracious  Spirit  161 

Great  God  attend  150 

Hail  happy  day  104 

Hail  to  ihe  brightness"  116 

Hark  !  hark  !  a  shout  47 

Hark,  hark  with  harps  97 

Hatk  hnw  the  gospel  130 
Hark  the  voice  of       55,  71 

Head  ol  the  church    41,  109 

He  knell,  the  Savior  85 

High  in  yonder  43 

His  hoary  frost  153 

How  cheering  the  90 

How  long  dear  Savior  168 

How  pleased  and  blest  152 

How  sweet,  how  133 

How  sweet  to  bless  84 

How  tedder  is  thy  IG4 


In  a  song  of  93 

In  God's  own  house  171 

In  thy  bounty  169 

I'm  not  ashamed  143 
I  would  tioi  live          75,  93 

Jesus  lei  ihy  pitying  139 

Jerusalem  my  41 

Lei  all  the  earth  38 

Lo  he  comes  119 

Ko  round  die  throne  150 
Lord  dismiss  ps           68,  82 

Lord  let  thy  151 

Lord  thou  hast  127 

Lord  when  llrm  67 

Lowly  and  solemn  52 

Methinks  I  heat  165 

Mid  scenes  ol  126 

Morning  breaks  80 

Mortals  awake  76 
My  country  'lis  of  thee    117 

My  dear  Redeemer  147 

My  God  how  86 

My  God  my  father  51 
My  God  my  iverlnsting   59 

My  God  my  King  74 
My  God  thy  boundless    129 

My  gracious  74 

My  Shepherd  will  70 

My  Spirit  loots  151 

Night  galherel  o'er  106 

No  more  fatigie  65 

Nor  eye  hath  een  146 

Now  can  my  oul  158 

Now  io  the  slining  161 


O  could  we  sjeak 
O'er  Ihe  eloon,y  hills 
D  for  a  sight 
O  lor  a  thousind 
O  for  a  closer 
O  lor  a  shoulrtf 
(>  lor  the  dealt 
Of  those  who 
O  Lord  lei  oir 
O  Lord  our  heivenly 
Once  more  m;  soul 
Once  more  bore 
One  there  is  a<ove 
On  Jordan's  sunny 
Onward,  onwa-H     103, 
O  praise  ihe  Lid     110, 
O  praise  ye  tin  Lord 
O  sweetly  breahc 
O  thou  my  *nu 
O  Ihou  lliat  he.r'sl 
O  Ihou  Whose 


124 

in.) 

73 

76 

143 

ll.; 

133 

61 

96 

35 

in.; 

160 

127 

106 

119 

169 

94 

96 

111 

95 

48 


Our  blest  Redeemer  51 

O  what  is  life  113 

O  Zinn  lune  thy,    101,  179 

Peace  troubled  soul*  115 

Praise  the  Lord  138 

Rejoice  Ihe  Lord  99 

Rise  my  soul             37,  122 

Rise  sun  of  glory  52 

Roll  on  Ihou  mighty  »  111 

Savior  ere  we  part  130 

See  the  leaves  f     61 

Shepherd  while  ihv  91 

Shout  the  glad  tidings  46 
So  fades  the  summer  54 
So  fades  Ihe  lovely  60 

Soltly  now  the  light  162 

Soldiers  of  the  cross  45 

Songs  of  rejoicing  91 

Still  on  the 'Lord  42 

Sweet  is  Ihe  day  178 

Sweet  is  the  thought  120,  141 
Sweet  is  the  67.  84, 107,  147 
Sweet  Spring  is 
Sweet  the  moments 
Sweet  the  time 


112 
128 
51 
36 

54 


The  day  is  past  and 
The  God  ofnarvest 
The  Lord  is  great      •         88 
The  Lord  descended         166 
The  Lord  is  my  50,  131 

The  Lord  is  risen  164 

The  Lord  Jehovah  132 

The  Lord  my  shepherd  36 
The  Lord  will  come  108 
The  morning  light  142 

The  pity  ol  ihe  Lord  35 

The  praise  of  Zion  60 

The  temperance  banner  98 
The  voice  of  my  beloved  104 
There's  a  glorious  land  140 
There  is  a  caini  139, 159 
146 
81 
107 
14.5 
148 
82 
34 
132 
98 
120 
59 
72 
105 
160 
64 


There  is  a  land 
The  Savior  now 
The  swill  declining 
The  winter  is  over 
They  who  on  the  Lord 
Thine  earthly  sabbaths 
This  is  the  dav  ihe 
This  place  is  holy 
Tho'  nature's  strength 
Thou  art  gone 
Thou  art  my  portion 
Thou  God  of  mere  v 
Though  troubles  assail 
Thou  sweel  gliding 
Through  the  day 


'Thus  far  the  Lord  147 

Thy  name  Almighty  103 

Thy  works  ol  gfory  163 

Time  is  wingiDg  137 

To  Jesus  the  crown  130 

To  maik  Ihe  sufferings  70 

To  our  Redeemer's  137 

Underneath  the  45 

United  in  a  pea«eful  175 

Unshaken  as  the  34 

Upward  1  lilt  mine  eyes  53 

Vital  6park  of  180 

Wanderer  from  God  86 

Watchman,  watchman     89 

Watch  of  Israel  94 

We  come  O  Lord  143 

We  have  met  in  69 

We've  no  abiding  128 

Welcome  delightful  114 

Welcome  sweel  dav  124,149 

What  are  those       '     64,  86 

What  heavenly  music       159 

What  shall  I  ]09 

When  Ahram  full  of         186 

When  blooming  youth        75 

When'er  the  Saviour's      76 

Where'er  the  clouds  83 

When  fainting  in  the         34 

When  God  is  nigh  50 

When  I  can  reafl       71,  127 

When  I  can  trust  46,87,101 

When  1  survey  135 

When  marshalled  .  110,  140 

When  shall  we  meet         HI 

When  strangers  168 

When  the  vale  of  43 

When  Ihou  my  rigltteous  128 

When  v\c  our  wearied     154. 

While  shepherds  42,81,153 

Who  are  these  121 

WlinOI.mil  127 

Why  do  we  mourn  66 

Why  droops  my  soul        134 

Wide  ye  heavenly  55 

Willi  alt  my  powers  57 

Te  angels  who  77 

Ye  boundless  realms         122 

Ye  Chrisiian  heralds         150 

Ye  servants  of  God  53 

Ye  sons  of  men  166 

Yes  thcre'are  80 

Yes  we  trust  159 

Ye  lubes  of  Adam  149 

Your  harps  ye  73 

Zion  awake      74,  133,  165 


f 


.* 


?■ 


VAttJicBJjE    yflUSlC 


jltj*.  m  ,1 


W#BES. 


PAY  &  'BEA&'S 
SIGHT  SINGING  BOOKS 

TO  TEACHERS  OF   MUSIC, 
achers  of  3Iusic,  Choristers,  and  leadeis   of 
>r  others,   "'in  may  v.  sh  to  purchase  more  n>-  less 
>f  Diy  &  Beai's  Si  Books   to   u*e   in    Sr'.ools, 

i  wise,  can  obtain    them  <  'most 

izpJ  to  sell  them  on  the  m    a  rea- 

■liroct  from  our  publishing  office,    No.  8, 

Court  Sij'iar-  at  the  lowest  prices,    if  th:.y    buy 

the  largest  qu  n  Our  bookj  published, 

Till-;  BOSTON  NUMHRAE  HARMONS  with 
all  the  rudirncn.s  for  learners  ;  with  tunes  in  all  k'  .s  and 
men.  tins   Schools,   Choirs.   at;1    con- 


'  PLNGING  (.1 
glees  and  four-pa;  L  songs,  desigi 


lot 


hymn 


.IT'i'l  «ER,des     i  /'/- 

ami 
nsic. 

flsr,    coniStimn-i    •    ire 
hundred    tuue9  in    various   msii"s         •  ,    i  > 

i  of 
iM  containing  a  variety 
ular  rnusid     -  4  pages. 

ilA'G    ViANUAt  fqr 

nts  in  i  : ■.,  i    is  exercises  for  cultivaj 
iiiid  instrocuon*  in  musical  olocution,'vith 

ifh 


ORDERS, 
:T.  \V.  Day,    Noi  3,  Court 
ate  utieni. 


TO  BOOKSELLERS 

win-  works  are  put  to  *B»okselIers  a. id    Music  dealttflQpV; 
the  in  us — at  mo  i  llie   usual  discount. 

K\n.  md  other    means  of   ■onvey  Sncc,   enable  us  to 

forward  them  Hi  all  parts  of  the  country.  Should  you  '  rve 
any  orders,  please  to  forward  thein  to  us  wyh  the  c.  sh, 
and  they   will    receive    immediate    attention.     | Booksellers 

s'/ho   !  ' 

ih. at  account.         D.\Y  k   BE  \l .. 

No.  3  Court  Square,  Roston. 
Remarks.  Tin1  One  Line  Sigi  ;  singing  Aotr.tion  is 
and  wide  into  Many  towus  a 
Unittd  Stales  and  even  farther  west.  It  has  been  intro- 
duced into  both  Canadas  and  is  universally  admired  by  all 
irho  I  K  tmine  and  use  it.  Being'  admirably  adapted  to  all 
Metis  of  vocal  and  instrumental  Music  The  public  may 
expect  in  due  time   a  full  supply  of  oniric    and    instruction 

the 
.Method  have    established  a  type  foundry  expressly    for  the 
Notation  type  and  boohs,  and  are  now  forwarding 
ic  tiion  of  new  and  old  music  with  all  passible  energy. 
0  WIl.'S    HARP,   or 
Book.  ■   The  successive  editions  oi  this  worSTtesli'y  strj»ng- 
ii.  its  favor.     It  has    now    been    before    'he    pcblic  just 
lona  enough  to  accuire  notoriety  a-    i><  ar       it-   of  the  most 
eoniplete  publications  ef  the  kind  eve  ■  issue.d  in  this  con    - 
try.     It  contai  in  many    diftei  'urge 

variety  of  music  and  hymns  for  varioue'oc.-asions  —  for  Fu- 
nerals. Anniversaries,  Fourth  of  July,  for  T  mperance, 
.Missionary  and  other  meetings,  embracing  uie  largest 
number  of  tunes  and  hymns — most  vciied  and  pleaiin™  «)mt 
have  ever  been    pul  i    any    liki  io  the   pn 

time.     A  ■  p    Btiition  .    puoJudr*  A 

will  be  sold  t'or  $3.  30  cts.  per  doz.     Conien*i: — -Io  tunes 
and  332  "hymns,    176'  pages.      Small  books  must  necessarily 
be  very    deficient  in    variety.      1  ublished  at   No.  8  Court 
e  and  for  sale  generally.     Address  H.  W.  Dav. 


i   1 


